Children's Books in Children's Hands: An Introduction to Their Literature 0205169953, 9780205264391

CHILDREN'S BOOKS IN CHILDREN'S HANDS AN

INTRODUCTION TO THEIR LITERATURE

IiVhI l (h Wh VI Ii

IfftKjli, » PumiyH _

jiVHinu\inrtiH uuuiHVi^in mu Mil \ ijjiuUU i * • i v * *'' -IUImUH HHlilii luiu»*un*u\l iitl mj

|4|HI II i HI

kj^UmVl.H* m MUM| t MUlt.l |l tlllMU IHUUUHIIO'IU Ml uu FhUUi U.UULl n U Ul lUU I1. I \ IUIUi'i “H* ')" fm^irii^inmvu,i"""'i'i". i'|“iiiuh\"I! i\l I Mnilli I}*?*

ltUUUlHU^. Jmi »

ttin4> *

■»»>">' ‘‘lt"H inl.i'U'HIl. >mi.0l. I 1,1 1,1 “ liased Classroom 4X1.

±3.

Inviting Children into Literature

1.3

Encouraging Response to Literature

±4

Literature Units in the Curriculum

412 449 480

FREE COPY NOT TO BE SOLD FREE COPY NOT TO BE SOLD FREE COPY NOT TO BE SOLD

FREE COPY NOT TO BE SOLD FREE COPY NOT TO BE SOLD FREE COPY NOT TO BE SOLD FREE COPY NOT TO BE SOLD

■

g§g

g FREE COPY NOT TO BE SOLD FREE COPY NOT TO BE SOLD FREE COPY NOT TO BE $ ©

m m

o B

1 >

■

I ■

“■ pREE COPY NOT TO BE SOLD FREE COPY NOT TO BE SOLD FREE COPY NOT

EE COPY NOT TO BE SOLD

COFV/tgFV/tS

Preface

"Part Owt

xxiii

understanding L-lterature and the child tzeader 3

1 Children's. Bootes In Children's Hands 4 What Are Good Books for Children? What Is Children's Literature? 7 Qualities of Children's Literature

Qualities of Outstanding Children's Literature • Ask the Editor: Roger Sutton

Children's Books and Childhood Children Were Ignored

Children Were Suspected of Harboring Great Evil

Children Were Felt to Be in Need of Moral Instruction and Idealistic Example 12 Children Were Sometimes Understood and Given a Good Read

• Issue to Consider: Are Librarians or Teachers Ever Justified in Censoring Books for Children ?

Children's Development and Response to Literature Intellectual Development Moral Development

Personality Development

How Does Reading "Work"? Learning to Read

Same Book, Different Responses

Genres of Children's Literature 25 Resources for Children's Books 26 Bringing Children and Books Together Teaching Ideas

Experiences for Your Learning References

EE COPY NOT

O BE SOLI vii

FREE COPY NOT TO BE SOLD FREE COPY NOT TO BE SOLD FREE COPY NOT TO BE SOLD FREE COPY NOT TO BE SOLD

D FREE COPY NOT TO BE SOLD FREE €I >

I BE SOLD

uLterary Blevuev^ts, of children's Literature so The Artistry of Literary Elements 31 Settings: How Do Authors Create Times and Places? Settings in Folktales and Fairytales Settings in Realistic Fiction

Settings as Important Features in Themselves • Ask the Editor: Richard WJackson

33 '

Characterization: How Do People Emerge from the Page? Characters Are Developed through Their Actions

Characters Are Developed through Their Sense of Themselves Characters Are Developed through the Roles They Play in the Plot

Plots: How Do Stories Happen? Plots:The Basics

Variations in Time

Plot and Genre

Themes: How Do Stories Get Meaning? Explicit and Implicit Themes Themes and Images

Reading against the Grain Identifying with Characters

Taking the Intended Moral Stance Filling in the Gaps

• Issue to Consider: Are Themes Really There?

-UD FREE COPY U

Recurring Plots

Stories in the First Person Stories in the Third Person

47 47

Words

Images

Metaphors Sounds Voice

The "Real" Story versus the Story as Revealed

Style

Episodes: Stories within Stories

Point of View

Characters Are Developed through Their Relations with Others

The Stance of the Implied Reader

FREE COPY NOT TO 1

49 49

Literary Features of Informational Books Literary Features of Poetry 52 Teaching Ideas

Experiences for Your Learning Recommended Books

FREE COPY MOT TO BE SOLD FREE COPY MOT TO Bi SOLO FREE COPY MOT TO BE SOLD viii

CONTENTS

FREE COPY NOT TO BE SOLD FREE COPY MOT i O BE SOLD FREE COPY NOT TO BE SOLD FREE COPY NOT TO BE SOLD

'I BE SOLO FREE COPY NOT TO BE SOLO FREE COPY MOT TO BE SOLO

FREE COPY NOT TO B

Resources

References

3 The child rzeader Res-poi^ds to

Literature

SJ-

Literary Meaning Making Reading for Content

Reading to Make Aesthetic Judgments Reading by Textual Structures

’f *"

Reading for Social Attitudes Reading as a Transaction

60 60

Perspectives on Reader Response

Experiential Perspective on Reader Response Developmental Perspective on Reader Response

s - /

Social Perspective on Reader Response

Textual Perspective on Reader Response

H”

Recommended Books References

Experiences for Your Learning Resources

s ■ nr-d ■ v- ■

When Young Children Talk about Literature?

Teaching Ideas

Cultural Perspective on Reader Response 71 • Issue to Consider: What Is the Role of Personal Stories

• Ask the Author: Laurence Yep

79 79

literature Re-preseiA±liA,g diverse Perspectives Diverse Perspectives in the United States

The Role of Schools in Presenting Multiple Perspectives

Literature's Role in Influencing the Reader's Perspective

Multicultural Literature Defined

The Value of Multicultural Literature Identifying Multicultural Books

Evolution of Multicultural Literature 86 Issues Related to Multicultural Literature Cultural Authenticity

Perspective: insider or Outsider

• Issue to Consider: How Much Artistic License Should Be Given to

' . —' '

Illustrators as They Create Images of a Culture?

Stereotyping and Other Unacceptable Depictions of Cultural Groups Identification of Cultural Groups

FREE copy not to be sold free copy not to be

sold

free copy not to be sold CONTENTS

FREE copy not to be sold free copy not to be sold free copy not to be sold free copy not to be sold

; y •' Vc"-. yyC? OC

I M

FREE COPY HOT TO BE SOLD FREE COPY NOT TO BE SOLD FREE COPY NOT TO BE SOLD

Verna Aardema

Alma Flor Ada

Arnold Adoff

Joseph Bruchac Ashley Bryan

93 94

Paul Goble

Eloise Greenfield

Virginia Hamilton

• Ask the Author: Julius Lester Walter Dean Myers Allen Say

Gary Soto

John Steptoe Mildred Taylor

98 99

Yoshiko Uchida

Mildred Pitts Walter Laurence Yep

100

Criteria for Evaluating and Selecting Multicultural Literature 101 Do the Author and Illustrator Present Insider Perspectives? Is the Culture Portrayed Multidimensionally? Are Cultural Details Naturally Integrated?

Is the Collection Balanced?

101

102 102

Are Details Accurate and Interpretation Current? Is Language Used Authentically?

102

103

International Literature Defined

104

Literature That Originates Outside of the United States

104

Literature about Other Countries, Written and Published in the United States 105

Evaluating Quality in International Literature Intended Audience Translation 106

105

Awards for Multicultural and International Literature The Coretta Scott King Award The Mildred Batchelder Award

107

108

The Hans Christian Andersen Award

108

109

Other International Book Awards

109

Literature Portraying Other Diverse Perspectives Literature Portraying Gender Equity and Gender Roles Literature Portraying Social Diversity

109 109

111

Literature about People with Exceptionalities

112

Teachers'Roles in Presenting Multiple and Diverse Perspectives 113 FREE COPY NOT TO BE SOLD FREE COPY NOT TO BE SOLD FREE COPY NOT TO BE SOLD X

CONTENTS

, -Y NOT TO BE SOLD FREE COPY NOT TO BE SOLD

Major Authors and Illustrators of Multicultural Literature

FREE COPY NOT TO BE SOLD FREE COPY NOT

FREE COPY NOT TO BE SOLD FREE COPY NOT TO BE SOLD FREE COPY NOT TO BE SOLO FREE COPY NOT TO BE SOLD

FREE COPY NOT TO BE SOLD FREE COPY NOT TO BE SOLD FREE COPY NOT TO BE SOLD

Understanding Diverse Perspectives through Adult Literature

* i ,,, ifl tVii f i (H 1 1 ’ 1 1 1

1/Children's Books in 2/ Literary Elements o Children's Literatim Fiai

1;“ ’!‘ “‘4Vu" IIIt'',' ■«® f IOT wy»a*f«~'»

BlHtiirHV^Mv^imUut^hAvvnikVi uMUuiiUmm

UiUf/H. * H t V t v\VV( ^ 1 f

\ ' u Ml

4/uterature

wMm

S2'k\u\vI

v '

,wfH

*\mI'm iMHiUtMiUi )m ,wmmu>muu 'MiiU.UUUHitU UA^MlliU'Vnlh ‘Huuiiumui ' M11 i

jituV.^K' -aa

itmuniUHii lilllilH, I n ! i H i I!» Hi f >

Responds to Literature

Ulir ilftiutimafl

Hiiutiutinui/ ftTF^kSiMI■ S SMJRt'M***11KM*

;; i: ^WBIiW fit 11 Ul UUUH [M l|j

waMib^ipfaWf it M U WiHt t-i jvf {. j ivi,-v*5 iu;

Representing Diverse Perspectives

ChlldreiA/s Bootes Lia, Children's H-^nds

What Are Good Books for Children? What Is Children's Literature? Qualities of Children's Literature Qualities of Outstanding Children's Literature Ask the Editor: Roger Sutton Children's Books and Childhood Children Were Ignored Children Were Suspected of Harboring Great Evil Children Were Felt to Be in Need of Moral Instruction and Idealistic Example Children Wer.e Sometimes Understood as They Were and Given a Good Read Issue to Consider: Are Librarians or Teachers Ever Justified in Censoring Books for Children? siSilP

Children's Development and Response to Literature Intellectual Development Moral Development Personality Development How Does Reading "Work"? Learning to Read

Same Book, Different Responses

i TU «a < T :-5

iHt) t>*11

Genres of Children's Literature Resources for Children's Books Bringing Children and Books Together

Wish I could let him make a little noise. It’s not natural, I know, to keep an animal so quiet. But he’s happy-quiet, not scared-quiet. I know that much. I move my arms off my face after a while and let him rest his paws on my chest, and I’m lying there petting his head and he’s got this happy dog-smile on his face. The breeze is blowing cool air in from the west, and I figure I’m about as happy right then as you can get in your whole life. And then I hear someone say, “Marty.” I look up, and there’s Ma. In an upstate New York classroom, Midge Burns is reading to her third graders. The book is Phyllis Reynolds Naylor’s Shiloh (1991), which tells what happens when Marty, an Appalachian mountain boy, shelters a runaway beagle named Shiloh from its cruel and abusive owner, Judd Travers. Marty’s action threatens the equilibrium of the close-knit rural community and brings stress to his family. The tension is reflected in the students’ body language. They groan when Marty’s secret is discovered by his mother—and cheer when she agrees to let Marty keep the dog a while longer. “Who do you think was to blame for what happened in this story?” asks Mrs. Burns, when the book is finally closed. The ensuing conversation lasts an hour.

Illustration 1.1 Newbery Medal-winner Shiloh poses a thought-provoking ethical dilemma that pits animal rights— and a boy's love for a dog—against property rights. (Shiloh by Phyllis Reynolds Naylor. Illustration © Lynne Dennis.)

. . . and they tucked him in bed all soft and warm and they held his paw and they sang him a song. A four-year-old child in her mother’s lap hears Margaret Wise Brown’s Little Fur Family (1946) and is filled with a secure feeling of being a special child, very much loved. In the coming months, the child picks up the book every now and then, and that same feeling of warmth and security comes over her each time she does.

Illustration 1.2 Like a "security blanket," Little Fur Family has comforted thousands of children as they moved from close dependence on their parents to autonomy. (The Little Fur Family by Margaret Wise Brown. Copyright © 1946 by HarperCollins Publishers. Used by permission of HarperCollins Publishers.)

CHAPTER 1: Children’s Books in Children’s Hands

A teacher reads aloud from George Ancona’s picture book Pablo Remembers: The Fiesta of the Day of the Dead (1993). Miguel—quiet Miguel—suddenly comes to life: “El dta de los muertos,” he exclaims. The other children listen with fascination as he gives the proper pronunciation to the Spanish words in the book. Miguel then carefully finds the English words to describe this old Mexican celebration, when the spirits of loved ones are felt to come near the living. Brown bear, brown bear, what do you see? I see a yellow duck looking at me.

Brown Bear, Brown Bear, What Do You See? by Bill Martin Jr., with illustrations by Eric Carle, has helped countless young children get off to a confident start as readers.

In a first-grade classroom on the South PacificSsland of Fiji, the teacher has created a hand-lettered enlarged version of Bill Martin Jr.’s Brown Bear, Brown Bear, What Do You Seef (1983). She reads it to her assem¬ bled children, pointing with a ruler to each word. Even before she has fin¬ ished the first reading, children are anticipating what she is going to say next. The second time through, the children, supported by the patterned text and the illus¬ trations, are reading along with her. There are no bears on Fiji, though, and soon the children are writing their own book based on the pattern of Bill Martin’s but featuring a mongoose, a co*ckatiel, a python, and other local animals. Martin’s book has helped these children of Fiji learn to read and write. Trip-trap, trip-trap, trip-trap, trip-trap.

“Who’s that walking on my bridge?” roared the Troll. “It is I, Little Billy Goat Gruff.” In a South Texas classroom, Jackie murmurs, “Oh, good,” when Ms. Sloan sends her group to the library center—a favorite in the classroom. Some of her fellow students browse through the collection looking for particular books. Jackie says, “Let’s do The Three Billy Goats Gruff." Four other children agree and cut short their search. Now the five children—three goats, one troll, and a narrator—are acting out this folktale that is so well known to them from their teacher’s reading it aloud. And of course one performance will Hot do. Everyone wants a chance to be the troll!

ood books—like good paintings, plays, movies, sculptures, and other cre¬ ative works—merit appreciation in their own right. But good books serve children in some specific ways. Good children’s books can evoke strong feelings and come to stand for childhood emotions, much in the way a security blanket does. Good books can give children reference points for understanding their own experiences—lessons that may last a lifetime. Good books may validate for chil¬ dren their own culture and open windows onto other cultures. Good books may help children understand how they and their neighbors think through moral issues and give them important experiences in clarifying differences and building consensus. Good books, and the sharing of them, cultivate children’s capacity for empathy and compassion. Good books educate the imagination—as children stretch to visualize what it would be like to walk in the shoes of a character in a book. Good books may give children much of the motivation and the where¬ withal to learn to read and models that show them how to write. Good books offer children delight, mystery, charm, an experience of awe, and companion¬ ship. Good books may invite children to play with language. Good picture books

PART ONE: Understanding Literature and the Child Reader

cultivate children’s visual literacy and their aesthetic sense. Good books of all kinds nurture children’s appreciation of the author’s craft.

WHAT ARE GOOD BOOKS FOR CHILDREN? For the student of children’s literature, there is a lot to understand. “What are good books for each child?” That is something all of us want to know— whether we are or are going to be parents, teachers, librarians, booksellers, book editors, authors, or just well-read citizens. The answers to this question will be complex, because books aren’t simply “good” in the abstract. A book may lead to a satisfying experience for a particu¬ lar child or group of children; with particular interests, concerns, and back¬ grounds; in certain situations. The answers will partly depend on an understanding of the ways readers respond to literature and how they differ in their responses at different ages. The answers will be made still richer by an understanding of how reading books from different cultures affects children—whether a child from a particular cultural group is reading books about others in that culture, or another child is discovering through a book the particular ways people in varied cultures strive to get along. To know what “good books” are for different children requires some intel¬ ligent way of talking about goodness and mediocrity in books—an accepted set of terms for looking at the literary features of children’s books. Identifying “good books”—especially in terms of an author or an illustra¬ tor’s achievement—requires a sense of where children’s books have come from. Children’s books, indeed, have a history, and that history is intertwined with the history of the life-stage called childhood. Having considered these background issues, you will be ready to look more closely at the books themselves: the kinds of books available, the evolution over the years of books of each kind (or genre), and exemplary writers and illustrators of children’s books. Finally, many of you will want answers to other questions: “What can I do to create a love of reading in every child, and how can I use books to expand children’s knowledge?” Answers to those questions will range from ways of putting books into children’s hands, to ways of engaging children in books, to ways of constructing instructional units that use children’s literature. All of these topics are what this book is about.

WHAT IS CHILDREN'S LITERATURE? Children’s literature is the collection of books and book-based media that are read to and by children. That collection is enormous: There are more than fifty thousand English-language children’s titles in print. It is still growing: Five thousand new titles are published every year in the United States alone. And it is old: The tradition of publishing literature for English-speaking children dates back 250 years, predating the founding of the American republic. Children’s literature spans the range from alphabet books and nursery rhyme collections for the very young through novels and informational books for adolescents (or “young adults,” as they are called in the book trade)—in other words, from birth to about age fifteen.

CHAPTER 1: Children’s Books in Children’s Hands

Today, most children’s books are written expressly for children, of course. But there are books written originally for adults that have become popular with children—from an earlier period, John Bunyan’s Pilgrim’s Progress (1678) and Daniel Defoe’s Robinson Crusoe (1719), and more recently, Platero and I (Platero y yo) (1978), by Juan Ramon Jimenez. Other works—such as Charles Perrault’s Sleeping Beauty in the Woods (1697) and Miguel de Cervantes’ Don Quijote (1605)—were written for adults but have been adapted for children. And the oral tradition—myths, ballads, epics, and folktales—comprises a large body of material that was told to adults and children alike—including the wellknown stories of “Jack and the Beanstalk,” “Bo Rabbit and the Briar Patch,” “Cucarachita Martina and Ratoncito Perez,” and “An^nsi the Spider.” Today, children’s books are published by the juvenile books branches of large publishing houses, such as Random House and Houghton Mifflin, as well as by publishers that serve the children’s market exclusively, such as Tambou¬ rine Books and Holiday House. Many publishers offer books published under imprints—which might, like Atheneum, be names of originally independent pub¬ lishers that have been taken over by a larger house or, like Richard Jackson Books, Margaret K. McElderry Books, and Walter Lorraine Books, reflect arrange¬ ments by which publishers allow their most successful editors to publish books under their own names. Sales of children’s books have increased tremendously in recent years, to the point that publishing children’s books is currently the most robust of many publishers’ activities. As more families have gotten the message about the impor¬ tance of having children’s books in the home, sales of these books to individuals have at last surpassed sales to schools and libraries. Major newspapers now review books for children just as they review adult fare.

Qualities of Children's Literature As teachers of college courses on children’s literature, we sometimes catch ourselves smiling to see an adult student smuggling Frog and Toad Are Friends (1970) to class between a copy of War and Peace and a thick tome on organic chemistry. That image sometimes makes us stop to. ask: What is the study of chil¬ dren’s literature doing in a college curriculum—just how serious is the quality of children’s books? There are several ways to answer that question. First, it must be said that although children’s books may appear deceptively simple, their simplicity is achieved through very hard work by talented writers. Many people try to produce books for children, but the percentage of manu¬ scripts that are actually published is unbelievably small. In a recent year, one major house received five thousand unsolicited manuscripts and published two of them. Award-winning author Katherine Paterson compares writing a children’s book to composing music. She suggests that a good children’s book is like a score for a chamber quartet, rather than a work for a full symphony. The work for the chamber quartet is less elaborate; but if its melodies are pleasing and its har¬ monies are apt, it will have no less quality than a full orchestral work. In the same way, a good children’s book will have fewer layers of complexity than a good book for adults, but if it is created with great care, it can also have excellence. Second, because children’s literature grew out of the folktales from oral tra¬ ditions, children’s books contain many timeless stories that know no age bound¬ aries. In The Anatomy of Criticism (1957), Northrop Frye wrote that all literature is one fabric, woven of many strands of plot, image, and theme that have been

PART ONE: Understanding Literature and the Child Reader

told over and over in stories around the world, throughout all time. The most basic stories—those that tell of virtue rewarded, of straying into danger and struggling to get back out, of learning to distinguish the things of lasting value, of finding one’s true qualities and putting them to the service of others—are the materials out of which all literature is made. They are found in their purest form in myths and folktales from around the world, and in books for children. Third, children’s books are worthy of serious study because the education of children warrants society’s best energies. Good books will help children by making them literate, giving them knowledge of the world and empathy for those with whom they share it, offering them stories and images to furnish their minds and nurture their imaginations, and kindling their appreciation for language well used. Given its worthy goals, such literature deserves attention and respect. What makes a book a children’s book? A children’s book usually has these qualities: • A child protagonist and an issue that concerns children. A chil¬ dren’s book usually has a central character who is the age of the intended audience. Children identify more easily with “one of their own.” Even when the central character is not a child—as in “Cinderella,” for example—children need to feel that the central issues of a story concern them in some way. • A straightforward story line, with a linear and limited time sequence in a confined setting. Books for younger children usually focus on one or two main characters, cover short time sequences (they are usually—but not always—told straight through from problem to solution, without flashbacks), and most often are set in one place. When writing for older children, authors gradually take more license with time sequences, being careful not to muddle their young readers’ understanding, however. • Language that is concrete and vivid and not overly complex. The words in children’s books primarily name actors and actions— especially in picture books. Books without pictures have more description to help children visualize characters and settings. They use dialogue to move the story along. And they give glimpses of the characters’ motives. In all these cases, readers see more of what characters do than of what they say, and certainly than of what they think.

Qualities of Outstanding Children's Literature What makes a good children’s book? Qualities that make outstanding chil¬ dren’s books apply to excellent literature for any age. If a book satisfies these cri¬ teria, it is a good children’s book: • Good books expand awareness. Good books give children names for things in the world and for their own experiences. Good books take children inside other characters’ perspectives and let children “walk two moons” in their shoes. They broaden children’s under¬ standing of the world and their capacity for empathy. • Good books provide an enjoyable read that doesn’t overtly teach or moralize. Many children’s books turn out to be about some¬ thing, and it is often possible to derive a lesson from them. But if a

CHAPTER 1: Children’s Books in Children’s Hands

ASK THE EDITOR ...

£&»

What are your standards for an excellent children’s hook?

Favorite Books as a Child Nobody Listens to Andrew

by Elizabeth Guilfoile They Were Strong and Good

by Robert Lawson Little Runner of the Long House

by Betty Baker

I have no standards for "an excellent children's book." How could the same standards possibly apply to, for exam¬ ple, Paula Fox's One Eyed Cat (a quiet, intense novel about a boy who finds redemption) and Jonathan Etra and Stephanie Spinner's Aliens for Break¬ fast (a slapstick transitional reader about a boy who finds an extraterres¬ trial in his cereal)? The only thing those two books have in common is that I really, really like them a lot— hardly what you would call a "stan¬ dard." You can't work from standards or checklists because the best books break the rules, while at the same time keeping true to their own promises. I've reviewed upwards of four thousand children's books in my career thus far, and the best advice I ever had was to take it "one book at a time." Popularity and quality are not opposites.The first is measurable— sales figures, circulation data, discus¬ sion with young readers, and readers'

choice awards can all help us get a grip on what books are "popular." Quality, though, is not only not mea¬ surable, it is not definable—my "great books" will not, and should not, be yours. Even in cases where critics uni¬ versally acclaim a book, we're really only talking about a different kind of popularity.

Roger Sutton is the editor-in-chief of The Horn Book Magazine. Formerly the editor of The Bulletin of the Center for Children's Books, he has also worked as

a children's and young adult librarian. His articles about children's books and reading have appeared in several jour¬ nals, and he is the author of a nonfic¬ tion book for young adults, Hearing Us Out: Voices from the Gay and Lesbian Community (1994).

book seems too obviously contrived to teach a lesson, children (and critics) will not tolerate it. • Good books tell the truth. Outstanding children’s books usually deal with significant truths about the human experience. Moreover, the characters in them are true to life, and the insights the books imply are accurate, perhaps even wise. • Good books embody quality. The words are precisely chosen, and often poetic in their sound and imagery; the plot is convincing, the characters believable, and the description telling. • Good books have integrity. The genre, plot, language, characters, style, theme, and illustrations, if any, all come together to make a satisfying whole.

PART ONE: Understanding Literature and the Child Reader

• Good books show originality. Excellent children’s books introduce readers to unique characters or situations or show them the world from a unique viewpoint; they stretch the minds of readers, giving them new ways to think about the world and new possibilities to think about.

CHILDREN'S BOOKS AND CHILDHOOD The criteria for excellence just outlined have not always held true. That is because the life-stage of childhood has changed throughout history, as adults changed their definition of it and their views of young people. Literature for chil¬ dren has changed, too, following the fortunes of childhood as a life-stage. In the past six centuries, children in the West have, in turn, been treated in the following ways: • They have been ignored. • They have been suspected of harboring great evil. • They have been felt to be in need of moral instruction and idealis¬ tic example. • Sometimes, they have been understood as they were and given a good read. Let’s look at these phases in more detail.

Children Were Ignored It has been said that until roughly five hundred years ago, childhood as we know it did not exist in the West (Aries, 1962). That is because up to the Renaissance, children’s activities—the games they played and the stories they heard—were not separated from those of adults. Children drank alcoholic bever¬ ages, smoked tobacco, and used coarse language. After the age of seven, they were made to work in the kitchen, in the fields, or in shops. It is not surprising, then, that books were not written expressly for children in those times. The few children who could read had no choice but to turn to adult fare. The ballad “Robin Hood,” for example, was known as far back as 1360 AD, and three printed versions of the legend existed before 1534. Child readers, then as now, enjoyed and accepted the romantic concept of robbing the rich to help the poor. Other romantic stories circulating at the time were those about King Arthur and the Knights of the Round Table, and Bevis, a thirteenthcentury hero who hacked his way out of dungeons and slew dragons. In 1476, William Caxton established the first printing press in England, and in 1477, he published one of the earliest books expressly for children. Called A Booke of Curteseye, it was filled with do’s and don’ts for an audience of aristo¬ cratic boys preparing for social engagements and military careers.

Children Were Suspected of Harboring Great Evil By the seventeenth century, more works were being written for children, but most did not make for enjoyable reading. The Puritans, the stern religious exiles who established the English colonies in America, infused early American children’s works with their certainty that the devil could enter young bodies. They even wrote poems exalting death at an early age—better to die innocent than grow corrupted. Given the didactic and fiery messages of Puritan authors, it CHAPTER 1: Children’s Books in Children’s Hands

is not surprising that most of their works are no longer read. Here is an example of Puritan prose by one Thomas Parkhurst (1702): My dear Children, consider what comfort it will be unto you when you have come to dye, that when other children have been playing, you have been praying. The time will come, for ought you know very shortly, . . . when thou shalt be sick upon thy bed, and thou shalt be struggling for life, thy poor little body will be trembling, so that the very bed will shake under thee, thine eyestrings will break, and then thy heartstrings will break; . . . then, O then, the remembrance of thy holy life will give thee reassurance of the love of God.

Texts written for children of Puritans often exalted a blameless early death as an ideal.

tfWU Im hoi,

tutTtojyju;,'atifiui c ff ejr» s$ am ,a I t oi u .pa.e ( 0 u!fS iattebiftob uft /f;ac ft (c oe tie wai id to eft ud

ta tie bi bo lu, a ca ce ci ro m ft,,™, oa &e oi ao ou 'il

.......

1 '!/DnT,5aLlotBeti betto m me a piSingbom comt. CtfToill ae qone w ® ar as it is in ^rak 'Bn. ^ioebstbistrap our baildl teeab. and bs our trcf I

Nonetheless, there were some bright moments. Books were gen¬ erally instructional and religious in nature, but many writers did sugarcoat their instruction with rhymes, riddles, and good stories. Also, children continued to find adult fare to their liking. John Bunyan’s Pilgrim’s Progress was read for generations. What made it palatable to children was its portrayal of a sense of family. Children are pre¬ sumed to have skipped over the lengthy religious commentary to savor the happy family life. Indeed, the story of Christian can still hold the imag¬ ination of children who read the adapted, abridged, and illustrated versions. Children of the fifteenth to eighteenth centuries also turned to hornbooks and chapbooks for their reading fare. In both England and America, door-todoor salesmen traveled from town to town selling pots, pans, needles, medicine, and hornbooks—which looked like paddles, averaged two and a half by five inches, were usually made of wood, and often were attached to a leather thong so that children could hang them around the neck or wrist. The lesson sheet or story was pasted on the flat surface, then covered with “horn,” a film of protec¬ tive material similar to animal horn. Hornbooks were filled with lessons in reli¬ gion, manners, the alphabet, and reading. Those same traveling salesmen who peddled hornbooks inspired the inven¬ tion of chapbooks (“chap” is derived from the word “cheap”). Chapbooks were made of folded sheets of paper and so were inexpensive to produce and light to carry. They contained popular stories of the day, such as “Jack, the Giant Killer,” “The History of Sir Richard Whittington,” and “St. George and the Dragon,” and also large numbers of cautionary tales, those that inform of the do’s and don’ts of childhood. Gail E. Haley has written and illustrated The Dream Peddler (1993) about a fictitious chapbook peddler who was proud of his profes¬ sion because he gave children fairytales and adventures to cultivate their dreams.

paffe^aa fee fo;ei\x tljcm tba®

irtfpalCe aa,amabs:^nb ItabOT tjQUttto tcmpta^wj^uprl^

Children Were Felt to Be in Need of Moral Instruction and Idealistic Example In 1693, John Locke published Some Thoughts Concerning Education, which influenced childrearing practices on both sides of the Atlantic. The book’s exhortation that “some easy pleasant book” be given to children was good for the circulation of children’s books. Nonetheless, the books still promoted strict moralistic teachings, if in narrative form.

Hornbooks, the reading fare of many early American children, usually contained an alphabet and a prayer or psalm.

At the dawn of the eighteenth century, more playful and pleasurable litera¬ ture began to emerge. The verses of Isaac Watts were popular, and although to a contemporary ear they sound overly moralistic and didactic, for their time they were less so than those of his predecessors. Mary Cooper published The Child’s

PART ONE: Understanding Literature and the Child Reader

In Adam’s Fall We finned all. Thy Life to mend. This Book attend. The Cat doth play. And after flay. A Dog will bite A Thief at Night. An Eagle’ flight Is out of fight. The idle Fool Is wliipt at School,

The New England Primer combined an alphabet and a catechism—a summary of the rules a good Christian should follow.

Illustration 1.3 For more than two centuries, young readers have brushed past the adult satire and relished the colorful adventures in Gulliver's Travels. (Gulliver's Adventures in Lilliput retold by Ann Keay Beneduce. Illustration copyright © 1993 by Gennady Spirin. Used by permission of Philomel Books.)

New Plaything, Being a Spelling Book Intended to Make the Learning to Read a Diversion (1743). An American edition of the book came out in 1750 with even more “diversions,” reflecting a change in how stories for children were per¬ ceived. The New England Primer (1790), which combined alphabet and cate¬ chism, was the most widely read book of the period—another indication of the “instructive mindset” of the eighteenth century. During this period, children also continued to read books written for adults. Many of Daniel Defoe’s works were popular with children. In fact, The Life and Surprising Adventures of Robinson Crusoe of York, Marine (1719), with its fearless optimism and high adventure, proved popular with children for the better part of two centuries. Jonathan Swift’s Gulliver’s Travels (1726) was another book published for adults but adopted by children. Although the book is filled with heavy satire, reflecting Swift’s strong objections to the imperfections of humankind in general and Englishmen in particular, its language and plot are irresistible. An innovative entrepreneur named John Newbery prepared the way for the blossoming of children’s literature in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Newbery moved to London in 1744 and launched the first commercially success¬ ful company dedicated almost exclusively to publishing beautiful and pleasurable children’s books. In his thirty-year career, Newbery pub¬ lished twenty titles for children in attractive, playful formats, includ¬ ing the “accordion” book, made of one long strip folded accordionstyle to form “pages.” He was the first to introduce illustrations by first-rate artists, and he published books in more permanent, attrac¬ tive bindings than the popular, less expensive chapbooks. His books have been described as “homey” and clearly intended to appeal to children. Newbery is believed also to have written some of the books he published, including A Little Pretty Pocket Book (1791) and The History of Little Goody Two Shoes (1765). Read for the better part of a century in England and the United States, Little Goody Two Shoes was the first bestseller written for children (and one of the longestlasting). The book may not be familiar to you, but the phrase “goody two shoes” is still used to mean a person with overly perfect behavior. More than a century after Newbery’s death, Daniel Melcher of the Wilson Publishing Company made a donation to the American Library Association to establish an annual award for the most distin¬ guished contribution to literature for children. The award was fit¬ tingly named after John Newbery. (A list of the award winners and the honor books over the past eight decades appears in Appendix A.)

Children Were Sometimes Understood as They Were and Given a Good Read Darton (1966) defines books for children as “printed words produced ostensibly to give children spontaneous pleasure.” It was in the nineteenth and the twentieth centuries that books truly fitting Darton’s definition emerged. Nineteenth-century books for children have become today’s classics. Books writ¬ ten in that century that still circulate briskly include Hans Christian Andersen’s The Ugly Duckling and The Little Mermaid (English translations published in 1885), Carlo Collodi’s The Adventures of Pinocchio (1892), Lewis Carroll’s Alice’s Adventures in Wonderland (1865), Louisa May Alcott’s Little Women

CHAPTER 1: Children’s Books in Children’s Hands

Are librarians or teachers ever justified in censoring books for children? Few people would defend putting gruesomely violent, racially demeaning, or sexually provocative material in school libraries or children's sections of public libraries. But there are books written by respected authors that some adults find unsuitable for children and demand to have removed from children's libraries. Here are some examples. *

Maurice Sendak's picture book In the Night Kitchen (1970) features nude draw¬ ings of a young boy named Mickey. Several school librarians have removed the book from their shelves; others have taken marking pens and drawn a swimsuit or diaper on Mickey.

ISSUE TO CONSIDER

Jean de Brunhoff's "Babar the Elephant" is one of the most popular series of children's books of all time. Yet some articulate critics have charged that these stories defend European neo-colonialism in Africa. The main character in Katherine Paterson's middle-grade novel The Great Gilly Hopkins (1978) is a tough girl who has bounced around many foster homes and sometimes resorts to four-letter words for emphasis. Some parents have insisted the book be kept out of children's hands. Richard Peck's Are You in the House Alone? (1977) describes the rape of a teenage girl, and for that reason some adults find the book unsuitable. All of these books have defenders who believe they have literary merit. Yet many parents and school board members want to shelter children from such material. Children, they say, are exposed to far too many pernicious influences; school, at least, should be a place where children won't be exposed to materials parents wouldn't allow them to see at home. All teachers and librarians must some¬ times decide on matters of appropriate¬ ness—engaging in what some would call censorship. Librarians must decide whether to order books with literary merit but controversial content; teachers must decide whether to include such books in classroom libraries or use them in reading and discussion groups. What do you think? Who should have final say in what books are available to chil¬ dren in classrooms and libraries? Why? And what criteria should be used in deciding what books—if any—are not appropriate for children to read?

PART ONE: Understanding Literature and the Child Reader

illustration 1.4 Cautious-minded librarians sometimes paint a bathing suit or diaper on Mickey, making this one of the most censored illustrations in children's literature. (In the Night Kitchen by Maurice Sendak. Copyright © 1970 by Maurice Sendak. Used by permission of HarperCollins Publishers.)

(1868), and Mark Twain’s The Adventures of Tom Sawyer (1876) and The Adventures of Huckleberry Finn (1885). Nonetheless, though wonderful classics came out of the nineteenth century, there is simply nothing to compare with the rich diversity of children’s literature in the twentieth century. The exciting changes in children’s literature that have occurred over the past two centuries will be explored in depth in the genre chapters of this text (Chapters 6 through 11). The history of children’s literature does not really fit such a neat pattern as this presentation may suggest, of course. For one thing, the tendency to moralize and to socialize children through books is not entirely gone. Although more books than ever before are created with pure enjoyment as their goal, many adults still associate children’s books with moral teaching, as the recent popularity of William Bennett’s The Children’s Book of Virtues (1996) clearly demonstrates. Indeed, any children’s librarian can tell you of the tensions between those who want to restrict children’s reading to the works they consider to be “wholesome” and others who struggle against what they see as the censorship of children’s literature.

CHILDREN'S DEVELOPMENT AND RESPONSE TO LITERATURE There is no doubt that books give children edification and delight. There is also no doubt that what children take from books changes in fairly systematic ways as they pass from age to age. This is the topic we take up now, paying spe¬ cial attention to children’s intellectual, moral, and personality development.

Intellectual Development The modern study of intellectual development has shown that children’s minds grow not by passively absorbing information, but by acting on the world and learning from what happens. Similarly, intellectual growth is measured not only by how much children know, but also by changes in the way they think. Since both of these principles have bearing on the way children respond to litera¬ ture, let’s consider each in more detail.

The Processes of Intellectual Development. The influential Swiss psy¬ chologist Jean Piaget suggested that people’s intellects grow through the twin activities of assimilation and accommodation. That is, each of us at any point in our lives has a set of mental schemes, or concepts about the world. We use a scheme to interpret something we encounter, and in the process of interpreting— recognizing something or dealing with it appropriately—we assimilate that thing to our scheme in order to make sense of it. (We see a particular bush with flowers and say it is a rhododendron; we call that violent man who opposes the hero the villain.) But if an experience is slightly different from the experiences we’ve had before, we have to modify the scheme somewhat, in order to accommodate, or adapt, the scheme to the experience. This slightly modified scheme makes us capable of making sense of an even broader range of experiences. Thus, by in¬ terpreting the world, we expand our capacity for making sense of what we encounter in the future. (We come to recognize, for instance, that some green bushes lack flowers in the winter but are still rhododendrons, and some men who behave nicely but ultimately harm the hero are still villains.) Note that how we perceive the world is largely determined by the schemes we already have in our minds. That is to say, the world is what we can make of it—or construct of it—with the available schemes we have. One person’s experi¬ ence of a set of events (or story, or poem) will be somewhat different from

CHAPTER 1: Children’s Books in Children’s Hands

another person’s experience of the same events, because each is interpreting events through her or his particular schemes. Since we are all limited to our own individual set of schemes, the more opportunities we have to compare our mean¬ ings with those of others, the better we will understand other people’s processes of construction—with the hoped-for result that we may all understand each other better (Piaget, 1955).

The Stages of Intellectual Development. Although the process of learn¬ ing just described is the same at all times of life, according to Piaget, the kinds of schemes people develop change as they proceed from early childhood to adoles¬ cence. Piaget noted that these changes take each person through four basic peri¬ ods: the sensorimotor period, the preoperational period* the concrete operational period, and the formal operational period. Children are in the sensorimotor period from birth to about age two. This is a time when children discover the most basic physical concepts about the world: “The object is still there, even when I can’t see it. I can make that bell ring by swatting it with my hand. I can make Mama come by crying. I can make her smile by smiling.” Note, however, that children still don’t have language to express these concepts. As soon as children can reliably use words, their thinking passes on to the next stage. It’s no wonder that books for very young children are often made of cloth or heavy cardboard: Children page through them roughly, delighting in making a favorite picture appear and disappear (What control! What mastery!). They stab triumphantly at a recognized animal. They may even try to gobble up an illus¬ trated cookie. The next stage, the preop erational period, begins at around age two and ends at around age seven. The rapid emergence of language makes children’s thinking more versatile. Their memories improve as they learn names for more things and actions, and they can use their new concepts to interpret more experi¬ ences and construct still more concepts. The preoperational period is famous, though, for its distortions of thought. Children can be empathetic, but they tend to be egocentric: That is, they are stuck in their own point of view. They can’t easily keep secrets, because they don’t real¬ ize that others don t know what they know. They can believe that the mountains were put there by powerful creatures or that the moon follows them around. Magic is possible—in fact, children make no clear distinction between magic and everyday events. Nor can they reliably distinguish between truth and fiction. Children in the preoperational period look at one aspect of a thing at a time: If you push apart the pennies in a row, a child thinks there must be more pennies (because she or he focuses on their spread and ignores the sparsity). Through the preoperational period, children also tend to look at only one level of a problem at a time: They won’t believe that you can be a Catholic and a Christian, or live in Kentucky and Louisville. In the same vein, they don’t see that the statement “You got out of the wrong side of the bed this morning” can refer to both risings and bad moods or that the story “Hansel and Gretel” might sym¬ bolize the dangers of children being too dependent on their parents for too long. Children between the ages of seven and eleven are in the concrete opera¬ tional period. Their earlier distortions of thought begin to be replaced by con¬ crete reasoning. Mountains are seen to be caused by slow collisions of the earth’s crust. Seven pennies are seven pennies, regardless of how close together or spread out they are. Children come to accommodate other viewpoints besides their own. Children’s art loses its magical expressiveness—and the details of this fascinating

PART ONE: Understanding Literature and the Child Reader

world-as-it-is begin to capture their attention. Santa Claus and Cinderella are gradually recognized as fictitious. Around age eleven—that is, toward the end of true childhood and at the beginning of preadolescence—begins the last of Piaget’s cognitive stages, the for¬ mal operations period. What has changed? As the name “concrete operational period” implies, children in that stage think through issues best when they have concrete referents. They don’t do so well, however, with abstractions—ethical positions and the like. That limitation usually falls away in early adolescence— and the child who used to make fun of her older brother’s campaigns in favor of environmental conservation suddenly finds herself a passionate partisan of Amnesty International.

Learning According to Vygotsky. Piaget’s learning theory stresses chil¬ dren’s own discoveries and holds that children discover (or “construct”) concepts in concrete, nonverbal ways and only later attach words to them. The Russian psychologist Lev Vygotsky disagreed, at least about emphasis. Vygotsky worried that if children were left to discover concepts about the world through their exploration only, they would get things confused (Vygotsky, 1969). Through the centuries, cultures have carved the world up into concepts, given names to these concepts, and placed them in ordered relationships to each other. There is little chance that children will get all this right unless they learn in the presence of oth¬ ers who speak appropriately (for the culture) about the things of this world. Fortunately, there is a dimension of children’s thinking that opens them up to social influence. That is, when young children think, they tend to speak their ideas aloud. (Adults may still do this when trying to remember a telephone num¬ ber or solve a complicated algebra problem.) While children’s thinking is exter¬ nalized in this way, adults can talk to them about what they are thinking, and the children can hear those thoughts and reorient their ideas as necessary. With later maturity, children internalize their thinking. It follows from Vygotsky’s research that children—especially young children—should be given plenty of opportu¬ nities to express themselves. For them, thinking is talking (and moving, and singing, and drawing). Also, adults should talk with children often, because chil¬ dren need to hear more educated people verbalize their own understandings in proper terms in order to match those terms with the phenomena of the world. Vygotsky would suggest that young children’s most natural responses to books will be active and overt. And that is just what researchers have found (as we will see later in this chapter). Vygotsky’s ideas make a nice complement to Piaget’s. We agree with Piaget that children’s active discovery is necessary for them to learn, but we also agree with Vygotsky that children often learn best in social situations—where they voice their thoughts aloud and listen to others doing the same (Vygotsky, 1978).

Intellectual Development and Response to Literature. The trends of intellectual development just described suggest that children’s thinking is first concerned with outward and concrete experience. With time, they devote them¬ selves more to inward, psychological, and abstract experience. Also, children’s thought at first considers only one aspect of a problem at a time, but later can take more than one perspective on an issue. These trends have been observed not only in studies of children’s thinking, but also in their responses to literature. Arthur Applebee’s work (1975) suggested that prior to the onset of the con¬ crete operational period (at about age seven or eight), children usually do not distinguish fiction from nonfiction. Most stories are thought to portray events

CHAPTER 1: Children’s Books in Children’s Hands

that might have happened. When asked if they could go see Cinderella, for exam¬ ple, children younger than age seven or eight typically reply that they cannot; but if pressed, they will say it’s because she lives too far away, or she’s too busy clean¬ ing up for her vain sisters to have time for a visit! This is not to say that children cannot learn from stories, or even that they do not see that a story has a point or theme. In fact, Susan Lehr’s research (1988) shows that even kindergarteners can recognize that two stories have the same theme—especially if they have rich experiences with literature. But it is still not likely to dawn on young children that a story can be an elaborate metaphor for a truth on a different plane. Piaget demonstrated this point by asking children the meaning of statements such as “When the cat’s away, the mice will play.” Children in the preoperational period thought the expression only referred to cats and mice; they didn’t seem to get the connection to children’s behavior when the teacher is out of the room (Piaget, 1955). Janet Hickman (1992) observed children’s natural response to stories. She found that young children (age five) tend to respond with their bodies—clapping, moving, and shouting refrains. Slightly older children are more attuned to plots—making predictions and showing obvious signs of suspense and relief. By nine and ten, children are freely discussing meanings and even the author’s style. It would be wrong to conclude from what we have said so far that younger children are oblivious to the meanings of stories. For one thing, they certainly have understandings that they cannot yet verbalize. For another thing, even if Piaget was correct in concluding that young children may not realize that the events in a story may stand for another level of truth, children may still take meaning from stories the same way they take meaning from life (see Chapter 3). (In fact, their difficulty in making a distinction between fact and fiction makes this supposition all the more likely.) Indeed, not only our own experiences as par¬ ents and teachers but the writings of thoughtful scholars such as Robert Coles (in The Call of Stories, 1989) and Gareth Matthews (in Philosophy and the Young Child, 1980, and Dialogues with Children, 1984) have persuaded us that young children can have surprisingly rich and interesting responses to stories.

Moral Development Many books pose challenges to children’s sense of fairness, to their moral reasoning. Of course, there are many moral issues and many stands a child may take on each one, but the manner in which children go about resolving an issue tends to go through a series of changes as they grow. That is, a six-year-old and a nine-year-old may both decide not to tell a lie, but their reasons for that decision may differ according to their respective stages of development. The patterns of thinking described in the previous section affect the way children think through moral issues, too. For instance, Piaget’s research (1932) has shown that children in the lower primary grades focus on certain aspects of moral questions: • Their own interests and point of view • One dimension of a problem at a time • Consequences rather than motives 4 Rules rather than the intentions behind the rules For an example of young children’s moral reasoning, consider a group of first graders who heard Norma Green’s The Hole in the Dike (1993), about a 18

PART ONE: Understanding Literature and the Child Reader

Dutch boy who saved Holland from a flood when he stuck his finger in a hole in the dike. Several were puzzled when, at the end of the book, the boy was called the Hero of Holland. “But he was naughty! He stayed out all night at the dike and he should have gone straight home!” said one. “He should be punished for breaking the rules . . . and making his mom worry!” said another. These children focused narrowly on one aspect of the problem—the rule infraction—rather than on the greater good the boy did. Similarly, five-year-old Mirel is indignant when the vulnerable pig plays tricks on the wolf in Susan Meddaugh’s hilarious picture book Hog-Eye (1995)—even though the wolf has kidnapped the pig and intends to eat it. Mirel seems to find actions more compelling than motives, just as Piaget’s research pre¬ dicts she will at this age. A few years’ growth—and the experience of hearing and discussing many more stories—makes a profound difference in children’s thinking about moral issues. Children begin to consider motives. For example, when William Steig’s The Real Thief (1974) was read aloud to third and fourth graders, most of them empathized with the mouse, Derek, who stole a number of items from the royal treasury: “He’s not a real villain . . . he’s not really bad ... he just wanted to make his place nicer so he could feel more special . . . and important. ...” “He didn’t mean to get Gawain in trouble.” “And anyway, he put it back later when Gawain got accused. I feel sorry for Derek. I’m glad the author let him get a sec¬ ond chance.” A few still held to their earlier way of seeing moral issues: “He stole, and that’s wrong, and he should be punished!” “I didn’t like the ending because he didn’t really get punished.” This exchange demonstrates the value of having open discussions of books that present children with moral dilemmas. As children who still think in less mature ways hear their more advanced classmates state their positions and their reasons for them, the less mature children are challenged to question their own thinking, and eventually they will advance to more sophisticated levels of moral reasoning. William Damon’s work (1977) suggests that between the ages of four and eleven, children grow through predictable stages in their thinking about fairness. For example, given the dilemma of how to divide rewards, children typically respond as follows: The youngest children (age four) respond egocentrically, stat¬ ing unabashedly that they should receive the lion’s share of whatever is being given out. Slightly older children (ages five and six) may make up pretenses to cover their egocentrism—“I should get more because I’m a boy”—but the result is still egocentric. Seven- and eight-year-olds apply one criterion: Everyone should get the same. Children of eight and nine apply a different single criterion: Those who worked hardest should get more, and those who worked least should be left out. By ten and eleven, though, children’s judgments are trying to balance several competing criteria: The hungriest individuals are still deserving of rewards, because their hunger may have kept them from being productive. In other words, the children’s reasoning reflects the real-world imperative to con¬ sider many factors at once. Children’s moral development through these stages is evident in their responses to books. For example, children in a second-grade class were asked to respond to Aesop’s fable “Grasshopper and the Ant” and Leo Lionni’s modern version, Frederick (1967). After listening to Aesop’s fable, most of the children agreed that the ant was right to let the grasshopper starve because he didn’t do the work to get food for the winter. However, after listening to Frederick, most of the children developed a new perspective. Frederick did not collect grain with

CHAPTER 1: Children’s Books in Children’s Hands

the other, hard-working mice, but they tolerated his uniqueness and recognized his contribution as an artist. His poetry provided food for the mind and the imagination during the long, dark days of winter. The children contrasted the acceptance of individual differences in Lionni’s fable with the harsh justice of the ant in Aesop’s fable: “I liked Frederick better. Everybody’s different, and you shouldn’t punish someone just because they’re different.” “I think the Ant should have read Frederick. ... I bet Grasshopper’s music could have made the Ant hap¬ pier during the winter.” Again, children’s developing thought processes about morality resemble their cognitive development in general: Their perspectives start with egocentrism and gradually incorporate others’ points of view. Also, their reasoning starts with a single criterion—at first a selfish one, and grows to include a more sophisti¬ cated mix of valid but competing criteria.

Personality Development How do children’s stories mesh with the problems children face at different times in their lives? Is there any general answer to that question that is worth having? Forty years ago, the late child psychologist Erik Erikson put together a scheme involving the major issues of childhood and adulthood and the stages of life at which these issues are most critical. His scheme is still believed to be a use¬ ful description of the stages children pass through from infancy to adolescence.

Erik Erikson on Childhood. Erik Erikson was one of the great psycholo¬ gists of the twentieth century. Although he never graduated from college, he was a personal associate of Sigmund Freud, a therapist for children, and a Harvard professor for nearly half a century. He developed a widely respected scheme of personality development with eight stages. Here, only the first five—those that refer to childhood and adolescence—are relevant. Erikson described these stages in terms of major issues that arise and have to be resolved toward the end of each stage. Of course, the issues identified with one stage can come up again at a later time. Especially if an issue is not resolved adequately, it is likely to re-emerge as a problem later on.

First Stage: Basic Trust versus Basic Mistrust (Age One to Two). From birth through the first year of life, the major issue is establishing a trusting relationship with one or more parents—or what psychologists call the “primary caregivers. Chddren who are lucky to have someone who is engaged and reli¬ able enough during their first year that they can become securely attached to that person have a secure base from which they may explore the curious sights in their surroundings, and, soon, other people, too. [Research shows that about two children out of three in the United States have such parents (Ainsworth, 1982). In poorer urban neighborhoods, however, it is estimated that only about half of the children do (Konner, 1994).] Erikson believed that in the long term, developing a sense of basic trust leads to a sense of optimism and confidence in oneself and others. Children’s books are important to the stage of basic trust in two ways. First, in many households, the give-and-take of reading aloud contributes to the building of trusting relationships between children and their parents. And readaloud routines keep on offering the potential for building relationships of trust between children and their teachers. Second, children may be deeply affected by stories of belonging, of lost children finding their mothers. P. D. Eastman’s Are You My Motherf (1960) and Robert McCloskey’s Make Way for Ducklings

PART ONE: Understanding Literature and the Child Reader

(1976) are written to this theme, and so is Rosemary Wells’s Hazel’s Amazing Mother (1985).

Second Stage: Autonomy versus Shame and Doubt (Age Two to Three). At age two (as any parent will tell you), children feel the urge to push away from their parents, to define themselves as separate people. Of course, the minute they do that, they may begin to doubt themselves. Some potential for shame and doubt is probably healthy, but children need to “stand on their own two feet” (is it a coincidence that this is the toddler stage?). And the issues of autonomy, how far to push it, and how to overcome the shame and doubt that go with it will concern children for some time. This stage also relates to children’s books in two ways: Books can be a vehi¬ cle for autonomy, and they can deal with that theme. For a child who is seeking to gain autonomy, a children’s book may function like a baby blanket. It comes alive for a child during cozy read-alouds, and its soothing power is reinforced during many repeated readings. Later, as the child pages through the story with¬ out a parent around, the book may bring a piece of reassurance into her autono¬ mous activities, so that she may feel secure at the same time as she ventures to experience some independence. When they function this way, books are serving as “transitional objects” (Winnicott, 1974), bridging the gap between the secu¬ rity of the parental presence and making it on one’s own. Books may inform children about autonomy and its consequences, too. A book that addresses the theme of autonomy is Maurice Sendak’s Where the Wild Things Are (1964). Max roars defiance at his mother, travels to “Where the Wild Things Are,” cavorts with beasts that are imaginative extensions of his drawings, and still finds his mother’s love intact when he gets back. Peter Rabbit also seeks adventure and independence, but he returns home to his mother and a soothing cup of camomile tea.

Third Stage: Initiative versus Guilt (Age Three to Five or Six). In this stage, the child can not only walk but run, not only utter sentences but chatter on enthusiastically. This amazing flurry of development has its imaginative outlets in wonder stories of all sorts. Magic is at the height of possibility at this age, and stories of magical transformation abound, such as Robert D. San Souci’s The Talking Eggs (1989), William Hooks’s Moss Gown (1987), and the classic folkand fairytales. This is also the beginning of an interest in adventure stories, espe¬ cially those featuring an unsuspected hero, whose youth and small size disguise a capacity for great deeds. For example, after hearing Jane Yolen’s The Emperor and the Kite (1967), Elizabeth Hillman’s Min-Yo and the Moon Dragon (1992), and Robert D. San Souci’s The Samurai’s Daughter: A Japanese Legend (1992), a group of first and second graders discussed the heroines in these tales: “I like stories about girls who go on adventures!” “Min-Yo and the emperor’s daughter were so small . . . but they saved their kingdoms!” “Even though they were little . . . they did big things!” “And they didn’t use magic . . . but they were very brave and smart.” “The Samurai’s daughter was a pearl diver . . . that’s how she knew how to kill the sea monster. . . . She didn’t need magic. ... I bet her father was really sur¬ prised that she could do all that. . . even though she’s a girl!”

Fourth Stage: Industry versus Inferiority (Age Six or Seven to Eleven or Twelve). In cultures all over the world, life takes a serious turn at the age of six or seven. In ancient Greece, Rome, and Israel, boys entered their tutorials, and girls began training in home economics. (There was nothing simple about

CHAPTER 1: Children’s Books in Children’s Hands

this, though, since it amounted to managing the affairs of a complex enterprise including gardening, food preparation, cloth making, and more). In medieval England, children were sent out to work in the fields or committed to long apprenticeships at the age of seven. In tribal societies, children started their long training in weaving, hunting, gardening, and fishing at this age. In modern soci¬ eties, they enter school. What do all these paths have in common? Clearly, some deep shift in the functioning of the mind and the focusing of the personality occurs and makes possible the pursuit of more serious purposes. And because it does, children’s goals—and their budding sense of self-worth—become set on mastering those skills that are important in their society. For most American children, personal success is primarily defined as success in school. Of course, there’s potential for serious injustice here, because a larger sense of self-worth can come down to how well a child can handle a small set of graphic scratchings that stand for ideas and quantities. Some children are much better prepared by their family background to read and count than others are. But no matter: It’s skill in reading, writing, and math—rather than dribbling and shooting; or painting, singing, making friends; or telling imaginative stories or sailing a boat; or finding one’s way through thick woods; or speaking more than one language and knowing one’s way around more than one culture—that this society has picked as the chief measure of success in the school years. Children who fail to read and write well can feel themselves to be failures in general. Because this is true and realizing that society really doesn’t have one child to lose, wise teachers and parents of elementary-age children go out of their way to make sure children are recognized—genuinely—for their abilities in many domains. Erikson used terms such as “reality orientation” and “sense of industry and task orientation” to describe this developmental period. These terms describe many of the central characters in the survival stories that are so popular among children in this age group. These young readers are able to identify with charac¬ ters who, like them, want to use their new skills and reasoning abilities to master real situations independently and to prove their own ability to cope and succeed without adult help. In the context of this stage, it is not difficult to understand the appeal of books such as Scott O’Dell’s Island of the Blue Dolphins (1960), Felice Holman’s The Wild Children (1983), Virginia Hamilton’s The Planet of Junior Brown (1971), and Daniel’s Story, by Carol Matas (1993). Responding to Island of the Blue Dolphins, a fourth grader said, “Karan had to break a taboo of her tribe . . . that women weren’t allowed to make weapons. At first she was so afraid she’d be punished by some supernatural power if she did. But then she thought carefully about what she had to do to sur¬ vive on that island ... so she made a weapon and nothing happened! So she was able to get rid of her fear.” A fifth-grade boy who had read both The Wild Children (about the home¬ less “wild children” who wandered around Russia following the Bolshevik Revolution) and The Planet of Junior Brown (about children who make their home in a school basem*nt) commented: “All those kids were homeless and alone, but they learned how to help each other survive. . . . They formed their own family groups ... but they all had to live in hiding. And, in both stories, the leaders set up a moral code so they wouldn’t be ‘wild.’ They were more humane than the adults around them!” Students who read Daniel’s Story as part of a study of the Holocaust dis¬ cussed the triumph of the human spirit in a setting of overwhelming evil and

PART ONE: Understanding Literature and the Child Reader

unspeakable horror: “This was like the other survival stories because it took courage and determination and all Daniel’s skills to survive physically . . . but this story was different because he also had to struggle to survive as a human being.” “Remember at the end his father said, ‘We’re not like them ... if we get to be like them, they’ve won.’” Books like these are essential vehicles to bring acts of struggle and triumph into the classroom for discussion and recognition.

Fifth Stage: Identity versus Role Confusion (Age Thirteen or Fourteen to Eighteen and Beyond). Adoles¬

Children's books give young readers models for understanding their own and others'feelings and can help provide a conceptual underpinning for a harmonious social life.

cence is the time for finding who one really is. Traditional societies made this a certain business. You were a farmer, fisherman, mother-and-grower, or trader. On reaching puberty, you went through an initiation ceremony in which the whole community came together and acknowledged your transition to your adult role. Communist coun¬ tries, too, offered some of this same sort of certainty. You were observed and tested during the school years and put on a track to this or that career in a guar¬ anteed job at which you were bound to succeed. (Seeing the anxiety of young people in former communist countries reminds us of the uncertainty our own children face as they seek to define themselves.) Erikson’s formula for identity (which he adapted from Freud’s teaching) was threefold: You are whom you are part of; you are what you can do; you are who you feel yourself to be. Piaget, the brilliant student of intelligence, added one more dimension: As an adolescent, you are aware of a higher plane of reality than before. You can recognize ideals, abstractions, and various “-isms,” just as surely as you can a Mazda Miata. These may be the underlying issues, but the problems of adolescence are legion. Young people may lose themselves in the group. They may die many deaths as they are rejected by this or that companion or by this or that cohort. They may yield to the ever-present temptation to sell themselves short—by falling into crime, or drugs, or materialism. Self-definition can mean identifying with a nationality different from that of one’s parents or coming to grips once and for all with one’s racial identity. It certainly means defining one’s sexual orientation. Books can help. Books reflect identities back to people. Whether biogra¬ phies, essays, realistic fiction, or poetry, many books are about young people’s struggle for self-definition, their struggle against the problems of adolescence, and their suddenly awakened recognition of justice and hypocrisy.

HOW DOES READING "WORK"? How do children experience literature? How do they understand it? What does it do for them at different ages? The answers to these questions determine what teachers or parents do when they sit down with a child or group of children and a book. There are some surprises here. Young children, researchers suggest, learn their very language at least in part from encounters with books. Children learn the words for things via the familiar lap-reading pattern: “What’s that?” “Dog!” “Right! Dog. Now, what’s that?” But being read to does more: Hearing the same words come from the same books over and over gives children the assurance that language, that evanescent

CHAPTER 1: Children’s Books in Children’s Hands

medium, has some kind of substance. Knowing names for things and thinking of language as a substantial medium, capable of being represented in print, help children when it comes time to learn to read (Olson, 1984).

Learning to Read Knowing the letters of the alphabet helps children learn to read (Walsh, Price, and Gillingham, 1988), but there are other important concepts about print that are critical to children’s early success in reading. Being able to find one’s way around in a book (Clay, 1985) and along a line of print (Morris, 1983) are enor¬ mously helpful when beginning to learn to read. Children can often absorb these concepts from playful and informal encounters with books, especially if they are given books of their own and encouraged to share them with others (McCormick and Mason, 1986). The importance of early encounters with engaging books should not be missed. Most children who get off to a significantly slow start in reading do not catch up (Juel, 1989); yet giving children early and repeated encounters with engaging books has been shown to head off reading failure. When children are learning to read, it helps if they are given books with predictable patterns in order to practice their growing skill. Even after reading ability begins to develop, children are still helped if, at the same time as adults are reading to them, they have interesting but simply written books they can read themselves. The mere provision of interesting and readable books has made an enormous improvement in children’s learning to read, especially in literaturebased reading programs now practiced around the world. Once reading has begun in earnest, reading specialists often speak of com¬ ponent abilities in a child’s reading skill. One of these is word recognition, the ability to read words. If children can read many words instantly—without hav¬ ing to sound them out or guess what they are—they have more of their attention left over for following the story line and pondering meanings. Beginning readers are taught the rudiments of word recognition, but there is little doubt that what really nourishes children’s sight vocabulary (that is, the collection of all the words they have learned to recognize) is a great deal of reading. A higher-order ability is reading comprehension. We have already said that rapid comprehension partly depends on word recognition, because children who struggle to puzzle out words won’t have much attention left for understanding what they read. Comprehension is often defined as understanding new informa¬ tion in light of what is already known. Besides well-developed word recognition, three other things contribute to reading comprehension. The first, as the definition of comprehension implies, is a background of knowledge: Even a little familiarity with the topic of a work or its style makes it possible to see the significance of what is read. Where does this “little familiar¬ ity” come from? Like as not, it comes from reading. The second determiner of good comprehension is a familiarity with the structure, or organization, of the work. That is, readers who know how stories are organized, or limericks, or persuasive essays, are more likely to adjust their thoughts appropriately to those forms of writing. How will they learn to do this? Some teaching will surely help, but, again, the best teacher is reading. The third aspect of reading comprehension is the habit of searching actively for meaning: asking questions, making predictions, taking note of surprises, and revising expectations. More than the other two aspects, the habit of searching for meaning is fostered by good teaching—or rather, by good book discussions. A few

PART ONE: Understanding Literature and the Child Reader

lucky children get opportunities for lively discussions of books at home, bf rest must depend on their teachers to organize and encourage such discm Note how much good reading comprehension depends on children’s having the habit of reading: Reading is the best teacher of reading. No wonder some observers of reading achievement say, “The rich get richer and the poor get poorer.” Those children who can read, who like to read, who do read, find that reading only gets easier and more meaningful. Sadly, the process also works in reverse.

Same Book, Different Responses Once they can read—or when they are read to—how do children of differ¬ ent ages respond to literature? Studies have shown a progression from overt and active responses to covert psychological ones. Kindergarteners respond with their bodies. They like to repeat chants, clap along, and act out scenes. In the lower elementary grades, children follow plots and can make predictions based on them. Children in the upper elementary grades can talk about thematic issues and can more readily discuss the artistry of a book (Hickman, 1992). Yet even kindergarteners show awareness of themes, especially if they have been read to often (Lehr, 1988). Now that’s an odd thought: The same book is eliciting different reactions from children of different ages. But such, it turns out, is the nature of literary response. What a book finally “means” to a reader is constructed by the reader, from the suggestions found on the page. The reader brings to the reading unique and personal understandings, expectations, fears, interests, and—especially— past reading experiences. The book offers words, arranged according to the author’s plan. The author relies on conventions of plot, characterization, and theme to shape the reader’s response, but the reader must bring visualizations and emotions to the encounter. It shouldn’t be surprising that readers of different ages have different experiences from the same book. Same-age readers from dif¬ ferent parts of town have different responses, too. The dynamics of literary response cut many ways. Several critics have com¬ mented on the reader’s influence on the text—the freedom to construct the mean¬ ing of the book according to the furniture of one’s own imagination. But, of course, the influence works the other way, too. Books can take readers up out of their seats or their beds and make them imaginatively live other lives. That is why, along with historical fiction, multicultural literature is such a promising development in children’s literature in the United States. American children can get a glimpse of what it is like to flee from Vietnam in a boat, to undertake an arduous trek to Johannesburg to save a baby’s life, to survive a hur¬ ricane on a small Caribbean island, or to be pushed out of the house by your mother’s new companion in a Guatemalan village. In the United States, barriers to intercultural understanding are abundant. Examples of the dangers of misunderstanding flare up in the newspapers almost daily. Children’s literature is one of the few rich sources of insights into diverse people’s lives.

GENRES OF CHILDREN'S LITERATURE Authors rely on conventions of plot, characterization, and theme to shape readers’ responses. They also work within an awareness of genre. Genre is a French word meaning “kind” or “type.” Once readers know what genre they’re

CHAPTER 1: Children’s Books in Children’s Hands

Illustration 1.5

James Cross Giblin is a master of the informational genre. Besides histories of chimney sweeps, windows, and table manners, he has written this illustrated biography of Thomas Jefferson. (Thomas Jefferson: A Picture Book Biography by James Cross Giblin. Illustration copyright © 1994 by Mike Dooling. Used by permission of Scholastic Inc.)

reading, they know what to expect from a text: whether magic, or realism, or humor, or facts. What are the recognized genres of children’s books? These are traditional literature (including folktales and fairytales, myths, epics, and ballads), poetry of all kinds, fantasy and science fiction, realistic fiction, historical fiction, informational hooks and biographies, and picture books (a curious category, because picture books can fit into any of the other genres). We will devote the whole middle portion of this book to exploring children’s books by genre. Traditional litera¬ ture is covered in Chapter 5. Picture books are the subject of Chapter 6. Poetry is considered in Chapter 7. In Chapter 8, we consider realis¬ tic fiction. In Chapter 9, the topic is historical fiction. Fantasy and sci¬ ence fiction are covered in Chapter 10. And in Chapter 11, we look at informational books and biographies. The idea of genre means that both author and reader are work¬ ing within a set of expectations. Informational books describe things in the real world. Realistic fiction does not describe things in the real world, yet it does describe things that could happen there. If a book describes things that couldn’t happen, it’s probably a fairytale or a fantasy or a work of science fiction. In each of the chapters devoted to a genre, we include a section that explores what it means to write and read within the genre. We also trace the evolution of books in that genre and describe outstanding writers, past and present, who work within it.

RESOURCES FOR CHILDREN'S BOOKS Studying children’s literature in college differs in many ways from studying other literature, especially in this way: The focus is turned as much or more toward contemporary books for children as it is toward great works of the past. That is because—with the explosion in the number of books published for chil¬ dren, improvements in the technology of color reproduction, and a growing diversity in the range of people children need to know and care about—many of the very best books for contemporary children have appeared in the past twenty years. And they continue to be published every year. Thus, to be well-read in chil¬ dren’s books, you must read backwards and forwards: Read the best of the books already published, and read the best of those coming out. For the best books already published, you can count on the Recommended Books section at the end of each chapter (especially those in Chapters 5 through 11). The most important books in the development of each genre are discussed in each chapter in the section on historical development. If you want a historical perspective on children’s literature, you should read those books as well. But what of the new books? How can you find your way to those that are best? Several journals have emerged to review children’s books and to promote the best ones. These journals, which include The Horn Book Magazine, School Library Journal, Booklist, Bookbird, and The New Advocate—as well as the book review sections of several professional magazines such as The Reading Teacher and Language Arts—have slightly different emphases and target audi¬ ences, so you should consider the information in Appendix E carefully. Many organizations promote children’s literature. Subscribing to their pub¬ lications and attending their regional and national conferences is an excellent

PART ONE: Understanding Literature and the Child Reader

way to keep abreast of new children’s books. Publishers display new books at the larger professional gatherings. Names and addresses of professional groups con¬ cerned with children’s literature are listed in Appendix B.

BRINGING CHILDREN AND BOOKS TOGETHER This text is mostly about children’s books—their types and notable titles, their features, and their effects on readers. Nonetheless, teachers throughout North America are using children’s books like never before in every part of the school day. Thus, the chapters that make up the last third of this book are devoted to ways of sharing books with children. Negotiating the symbol system is a barrier to reading literature. So the first priority is to involve children in literature without having them struggle to read it. That means refining your skill at reading aloud, working on your storytelling (and involving children in storytelling, too), and engaging children in drama. Such activities engage children in the meaning and the beauty and the fascination of literature, without making an obstacle out of reading the words. Reading will come in due time—and even when it does, you can engage children in texts more elaborate and rewarding than the simple ones they can read themselves by read¬ ing aloud, storytelling, and engaging in drama. Chapter 12 (Inviting Children into Literature) lays out techniques for all these activities. Encouraging children’s voluntary reading is enormously important, too. We want children to love reading right from the first. And if they have had more tele¬ vision than bedtime stories in their early lives, this is all the more reason to entice them with free access to colorful books. Ways of setting up classroom libraries to invite exploring and free reading are also described in Chapter 12. As solitary and cozy as reading can be, it is also a rewarding social activity. People who read enjoy talking to others about books. A good book chat deepens a reader’s insights into a text and even provides a window into the ways other people think. Book talks that are open and informal have been shown to invite more thoughtful and satisfying participation from children than sessions that are dominated by the teacher’s pedagogical purposes. That is why the emphasis in Chapter 13 (Encouraging Response to Literature: Literary Discussion) is on book clubs. More and more teachers use this name for discussions that are flexible and maximally open to children’s ideas and feeling about books. That chapter de¬ scribes several ways to arrange for such discussions. As teachers discover the power of literature to teach about the world, chil¬ dren’s books are being used across the curriculum. There is a logic that leads from this story to that nonfiction book to that interview to this art project. That logic is woven into the web of literature units. Chapter 14 (Literature Units in the Curriculum) discusses in detail several approaches to thematic teaching using literature.

TEACHING IDEAS Learning about the Books Children Like. Interview four children of differ¬ ent ages about their favorite books. Note carefully what they say. Is there a dif¬ ference in what children of different ages admire in books? How do their criteria for good children’s books compare with those set out in this chapter?

CHAPTER 1: Children’s Books in Children’s Hands

Finding Different Ways to Use Books with Children. Interview three teachers of the elementary grades. Ask them how many different ways they use children’s books with their students. Compare their answers with the vignettes found on pages 5-6.

Investigating Ways Children’s Books Have Changed over the Years. Find a school librarian or a children’s librarian who has worked in the field for thirty years or more. Ask her or him to talk about the ways the books for children have changed, children’s interests have changed, and parents’ concerns about their children’s reading have changed—and how these have remained the same. Prepare a two-column list of ways children’s books have remained the same and ways they have changed. Share your list with your pee'rs.

EXPERIENCES FOR YOUR LEARNING 1. Reread the vignettes on pages 5-6. See if you can think of books that served you in each of those ways when you were a child. Are there other ways that books appealed to you? Compare your answers with those of your classmates. 2. Pick a children’s book. Evaluate it according to the criteria of a “good” children’s book set out on pages 8-11. How does it fare? Are there other criteria of excellence that you would propose? 3. This chapter stated that many or most of the best books for children have been published in the

past twenty years. Do you agree? Why do you think that claim is true—or false? What excep¬ tions to that claim can you think of? 4. This chapter stated that children’s books have changed throughout history, roughly as views of childhood changed. What trends do you see at work in society that may change children’s litera¬ ture in the next twenty years? What qualities or values would you expect to see remain the same in children’s literature?

REFERENCES Ainsworth, Mary D. S. “Attachment: Retrospect and Prospect.” The Place of Attachment in Human Be¬ havior. Eds. C. M. Parkes and J. Stevenson-Hinde. New York: Basic Books, 1982. Applebee, Authur. The Child’s Concept of Stories. Chi¬ cago: University of Chicago Press, 1975. Aries, Phillippe. Centuries of Childhood: A Social History of Family Life. New York: Knopf, 1962. Bennett, William. The Child’s Book of Virtues. Illustrated by Michael Hague. New York: Simon & Schuster, 1995. Clay, Marie M. The Early Detection of Reading Diffi¬ culties. 3rd ed. Portsmouth, NH: Heinemann, 1985. Coles, Robert. The Call of Stories: Teaching and the Moral Imagination. Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1989. Damon, William. The Social World of the Child. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass, 1977. Darton, F. J. Harvey. Children’s Books in England: Five Centuries of Social Life. 2nd ed. Fondon: Cambridge University Press, 1966. Egan, Kieran. “Individual Development in Fiteracy.” Stories and Readers. Eds. Charles Temple and Patrick Collins. Norwood, MA: Christopher-Gordon, 1992. Erikson, Erik. Identity: Youth and Crisis. New York: Norton, 1968.

Frye, Northrop. The Anatomy of Criticism. Princeton: Princeton University Press, 1957. Ginsburg, Herbert, and Sylvia Opper. Piaget’s Theory of Intellectual Development. 2nd ed. Upper Saddle River, NJ: Prentice Hall, 1979. Hamilton, Virginia. The Planet of Junior Brown. New York: Macmillan, 1971. Hickman, Janet. “What Comes Naturally: Growth and Change in Children’s Free Response to Fiterature.” Stories and Readers. Eds. Charles Temple and Patrick Collins. Norwood, MA: Christopher-Gordon, 1992. Holman, Felice. The Wild Children. New York: Scribner’s, 1983. Jiminez, Juan Ramon. Trans. Antonio T. Di Nicholas. Platero and I: An Andalusian Elegy. Boulder, CO: Shambhala/Random House, 1978. Juel, Connie. “The Fongitudinal Study of Reading Acqui¬ sition (grades 1 to 4).” Paper presented at the 39th annual meeting of the National Reading Conference, Austin, Texas, 1989. Konner, Robert. Becoming Attached. New York: Warner, 1994. Fehr, Susan. “The Child’s Developing Sense of Theme as a Response to Literature.” Reading Research Quarterly 23.3 (1988): 337-357.

PART ONE: Understanding Literature and the Child Reader

Leonni, Leo. Frederick. New York: Pantheon, 1967. Matas, Carol. Daniel’s Story. New York: Scholastic, 1993. Matthews, Gareth. Dialogues with Children. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press, 1984. -. Philosophy and the Young Child. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press, 1980. McCormick, Christine, and Jana Mason. “Intervention Procedures for Increasing Preschool Children’s Interest and Knowledge About Reading.” Emergent Literacy. Eds. William Teale and Elizabeth Sulzby. Norwood, NJ;: Ablex, 1986. Morris, Darrell. “Concept of Word and Phonemic Aware¬ ness in the Beginning Reader.” Research in the Teaching of English 17 (1983): 359-73. O’Dell, Scott. Island of the Blue Dolphins. Boston: Hough¬ ton Mifflin, 1960. Olson, David. ‘“See! Jumping!’ Some Oral Antecedents of Literacy.” Awakening to Literacy. Eds. H. Goelman, A. Oberg, and F. Smith. Portsmouth, NH: Heinemann, 1984.

Perrault, Charles. Cinderella. Retold by Christine San Jose. Illustrated by Deborah Santini. Honesdale, PA: Boyds Mills Press, 1994. Piaget, Jean. The Language and Thought of the Child. Cleveland: World, 1955. -. The Moral Judgement of the Child. 1932. New York: Free Press, 1965. Vygotsky, Lev. Mind in Society: The Development of Higher Psychological Processes. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press, 1978. -. Thought and Language. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press, 1969. Walsh, Daniel, Gary Price, and Mark Gillingham. “The Critical But Transitory Importance of Letter Naming.” Reading Research Quarterly 23 (1988): 108-22. Winnicott, D. W. The Child, the Family, and the Outside World. London: Pelican, 1974.

CHAPTER 1: Children’s Books in Children’s Hands

dteretry Bltvw,t\Afcs> of ChildreiA/'s cite ret tuc re

The Artistry of Literary Elements Settings: How Do Authors Create Times and

Plots: How Do Stories Happen? Plots: The Basics

Places?

Episodes: Stories within Stories

Settings in Folktales and Fairytales

The "Real" Story versus the Story as Revealed

Settings in Realistic Fiction

Variations in Time

Settings as important Features in Themselves

Recurring Plots

Ask the Editor: Richard W. Jackson

Plot and Genre

Characterization: How Do People Emerge from

Themes: How Do Stories Get

the Page?

Meaning?

Characters Are Developed through Their Actions

Explicit and Implicit Themes

Characters Are Developed through Their Relations with Others

Themes and Images

Characters Are Developed through Their Sense of Themselves

Issue to Consider: Are Themes

Characters Are Developed through the Roles They Play

Really There?

in the Plot

Reading against the Grain

The Stance of the Implied

Reader

Identifying with Characters Taking the Intended Moral Stance Filling in the Gaps Point of View Stories in the First Person Stories in the Third Person

Style Words Images Metaphors Sounds Voice Literary Features of Informational Books Literary Features of Poetry

Once upon a time, far away in Japan, a poor young artist sat alone in his little house, waiting for his dinner. His housekeeper had gone to market, and he sat sighing to think of all the things he wished she would bring home. He expected her to hurry in at any minute, bow¬ ing and opening her little basket to show him how wisely she had spent their few pennies. He heard her step, and jumped up. He was very hungry! But the housekeeper lingered by the door, and the basket stayed shut. “Come,” he cried. “What is in that basket?” The housekeeper trembled, and held the basket tight in two hands. “It has seemed to me, sir,” she said, “that we are very lonely here.” Her wrinkled face looked humble and obstinate. from The Cat Who Went to Heaven (19S8) by Elizabeth Coatsworth

THE ARTISTRY OF LITERARY ELEMENTS Literature is a miracle. With words on a page, a writer can take readers to a place that never was, let them know people who never lived, and help them share adventures that never happened—and in spite of the artifice, create something truer than life itself. Is it possible to look closely at the magic of literature without destroying its ability to amaze us? We think so. It may actually enhance your appreciation of a work to have a vocabulary and a set of concepts to help you admire its wonders or note the shortcomings of a less-than-satisfactory work. In this chapter, we will describe the aspects of literary quality that critics and teachers most often refer to when they talk about texts. Knowing these will give you a vocabulary for evaluating texts and also for exploring the elements of them that move readers. We will ground our discussion with numerous examples taken from a few key books: Phyllis Naylor’s Shiloh (1991), Mildred Taylor’s Roll of Thunder, Hear My Cry (1976), Natalie Babbitt’s Tuck Everlasting (1975), and Alma Flor Ada’s The Gold Coin (1991). Although it is not necessary for you to have read these books before you read this chapter, you will definitely get more out of the chapter if you do so. The main elements of a literary work are the setting, the characterization, the plot, the themes, the stance of the implied reader, the point of view, and the author’s style. Let’s first take a closer look at each of these literary elements and then consider some special literary features of informational books and poetry.

SETTINGS: HOW DO AUTHORS CREATE TIMES AND PLACES? The setting is the time and place in which the events of a story are imagined to have occurred. An important part of any author’s task is to help the reader visualize the events being narrated and the people who are living them. Since whatever is visualized must be seen in time and space, the setting of the story is an important part of the reader’s invitation into an imaginary experience.

CHAPTER 2: Literary Elements of Children’s Literature

How explicit the setting is varies with the genre. In a folktale, the setting may get scant mention, yet it can still have symbolic significance. In realistic fic¬ tion, the setting can be used to add verisimilitude, or lifelikeness, to the story and make it easier for readers to believe in the events. In a survival story, the setting plays the role of antagonist—almost as if it were a character. In historical fiction or in stories from other cultures, the setting may share center stage with the char¬ acters and events, since readers may be as curious about what life is or was like in that setting as they are about what happens in the story. The same can be said of science fiction or fantasy—genres in which the author is free to make up whole new worlds. Let’s look, then, at how settings vary with some of these genres. *

Settings in Folktales and Fairytales The Grimms’ story “The Frog Prince” (Grimm and Grimm, 1972) has this setting: In olden times when wishing still helped one, there lived a king whose daughters were all beautiful, but the youngest was so beautiful that the sun itself, which had seen so much, was astonished whenever it shone in her face. Close by the king’s castle lay a dark forest, and under an old lime-tree in the forest was a well, and when the day was very warm, the King’s child went out into the forest and sat down beside the cool fountain. ... (p. 17) The first sentence introduces this “no-particular-time” when magical things hap¬ pened. Japanese folktales often begin just as simply: “Once long ago in the mid¬ dle of the mountains. . . .” Native American tales often say: “Many lifetimes ago, in the days of the Ancient Ones. ...” Arabic folktales sometimes begin: “There was, and there was not, in the fullness of time. ...” Young children’s first ques¬ tion about these tales, of course, is “Did that really happen?” The storyteller doesn’t want to deny the ultimate truth of the story, so she or he finds a way of saying that these events were cast in a setting that is beyond the everyday, where things can be morally true, if not factually so. Settings in folktales are briefly described: They represent everywhere and nowhere, but they often have particular associations. In European tales, home is where normal life is lived, securely. The forest is where one may be tested by sin¬ ister forces. The country is where simple but honest folk live, whereas the city is the place of sophisticated but possibly treacherous people. A hovel is a place one usually wants to rise above (but may have to learn to settle for), and a palace is the residence of those who were born privileged or who have had triumphant success.

Settings in Realistic Fiction Settings in realistic fiction are usually described with greater detail to give readers a feeling for a particular place. Here are the opening lines of Shiloh: The day Shiloh come, we’re having us a big Sunday dinner. Dara Lynn’s dipping bread in her glass of cold tea, the way she likes, and Becky pushes her beans up over the edge of her plate in her rush to get ’em down. (p. 11) These lines reveal the “country ways” of Marty’s family, through their way of speech and their table manners. Knowing how people act and talk can provide

PART ONE: Understanding Literature and the Child Reader

one sort of clue to the setting. Two pages further into the book, Marty takes the reader for a walk around the physical setting: We live high up in the hills above Friendly, but hardly anybody knows where that is. Friendly’s near Sistersville, which is halfway between Wheeling and Parkersburg. Used to be, Daddy told me, Sistersville was one of the best places you could live in the whole state. You ask me the best place to live, Fd say right where we are, a little four-room house with hills on three sides. Afternoon is my second-best time to go up in the hills, though; morning’s the best, especially in summer. Early, early morning. One morning I saw three kinds of animals, not counting cats, dogs, frogs, cows, and horses. Saw a groundhog, saw a doe with two fawns, and saw a gray fox with a reddish head. Bet his daddy was a gray fox and his ma was a red one. (pp. 12-13) More clues to the setting: Whatever happens in the story will have to be consistent with a Southern rural mountain environment. Good writers don’t waste details, so the reader can expect the ways of nature and animals to figure in this story.

Settings as Important Features in Themselves In some genres, settings can figure so strongly as to share attention with the characters in the story. The setting may produce challenges that characters must strive against. The grinding and desolate urban setting of Jerry Spinelli’s Maniac Magee (1990) seems to have permeated people’s attitudes with harshness, and Maniac must struggle against both in his quest for humanity. The racist society of Mississippi during the depression of the 1930s, por¬ trayed in Mildred Taylor’s Roll of Thunder, Hear My Cry, shows readers what the Logan children must endure. The implications of racial antagonism affect everything that happens in the book. In multicultural literature, details of the setting may seem commonplace to one group but be striking to another. For example, Alma Flor Ada’s My Name Is Maria Isabel (1993) begins: Maria Isabel looked at the cup of coffee with milk and the buttered toast in front of her. But she couldn’t bring herself to eat. Her mother said, “Maribel, cariho, hurry up.” Her father added, “You don’t want to be late on your first day, do you?” (p. 1) Children who trace their origins to the Spanish-speaking Caribbean or to Central America will find that scene reassuringly familiar. But other readers may be sur¬ prised that a young girl would drink coffee for breakfast, moved at the mother’s affectionate shortening of the girl’s name, and impressed that the mother speaks to her daughter in two languages. In effect, the setting is functioning almost as a character in the story. In a historical novel, the details of the setting may also go a long way to sat¬ isfy young readers’ curiosity about a place that is far removed in time. The earth¬ iness of English village life early in the fourteenth century is brought home in the first paragraph of Karen Cushman’s The Midwife’s Apprentice (1995): When animal droppings and garbage and spoiled straw are piled up in a great heap, the rotting and moiling give forth heat. Usually no

CHAPTER 2: Literary Elements of Children’s Literature

ASK THE EDITOR

What wae the beet manuecript you ever received, and what qualities do you look for in an authbr?

Favorite Books as a Child The 500 Hats of Bartholomew Cubbins by Dr. Seuss (which appealed to my theatrical instincts) Alice’s Adventures in Wonderland by Lewis Carroll (because it is the only book I recall being read aloud to me)

The best manuscript I've received? Ever? You might have asked me. to choose between my children! There are several bests. Paula Fox's Maurice's Room—she'd written only three chap¬ ters at the time I first saw it but I remember reading them aloud to my wife and saying,"This woman will win the Newbery Medal someday." And she did. Such vividness in the people, such kindness in the humor. And such a voice. Also a favorite—the text for The Relatives Came by Cynthia Rylant, for somewhat the same reasons. I believe we didn't change a word, though "best" for me doesn't mean word perfect. More important than immediate perfection is the breath of life in a piece. Frances Temple's Taste of Salt was another revelation— a "breathing" book about modern Haiti, about brave young people whose lives were, at the time, largely unimaginable by Americans (of any age).The book is written in two firstperson teenage voices, and there is urgency in every word. For "I" stories, urgency is crucial. Even "light" books, such as Avi's S.O.R. Losers or Judy Blume's "Are You There God? It's Me, Margaret,”depend on urgency for their success. In funny stories as well as serious, you need to sense the narrator's urge to bend your ear. Toning the Sweep by Angela Johnson is another unique example of urgent voice. It began as a collec¬

PART ONE: Understanding Literature and the Child Reader

tion of quick scenes, poetic impres¬ sions, snippets of conversation about a girl witnessing her grandmother's struggle with cancer; it grew into a novel over several years.Thrilling years. I look for long-term associations with writers or illustrators and rarely take on anyone published by many houses—for snobbish reasons, I sup¬ pose. I look for loyalty and for brains. For devotion to hard work and a cer¬ tain delicacy of touch. I listen for voice. Just this minute the phone rang and—speaking of voice—a cheery one said:"l've figured out how to do it, the whole book. It was our conver¬ sation yesterday that helped."The caller was Theresa Nelson, a superb novelist whose first book, The 25-cent Miracle, is another best. She's written four beauties since. My response to such calls has remained unchanging since 1962: gratitude and joy.

Richard W. Jackson is editor of Richard Jackson Books, an imprint of Orchard Books, which publishes some thirty new titles a year. His articles have appeared in The Horn Book Magazine, School Library Journal, and The New Advocate.

one gets close enough to notice because of the stench. But the girl noticed and, on that frosty night, burrowed deep into the warm, rot¬ ting muck, heedless of the smell, (p. 1) Here again, although the characters also do much to impress themselves on read¬ ers, the setting of this historical novel continually surprises and informs them.

CHARACTERIZATION: HOW DO PEOPLE EMERGE FROM THE PAGE? Characterization is the art of creating people out of words on the page. When a writer has done a good job of characterization, readers feel as if they have gotten to know another person. How does a writer achieve that? Sigmund Freud suggested that we know people by three things: by what they do and how they do it, by the others they affiliate with and how they feel about each other, and by the way they feel about themselves. These same dynam¬ ics work in literature. In coming to know a character in a work of literature, though, readers are affected by one more variable—the role the character plays in the story. Let’s look at each of these dimensions.

Characters Are Developed through Their Actions In a guidebook for fiction writers, Anne Bernays and Pamela Painter (1995) remind us of a character in F. Scott Fitzgerald’s The Great Gatsby who wore cuf¬ flinks made of human molars. Rather than saying “He was insensitive, domineer¬ ing, and gross,” Fitzgerald simply gave us that one detail—and that detail made readers see the character more clearly than descriptive words ever could have. When readers meet Marty on the first page of Shiloh, they hear this ex¬ change: “I looked that rabbit over good, Marty, and you won’t find any buck¬ shot in that thigh,” Dad says, buttering his bread. “I shot him in the neck.” Somehow I wish he hadn’t said that. I push the meat from one side of my plate to the other, through the sweet potatoes and back again. “Did it die right off?” I ask, knowing I can’t eat at all unless it had. “Soon enough.” “You shoot its head clean off?” Darlene asks. She’s like that. Dad chews real slow before he answers. “Not quite,” he says, and goes on eating. Which is when I leave the table, (pp. 11-12) Here, too, readers get to know Marty by what he does and says, rather than by what the author says about him. Marty is the most sensitive member of a family that is used to earthy living, but he is trying to hang in there. Readers absorb that impression better because they infer it from the above exchange, rather than being told it directly.

Characters Are Developed through Their Relations with Others Characters are also brought to life when readers see who “their people” are—and how they relate to them. Cassie in Roll of Thunder, Hear My Cry is an African American child, a member of a black community in segregationist

CHAPTER 2: Literary Elements of Children’s Literature

Mississippi during the Depression. Marty in Shiloh is a member of a hard-work¬ ing and frugal family in rural Appalachia. Jason in The Giver (1993) lives in a deliberately wholesome family in a bland, engineered society. Often, book characters are portrayed as being out of harmony with their group. In Shiloh, Marty is at home in the woods with a rifle in his hands—but unlike the rest of his family, he is sensitive to the suffering of animals. Jesse, in Katherine Paterson’s Bridge to Terabithia (1975), is more sensitive than the rest of his farm family; his friend Lesley is more down-to-earth than her idealistic professional family. They are more like each other than like their own kin. Cassie, in Roll of Thunder, Hear My Cry, belongs to a family that refuses to accept second-class citizenship in a society harshly gbverned by whites. Cassie doesn’t understand, however, as her parents do, the care and skill it takes for a black family to avoid disaster in that situation. Juan, the thief in Alma Flor Ada’s The Gold Coin, doesn’t belong to anybody. Yet as he pursues Dona Josefa through the countryside in order to rob her, his series of contacts with other working people eventually draws him into the human family. In all of these cases, the characters come to life through a sort of compari¬ son and contrast: A character is like the group in some ways, but strikingly dif¬ ferent from it in some particular way. Characters can also be drawn in opposition to other, contrasting charac¬ ters. In Shiloh, Marty’s ethics are starkly contrasted to those of the brutish Judd Travers, who lies, cheats, and abuses his animals. Marty also differs from his best friend, David Howard, who comes from better-off professional people living in town and who is not nearly as robust as Marty. In The Gold Coin, Juan the thief is starkly contrasted with Dona Josefa the healer: He wants nothing but to take; she wants nothing but to give. In sum, it is often possible to find two characters in a story who are drawn as opposites, making the attributes of both clearer.

Characters Are Developed through Their Sense of Themselves In Roll of Thunder, Hear My Cry, Cassie Logan can’t imagine why she should step off the sidewalk when a white girl tells her to. She experiences horror and outrage when her grandmother, Big Ma, forces her to apologize to her offender. Readers know Cassie by her unquestioned sense of her own worth. The central conflict in Shiloh comes about because Marty is keeping a dog away from its owner, in violation of the law and common behavior and against the wishes of his parents. The author shows how Marty experiences this conflict by having him utter this prayer: “Jesus,” I whisper finally, “which you want me to do? Be one hun¬ dred percent honest and carry that dog back to Judd so that one of your creatures can be kicked and starved all over again, or keep him here and fatten him up to glorify your creation?” The question seemed to answer itself, and I’m pretty proud of that prayer, (p. 57) Readers get to know Marty all the better through this expression of his thoughts. As characters get to know themselves, readers get to know them. By comparing their own experiences to those of the characters, readers get to know themselves a little better, too.

PART ONE: Understanding Literature and the Child Reader

Characters Are Developed through the Roles They Play in the Plot If a character in a story is cast in the role of the protagonist, or the hero, readers are inclined to be sympathetic. If the character is cast as the antagonist, the villain or the hero’s rival, readers are disposed to “fill in the blanks” with bad qualities. This happens in real life, too: Just listen to what emotional sports fans say about players on the opposing team! If the character is cast as the helper, readers may expect her or him to be loyal and generous, possibly amusing—but not more beautiful, brave, or ad¬ mirable than the hero. If the character plays the role of receiver, the person whom the hero wants to rescue or otherwise help, readers expect that person to be deserving of that help (Souriau, 1955). How much the plot influences the way we think of characters, though, depends on the genre of the story. In a folktale, readers can be told almost noth¬ ing about a character and yet be sympathetic or unsympathetic depending on whether he or she plays a hero or a villain. Readers pull for Jack—even though he’s been presented as lazy and stupid—because he’s cast as the hero of “Jack and the Beanstalk.” Readers are not sorry when the giant meets a bad end, even though he’s been robbed and then killed—because he opposes the hero, Jack. In realistic fiction, the writer is obliged to go further and spell out the charac¬ ters’ motives and personal qualities. Even an antagonistic character’s motives must be explained. In Shiloh, for example, the author leads readers to understand Judd Travers’s insensitive manners by planting hints about his own harsh upbringing. Taking us inside the motives of characters—whether they are sympathetic or not—is one of the great contributions literature makes to our understanding of other people. For centuries before the discipline of psychology was invented, people counted on literature for insights into what makes other people do what they do.

When a writer creates welldeveloped characters—those whose thoughts, feelings, and attitudes are evident through what they think, say, and do in the story—readers feel they are getting to know other people.

CHAPTER 2: Literary Elements of Children’s Literature

PLOTS: HOW DO STORIES HAPPEN? A plot is a meaningful ordering of events with their consequences, a “what happened to whom and why.” A plot is the conveyor belt that pulls a reader through the text, getting to know characters and scenes along the way, before arriving at a cumulative insight. Plots fascinate people. When you add up not just the literature people read, but also the films and videos they watch and the TV shows (don’t forget the soap operas) they consume during so many hours each day, it is clear that most people consider plots a staple of life. Ask a person to recount her day, and like as not §he will weave a plot, star¬ ring herself as the main character—hero or victim. Critics have noted that we all depend on plots to give meaning to our lives. As critic Frank Kermode (1975) pointed out, our daily lives have no clear meaning without an answer to the question “What is it all adding up to?” We never really know what our lives are adding up to until they’re over, so we crave a sense of an ending, which we find in the plots of stories, because only stories—and dead people’s lives—ever end. Thus, stories are frameworks that give meaning to events. Much as words and concepts give people the means to name and think about the phenomena that surround them, stories—plots—give them ways of finding meaning in the dynamic events and the ongoing processes of their lives. It’s no wonder people are hungry for plots. In this section, we look at the structures of plots, then at several variations Illustration 2.1

An original book with the simplicity and moral clarity of a folktale, The Gold Coin has a linear story line that culminates in a surprise ending. (The Gold Coin by Alma Flor Ada. Illustration copyright © 1991 Neil Waldman. Used by permission of Atheneum Books for Young Readers, an imprint of Simon & Schuster Children's Publishing Division.)

of plots.

Plots: The Basics

Plots unfold when a character is drawn toward a significant goal. The goal is almost always related to conflict, either within the character, between the char¬ acter and some rival person, between the character and nature, or between the character and the expectations of society. The events in a plot are set in motion by a complication, in which the main character experiences a problem and explicitly or implicitly sets a goal. The plot continues with rising action, in which the character strives to reach the goal and solve the problem. Toward the end, the plot arrives at a climax, in which tension is at its height as the matter of the charac¬ ter’s success or failure is about to be decided. And the plot culmi¬ nates in the resolution, in which the problem is decided, for good or by Alma Bor Ada ill. Some plots close with a denouement, which is a brief display of illustte raced by NdL-VValdtfian the characters’ state of affairs following the resolution. Most folktales and other simple stories follow the linear plot pattern just described. In Alma Flor Ada’s The Gold Coin, Juan’s adventure begins when, approaching a hut he plans to rob, he spies an old woman inside holding a gold coin and saying, “I must be the richest person in the world.” His conflict arises when he breaks into the hut after the woman leaves and finds no gold coin: Now he must follow her. Of course, his goal is to have the coin. Tensions mount (the rising action) throughout the story as Juan follows the old woman, Dona Josefa, to one farm after another—where he is told of a generous and helpful act she has just performed and given work to do to pass the time before the farmers can take him to his next desti¬ nation. The climax is the surprising events that befall Juan when he catches up with Dona Josefa alone on the road. And the resolution

THE GOLD COIN

PART ONE: Understanding Literature and the Child Reader

follows when Juan realizes he has been transformed. The denouement in this story is tactfully left for the reader to imagine. How will Juan lead his life, now that he has learned the value of being trusted by others, of being generous?

Episodes: Stories within Stories Many books, especially those for older children, are built around more complex patterns. Beverly Cleary’s Ramona and Her Father (1978) begins with Mr. Quimby’s losing his job. This is the main conflict of the story, and it won’t be resolved until the last few pages. This main problem spawns several smaller problems—each with a story of its own (and each providing provisional closure when read in a single sitting). Some of the problems last through several chap¬ ters: For example, because Ramona and Beezus see more of their father, they grow concerned about his smoking, and they start a guerrilla campaign to make him stop. Some problems last only through a single chapter—like the antics that occur when Ramona imagines she might become a highly paid child actor in a TV advertisem*nt, able to support her besieged family in lavish style. Ramona and Her Father is an intricate pattern of connected plots: one main problem leading logically to several smaller problems that pull the child reader through one, two, or three chapters, each with its own closure, until the main conflict of the book is resolved.

The "Real"Story versus the Story as Revealed In Virginia Hamilton’s The House of Dies Drear (1968), an African American family goes to live in a small town in Ohio, where they move into a large house on the edge of town. After discovering a secret passage below the house, the son has an encounter with what seems to be a ghost. Readers’ curiosity is aroused, and they are prompted to guess at many different explanations for events while paging through the book—so that the reading is an experience of curiosity, ten¬ sion, excitement, and final satisfaction. When the truth about the mystery is revealed at the end of the book, readers find themselves looking back over the events and retelling the story to themselves in light of what they have learned. In The House of Dies Drear and most other mystery stories, then, there are really two stories: the puzzling narrative that is fed to the reader page by page and the underlying story that the narrative points to (Barthes, 1974). Mystery and suspense are created as readers ask themselves, “What is really going on?”— that is, as they inquire about the deeper plot that underlies the incomplete plot full of hints that the author is parceling out to us.

Variations in Time A simple story is told straight through, with events following one after another. But in some stories, the action is liberated from a straight time sequence. These stories use flashbacks, in which events that happened before are recalled into the time of the narration, like Dicey Tillerman’s memories of going to see her mother, recalled during her travels in Cynthia Voigt’s The Homecoming (1983). Tuck Everlasting employs time shifts, too. Near the beginning of the book, Winnie Foster observes Jesse Tuck uncovering and drinking from the spring that magically stops one from aging. A short while later, readers learn that the Tuck family had drunk from the spring eighty-seven years before. Finally, in the epi¬ logue to the book, set seventy years after the main action, the Tucks come upon Winnie’s grave—and thus answer the lingering question of whether Winnie will drink from the spring and remain young forever.

CHAPTER 2: Literary Elements of Children’s Literature

Recurring Plots Some plot forms are used again and again in stories. To lump them together by their common forms is to take nothing away from them—on the contrary, it may point out their larger psychic meaning and their contribution to our under¬ standing of the human drama.

The Initiation Story. In traditional societies in which initiation rituals are still required of young people, a high price is exacted for reaching adulthood. In one anthropologist’s account (Turnbull, 1982), initiates are commonly taken out of the tribe and into the woods, where they are exposed to extreme pain or dan¬ ger. Their childhood is stripped from them as their old clothes and other posses¬ sions are confiscated and burned. They are taught weighty secrets and given new responsibilities, before finally being reintroduced to the tribe, where the commu¬ nity pays homage to them and recognizes their new state. Children’s literature is full of initiation stories, in which a young character is given some challenge to get through; having successfully met the challenge, she or he is recognized as being more mature or more worthy. “Jack and the Beanstalk” and “Hansel and Gretel” are initiation stories. Nessa’s Fish (1990), written by Nancy Luenn and illustrated by Neil Waldman, is an initiation story that tells of a young Inuit girl’s thoughtful and heroic efforts to save her incapac¬ itated grandmother who is stranded out on the ice with a cache of fish. Gary Paulsen’s Hatchet (1987) is an initiation story of a boy’s survival in the woods; Katherine Paterson’s Lyddie (1991) is an initiation story about a girl’s learning to stand up for herself in the harsh environment of early industrial Lowell, Massachusetts. Mary Hoffman’s Amazing Grace (1991) (illustrated by Caroline Binch) is an initiation story about an African American girl’s efforts to transcend the limits of race and sex and play the part of Peter Pan in a first-grade play. Becoming initiated sometimes implies trade-offs: The protagonist must trade innocence for experience. Hansel and Gretel lost their childhood and experienced horror before they could be reunited with their father, in what must have been an uneasy relationship. In Roald Dahl’s Danny the Champion of the World (1982), Danny learns a terrible secret about his father and his father’s family. The knowl¬ edge destroys his cozy domesticity with his father, but it also enables Danny to save his father from danger and eventually to become a family and community hero. Growing up requires pain and struggle, embracing some things and giving up others—scary steps for a child. Initiation stories point the way—not by revealing the

Illustration 2.2

A sophisticated children's initiation story like Amazing Grace can make a first grader's struggle for success seem heroic and satisfying. (From Amazing Grace by Mary Hoffman, Illustrations by Caroline Binch. Copyright © 1991 by Mary Hoffman, text. Copyright © 1991 by Caroline Binch, illustrations. Used by permission of Dial Books for Young Readers, a division of Penguin Books USA Inc.)

PART ONE: Understanding Literature and the Child Reader

particular path a child will take, because that is necessarily unique to each person, but by offering the hope and assurance that there is sunlight up above the clouds.

The Journey. Another metaphor for arduous progress and change is the journey. People all over the world have been motivated by deep urges to uproot themselves and travel long distances. As hunter-gatherers, humans ranged widely over the landscape, following animals or seeking greener habitats. In ancient times began the custom of making pilgrimages to religious places—to Rome, Canterbury, Mecca, Santiago de Compostela, Lourdes—a practice that survives today. Voyages of discovery, for trade, to make war or bring comfort to the suf¬ fering—all seem to follow some deep-seated human urge to go, to see, and to be changed along the way. Cynthia Voigt’s The Homecoming (1983) is an unforgettable example of the journey, as the children of the Tillerman family go in search of someone to raise them. Sharon Creech’s Walk Two Moons (1994), another story of a child’s journey in search of family, won the Newbery Medal in 1995. Frances Temple’s The Ramsay Scallop (1994) goes to the roots of the tradition, as it recounts a young betrothed couple’s pilgrimage from England to Spain, in the year 1299. In all of these stories, the characters grow in their awareness of other peo¬ ple and of themselves with every challenge they meet along the way, and thus the journey itself ultimately means more than the destination. Surely there is a lesson in this for young readers.

Plot and Genre The genre of a story determines the range of possible actions that can hap¬ pen in it. In a folktale, it is acceptable if a co*ckroach marries a mouse, which is what happens in “Cucarchita Martina and Ratoncito Perez,” or if a spider spins greedy plots, as Anansi does in “Anansi the Spider.” On the other hand, it would be quite surprising if Brian Robeson, the reluctant survivor in Hatchet, were res¬ cued from his wilderness isolation by a spaceship or if Lesley and Jesse encoun¬ tered a talking animal on their island retreat in Katherine Paterson’s Newbery Medal winner The Bridge to Terabithia. Some stories, especially mysteries, create tension and suspense by keeping readers guessing not only about what will happen, but also about what genre of story they are reading—and thus, about what kinds of events, and causes for them, to expect (Todorov, 1973). In The House of Dies Drear, readers don’t know until the very end if the story is dealing with natural or supernatural events, because Virginia Hamilton plants ambiguous clues that could point either way. Only in the last few pages is it clear which realm of possibility readers have been given and which genre of book—realistic fiction or fantasy—they have just read. In Cynthia Rylant’s Newbery Medal-winning novel Missing May (1992), readers are left wondering until the very end if a spiritualist can really help a bereft widower to contact his dead wife. When it doesn’t work out, readers, like the characters in Rylant’s touching book, are brought back to the conviction that people must make the best they can of life within the limits of their mortality— seeking small epiphanies in their relationships with others, perhaps, but not counting on breakthroughs to another world. Jerry Spinelli played with genre in an interesting way in crafting Maniac Magee. By passing on the oral histories about Maniac before letting readers in on the story, he gave his book the cast of a legend. The story wavers between realis¬ tic fiction and legend—which has the effect of underscoring the legendary impor¬ tance of someone’s breaching the racial barrier in contemporary urban America,

CHAPTER 2: Literary Elements of Children’s Literature

while showing the real-life innocence and vulnerability of the heroic kid who does the breaching.

THEMES: HOW DO STORIES GET MEANING? A theme is an issue or a lesson that a story brings to a readers’ conscious¬ ness. Beyond the question “What happened to whom and why?” readers some¬ times ask, “What is this work really about?” “What does it mean?” or even “Why did the author write this work?” Answers to those questions are usually statements of theme.

Explicit and Implicit Themes Themes may be stated explicitly or suggested implicitly by the text. A good example of an explicit theme is found in the Zuni story The Dragonfly’s Tale (1992), retold and illustrated by Kristina Rodanas. A community that has long been blessed by bounteous crops suddenly experiences famine when the people squander their food and callously offend the two goddesses who have been responsible for their bounty. When the village goes off in search of something to eat, a thoughtful and generous boy and girl again win the favor of the goddesses. The theme of the story, the virtues of conservation and kindness, is made explicit in the closing lines of the book: From then on, the people were careful not to take the Corn Maidens’ gifts for granted. They respected the boy and his sister, and learned their ways of kindness. The cornfields thrived, and all the Ashiwi prospered, (n.pag.) An implicit theme is an idea that is strongly suggested but not explicitly stated. In Alma Flor Ada’s The Gold Coin, there is no explicit mention of the les¬ son that giving is better than taking, or that the esteem of one’s fellows is more valuable than gold. Readers have to infer those ideas from what happens in the story. • ■ Especially in contemporary literature, stating themes is not always an easy or foolproof matter. Good writers rarely start with explicit themes in mind. Author Frances Temple (1994) explained her approach to themes this way: “At first, I’m just getting out the story. Once it’s written down, I can go through and see what the story is adding up to—and then as I rewrite I can make sure that what stays in the book pulls more or less in the same direction.” Many authors express surprise, however, at the themes others find in their works. For instance, Charles Temple was surprised to read in a review of his Shanty Boat (1993) (illustrated by Melanie Hall) that the work was about the importance of respecting differences. Temple had thought it was just a rhyme about a quirky old guy who lived on a boat; he had created it as an exaggerated portrait of his own brother.

Themes and Images Often, writers plant images in their works that come to stand for a central idea or theme. For example, Natalie Babbitt’s Tuck Everlasting begins: The first week of August hangs at the very top of summer, the top of the live-long year, like the highest seat of a Ferris wheel when it pauses in its turning, (p. 3)

PART ONE: Understanding Literature and the Child Reader

Are themes really there?

ISSUE TO CONSIDER

As we've mentioned, the theme of a contemporary literary work is more often implied than explicitly stated. Not surprisingly, the identification and interpre¬ tation of themes that are not explicitly stated give rise to lively debates. Critics argue not only about what the theme of a specific work really is, but also about whether the inherent difficulty in identifying implied themes makes it impossible to state any book's theme definitively. While some critics claim that skilled readers are adept at discovering themes that less skilled readers will miss, others (known as "deconstructionists" or "transactionalists" in the field of literary theory) insist that what a book means—its theme—lies entirely in the experience, background, and personality of each reader who encounters it. These differing opinions certainly do not prevent literary critics, authors, and book lovers from discussing themes. Readers often have different ideas about the theme of a particular book. And authors sometimes even disagree with what the critics identify as the themes of their books! What do you think? If you have read Natalie Babbitt's Tuck Everlasting, for example, what would you say the theme is? Do you agree with what the author says it is? With what your teacher or classmates think it is? How will you decide what the theme is?

Later in the book Tuck seems to state the theme of the book explicitly, again using the image of the wheel: Not now. Your time’s not now. But dying’s part of the wheel, right there next to being born. You can’t pick out the pieces you like and leave the rest. Being part of the whole thing, that’s the blessing, (p. 63) Thus, Natalie Babbitt uses the image of the wheel to stand for the inevitability of the life cycle: birth, growth, decline, and death.

Reading against the Grain The explicit and implicit themes described above were the sort many authors might have agreed were present in the work. But if we define a theme, as the critic Rebecca Lukens does, as a source of “. . . insight into people and how they think and feel” (Lukens, 1990), then there are other layers of themes that we must take into account. These are layers of themes that the authors probably did not intend. Reading against the grain is a way to examine the unexamined, question the unquestioned, and hold up to scrutiny the unspoken assertions the text is making about the way lives are lived in society. Reading against the grain means asking: Is this book a true portrait of how people behave? Is it a portrait of how they ought to behave? One fruitful way to read against the grain is to ask questions about differ¬ ences in a text’s portrayals of various characters: • Males and females • Old people and young people

CHAPTER 2: Literary Elements of Children’s Literature

• People of different social classes • People of different races • Americans and Third-World residents • People who are differently abled Another way to read against the grain is to list the characteristic actions taken by different people in the story and then to match those actions with the rewards the people receive. An examination of the story “Beauty and the Beast” to determine the ways males and females acted and the rewards or punishments they received revealed that males were rewarded for going after what they wanted—although they had to learn the hard way to be respectful of all sorts of people. Women, though, were rewarded for not going after what they wanted— for focusing on serving others and being pure (Temple, 1992). Another way to examine the unexamined is to ask: What would have been different if these events had happened to another character? For example, what if Marty’s father had found Shiloh, instead of Marty? Would he have tried to keep him? What would he have done differently? Why? What does this tell us about differences between ages? What if Marty’s little sister, Dara Lynn, had found Shiloh instead of Marty? Would her parents have taken her devotion to the dog as seriously? Would she have had the freedom to keep it secretly and arrange to give it food? What does this tell the reader about the range of activity boys and girls are permitted? What if Marty’s well-to-do friend, David Floward, had found Shiloh? Would he have gone to so much trouble not to confront Judd with his mistreat¬ ment of animals—or would he simply have called the authorities? Would he and his family have been so careful not to make an enemy of Judd? A text is a piece of virtual experience that can be held up and examined from many angles. As the questions above make clear, readers can find interest¬ ing meanings to talk about in almost any text, whether an author intended those meanings or not.

THE STANCE OF THE IMPLIED READER Besides the plot, the setting, the characters, and the theme, one more device is written into a work—the stance of the implied reader (Booth, 1961; Iser, 1974). The implied reader is the ideal interpreter of a work, as imagined by the author. The implied reader is not directly mentioned in the text, but his or her activity is essential. To say that events or characters in a text are exciting, funny, sad, sus¬ penseful, heroic, blameworthy, or even understandable really means that the events or characters are perceived in those ways by some reader, because those qualities do not exist except as responses of a reader to a work. Thus, in constructing a piece of literature, the writer must consciously or unconsciously keep an ideal reader in mind and arrange the details of the work in such a way as to evoke the desired responses from that reader—or, more truthfully, from anyone willing or able to perceive the work in more or less the way the implied reader would. As they begin to read a work, actual readers implicitly take the perspective of the implied reader and begin to have emotional and intellectual reactions to the work in ways the author has scripted for them. Or else they don’t: If a book is too silly or too “hard” or too far outside their usual way of seeing things, they may not be willing or able to take the stance of the implied reader—and the book will not work for them. 44

PART ONE: Understanding Literature and the Child Reader

There are at least three ways in which an actual reader can take the stance of the implied reader. The first is by identifying with characters. The second is by taking a moral perspective on the story. The third is by filling in gaps to make the story “work.”

MILDRED D. TAYLOR 0

Roll of Thunder, Hear My Cry

Illustration 2.3 As we allow ourselves to assume the role of the implied reader of Roll of Thunder, Hear My Cry, we may take on the emotional and intellectual perspective of those who have suffered painful racial oppression. (Roll of Thunder, Hear My Cry by Mildred D. Taylor. Illustration copyright © 1991 by Max Ginsburg. Used by permission of Puffin Books, a division of Penguin Books USA Inc.)

Identifying with Characters When readers discover in Shiloh that Marty is eating only part of his sup¬ per and spiriting away the rest for his dog, they begin to feel—as Phyllis Naylor surely intended for them to feel—Marty’s uneasiness and regret over having to disappoint his mother. When they read that Marty has sneaked up the hill after dinner to feed the dog the uneaten food he spirited away from the table—and when suddenly his mother walks up and confronts him—readers feel his shock, his embarrassment, and finally his relief at having his secret shared at last. They have identified with Marty; they have entered into his actions and reactions so that what happens to him is happening to them. Identification is a powerful way of learning from a text: It puts readers in the shoes of a character, makes them suffer what he or she suffers, makes them face the dilemmas that character faces, and makes them feel the consequences of the choices they (the character and the readers) made. Another striking example of the way an author fosters identification is found in Mildred Taylor’s Roll of Thunder, Hear My Cry. In the very first scene of the book, readers are walking along in Depression-era Mississippi with the Logan children, following an unpaved road with steep banks on either side and skirting deep-red muddy pools. A school bus careens along behind them. But it doesn’t stop to pick them up. Instead, the driver veers into a puddle and raises a wave of thick red ooze that douses their clothes, hair, and bodies. The driver grins wildly, and the young passengers laugh and jeer as the bus roars on. The children wring out their clothes and keep walking. The bus driver and the passengers are white. The Logan children—and, through identifying with them, the readers—are black. For white students, the effect of reading that scene can be as transforming as Mildred Taylor intended it to be—but only if they accept the stance of the implied reader.

Taking the Intended Moral Stance Another way the text influences readers is by inviting them to take a moral stance on the story—a stance the author has staked out as part of the construc¬ tion of the work. As noted above, for a story to work, the author has to be able to count on readers to believe that some goals are worthwhile, that some events are exciting, that some things people say are funny or sad or shocking. If readers adopt these views—if only for the duration of the reading—the book will “come together” for them. If they don’t, it won’t. So far, so good. But no readers hold precisely the orientations asked of them by all books. They occasionally have to stretch to accept a certain point of view, for the time that they participate in a certain book. This stretching has consequences. We all have had the experience of being told a joke that was so sexist or racist or other¬ wise mean-spirited that we had to decide whether to keep listening, scold the teller, or walk away. It’s the times we didn’t quite muster the energy to do either of the latter two that are most bothersome. If, for the sake of the humor, we tem¬ porarily agree to take the stance the joke requires of us, we may give a polite CHAPTER 2: Literary Elements of Children’s Literature

laugh, but feel compromised. That is because we have just agreed to live the life of a bigot, if only for two minutes. Author Mildred Taylor challenges readers to take a moral stance early in Roll of Thunder, Hear My Cry. Following the muddy road incident, the Logans dig the bottom out of one of the puddles, so that when the driver again tries to douse them, he breaks the axle of the bus. Will readers go along with that? If they do, they will close ranks with the Logans for the duration of the book. If they don’t, they have an uneasy reading experience ahead of them.

Filling in the Gaps

Illustration 2.4

It is left for the reader of Miss Nelson Is Missing! to guess that Viola Swamp was Miss Nelson in disguise; doing so draws the reader into a satisfying involvement with the book. (Miss Nelson Is Missing! by Harry Allard and James Marshall. Illustration copyright © 1977 by James Marshall. Used by permission of Houghton Mifflin Company. All rights reserved.)

The implied reader functions in one last way. A writer friend of ours says, “You have to trust your readers to figure some things out for themselves. They’ll feel more like they’re with you if you let them have the fun of figuring things out. Telling them too much spoils the fun.” Writers leave gaps in their work to be filled in by the reader’s realizations. In Maurice Sendak’s Where the Wild Things Are (1964), for example, a visual clue is given early in the book as to where the Wild Things came from. (Can you find it?) In Harry Allard and James Marshall’s M/ss Nelson Is Missing! (1977), readers are never told where Miss Viola Swamp, the nononsense substitute teacher, came from—or, for that matter, where she went. But at the end of the story the reader sees Miss Nelson reading in bed, next to a closet with an ugly black dress hanging in it—just like the one Viola Swamp wore. And there’s a box on the shelf marked in upside-down letters that spell WIG.

In Shiloh, Marty’s mother tells him she’s afraid that if she doesn’t tell his father that Marty has been hiding the dog, he might won¬ der what other secrets she has been keeping from him. She doesn’t come right out and say that she’s afraid of creating suspicions of mar¬ ital infidelity in her husband’s mind. But that Marty’s mother is thinking about sexual fidelity is strongly suggested by the very next scene. As she’s washing dishes, she sings along as a singer on the country music station croons: It’s It’s It’s It’s

you you you you

I wanna come home to, to bake my bread, to light my fire, to share my bed. (p. 85)

She blushes slightly when Marty enters the kitchen and hears her singing.

POINT OF VIEW Point of view is the perspective from which the events in a story are per¬ ceived and narrated. The choices of point of view are first person (in which one of the characters in the work narrates the story, using the first-person pronoun 46

PART ONE: Understanding Literature and the Child Reader

“I”) and third person (in which a narrator outside the story relates events that happened to those in it, using the third-person pronouns “her,” “him,” and “them”). When the author’s knowledge of events shifts freely between different characters’ points of view and the author describes events no one character could have known, he or she is writing from the point of view known as third-person omniscient (“all-knowing”).

Stories in the First Person Stories in the first person, like Shiloh, tell the tale through a character’s voice. Narration in the first person lends an immediacy to the action and lets readers know what the character is feeling. But it also limits readers to that char¬ acter’s perspective.

Stories in the Third Person Most of the time authors describe the action as happening to someone else—him, her, or them. This point of view is called third-person narration. Writing in the third person gives the author a broader range of choices of what to show the reader. Writing in the third person doesn’t excuse an author from keeping a unified point of view, though. Skilled writers narrate events as if from one character’s point of view at a time. For example, in Tuck Everlasting, when Winnie and Tuck paddle out in a rowboat, Babbitt uses her narrator’s voice to begin describing the scene, but soon she anchors the reader’s perspective in Winnie’s eyes: The rowboat had drifted at last to the end of the pond, but now its bow bumped into the rotting branches of a fallen tree that thrust its thick fingers into the water. . . . The water slipped past. . . and farther down Winnie could see that it hurried into a curve, around a leaning willow, and disappeared. . . . (pp. 62-63) Then Tuck speaks and explains their predicament of “being stuck”: That’s what us Tucks are, Winnie. Stuck so’s we can’t move on. We ain’t part of the wheel no more. Dropped off, Winnie, (p. 63) Illustration 2.5 Natalie Babbitt uses the image of a wheel in the text of Tuck Everlasting to remind the reader how impor¬ tant it is to accept that one is part of the life cycle. (Tuck Everlasting by Natalie Babbitt. Jacket design copyright © 1975 by Natalie Babbitt. Used by permission of Farrar, Straus & Giroux, Inc.)

And the reader gets an internal reaction from Winnie: Winnie blinked, and all at once her mind was flooded with the real¬ ization of what he was saying. ... (p. 63) Even though the story is narrated in the third person, there is only one per¬ spective at a time. When Winnie is around, the perspective is hers. Readers see things through her eyes and experience her emotions. The fact that Winnie is the age of the likely readers of this book is no accident. Even though she is not the narrator, she is the readers’ guide to the strange events of the story.

STYLE Style is not what is said, but how it is said. When a book makes you hear a distinct voice in your head or when you find a passage so good you want to read it to a friend, chances are you’re responding to style. Style is not the same thing as talent. A talented writer may write in different styles and may have a gift for matching a style with the content of each book she or he writes. CHAPTER 2: Literary Elements of Children’s Literature

Some of the elements of style are words, images, metaphors, sounds, and voice. Let’s look at each.

Words The poet William Carlos Williams wrote: “Each object in nature and each idea has an exact name.” Good writers behave as if that were true, and they strive to name experiences exactly. Twain wrote: “The difference between the right word, and almost the right word, is the difference between the lightning bug and the lightning.” But what makes a word “right”? Good word phoices are concrete and vivid—they show, rather than sum up and judge. Or if they sum up and judge, they do so exactly. Good words create fresh images. Good writing crackles with insight. Writing can be sparse or rich, as writers use few words or many to create impressions. Rich writing was more common in the nineteenth century and early in the twentieth. Note this passage from Kenneth Grahame’s immortal The Wind in the Willows (1908/1953):

When a book makes you hear a distinctive voice in your head or when you find a passage so compelling you have to share it with a friend, chances are you're responding to an author's style.

Never in his life had he seen a river before—this sleek, sinuous, fullbodied animal, chasing and chuckling, gripping things with a gurgle and leaving them with a laugh, to fling itself on fresh playmates that shook themselves free, and were caught and held again. All was ashake and a-shiver—glints and gleams and sparkles, rustle and swirl, chatter and bubble, (p. 3-4) Grahame’s language consists of long sentences awash with colorful adjectives, images, and metaphors. Spare writing can also be powerful. Frances Temple told Grab Hands and Run (1993) in the voice of twelve-year-old Felipe, and so the words she chose are simple and direct. Here is a scene from a parsonage in Guatemala, where Salvadoran refugees find momentary protection: Another little girl comes in, a child with big dark eyes, younger than Romy. Father Ramon opens his arms to her and speaks gently, but at the sight of him she begins to scream and fastens herself around the leg of a table. Her screams are terrible, and no one can stop them. Father Ramon looks so upset that I follow him into the courtyard. “Why does she scream, Padre?” I ask him. “Can I help?” “Ask the soldiers why she screams, son,” says Father Ramon. I have never heard anyone sound so sad. (p. 62) Word choice doesn’t depend on a fancy vocabulary—just on exact descrip¬ tions.

Images Illustration 2.6 Narrated in the voice of a twelveyear-old refugee, Grab Hands and Run uses simple syntax and vocabu¬ lary that nonetheless describe mov¬ ing scenes and powerful events. {Grab Hands and Run by Frances Temple. Illustration copyright © 1993 by Frances Nolting Temple. Used by permission of the Publisher, Orchard Books, New York.)

Imagery is the art of making readers experience details as if through their five senses. Alexander Carmichael had a good phrase for it: “bringing the differ¬ ent characters before the mind as clearly as the sculptor brings the figure before the eye” (quoted in Briggs, 1977, p. 10). That’s the art of imagery—whether they’re characters, settings, or actions that are illuminated for the mind’s eye. The trick may be no more than mentioning sensory details: The writer mentions, however offhandedly, how things smelled, felt, tasted, sounded, and looked. But the effect is of living the moments described, rather than hearing a summary of them. Here’s a moment from Tuck Everlasting:

PART ONE: Understanding Literature and the Child Reader

Shifting his position, he turned his attention to a little pile of pebbles next to him. As Winnie watched, scarcely breathing, he moved the pile carefully to one side, pebble by pebble. Beneath the pile, the ground was shiny wet. The boy lifted a final stone and Winnie saw a low spurt of water, arching up and returning, like a fountain, into the ground. He bent and put his lips to the spurt, drinking noiselessly, and then he sat up again and drew his shirt sleeve across his mouth. As he did this, he turned his face in her direction—and their eyes met. (p. 26) Read that passage again, and see how many senses it appeals to. You feel the shifts of posture in your body and the quiet breathing in your chest. You rel¬ ish the many visual images—the ground shiny wet, the spurt of water arching and returning. You hear the silence of the stealthy motions. You almost taste the water and feel the rough swipe of the shirt sleeve across your lips. With her skill¬ ful use of imagery, Babbitt has not so much described this scene as enacted it.

Metaphors To use a metaphor is to describe one thing in terms of something else. Technically, there is a distinction between a simile, which is an overt comparison that says “X is like Y”; a true metaphor, which talks about X as if it were Y; and personification, which ascribes human features, actions, or motives to something that isn’t human. Here’s Tuck Everlasting again: The road that led to Treegap had been trod out long before by a herd of cows who were, to say the least, relaxed. It wandered along in curves and easy angles, swayed off and up in a pleasant tangent to the top of a small hill, ambled down again between fringes of bee-hung clover, and then cut sidewise across a meadow, (p. 5) Illustration 2.7 The text of a fine picture book is much like poetry—efficient and powerful. In What You Know First, Patricia MacLachlan uses sounds with a poet's keen ear. (What You Know First by Patricia MacLachlan. Illustration copyright © 1995 by Barry Moser. Used by permission of HarperCollins Publishers.)

This isn’t quite personification: The road is described as if it were not a person, but a cow—wandering, swaying, and ambling. To describe the road this way is to enliven the writing with unobtrusive magic.

Sounds Aristotle advised writers to get the sounds of language and the sense would take care of itself. In the voice of a good prose writer, the sounds of language speak almost as beautifully as they do in poetry. You may think of poetry as rhyme and rhythm, but to catch the poetry of prose, you must widen your scope. Prose doesn’t often rhyme, but its sounds speak to each other through consonance (a run of similar consonant sounds) and assonance (a run of similar vowel sounds). Prose doesn’t scan into this meter or that, but there is a rhythm to the flow of the words: a sing-song cadence, a pell-mell dash, or a chant and refrain. Listen to the sounds from a page of Patricia MacLachlan’s prose text from her picture book What You Know First (1995): We’ll sleep in the hay with our eyes open Until they drop shut. Listening to the rain on the tin roof the wind rattling the windows

CHAPTER 2: Literary Elements of Children’s Literature

Waking when the rooster crows In sunlight, (n.pag.) Do you hear the r’s and the w’s echoing each other? That is consonance. Do you hear the words that begin with vowels, too (“eyes open”), as well as the similar vowel sounds (“windows” and “crows”) speaking to each other? Both are exam¬ ples of assonance. Read the passage aloud and listen for the rhythm. Hear the flow of the words until the abrupt “drop shut.” See how those choppy words break the flow, just as closed eyes signal that the flow of consciousness has been

the Moves Make the Man

Illustration 2.8 Few writers convey different personalities through their speech as compellingly as Bruce Brooks does in The Moves Make the Man. (The Moves Make the Man by Bruce Brooks. Copyright © 1984 by Bruce Brooks. Used by permission of HarperCollins Publishers.)

interrupted by sleep. More on rhythm—here is an excerpt from Brucejirooks’s The Moves Make the Man (1984): . . . cradling the ball and at the last minute pulling my left hand away like Oscar Robertson and snapping that lubricated right wrist and knowing, feeling it right straight through from the tips of the fingers that had let fly the ball and touched it all the way to the last, straight down the front edge of my body to my toes just before they hit the ground again, that the shot was true, feeling the swish and tickle of the net cords rushing quick down my nerves, and landing square and jaunty in time to watch, along with everybody else, as the ball popped through the net without a single bit of deceit, so clean it kicked the bottom of the cords back up and looped them over the rim, which is called a bottoms up and means you shot it perfect and some people even count them three points in street games, (p. 70) One long sentence! The rhythm here is the breathless tumble of an athlete’s thoughts, which find expression in the equally breathless patter of sportscasters. Another sound device in Brooks’s passage is onomatopoeia—using the sound of words themselves to convey a sound impression. Brooks does this in the phrase “. . . feeling the swish and tickle of the net cords rushing quick down my nerves. ...”

Voice Voice in literature has to do with the way the author comes across—from folksy to impersonal, from bold to timid, from expert to unreliable. Especially if the author writes in the first person, the voice of the piece may involve the narra¬ tor’s dialect, personality, and “slant” on the world. Listen to Lucille Clifton’s narrator in Three Wishes: My name is Zenobia, after somebody in the Bible. My name is Zenobia and everybody call me Nobie. Everybody but Victor. He call me Lena, after Lena Horne, and when I get grown I’m goin’ to Hollywood and sing in the movies and Victorius is gonna go with me ’cause he’s my best friend. That’s his real name. (p. 1) But even if a book is written in the third person, the narrator can come across as someone to be reckoned with. Natalie Babbitt begins Tuck Everlasting with these words: The first week of August hangs at the very top of summer, the top of the live-long year, like the highest seat of a Lerris wheel when it pauses in its turning. The weeks that come before only climb from balmy spring, and those that follow drop to the chill of autumn, but

PART ONE: Understanding Literature and the Child Reader

Illustration 2.9 Gifted poet and children's author Lucille Clifton captures the voice of an urban African American girl in Three Wishes. (Three Wishes by Lucille Clifton. Illustration copyright © 1973 by Michael Hays. Used by permission of Delacorte Press, a division of Bantam Doubleday Dell Publishing Group, Inc.)

Three Wishes

the first week of August is motionless, and hot. It is curiously silent, too, with blank white dawns and glaring noons, and sunsets smeared with too much color. Often at night there is lightning, but it quivers all alone. There is no thunder, no relieving rain. These are strange and breathless days, the dog days when people are led to do things they are sure to feel sorry for after, (p. 3) Listen to the tone she takes. Authoritative, knowledgeable, impersonal—maybe even a little bossy. (The weather’s not like that where we live.) This is the voice of a storyteller who is fully in charge. Now listen to Roald Dahl’s first words in Matilda (1988): It’s a funny thing about mothers and fathers. Even when their own child is the most disgusting little blister you could ever imagine, they still think that he or she is wonderful. Some parents go further. They become so blinded by adoration they manage to convince themselves their child has qualities of genius. Well, there is nothing very wrong with all this. It’s the way of the world. It is only when the parents begin telling us about the brilliance of their own revolting offspring, that we start shouting, “Bring us a basin! We’re going to be sick!” (p. 7) Dahl’s voice is outrageous, risque, opinionated—but likely to be a lot of fun. Dahl seems to be out to undermine his own narrator’s authority. Like as not, children will feel compelled to talk back to him.

LITERARY FEATURES OF INFORMATIONAL BOOKS Traditionally, the study of literature has been devoted to fiction and poetry. But works in other genres have gained grudging recognition for their literary merit. In adult literature, Thucydides’ Peloponnesian Wars and Gibbon’s The History of the Decline and Fall of the Roman Empire have been singled out as much for the quality of their writing as for their treatment of the subject matter. Sigmund Freud distinguished himself for the energy and clarity with which he

CHAPTER 2: Literary Elements of Children’s Literature

wrote out his theory of psychoanalysis. Other stylists such as John McPhee, Annie Dillard, and Richard Rodriguez have been lauded for their skill with the language as well as for the force of their ideas. In children’s literature, too, writers such as Patricia Lauber, Gail Gibbons, Jean Fritz, Joanna Cole, Seymour Simon, Milton Meltzer, Donald Carrick, and James Giblin have produced infor¬ mational books that are as splendid for their skillful writing and presentation as for their content. Writers of quality informational books face many challenges. They must be scrupulously accurate, they must arouse and sustain interest even about topics that are not obviously dramatic or humor¬ ous, and they must make complicated ideas accessible to young audiences without either trivializing the subject matter or over¬ whelming their readers. No wonder, then, that a handful of writers such as those just mentioned stand out as champions in the field of modern informational books. Writers and illustrators of informational books can produce good literature. Their works may be distinguished by many of the matters of style surveyed earlier in this chapter: by vivid word choices, lively imagery, language that complements their topic, and a voice that engages readers while honoring the importance of the subject. We will discuss these elements of literary quality in infor¬ mational books in Chapter 11. A good informational book—like good literature of any genre—has the capacity to engage young readers through humor, vivid imagery, and engaging style, while making accurate information readily accessible to them.

LITERARY FEATURES OF POETRY Poetry is more obviously literary than informational books are. Poetry is a form of writing in which sounds, images, meanings, metaphors, and word choices are condensed efficiently. Above all, poems convey emotion and insight. There is a detailed discussion of literary elements of poetry in Chapter 7.

TEACHING IDEAS Exploring Folktale Settings.

How many folktales do children know with forests in them? Make a chart in which children describe things that happen in forests, the kinds of creatures the characters encounter, and the kinds of chal¬ lenges they face. Later, during a writing workshop, children may want to write stories in which transforming things happen to characters in a forest.

Using Plot Structure to Guide Predictions.

Choose a story to read aloud to a group of students. Write the parts of the story that conform to the plot struc¬ ture described on pages 38-39 (complication, rising action, climax, resolution, and denouement) on separate pieces of tagboard. Before reading the story, ask the students to arrange the parts of the story in the order in which they think events might unfold. Then read the story. Finally, ask the students to go back and check the accuracy of their predictions.

Plotting the Story Journey.

Students can make a kind of graph to plot a story journey. Drawing a line from left to right across a chart, they can make the line go up for events when morale is high and down for events when morale is low.

PART ONE: Understanding Literature and the Child Reader

Above the line, they can write in what happened. Below the line, they can write in how a character felt or what she or he learned.

Discussing the Implied Reader. Introduce the idea of the implied reader (though not necessarily the term). After students have read or heard a simple story, such as “Jack and the Beanstalk,” ask them: “Did you feel closer to one character out of all the characters in this story? If so, which character and why?” “Did you get the feeling the author wanted you to feel closer to and want to be more like one character? What was it about the way the story was written that made you feel closer to that character?”

More on the Implied Reader. To pursue children’s growing awareness of the dynamics of the implied reader, ask them: “Were there times in the story when you felt that you really liked what was going on? When? What did you espe¬ cially like about these times?” “Were there times in the story when you didn’t especially like what was going on?” “Were there things in the story that you thought maybe the author felt were okay, but you didn’t?”

EXPERIENCES FOR YOUR LEARNING 1. Think of two different characters in a book you’ve recently read—say, The Gold Coin. Prepare a Venn diagram, writing the features of personality and temperament the characters have in common in the overlapping area and those that separate them in the other parts of each circle. Compare your diagram with those of your classmates. 2. Make three columns on a piece of paper. In the left-hand column, list three male and three female characters in Shiloh. In the middle column, write two or three major actions these people took in the book. In the right-hand column, list the

rewards or punishments they received at the end. Discuss these results. Can you formulate a state¬ ment that explains the pattern of who is rewarded and who is not in the story? 3. Choose a short but poignant scene from Tuck Everlasting (Chapter 12 will work nicely). Think through the scene from a different character’s point of view—visualize the scene, for example, from Tuck’s point of view rather than Winnie’s. Which of Tuck’s concerns come to the surface that do not in the scene as written? How does Winnie appear?

RECOMMENDED BOOKS * indicates a picture book; I indicates interest level (P = preschool, YA = young adult) Books with Striking Settings Avi. The True Confessions of Charlotte Doyle. New York: Orchard, 1990. Life on an eighteenth-century merchant ship, with Charlotte living “before the mast.” (I: 11-YA)

Naylor, Phyllis Reynolds. Shiloh. New York: Atheneum, 1990. Marty, an Appalachian mountain boy, shelters a runaway beagle named Shiloh from its cruel and abusive owner. (I: 8-11) Paulsen, Gary. Hatchet. New York: Bradbury, 1987. The Canadian wilderness is the setting in which Paulsen’s character struggles to survive. (I: 11-YA)

Cameron, Ann. The Most Beautiful Place in the World. New York: Knopf, 1988. What it’s like to live as a peasant child in a Guatemalan village. (I: 8-10)

Soto, Gary. Baseball in April and Other Stories. New York: Harcourt, 1990. Young life among mostly poor Mexican Americans in contemporary Fresno, California. (I: 11-YA)

Cushman, Karen. Catherine Called Birdy. New York: Clarion, 1994. Diary of a fourteen-year-old recre¬ ates thirteenth-century English life. (I: 11-YA)

Taylor, Mildred D. Roll of Thunder, Hear My Cry. New York: Dial, 1976. The Logan family endures racism in Mississippi in the 1930s. (I: 11-YA)

CHAPTER 2: Literary Elements of Children’s Literature

Williams, Shirley A. Working Cotton. Illustrated by Carole Byard. New York: Harcourt, 1992. spreads of cotton rows and the blank eyes of the young nar¬ rator reveal the dawn-to-dusk life of pickers in a California cotton field. (I: 5-9)

Books with Interesting Characterization Ada, Alma Flor. The Gold Coin. New York: Mac¬ millan, 1991. In this original story with folktale ele¬ ments, the young thief Juan pursues Doha Josepha through the countryside to rob her of her gold coin, but learns trust and generosity along the way. (1:9-11) Cleary, Beverly. Dear Mr. Henshaw. New York: Mor¬ row, 1983. Leigh Botts, the son of divorced parents, is portrayed through his correspondence with a chil¬ dren’s author. (I: 9-11) -. Ramona Quimhy, Age 8. New York: Morrow, 1981. Any of Cleary’s Ramona books are examples of excellent characterization. (I: 8-10) Cooney, Barbara. Miss Rumphius. New York: Viking, 1982. A remarkable turn-of-the-century New England lady comes to life in the eyes of a young friend. (I: 5-9) Cushman, Karen. The Midwife’s Apprentice. New York: Clarion, 1995. Alyce, a homeless waif taken in by a midwife, is given an opportunity to find an identity and make a place for herself in medieval England. (I: 11-YA) Dahl, Roald. The BFG. New York: Farrar, 1982. The Big Friendly Giant comes across as a real person in this imaginative story. (I: 9-12) -. Danny the Champion of the World. New York: Farrar, 1982. Danny’s is perhaps the most remarkable of fathers. (I: 9-12) Hamilton, Virginia. M. C. Higgins the Great. New York: Simon &C Schuster, 1974. A dreamy rural African American hero emerges from the pages of this Newbery Medal-winning novel. (I: 11-YA) Houston, Gloria. My Great-Aunt Arizona. Illustrated by Susan Condie Lamb. New York: Harper, 1992. A portrait of a remarkable Appalachian school teacher at the turn of the century. (I: 6-10) MacLachlan, Patricia. Sarah, Plain and Tall. New York: Harper, 1985. The story of the wooing of a mail-order bride from Maine by a lonely prairie family. (I: 8-12) Meyers, Walter Dean. The Mouse Rap. New York: HarperCollins, 1990. The life and times of a thir¬ teen-year-old resident of Harlem. (I: 9-12)

Paterson, Katherine. The Great Gilly Hopkins. New York: HarperCollins, 1978. A veteran of many fos¬ ter homes comes to life in this novel. (I: 9-12) Paulsen, Gary. Sisters/Hermanas. New York: Harcourt, 1993. In this bilingual (Spanish/English) book, the character of a young Mexican prostitute is com¬ pared with that of a young white Texas cheerleader. (I: 12-YA) * Say, Allen. Grandfather’s Journey. Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1993. The story of a young man’s immigra¬ tion to the United States from Japan, how he fared, and why he went back. (I: 5-10) Woodson, Jacqueline. Last Summer with Maizon. New York: Delacorte, 1992. Inside the thoughts of a con¬ temporary African American girl from the city. (I: 12-YA)

Books with Interesting Plots Babbitt, Natalie. Tuck Everlasting. New York: Farrar, 1975. Young Winnie encounters and befriends mem¬ bers of the Tuck family, who have been endowed with the burdensome gift of everlasting life. (I: 10-YA) Barrett, Judi. Cloudy with a Chance of Meatballs. Illustrated by Ron Barrett. New York: Atheneum, 1978. Life is easy in the town of Chew and Swallow, where food comes from the sky—until the weather takes a turn for the worse. (I: 7-10) Bunting, Eve. The Hideout. New York: Harcourt, 1991. Andy runs away from home and finds the key to a luxurious suite in a grand hotel. What he thinks is a lucky break turns out to be a terrifying experi¬ ence. (I: 8-12) Cleary, Beverly. Ramona and Her Father. New York: Morrow, 1978. The problem of the father’s unem¬ ployment gives rise to smaller problems, whetting the reader’s curiosity for the long term and the short term. (I: 7-10) Coatsworth, Elizabeth. The Cat Who Went to Heaven. Illustrated by Lynd Ward. New York: Collier/Mac¬ millan, 1958. A magical cat teaches an impoverished painter to be generous and patient. (I: 10-12) Cole, Brock. The Goats. New York: Farrar, 1990. When they are left naked on a deserted island by their fellow campers, two preadolescents learn to stand up for themselves. (I: 11-YA) * de Paola, Tomie. Strega Nona. New York: Simon & Schuster, 1979. The story of the witch Strega Nona and the fool Big Anthony has a straightforward plot, with an interesting contrast of characters. (I: 5-8)

PART ONE: Understanding Literature and the Child Reader

Hahn, Mary Downing. Stepping on Cracks. New York: Clarion, 1991. In the midst of World War II, Elizabeth and her best friend discover a conscien¬ tious objector living in the woods near their home. (I: 11-12) Hamilton, Virginia. The House of Dies Drear. New York: Simon & Schuster, 1968. As noted in this chapter, this African American historical mystery novel is a good example of a “surface story” slowly revealing an underlying story. (I: 11-13) Hite, Sid. An Even Break. New York: Holt, 1995. When twelve-year-old Frisk gets a summer job man¬ aging a pool for kids fifteen and up, he has to work hard to prove he’s the right person for the job. (I: 10-13) Kellogg, Steven. Much Bigger than Martin. New York: Dial, 1976. More than anything a boy wants to be as big as his older brother so he won’t be left out of activities. (I: 5-8) Paulsen, Gary. The Voyage of The Frog. New York: Orchard, 1989. A survival story of a perilous ocean crossing, in which a young boy proves what he’s made of. (I: 11-YA) Steig, William. The Amazing Bone. New York: Farrar, 1976. This book, like Steig’s Sylvester and the Magic Pebble, Caleb and Kate, and Roland, the Minstrel Pig, has a straightforward plot that fol¬ lows the pattern described in this chapter: conflict, rising action, climax, resolution, denouement. (I: 5-10) Temple, Frances. Grab Hands and Run. New York: Orchard, 1993. A journey story about the flight of a Salvadoran refugee family from their homeland through the United States to Canada. (I: 10-13) Voigt, Cynthia. The Homecoming. New York: Atheneum, 1983. Determined to keep her family together after her mother disappears, Dicey leads her siblings on a secret journey to find a grandmother they have never known. (I: 12-YA) Yarbrough, Camille. The Shimmershine Queens. New York: Putnam, 1989. Angie and her best friend struggle to maintain pride and self-respect in the midst of negative peer pressure. (I: 11-12)

Books with Interesting Themes Ada, Alma Flor. My Name Is Maria Isabel. New York: Atheneum, 1993. What it’s like to come into an urban American school from another place, where people speak another language. (I: 8-11) Barrett, Joyce Durham. Willy’s Not the Hugging Kind. Illustrated by Pat Cummings. New York: HarperCollins, 1989. Willie decides he’s too big for hugs,

but he soon discovers how much he misses them. (I: 5-7) * Bunting, Eve. A Day’s Work. Illustrated by Ron Himler. New York: Clarion, 1994. Francisco learns a lesson about honesty and pride from his grandfather. (I: 6-8) * Clifton, Fucille. Everett Anderson’s Goodbye. Illustrated by Ann Grifalconi. New York: Holt, 1983. A boy goes through the grieving process after his father dies. (I: 4-7) * -. Everett Anderson’s Nine Month Long. Illustrated by Ann Grifalconi. New York: Holt, 1978. While Everett Anderson waits for a new baby to be born, he works out the wrinkles in his rela¬ tionship with his new stepfather. (I: 4-7) * Demi. The Empty Pot. New York: Holt, 1990. A little boy is rewarded for his honesty. (I: 5-8) * de Paola, Tomie. The Legend of the Bluebonnet. Put¬ nam, 1983. A young girl sacrifices her most precious possession in order to save her people from drought. (I: 5-8) * de Regniers, Beatrice Schenk. May I Bring a Friend? Illustrated by Beni Montresor. New York: Athe¬ neum, 1980. When the king and queen invite a little boy to tea, he brings a host of animal friends and then reciprocates by inviting the king and queen to the zoo for tea. (I: 4-6) * Hesse, Karen. Lester’s Dog. Illustrated by Nancy Carpenter. New York: Crown, 1993. More than anything, a boy fears Lester’s vicious dog, but his loyalty to his deaf friends helps him triumph over his fear. (I: 4-7) * Hoffman, Mary. Amazing Grace. Illustrated by Caroline Binch. New York: Dial, 1991. Grace’s grandmother helps her realize she can do anything she wants to. (I: 5-9) MacLachlan, Patricia. Journey. New York: Delacorte, 1991. Having been deserted by his mother and father, Journey sets out to discover his past and learns that things can be good enough without being perfect. (I: 10-12) * Ness, Evaline. Sam, Bangs, and Moonshine. New York: Holt, 1966. In an important step in growing up, Sam discovers that imagination cannot be allowed to get in the way of responsibility. (I: 6-10) * Rodanas, Kristina. The Dragonfly’s Tale. New York: Clarion, 1992. A Zuni legend with a conservationist theme. Most folktales and legends strongly empha¬ size themes. (I: 6-10) Talbert, Marc. A Sunburned Prayer. New York: Simon &c Schuster, 1995. Eloy determines to go alone on a pilgrimage to save his grandmother, who is dying of cancer. (I: 10-12)

CHAPTER 2: Literary Elements of Children’s Literature

Thesman, Jean. Rachel Chance. Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1990. When Rachel’s baby brother is kid¬ napped by a charismatic preacher, Rachel sets out to find him. (I: 11-YA)

* Williams, Vera B. A Chair for My Mother. New York: Mulberry, 1982. A little girl and her family pull together to make a new home when theirs is destroyed by fire. (I: 6-10)

RESOURCES Egoff, Sheila, G. T. Stubbs, and L. F. Ashley. Only Connect: Readings on Children’s Literature. 2nd ed. New York: Oxford Universtity Press, 1980. Frye, Northrop. The Educated Imagination. Bloom¬ ington: Indiana University Press, 1964. Hearne, Betsy, and Marilyn Kaye. Celebrating Children’s Literature. Lothrop, Lee, & Shepard, 1981. Hunt, Peter. Children’s Literature: The Development of Criticism. New York: Routledge, 1990. Lukens, Rebecca. A Critical Handbook to Children’s Literature. 4th ed. New York: HarperCollins, 1990. May, Jill. Children’s Literature and Critical Theory. New York: Oxford University Press, 1995.

Nodleman, Perry, ed. Touchstones: Reflections on the Best in Children’s Literature. West Bend, IN: Chil¬ dren’s Literature Association, 1985. Sale, Roger. Fairy Tales and After: Snow White to E. B. White. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press, 1978. Scholes, Robert. Structuralism in Literature. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press, 1974. Temple, Charles, and Patrick Collins, eds. Stories and Readers. Norwood, MA: Christopher-Gordon, 1992.

REFERENCES Allard, Harry. Miss Nelson Is Missingl Illustrated by James Marshall. Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1977. Barthes, Roland. S/Z. Trans. Richard Miller. New York: Hill & Wang, 1974. Bernays, Anne, and Pamela Painter. Guide for Fiction Writers. New York: HarperCollins, 1995. Booth, Wayne. The Rhetoric of Fiction. Chicago: Univer¬ sity of Chicago Press, 1961. Briggs, Katherine. British Folktales. New York: Pantheon, 1977. Coatsworth, Elizabeth. The Cat Who Went to Heaven. New York: Macmillan, 1931. Cushman, Karen. The Midwife’s Apprentice. New York: Clarion, 1995. Grahame, Kenneth. The Wind in the Willows. 1908. New York: Scribner’s, 1953. Grimm, Jacob, and Wilhelm Grimm. The Complete Grimms’ Fairy Tales. New York: Pantheon, 1972. Iser, Wolfgang. The Implied Reader: Patterns of Com¬ munication in Prose Fiction from Bunyan to Beckett.

Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1974.

Kermode, Frank. The Sense of an Ending. Chicago: Uni¬ versity of Chicago Press, 1975. Lukens, Rebecca. A Critical Handbook to Children’s Literature. 4th ed. New York: HarperCollins, 1990. Rylant, Cynthia. Missing May. New York: Orchard, 1992. Sendak, Maurice. Where the Wild Things Are. New York: Harper & Row, 1963. Souriau, Etienne. Les Deux Cent Milles Situations Dramatiques. Paris: Flammarion, 1955. Spinelli, Jerry. Maniac Magee. Boston: Little, Brown, 1990. Temple, Charles. Shanty Boat. Illustrated by Melanie Hall. Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1993. Temple, Charles. ‘“What If Beauty Had Been Ugly?’ Read¬ ing against the Grain of Gender Bias in Children’s Books.” Language Arts 70 (February 1993): 89-93. Temple, Frances. Personal communication. 1994. Todorov, Tzvetan. The Fantastic: A Structural Approach to a Literary Genre. Translated by Richard Howard. Cleveland: Case Western Reserve, 1973. Turnbull, Colin. The Human Cycle. New York: Harper¬ Collins, 1982.

PART ONE: Understanding Literature and the Child Reader

The child ’Rgader ■Respoi/ute to Literature Literary Meaning Making Reading for Content Reading to Make Aesthetic Judgments Reading by Textual Structures Reading for Social Attitudes Reading as a Transaction Perspectives on Reader Response Experiential Perspective on Reader Response Developmental Perspective on Reader Response Social Perspective on Reader Response Cultural Perspective on Reader Response Issue to Consider: What Is the Role of Personal Stories When Young Children Talk about Literature? Textual Perspective on Reader Response Ask the Author: Laurence Yep

In literature class Mr. Joseph was reading a book to us, a chapter at a time. It was called The Year in San Fernando, and it was the only thing that could make Marlon Peters and his gang pay attention. In fact, whenever it was time for The Year in San Fernando, Marlon Peters and Naushad Ali would pick up their chairs and move to the front of the class. There they sat, as still as statues, listening. If anyone made the slightest noise, the two of them would turn and glare at that person. But nobody would willfully disturb Mr. Joseph when he was read¬ ing this story. The whole class was captivated. It was a story about us, and our world! We were surprised, and thrilled, that the ordinary, everyday things we took part in could find their way into a story! It meant that we were real, and had weight, like the people in stories. From For the Life of Laetitia (1993) by Merle Hodge

eachers long to see the kind of reader involvement in books that author Merle Hodge describes in For the Life of Laetitia. Reading is commonly described as a reader/text interaction, and teachers who understand both the readers (the children who will be enthusiastically reading and listening to litera¬ ture) and the texts (children’s literature) are likely to be in a good position to nur¬ ture this type of engagement. Although the major thrust of this book is learning about the literature you’ll be channeling into the hands of children, this chapter ventures into different territory. Here we consider what happens when readers read literature, how reading literature may differ from other types of reading, and what research reveals about how children in particular respond to literature. To explore these topics in more depth, we use many examples of readers’ re¬ sponses to Jerry Spinelli’s Newbery Medal-winning book Maniac Magee (1990). You may want to read this book before reading the chapter.

LITERARY MEANING MAKING What happens when a reader encounters a piece of literature? Based on the work of literary critics, we can identify at least five ways of reading: reading for content, reading to make aesthetic judgments, reading by textual structures, reading for social attitudes, and reading as a transaction (see Table 3.1).

Reading for Content A reader may take in—or fail to take in—a series of impressions that the author has set out in a text. Looking at reading this way—as if knowledge resided solely in the text for all to see—can be called reading for content. All readers have had the experience of at first “not getting it” and then suddenly understanding some development in a story. That means there is something in the text for the reader to “get.” When teachers teach as if texts contain certain meanings that good readers get more of and poor readers less of, they ask students questions about “main ideas” and “supporting details” and try to guide them toward “comprehension.” The practice of giving tests following a reading stems from the assumption that there are main ideas and details in a text for all to see.

PART ONE: Understanding Literature and the Child Reader

Table 3.1

Five Ways of Reading

Way of Reading

Definition

Reading for content

Reading for knowledge that is assumed to be residing in the text

Reading to make aesthetic judgments

A tradition in which judgments are made about the literary worth of texts

Reading by textual structures

A study of the literary structures and literary devices used by writers

Reading for social attitudes

A study of the ways in which texts influence readers'social views

Reading as a transaction

A study of the ways in which readers con¬ nect their own experiences and feelings to texts

On the other hand, “getting the main ideas” and being tested on them are experiences that children have only in school. Real reading—what readers do with the books they buy or check out of the library—may begin with comprehen¬ sion, but it is much more than that. It is more personal, more creative, more lib¬ erated, more social.

Reading to Make Aesthetic Judgments The reader may appreciate the achievements of a work, may implicitly or explicitly rate it as a work of “good” literature, distinguishing it from inferior works. Experts who give awards to books for children read to make aesthetic judgments. So do teachers and librarians who write reviews for local or national publications. Editors read in this way when they choose a handful of manuscripts from the thousands that come across their desks, and also when they help authors refine those few chosen manuscripts. In contrast to the experts, most readers may be only dimly aware that they are in the presence of beautiful or flat writing. If the text is “working” for them— if they are caught up in its power—they are probably not conscious of aesthetic issues, unless someone asks them to go back and comment on the author’s craft.

Reading by Textual Structures A reader may rely on implicit knowledge of text structures and other literary devices in order to bring the work to life and understand it. That is, the reader may intuitively assign people, things, and events to the roles of main character, antagonists, setting, goal, resolution, and so forth—much the way she or he understands spoken language by intuitively recognizing subject, verb, and object. Being aware on some level of the structures that order texts surely affects a reader’s understanding. But it is also clear that a satisfying reading experience is more than tracking information that unfolds in predictable patterns. Moreover, readers often “bust out of the code.” That is, no set of rules or structures ulti¬ mately limits readers in what they choose to notice in a text. A reader may, for example, be intrigued by rich details of text or illustration that correspond to no identified literary structure.

CHAPTER 3: The Child Reader Responds to Literature

Illustration 3.1 Stereotypical gender roles are turned topsy turvy in The Paper Bag Princess. (The Paper Bag Princess by Robert N. Munsch. Text copyright ©1980 by Robert N. Munsch. Illustration copy¬ right ©1980 by Michael Martchenko. Used by permission of Annick Press Ltd.)

Reading for Social Attitudes Readers may, without realizing it, be subtly influenced to accept or ques¬ tion a particular set of ideas about society—for example, about the roles of male and female, black and white, or rich and poor. When we examine the way a work of literature spotlights or influences readers’ social views, we are reading for social attitudes. Readers usually are not aware of social issues in a text, unless it differs from their usual experience. This is just what happens in The Paper Bag Princess (1980) by Robert Munsch. The author casts a princess in a liberated role that contrasts sharply with the stereotypically passive heroine usually found in tradi¬ tional folktales. A book like The Paper Bag Princess tends to call into question the all-too-commonplace practice of assigning females to more passive roles. Of course, a classroom discussion about almost any piece of literature can serve the same purpose.

Reading as a Transaction The reader’s own memories, feelings, and thought associations may be evoked by a text—whether or not the author anticipated those reactions (and how would you know?). When we look at readers’ personal responses during an encounter with a text, we are viewing reading as a transaction. This perspective on reading is also known as reader response theory. Most of this chapter explores reading as a transaction. Bear in mind, though, that the other approaches to understanding what happens when readers and texts come together—reading for content, reading to make aesthetic judg¬ ments, reading by textual structures, and reading for social attitudes—all have their uses. We will refer to them from time to time in later chapters.

PERSPECTIVES ON READER RESPONSE In recent years, reader response theory, which was first articulated by Louise Rosenblatt in 1938, has been having a huge impact in elementary class-

PART ONE: Understanding Literature and the Child Reader

rooms. To understand reader response theory, you may find it helpful to reflect on your own reading experiences. Think of a story you have really “gotten into” and try to describe what that experience was like. Perhaps you became so wrapped up in the book that you flew from page to page to discover how the twists and turns of the story line would unfold, and even though it was 2:00 AM, you simply could not stop read¬ ing. Maybe it was a different sort of book, one in which you found so much to ponder that you spent as much time reflecting and wondering as reading. Or per¬ haps it was a book in which a character’s plight moved you to tears. Or was it a book whose language was so evocative that you read it aloud just to savor the author’s words? When a person becomes immersed in reading a piece of literature, she or he is engaged in what Louise Rosenblatt (1993) calls aesthetic reading. Rosenblatt describes the experience this way: In aesthetic reading . . . we draw on our reservoir of past experience with people and the world, our past inner linkage of words and things, our past encounters with spoken or written text. We listen to the sound of the words in the inner ear; we lend our sensations, our emotions, our sense of being alive, to the new experience which, we feel, correspond to the text. We participate in the story, we identify with the characters, we share their conflicts and their feeling, (p. 9)

Snuggled up in a favorite reading spot, a child can easily become lost in a good book.

According to Rosenblatt, aesthetic reading lies at one end of a reading continuum. What she has called efferent reading lies at the other end. When reading efferently, readers are intent on gaining information through their reading—on finding out when to take their medicine, how to put the bookshelves together, or what position a candidate takes on immigration. Earlier, we referred to this type of reading as reading for content. Readers who pick up particular texts move more toward one end or the other of the reading continuum, depending on their purposes for reading. But reading literature generally means moving toward the aesthetic end of the continuum. The reader’s role is of great importance in aesthetic read¬ ing, and because readers bring their own experiences, feelings, and perspectives to a text, the literary experience can be very personal. This is not to say, however, that the text is unimpor¬ tant. In fact, Rosenblatt has described the text as a “blueprint” that guides the reader’s work, though it is readers who construct literary meaning, drawing on both their own experiences and the text itself. Of course, children can become totally caught up in the world of a story. However, in school settings this won’t happen if children are only asked to read literature for information—to answer comprehension questions or to find five new words in the story. Yet if teachers are to succeed in nurturing committed, lifelong readers, it is essential that children discover the joys of reading literature. As you prepare to help students read literature aesthetically, we think you’ll find it helpful to understand more about the reader/text transaction and how children respond to literature. So far we have talked about the reader/text transaction as though it were a single type of interaction, but Richard Beach (1993) identifies five different

CHAPTER 3: The Child Reader Responds to Literature

Table 3.2

Five Perspectives on Reader Response

Perspective

Definition

Experiential

A perspective that emphasizes the role of the reader's personal experiences and feelings in shaping response

Developmental

A perspective that recognizes that children in different stages of cognitive, moral, and social development respond to literature differently

Social

A perspective that recognizes that a reader's literary transaction can be shaped by the responses of other readers

Cultural

A perspective that recognizes that readers'cultural values, attitudes, and assumptions shape their transactions with texts

Textual

A perspective that recognizes that readers' responses are influenced by their knowledge of narrative conventions, literary elements, genre conventions, and other aspects of a text

perspectives on the transaction—experiential, developmental, social, cultural, and textual—each of which represents a different window onto the same re¬ sponse process. See Table 3.2 for definitions of each perspective.

Experiential Perspective on Reader Response People who look at literary reading from an experiential perspective em¬ phasize the reader in the reader/text transaction. Judith Langer (1990), a reading response theorist, has described aesthetic reading from an experiential perspec¬ tive. “Envisionment building” is the term that Langer uses to describe literary meaning making. An envisionment is what a reader understands about a story, and as readers move through stories, their understanding grows and sometimes even changes dramatically. For example, one.preservice teacher reported that she initially envisioned Jerry Spinelli’s Maniac Magee as a book about homelessness, but as she read on, she began to envision it as being about racial divisiveness and conflict. According to Langer, in creating their envisionments, readers may assume any one of four different stances (or different relationships with a text) as they read:

• Being out and stepping in: Readers make their initial contact with a book.

• Being in and moving through: Readers build a personal envisionment.

• Being in and stepping out: Readers reflect on the way(s) a book relates to their own life or the lives of others.

• Stepping out and objectifying the experience: Readers reflect on the story as a crafted object.

Being Out and Stepping In. Readers assume the stance of “being out and stepping in” as they make their initial contact with a book. They try to get enough information about the genre, setting, characters, and story line to begin to build an envisionment. They may even start this process before reading the

PART ONE: Understanding Literature and the Child Reader

Young children begin to learn how to engage in "envisionment building" by participating in storybook reading with mature readers.

first page as they look at the dust jacket or book cover; and the process continues as they begin reading the story and make the acquaintance of characters and dis¬ cover the basic story situation. For example, a reader picking up Maniac Magee might note from information on the dust jacket that Maniac became a legend and that he was best known for what he did for the kids from the East Side and the West Side of town. The book’s introduction is especially intriguing as readers first learn that Maniac allegedly had a sofa spring for a heart, that he kept an eight-inch co*ckroach on a leash, and that there was a trick that would make him run as slowly as any kid. Taken together, all this early information that readers glean about Maniac contributes to an emerging envisionment of a tale about a legendary figure with a decidedly contemporary twist. Even very young children assume this stance. When four-year-old Josh’s mother announced she had a new alphabet book for him, Josh asked, “Do the letters have animals?” Josh’s question signaled his familiarity with the alphabet genre, which he was trying to use to “step into” the world of the book.

Being In and Moving Through. When they are “in and moving through,” readers become absorbed in the story world, using text information and their own store of information to build their envisionment. Readers who are “in and moving through” try to understand why characters behave as they do, why events are unfolding as they are, and what is likely to happen. When reading Maniac Magee, one reader reported her certainty that Grayson would adopt Maniac and give him the home he longed for. When Grayson died, the reader had to modify her envisionment to make it consistent with the text information. Four-year-old Maria Dolores also “moved through” a story world. She was lis¬ tening to her father read Roger Duvoisin’s Petunia (1950), a book about a silly goose who is convinced she has pearls of wisdom worth sharing with all the barnyard animals. This is what Maria Dolores said when her father read the scene in which Petunia is helping Noisy the dog, who has his head stuck in a rab¬ bit hole: STORY:

And so, wise Petunia built a fire in the other end of the hole and fanned it well with the Book. Her trick worked

CHAPTER 3: The Child Reader Responds to Literature

nicely. Noisy, choking with smoke, jerked his head out of the hole and ran off howling with pain. His nose was singed with the fire, and his ears were cut and bruised. Poor moaning dog. MARIA DOLORES FATHER MARIA DOLORES FATHER

MARIA DOLORES:

I wouldn’t do that to you or my horse! No? Or my dog! Well, that’s because you know more than the silly goose does. Right. If my dog stuck his nose in the rabbit hole, I would just dig a bigger, bigger hole, bigger than his head, and I would pull his head out.

Maria Dolores’s outrage at what Petunia did signals that she had “stepped into” the story world and was “moving through” it.

Being In and Stepping Out. When they are “in and stepping out,” read¬

Illustration 3.2 Much of the humor in Shrek!, a contemporary fantasy, arises from the author's reliance on traditional folktale devices. (Shrek! by William Steig. Copyright ©1990 by William Steig. Used by permission of Farrar, Straus & Giroux, Inc.)

ers use the text as a basis for reflecting on their own lives, on the lives of others, or even on the human experience. When readers of Maniac Magee discuss the ethnic and racial divisions in their own community in light of the divisions they see in Two Mills, they are “stepping out” of their envisionment. Even young chil¬ dren can “step out” of the story world to reflect on how the story relates to their own experiences or to those of others. This is how a second grader, Daniel, responded when his teacher read Cynthia Rylant’s This Year’s Garden (1984): “I liked this story because it was very good. I felt like I was doing the work in my garden. Every year I help my granddad garden.”

Stepping Out and Objectifying the Experience. Langer’s final stance, “stepping out and objectifying the experience,” is one in which readers distance themselves from the text world and talk about the work as a crafted object, about other texts the story reminds them of, or about their own responses to the story. The reader who wondered why Jerry Spinelli did not end his book with Maniac living with Grayson was “stepping out” of Maniac Magee to reflect on why the author had structured his work in a particular way. So were the readers who discussed the impact Spinelli achieved by weaving into his book so many diverse images of home. Children also “step out” of a story and objectify their literary experience when they focus on the ways an artist has illustrated a story. While reading William Steig’s Shrek! (1990), eight-year-old David came to an illus¬ tration showing Shrek seeing his repeated reflection in the Hall of Mirrors. David “stepped out” of the story world to muse on the craft of the illustrator: “I wonder how the artist made this picture. I wonder if he made each picture [each mirrored image of Shrek] or if he just made this one [pointing to the first image] and then copied it over and over and pasted the others in and painted them.” These examples suggest that young children do engage in the envisionment building Judith Langer has described. Although researchers have not used Langer’s model directly to describe how young children respond to literature, a number of researchers have

PART ONE: Understanding Literature and the Child Reader

described children’s literary meaning making. Marilyn Cochran-Smith (1982) is one of those researchers. Focusing on preschoolers’ transactions with literature, she found that three- to five-year-olds engaged in two types of transactions: lifeto-text and text-to-life transactions. In their life-to-text transactions, these young children made connections between the text and their personal experiences and real-world knowledge. They might, for example, talk about their own pets when listening to a story about a child and his pet. Cochran-Smith found that these preschoolers also engaged in text-to-life transactions, in which they extended or related story situations or information to their own life experiences. They often made these text-to-life connections long after hearing a story, as they played or worked in situations well removed from storybook reading. In Wally’s Stories: Conversations in the Kindergarten (1981), author and kindergarten teacher Vivian Paley includes many examples of text-to-life connec¬ tions. In one instance, one of her kindergartners told about going to another child’s house only to find that that child would not let him in. A classmate pro¬ posed a literature-inspired solution—going down the chimney of the house. A second classmate provided a caution (also inspired by “The Three Little Pigs”)— going down the chimney just might result in getting boiled. It is evident that the story experience does not always end for young children when the reading is fin¬ ished; a story can become a lens through which children attempt to understand their world.

Developmental Perspective on Reader Response People who assume a developmental perspective on reader response realize that children in different stages of cognitive, moral, and social development think about the world in very different ways and that these differences are reflected in the ways they respond to stories. Arthur Applebee (1978) and Janet Hickman (1981) have conducted the most extensive studies of how children’s responses to literature change across age levels. Applebee interviewed six-year-olds and nineyear-olds and asked thirteen-year-olds and seventeen-year-olds to write about lit¬ erature. Hickman obtained her data by spending a full semester observing and recording children’s spontaneous responses to literature in three combined-grade classrooms: kindergarten-first, second-third, and fourth-fifth. Both researchers found distinctive differences in the ways children of different ages respond to literature. Applebee only looked at what children had to say about stories; Hickman, however, found that children spontaneously expressed their ideas, feelings, and understanding about stories in many different forms—not just by talking and writing. The children responded to literature through movement—by clapping, smiling, kissing the book covers. Their literature-based artwork, writing, and dramatic presentations were also vehicles for expressing responses. The younger children in Hickman’s study were especially likely to rely on nonverbal ways of expressing their responses. Both Hickman and Applebee found that younger children were likely to become caught up in the action of stories. Applebee studied this aspect of response at length and found that when young children (the six-year-olds in his study) were invited to talk about a favorite story, they did so by retelling the plot in great detail. (If you have ever made the mistake of asking a young child to tell you about a movie, you could probably have anticipated this finding!) However, nine-year-olds responded to the same invitation (“Tell about a favorite story”) by briefly summarizing a story line.

CHAPTER 3: The Child Reader Responds to Literature

When Applebee asked the six- and nine-year-olds to evaluate stories, the six-year-olds evaluated in very general terms, saying, for example, that a story was “good.” If pressed as to the particulars that made a story good, they seized on minor details, saying, for example, that “Little Red Riding Hood” was a good story because Little Red Riding Hood had a basket. This is just the sort of think¬ ing that Piaget described for children in the preoperational stage of development. The nine-year-olds in Applebee’s study evaluated stories by placing them in cat¬ egories: “It’s funny.” “It’s a scary story.” Once again, Piaget’s work helps in understanding these responses, for children in the concrete operational period of development are able to think categorically and to reason in concrete terms. To find out if young children were capable of interpretation, Applebee used a strategy originally used by Piaget. He asked children to interpret two familiar sayings: “When the cat’s away, the mice will play” and “You must have gotten out of the wrong side of the bed this morning.” Once again, the six- and nineyear-olds responded differently: The six-year-olds responded to both sayings lit¬ erally, insisting, for example, that they had gotten out of bed on the right side. The nine-year-olds interpreted the sayings just as adults would. Hickman looked at children’s ability to interpret stories (not just familiar sayings). She found that the kindergartners and first graders could reduce stories to “lessons” when invited to interpret the meaning of a story. For example, in response to “The Little Red Hen,” one child said, “When someone already baked a cake and you haven’t helped, they’re probably just gonna say no.” This child expressed the story’s lesson in the context of the story situation. The young children in Hickman’s study clearly learned from stories, just as they learn from events in real life. By contrast, Hickman found that the fourth and fifth graders expressed their understanding of meaning using more abstract thematic state¬ ments not tied directly to the content of a story. Applebee also included thirteen- and seventeen-year-olds in his study. None of the six- and nine-year-olds whom he interviewed analyzed or made generaliza¬ tions about stories; in contrast, the thirteen- and seventeen-year-olds, with their more sophisticated cognitive abilities, typically analyzed the structures of stories and made generalizations about their meanings. ' • Hickman found still other differences in the responses from the younger (kindergarten-first) and older (fourth-fifth) children in her study. These differ¬ ences are summarized in Table 3.3. However, the responses of the second and third graders in her study were much harder to characterize. At times, they re¬ sponded much as the kindergartners and first graders did; at other times, their responses were more sophisticated, like those of the fourth and fifth graders. What set the second and third graders apart was their concern with becoming independent readers. They spent long periods of time reading and had much to say about the conventions of print. Although the work of both Applebee and Hickman helps explain the devel¬ opmental differences in children’s responses, Hickman’s work, which was done in a naturalistic classroom setting, also demonstrates how important it is to watch children closely if you want to understand how they interact with literature. Just asking children questions about stories doesn t give a complete picture; it may tell you about their story comprehension, but not necessarily about what they’re thinking, feeling, and wondering. To learn about those things, it’s important to observe students throughout the day watching their body movements; seeing how they express their ideas about stories through art, writing, and drama; and listening to their spontaneously expressed ideas during storybook reading and lit¬ erature discussion and at times when stories are not the focus of activity.

PART ONE: Understanding Literature and the Child Reader

Table 3.3

Characteristic Responses of Children in Hickman’s Study

Responses of Kindergartners and First Graders

Responses of Fourth and Fifth Graders

Relied on their bodies to express responses as they imitated movements in stories, acted out story ele¬ ments to explain them, and incorporated story ele¬ ments in their dramatic play

Expressed strong feelings for and against particular selections

"Collected" story elements in pictures rather than trying to present a cohesive story line through their artwork

Demonstrated extensive knowledge of story con¬ ventions and story structure in their literature-based writing, artwork, and skits

Spent time browsing in their independent contacts with books—that is, picked up a book, briefly flipped through its pages, and then moved on to the next book

Sustained their attention for long periods of time in their independent contacts with books

Were concerned with sorting out what was happen¬ ing in stories and frequently used a retelling strategy when answering questions about stories

Had less need to focus on literal meanings in their verbal responses

Made personal statements loosely tied to the story

Often revealed connections between their own experiences and an interpreted story meaning

Expressed a concern with the reality of stories by talk¬ ing about whether stories were "true" or "possible"

Relied on literary terminology in discussing the real¬ ity of stories

Could reduce stories to "lessons" when invited to interpret their meaning.

Expressed understandings of meaning using disembedded thematic statements

Expressed more interest in stories than in the authors of stories

Clearly recognized the role of author as the creator of a story

Both Applebee and Hickman relied on the work of Piaget to explain the differences they observed in children’s responses at different ages. However, a word of caution is in order. Susan Lehr’s (1988) work suggests that other factors (beyond developmental ones) also come into play in children’s literary meaning making. There are dramatic differences in the extent of children’s exposure to lit¬ erature before they start school, and these differences influence children’s literary meaning making. Lehr investigated the ability of kindergartners, second graders, and fourth graders to generate thematic statements for stories. She found that the older students were better able to do this, but even the kindergartners were able to devise statements of theme when they had rich prior experience with litera¬ ture, though their statements were qualitatively different from those made by adults. These findings clearly indicate that teachers must ensure that their stu¬ dents have rich experiences with literature in order to prepare them to engage in thematic thinking about stories. As the research described in this section suggests, children of different ages respond to literature in different (though equally interesting) ways. Thus, it is important for teachers to become attuned to how children of different ages think about literature. However, it is just as important to note that it is not age alone that prepares children to get the most out of books. Exposure to and experience with literature—factors that teachers can certainly influence—are equally important.

CHAPTER 3: The Child Reader Responds to Literature

Social Perspective on Reader Response Social factors also affect reader response, as do the context and temporal factors that are so integrally bound up with social factors in the classroom. Research in this area is especially important for educators because of the insights it yields into the creation of classrooms that nurture children’s growth as respon¬ ders to texts. Just as teachers can’t simply wait for children to become better readers or to master increasingly complex math concepts, they shouldn’t wait for children to respond more deeply to the literature they encounter. Instead, teach¬ ers need to take the necessary steps to see that such growth occurs. To do this, they must understand the social, contextual, and temporal factors that influence children’s thinking about literature.

The Literature-Rich Classroom. Janet Hickman was the first person in the United States to study children’s spontaneous responses to literature in a nat¬ uralistic setting, and she was also the first to notice the way context shapes chil¬ dren’s responses. Because the classrooms in which she conducted her study were “literature-rich,” Hickman knew it was important to describe what the teachers did that nurtured their students’ growth as responders. She found that these teachers invited responses to literature through the physical context they created, the ways they used time, and the ways they encouraged response. In particular, Hickman (1981) recommended that teachers do the following: • Build extensive book collections and fill the classroom with attrac¬ tive displays of books. • Select high-quality books and present them in related sets (for example, books about Halloween, African folktales, or friendship stories). • Build in ample time for all children to interact with books daily. • Share literature with children daily by reading aloud and by intro¬ ducing new books before putting them on display in the classroom. • Encourage students to share their thinking about literature. • Support children’s understanding of literary craft by providing them with critical terminology when they have an idea but need the words to talk about it more easily. • Encourage children to explore books through art, writing, and drama, and support their efforts by providing time, space, materi¬ als and ideas for projects and by ensuring that they have opportu¬ nities to share their work with peers. • Provide children with opportunities to revisit some books repeatedly.

Evolution of Response. Children’s responses to stories can evolve over time, becoming deeper and more insightful. Reading stories repeatedly to chil¬ dren seems to be an effective vehicle for fostering such growth. Janet Hickman identified repeated readings of stories as one of the classroom factors that en¬ courage rich response. A number of other investigators have looked specifical¬ ly at what happens when children hear stones repeatedly. Miriam Alartinez and Nancy Roser (1985) found that the story talk of preschoolers changed when par¬ ents and teachers read stories to them repeatedly. The children talked more about familiar stories than unfamiliar ones. Also, on a first reading of a story, the chil¬ dren tended to share fewer observations about the story and instead asked more

PART ONE: Understanding Literature and the Child Reader

Children enjoy expressing their responses to literature through their artwork.

questions as they worked to sort out characters and story events. On subse¬ quent readings, the children chose to explore different facets of the stories, which suggests that as they gained con¬ trol over particular facets, they became able to shift their attention to others. However, if they did return to discuss a portion of a story they had previous¬ ly talked about, the children showed more insightful thinking than they had initially. Leslie Morrow (1988) com¬ pared the responses of four-year-olds who heard stories read repeatedly to those of other four-year-olds who lis¬ tened to different stories read only one time. The children who heard repeated readings made more comments than did the children who listened to different books, and they also shared a wider variety of responses and more complex interpretive responses, So far we have talked about studies focusing on very young children. Re¬ searcher Amy McClure (1985) investigated responses to poetry in a combined fifth- and sixth-grade classroom. The teacher in this classroom frequently reread the same poems, and these rereadings enabled her students to move beyond hear¬ ing the words of the poem to really reflecting on meaning. Other vehicles, in addition to repeated readings of literature, also encourage the deepening of children’s responses over time. Janet Hickman (1981) found that when children worked on response activities (art projects, writing, and the like), they seemed to think more deeply about stories. Similarly, Joanne Golden and her colleagues (1992) and Lynda Weston (1993) found that children’s responses to stories continued to grow as they engaged in drama, art, and writing activities based on literature. These activities are discussed in Chapters 12 and 13.

Literature Discussion. The actual reading of a text is a solitary experi¬ ence, but Susan Hepler and Janet Hickman (1982) once observed that “the liter¬ ary transaction, the one-to-one conversation between author and the audience, is frequently surrounded by other voices” (p. 279). In the elementary classroom, these “other voices” are those of the teacher and classmates. Ralph Peterson and Maryann Eeds (1995) believe that when readers come together to share their var¬ ied interpretations of a piece of literature, the “meaning potential of the text is expanded” (p. 21). For example, some fourth graders worked collaboratively to create meaning after listening to a chapter in Castle in the Attic (1985), a timetravel fantasy set primarily in medieval times. Just after William, the young pro¬ tagonist of the story, confronts Alastor, the wicked wizard who turned much of the kingdom’s populace into lead, Alastor disappears. The discussion begins in response to an entry Gavin wrote in his response journal: 'v

GAVIN: MRS. FRY:

I wonder what is going to happen to the lead people. You’re worried about all those lead people that are in there. What is your thought—what do you think might happen to the lead people?

CHAPTER 3: The Child Reader Responds to Literature

GAVIN:

I think maybe there’s some kind of spell that can reverse it that they have to find.

MRS. FRY:

Somehow or other they’re going to have to find a spell that will reverse it. Okay—any guess, any ideas?

GINA:

He could go into Alastor’s room now that the wizard’s gone.

CHRIS:

I think he should, well when William turned Alastor into lead, well he has to find a way to turn him back because the token was on his neck, the one that restores you to normal size was on his neck.

MONICA: CHRIS: MELISSA:

MRS. FRY:

He grabbed it. He grabbed both. Oh, I thought he just grabbed the lead. I don’t think' they should go in Alastor’s room because it didn’t say where Alastor ended up. He’s probably just like the Silver Knight. He went back in time probably. So what you’re worried about is if they go into the room, they might find him there.

TASHA:

They turned him to lead. And last time when Alastor turned the Silver Knight to lead, he went back in time.

LAURA:

I disagree with Melissa because remember, he said they grabbed the necklace when he was tumbling inside the gallery. And then he started doing something, and then Mrs. Calendar turned around and said something, and he turned to a lead person. So he’s still in the gallery, and he can’t move his hands.

ALLISON:

It said that he vanished.

This is a wonderful example of the way children can better understand a story by talking and working together. Chapter 13 examines literature discussion at length, with particular empha¬ sis on how teachers can ensure that their students have the opportunity to share their insights into literature. To prepare you for that chapter, let’s look briefly at what research has to say about literature discussions in elementary school.

Literature Discussions in Elementary Classrooms. How does partici¬ pation in literature discussions enrich elementary students’ literary experiences? Maryann Eeds and Deborah Wells (1989) studied fifth- and sixth-grade literature discussion groups that were facilitated by preservice teachers, who participated as group members with the students. Eeds and Wells found four ways in which participation in these groups enriched the students’ literature experiences. First, when students were confused about characters or story events, their peers helped them sort out their confusions. A second way in which these fifth and sixth graders worked together to build meaning was by sharing personal stories related to the books they read. A personal story is a window onto a reader’s interpreted meaning, and sharing personal stories gave the students insights into the interpretations of their peers. The students also worked collaboratively to build meaning by extending and enriching one another’s predictions and hypotheses. Finally, the students critiqued stories together—commenting on each 70

PART ONE: Understanding Literature and the Child Reader

author’s purpose and on issues related to the craft¬ ing of books.

Young Children and Literature Discussion.

Children gain new insights into a story by listening to what their peers and teachers say about it.

Eeds and Wells’s study shows that children can en¬ gage in collaborative meaning making, but the par¬ ticipants in that study were fifth and sixth graders. Can younger children do the same? Lea McGee (1992) used Eeds’s term “grand conversations” to describe the conversations in which the first-grade students in her study participated after listening to stories read aloud. They responded in rich and di¬ verse ways to the stories—sharing personal reac¬ tions, interpretations, and evaluations as well as more text-focused responses related to textual structure and the techniques used by the author. Similarly, Jennifer Battle (1995) found that the bilingual kindergartners in her study engaged enthusiastically in literature discussion and grappled with and negotiated ideas collaboratively.

Teacher Roles in Literature Discussion Groups. Janice Almasi (1995) studied teacher-led and peer-led discussion groups in fourth-grade classrooms. In the teacher-led groups, the teachers assumed a traditional role in which they directed discussion by asking questions and evaluating students’ answers. In the peer-led groups, teachers played minimal roles—scaffolding (or supporting) interaction and discussion only as necessary. Their ultimate goal was that stu¬ dents be able to conduct literature discussions without any teacher support. The differences between the two types of groups were remarkable. The students in the peer-led groups were far more reflective. When they had difficulty under¬ standing or interpreting texts, they sought the group’s help in working through the confusion. In the teacher-led groups, this type of student-initiated reflective thinking rarely occurred, because the teacher was typically in charge of initiating topics of discussion. In addition, students in peer-led groups talked almost twice as much as those in teacher-led groups. Students in peer-led groups heard more alternative story interpretations than did students in teacher-led groups, and they were more likely to establish the discussion agenda than were the students in teacher-led groups. Finally, in the peer-led groups, the students asked the ques¬ tions instead of the teacher. The teachers in the peer-led groups that Almasi studied played minimal roles in literature discussion, but other researchers have found that teachers can contribute to rich literature discussion when they assume somewhat more involved roles. Eeds and Wells (1989) found that the preservice teachers who were most successful in leading conversations about literature were highly encouraging, asked few questions, and responded to many opportunities to talk about literary elements. By watching for opportunities to discuss and label liter¬ ary elements, the teachers added depth to discussions and helped the students acquire literary insights (and the language of literature).

Cultural Perspective on Reader Response We are all cultural beings who belong to particular ethnic, class, and gender groups and, as members of these groups, share values, attitudes, assumptions, and knowledge with other group members. Patricia Enciso (1994) says that our cultural understandings are “everywhere and always a part of how we interpret

CHAPTER 3: The Child Reader Responds to Literature

What is the role of personal stories when young children talk about literature? Reader response theorists maintain that during the reader/text interaction, readers' personal memories, feelings, and thought associations are evoked by the stories they read. So when readers get together to talk about books, they often share some of those personal stories. Sharing of this nature can benefit all the participants in a literature discussion because*personal associations and memories often reflect one's interpretation of the story, and readers can extend their own understanding of a story by listening to others' interpretations.

ISSUE TO CONSIDER

Yet for response to reach its richest potential, readers must move beyond per¬ sonal stories to reflect on and return to the text to find support for their ideas, feelings, and emerging interpretations. In fact, Rosenblatt has pointed out that not all responses are equally valid; their value is determined by the extent to which readers and listeners make use of the text to defend and support their ideas (Farrell and Squire, 1990). Similarly, Britton (1968) has noted that growth in response becomes evident as readers learn to perceive"... more complex patterns of events,... pick ... up clues more widely separated and more diverse in character, and ... find ... satisfaction in patterns of events less directly related to [their] expectations" (pp. 4-5). In the classroom, children enjoy coming together to share their responses to stories, and certainly those responses include personal memories and personal stories. However, as any teacher of young children will tell you, the personal stories that children share after reading or listening to a story often seem only remotely connected to the story itself. For example, after listening to Where the Wild Things Are (1963), a child may remember a time when he went sailing in his uncle's boat.The next child, in turn, may want to tell about a time when her family vacationed at the ocean and saw a regatta in the bay. Before long, as children share more and more boat stories. Max's act of defiance toward his mother and his rumpus with the Wild Things seem far removed. What should a teacher of young children do when they seem to go off on tan¬ gents during literature discussions? Should children always be given the opportunity to express their initial and pressing responses to a story, even if those responses seem only tangentially related to the story? Or, instead of inviting children to share their spontaneous responses to stories, should teach¬ ers of younger children rely more heavily on the use of questions to ensure that story discussion is story-related? What do you think?

the world and our place in it” (p. 532). So, of course, cultural understandings shape readers’ transactions with texts, either by supporting or constraining them. A teacher’s response to Sherley Anne Williams’s Working Cotton (1992) reflected a cultural perspective. In this book, Williams documents a day that an African American child spends working in the cotton fields with her family, who are migrant workers. On first reading this book, the teacher observed how impressed she was by the beauty of the illustrations and the straightforward manner in which the story is narrated; nonetheless, she put the book aside, finding this

PART ONE: Understanding Literature and the Child Reader

Illustration 3.3 The use of a first-person narrator in Working Cotton immerses the reader in the myriad emotions of a young migrant worker. (Working Cotton by Sherley Williams. Illustration ©1992 by Carole Byard. Used by permission of Harcourt Brace & Company.)

story about a child working in the fields from sunup to sundown too painful to share with children. Her initial response was constrained by cultural experiences. Only later when she realized that Working Cotton is a book with which migrant students can readily connect did it come down off her shelf. Although we are becoming increasingly aware of the likely impact of cul¬ ture on children’s responses to literature, little research has been done in this area. One early study, done by Rudine Sims (1983), investigated the responses of a ten-year-old African American girl to books about African Americans. Sims interviewed the girl about the books she had read and discovered that she pre¬ ferred books related to her own African American experiences and having char¬ acters with whom she could identify. In particular, she liked strong, active, female, black characters. Ann Egan-Robertson (1993) asked four eighth graders of Puerto Rican descent to share culturally authentic stories about Puerto Rico with younger sib¬ lings and friends. The students responded enthusiastically to books they per¬ ceived as authentically representing their culture and very naturally brought their own cultural experiences and understandings to bear on the stories. The research of Sims and Egan-Robertson underscores the importance of bringing into the classroom literature that authentically represents students’ cul¬ tures. Finding the right books is likely to require an investment of time and energy, but the effort is worth making. Coming together to talk about literature allows people with different per¬ spectives (sometimes vastly different ones) to exchange ideas, to step into the shoes of others and thereby to calibrate their own judgments. For example, Mexican American students from rural backgrounds could help their peers better understand and appreciate Carmen Lomas Garza’s Family Pictures (1990). Diane Lapp and her colleagues (1995) studied teachers from different ethnic groups who met in a book club to discuss multicultural literature and found that participants who were of the same ethnic background as the author of the book the group was discussing were able to share cultural insights that made the liter¬ ary experience a richer one for the other participants. This also happened in a university class when a group of preservice teachers discussed Maniac Magee. The students, most of whom were white middle-class females, did not believe the book was realistic—especially the scenes set in the McNab home. In particular, they questioned the authenticity of the scene in which Maniac mistakes the roaches covering the floor for raisins and the scene in which the McNab twins jump through a hole in the ceiling from the second floor to the first. At this

CHAPTER 3: The Child Reader Responds to Literature

MMHHMMMHMI

point, a student who had sat quietly on the sidelines for most of the semester spoke up, explaining that she lived in a Family Pictures ♦ Cuadros de familia housing project and had firsthand experience with the kinds of living conditions Spinelli described. Her classmates lis¬ tened intently and thereafter viewed both the book and their classmate’s contributions to discussion in a different light. Cultural differences often have a positive effect when students are encouraged to help their fellow students inter¬ pret a book by sharing their related cultural experiences. However, you also need to be aware that children’s conver¬ sations about a book are sometimes constrained by their cultural perspectives—just as cross-cultural conversations about social issues are too often constrained. Researcher Patricia Enciso (1994) found this to be the case when she discussed Maniac Magee with fourth and fifth graders. She found that the white students and the African American stu¬ dents at times made different connections to the book, which stymied their discussions. When the students discussed the Illustration 3.4 scene in which Maniac takes a bite of Mars Bar’s candy bar, cultural miscommuThe richness of Mexican American nication occurred. The white children were appalled that Maniac took a bite of life in South Texas emerges through the candy. However, they insisted that their reaction stemmed from a concern the pages of Family Pictures. (Family about germs. Yet when an African American student expressed sympathy toward Pictures by Carmen Lomas Garza. Used Mars Bar, the other students were not willing to even discuss the boy’s response by permission of Children's Book Press, to an African American character they viewed as an antagonist. San Francisco, CA.) Teachers must be ever alert to cultural roadblocks that may arise and put a damper on literature discussion and must attempt to help students get around those roadblocks. Constructivist theory maintains that one’s interpretation of an event, influenced as it is by one’s unique culture-based experience, is the event. In light of this theory, it is important for teachers to encourage students to come together in literature study as diverse members of society and to consider actively the issues and experiences found in literature. The very act of considering litera¬ ture will reveal how differently students think-about things and will provide opportunities to understand others’ points of view. Like students, teachers also bring cultural perspectives to texts. These per¬ spectives can have an effect on the kinds of literature a teacher selects. More importantly, how the teacher responds to and perceives the literature will influ¬ ence how she or he guides the literature discussion. Teachers need to try to mon¬ itor their own culturally based responses to texts to ensure that they do not constrain students’ responses.

Textual Perspective on Reader Response Earlier we said that aesthetic reading is a reader/text transaction in which the reader brings to bear on the text his or her experience, knowledge, beliefs, and feelings. Knowledge about texts is one type of knowledge that readers bring to the transaction, and textual theorists place special emphasis on such knowl¬ edge. The more experience readers (or listeners) have had with literature, the greater their store of knowledge about how literature “works.” This store may include knowledge of narrative conventions, genre conventions, literary ele¬ ments, literary language, visual elements, and design. Preschoolers who have been read to have already begun to build a store of literary knowledge, as evidenced by their use of “once upon a time” to begin

PART ONE: Understanding Literature and the Child Reader

ASK THE AUTHOR *.. j^^nrmce /n iv/iat ways, if any, would you expect young Chinese Americans to respond to your work differently from other young readers?

Every Chinese American grows up in two cultures, and the two cultures couldn't be more disparate. Chinese culture emphasizes cooperation. American culture emphasizes compe¬ tition. Chinese culture stresses com¬ munity. American culture stresses the individual. It's like trying to ride two horses simultaneously, even though the two horses are pulling in opposite directions. Chinese American children recog¬ nize their own unique conflicts in my stories and the sense of isolation that these contradictions create. I think I also reassure them that they are not monsters for feeling ambivalent about various issues—from the most basic things like their lunch snacks to the foundations of their identity.

Favorite Books as a Child Dorothy and the Wizard of Oz

by Frank Baum Star Beast

by Robert Heinlein Star Rangers

by Andre Norton

Laurence Yep has written many prize¬ winning books and has even had plays staged off-Broadway. He lives in central California with his wife, Joanne.

their own stories or by the concern they express when a wolf enters the scene as they are listening to a story—they know full well that this stock character is not to be trusted. You can sometimes even anticipate how textual knowledge is likely to influence children’s transactions with particular books. Children who are familiar with spooky stories are likely to be caught up from the very beginning of Keith Moseley’s It Was a Dark and Stormy Night (1991), for the opening line (“It was a dark and stormy night”) signals that a mysterious and scary story is forthcoming. Children’s delight in Jon Scieszka’s The Stinky Cheese Man and Other Fairly Stupid Tales (1992) can be understood (at least in part) in light of a textual perspective on response. Scieszka’s wonderfully mixed-up fantasy violates every imaginable book convention: The book begins with text, which is followed by the title page. Readers are invited to put their own name into the dedication (which happens to be written upside down). The table of contents is shown falling onto the characters in “Chicken Lichen.” One of the characters (the Little Red Hen) insists on narrating her story at the most inopportune times. Children love this story—if they have already acquired an understanding of how stories work.

CHAPTER 3: The Child Reader Responds to Literature

Readers also bring knowledge of other texts to the reading of par¬ ticular books, and reading a story in light of other stories can enrich readers’ responses (Cairney, 1992). This was true in the case of the pre¬ service teacher who connected Florence Parry Heide and Judith Fleide Gilliland’s The Day of Ahmed’s Secret (1990) to Eve Bunting’s The Wednesday Surprise (1989): “The story reminds me of The Wednesday Surprise. In that book it’s the grandmother who learns to read, but it’s the grandmother and the little girl who share the secret. And just like JciStd Ahmed, they can hardly wait to share the secret with their family.” oUtefr Creating intertextuality, the process of bringing knowledge of one text to make meaning of another, is something mature readers do, and children can also be encouraged to read one story in light of another. In • Rmtfy fact, part of the delight that children find in The Stinky Cheese Man n*d dm Jta* • £MU Rsd Rm*uu** $Ua*U and Other Fairly Stupid Tales can be explained with reference to inter¬ textuality. The book is a collection of folktale spin-offs; for example, the in jii\sm;szK\ & mi; smith title story, “The Stinky Cheese Man,” is a spin-off of “The Gingerbread Man,” “The Princess and the Bowling Ball” is a spin-off of “The Prin¬ Illustration 3.5 cess and the Pea,” and “Jack’s Bean Problem” is clearly related to “Jack and the Both the story lines of traditional Beanstalk. Children who know the original tales are the ones who most delight tales and the features of typical in Scieszka’s work.

mid • GiUtJsuH, £iak&n

■ ‘ &ittt$o*i*mp*UUUA&ut

•tfac& 'l /S«uu« Pia&fs*n a*v» ranok> amck, atoief

book formats are humorously manipulated in The Stinky Cheese Man and Other Fairly Stupid Tales (a Caldecott Honor Book). {The Stinky Cheese Man and Other Fairly Stupid Tales by Jon Scieszka. Text copyright ©1992 by Jon Scieszka. Illustration copyright ©1992 by Lane Smith. Used by per¬ mission of Viking Penguin, a division of Penguin Books USA, Inc.)

Researchers have not directly studied the ways in which text affects chil¬ dren’s responses. However, there are reasons to believe that aspects of the text are likely to play a part when children read and respond to literature. First, there are many indications that children are sensitive to text features—whether they choose to talk about them or not. When children have been exposed to literature, they often use literary language and literary conventions in their dramatizations and their writing, and this is true of even very young children. Also, Georgia Green and Margaret Laff (1980) found that many five-year-olds, without any ref¬ erence to illustrations, were able to discriminate among the diverse writing styles of Bill Peet, Virginia Kahl, Beatrix Potter, Dr. Seuss, and Margaret Wise Brown. They did so by matching stories written by the same author. Some of these young children were even able to explain the basis on which they matched stories. In this chapter, we have looked at literary meaning making from various perspectives—experiential, developmental, social, cultural, and textual. These five windows onto literary meaning making complement one another. By under-

lllustration 3.6 The Day of Ahmed's Secret evokes shifting moods as the reader follows a young boy through the bustling streets of Cairo and joins him in reflective moments by an ancient wall. [The Day of Ahmed's Secret by Florence Parry Heide and Judith Heide Gilliland. Illustration Copyright ©1990 by Ted Lewin. Used by permission of Lothrop, Lee & Shepard Books, a division of William Morrow & Company, Inc.)

PART ONE: Understanding Literature and the Child Reader

standing each perspective, you will be able to make better decisions as a teacher. By knowing, for example, that mature readers understand a text in light of oth¬ ers they have read, you will be more likely to encourage your students to make connections among stories. By realizing that readers understand stories in light of their own cultural experiences, you will recognize the importance of selecting multicultural titles for your students.

TEACHING IDEAS Helping Children “Step Into” Stories. Langer (1990) admits that sometimes it is difficult to “step into” a story. To help your students step into new stories, you can encourage them to adopt the habit of reading dust jackets and book cov¬ ers. Also, to help with initial envisionment building, you might sometimes read the first chapter of a book aloud and then let students continue to read on their own. Helping Children Talk about Literary Crafting. Langer says that readers often “step out and objectify a literary experience.” In doing so, readers think about or talk about how a story is crafted. However, we have found that chil¬ dren generally do not choose to talk about the ways authors craft their works. One way of encouraging children to think about issues of crafting is to share distinctly crafted stories with them. For example, in Two Bad Ants (1988), Chris Van Allsburg repeatedly draws attention to perspective in his illustrations. Author Eric Carle frequently relies on repetition in his work. You are likely to find that as you share such distinctive works with children, they become more sensitive to how authors and illustrators craft their stories.

Helping Children Connect Life and Literature. Children come from fami¬ lies with very different literature traditions. Not all children are in a habit of making what Cochran-Smith (1982) called “text-to-life transactions.” That is, not all children use stories as lenses through which to view the world. Teachers can encourage this type of response by modeling. Develop the habit of connect¬ ing children’s literature to life experiences. For example, you might describe bad days as “Alexander days”—a reference to Judith Viorst’s Alexander and the Terrible, Horrible, No Good, Very Bad Day (1972). And there is no better description for a mischievous child than “Curious George”—from H. A. Rey’s Curious George (1941).

Reading a Story Repeatedly. One way of deciding which book to read repeat¬ edly to younger students is to invite them to select a book they want to hear again. More likely than not, children will select a book they find both interesting and challenging. If you work with younger children, you want repeated readings to become routine in your classroom. One way of doing this is to designate a particular day of the week as the day on which you’ll revisit an “old friend.”

EXPERIENCES FOR YOUR LEARNING 1. Langer (1990) says that readers assume different stances (or different relationships to a text) as they read. Review the discussion on pages 62-65 of the four stances Langer describes: being out

and stepping in; being in and moving through; being in and stepping out; and stepping out and objectifying the experience. Then select a book to

read, perhaps Maniac Magee, and as you read,

CHAPTER 3: The Child Reader Responds to Literature

keep a journal in which you record your responses to the book. After completing the book, go back and identify the different stances you assumed as you responded to the book.

ages. Describe how differences in the children’s responses to the story might be understood in light of their textual knowledge. 4. Hickman (1981) identified physical features of classrooms that support rich literary responses. Visit two classrooms, and note which of the fea¬ tures listed on page 68 are present. What differ¬ ences do you find in the two classrooms? Can you discern any differences in the richness of the children’s responses to literature? To what extent might differences in the physical features of the classrooms account for the differences in chil¬ dren’s responses?

2. Discuss a piece of multicultural literature such as The Shimmershine Queens (1989) with a group of peers from different cultural backgrounds. How, if at all, do your different cultural perspec¬ tives come into play in the discussion? 3. As children acquire experience with literature, their knowledge of how texts “work” increases. Read Jon Scieszka’s The Stinky Cheese Man and Other Fairly Stupid Tales to children of different

RECOMMENDED BOOKS * indicates a picture book; I indicates interest level

book, in which a parlor mystery unfolds, invites direct reader participation in solving the mystery. (I: P-8)

(P = preschool, YA = young adult) Barrett, Judi. Cloudy with a Chance of Meatballs. Illustrated by Ron Barrett. New York: Atheneum, 1978. Life is easy in the town of Chew and Swallow, where food comes from the sky—until the weather takes a turn for the worse. (I: P-8) Bunting, Eve. The Wednesday Surprise. Illustrated by Donald Carrick. New York: Clarion, 1989. A little girl teaches her grandmother to read. (I: 6-9) Duvoisin, Roger. Petunia. New York: Knopf, 1950. Petunia the goose creates chaos in the barnyard as she spreads her “pearls of wisdom.” (I: P-8) Garza, Carmen Lomas. Family Pictures. As told to Harriet Rohmer. Spanish version by Rosalma Zubizarreta. San Francisco: Children’s Book Press, 1990. Artist Carmen Garza portrays scenes from her childhood in a Mexican American community in South Texas. (I: 6-10) Heide, Florence Parry, and Judith Heide Gilliland. The Day of Ahmed’s Secret. Illustrated by Ted Lewin. New York: Lothrop, Fee &c Shepard, 1990. As a boy moves through the streets of Cairo doing his work, he looks forward to the evening when he can share his secret with his family—he has learned to write his name. (I: 6-10)

* Munsch, Robert N. The Paper Bag Princess. Illustrated by Michael Martchenko. Toronto: Annick Press, 1980. This modern-day fantasy turns the traditional roles of prince and princess topsy turvy. (I: P-8) * Rey, H. A. Curious George. Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1941. A little monkey has lots of adventures, all be¬ cause of his curiosity. (I: P-7) * Rylant, Cynthia. This Year’s Garden. New York: Brad¬ bury, 1984. This is a celebration of a family’s garden. (I: P-8) * Scieszka, Jon. The Stinky Cheese Man and Other Fairly Stupid Tales. Illustrated by Lane Smith. New York: Viking, 1992. A novel format is used in presenting humorous spin-offs of familiar European folktales and fairytales. (I: 6 and up) * Sendak, Maurice. Where the Wild Things Are. New York: Harper, 1963. When sent to bed without his supper, a boy travels to “Where the Wild Things Are” and becomes their king. (I: P-8) Spinelli, Jerry. Maniac Magee. Boston: Little, Brown, 1990. On his way to becoming a legend, a homeless boy brings together the two sides of a racially divided town. (I: 9-12) * Steig, William. Shrek! New York: Farrar, 1990. Shrek the monster sets out to find his true love in this upside-down, contemporary fairytale. (I: P-8)

Hodge, Merle. For the Life of Laetitia. New York: Farrar, 1993. A girl leaves behind her life with her extended family in a rural community to attend school in the city and live with her father’s second family. (I: 11-YA)

* Van Allsburg, Chris. Two Bad Ants. Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1988. A visit to a house spells near disaster for two ants. (I: P-9)

Moseley, Keith. It Was a Dark and Stormy Night. Design by L. Birkinshaw. New York: Dial, 1991. This pop-up

* Viorst, Judith. Alexander and the Terrible, Horrible, No Good, Very Bad Day. Illustrated by Ray Cruz.

PART ONE: Understanding Literature and the Child Reader

New York: Atheneum, 1972. Alexander tells about all the things that have gone wrong in a single day. (I: P-8) Williams, Sherley Anne. Working Cotton. Illustrated by Carole Byard. New York: Harcourt, 1992. A young girl describes a day spent in the fields with her migrant worker family. (I: P-8)

confront a wicked wizard and save a kingdom.

(I: 6-10) Yarbrough, Camille. The Shimmershine Queens. New York: Putnam, 1989. Angie loves to dream about her future, but her dreams begin to fade in the face of peer pressure. (I: 10-YA)

Winthrop, Elizabeth. Castle in the Attic. New York: Holiday House, 1985. A boy travels back in time to

RESOURCES Applebee, Arthur. The Child’s Concept of Story. Chi¬ cago: University of Chicago Press, 1978. Beach, Richard. A Teacher’s Introduction to ReaderResponse Theories. Urbana, IL: National Council of Teachers of English, 1993. Langer, Judith A. Literature Instruction: A Focus on Student Response. Urbana, IL: National Council of Teachers of English, 1992. Lehr, Susan. The Child’s Developing Sense of Theme: Responses to Literature. New York: Columbia University Teachers College Press, 1990.

Martinez, Miriam G., and Nancy L. Roser. “Children’s Responses to Literature.” Handbook of Research on Teaching the English Language Arts. Eds. James Flood, Julie M. Jensen, Diane Lapp, and James R. Squire. New York: Macmillan, 1991. 643-654. Roser, Nancy, and Miriam Martinez, eds. Book Talk and Beyond: Children and Teachers Respond to Literature. Newark, DE: International Reading

Association, 1995.

REFERENCES Almasi, Janice. “The Nature of Fourth Graders’ Sociocognitive Conflicts in Peer-led and Teacher-led Discus¬ sions of Literature.” Reading Research Quarterly 30 (1995): 314-51. Applebee, Arthur. The Child’s Concept of Story. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1978. Battle, Jennifer. “Collaborative Story Talk in a Bilingual Kindergarten.” Book Talk and Beyond: Children and Teachers Respond to Literature. Eds. Nancy Roser and Miriam Martinez. Newark, DE: International Reading Association, 1995. 157-67. Beach, Richard. A Teacher’s Introduction to ReaderResponse Theories. Urbana, IL: National Council of Teachers of English, 1993. Britton, James. “Response to Literature.” Response to Literature. Ed. James R. Squire. Urbana, IL: National Council of Teachers of English, 1968. 3-9. Cairney, Trevor H. “Fostering and Building Students’ Intertextual Histories.” Language Arts 69 (1992): 502-7. Cochran-Smith, Marilyn. “The Making of a Reader: A Case Study of Preschool Literary Socialization.” Diss. University of Pennsylvania, 1982. Eeds, Maryann, and Deborah Wells. “Grand Conver¬ sations: An Exploration of Meaning Construction in Literature Study Groups.” Research in the Teaching of English 23 (1989): 4-29. Egan-Robertson, Ann. “Puerto Rican Students Respond to Children’s Books with Puerto Rican Themes.”

journeying: Children Responding to Literature. Eds.

Kathleen E. Holland, Rachael A. Hungerford, and Shirley B. Ernst. Portsmouth, NH: Heinemann, 1993. 204-18. Enciso, Patricia E. “Cultural Identity and Response to Literature: Running Lessons from Maniac Magee.” Language Arts 71 (1994): 524-33. Farrell, Edmond J., and James R. Squire. Transactions with Literature: A Fifty-Year Perspective. Urbana, IL: National Council of Teachers of English, 1990. Golden, Joanne M., Annyce Meiners, and Stanley Lewis. “The Growth of Story Meaning.” Language Arts 69 (1992): 36-43. Green, Georgia M., and Margaret O. Laff. “Five-YearOlds’ Recognition of Authorship by Literary Style.” Technical Report No. 181. Urbana, IL: University of Illinois Center for the Study of Reading, 1980. Hepler, Susan, and Janet Hickman. “‘The Book Was Okay. I Love You’—Social Aspects of Response to Literature.” Theory into Practice 21 (1982): 278-83. Hickman, Janet. “A New Perspective on Response to Literature: Research in an Elementary School Setting.” Research in the Teaching of English 15 (1981): 343-54. Langer, Judith. “Understanding Literature.” Language Arts 67 (1990): 812-16. Lapp, Diane, James Flood, Carol Kibildis, Mary Ann Jones, and Juel Moore. “Teacher Book Clubs: Making Multicultural Connections.” Book Talk and Beyond: Children and Teachers Respond to Literature. Eds.

CHAPTER 3: The Child Reader Responds to Literature

Nancy Roser and Miriam Martinez. Newark, DE: International Reading Association, 1995. 42-49. Lehr, Susan. “The Child’s Developing Sense of Theme as a Response to Literature.” Reading Research Quarterly 23 (1988): 337-57. McClure, Amy A. “Children’s Responses to Poetry in a Supportive Context.” Diss. The Ohio State University, 1985. McGee, Lea M. “An Exploration of Meaning Construction in Lirst Graders’ Grand Conversations.” Literacy Research, Theory, and Practice: Views from. Many Perspectives. Eds. Charles K. Kinzer and Donald J. Leu.

Chicago: National Reading Conference, 1992. 177-86. Martinez, Miriam, and Nancy Roser. “Read It Again: The Value of Repeated Readings during Storytime.” The Reading Teacher 38 (1985): 782-86. Morrow, Leslie M. “Young Children’s Responses to Oneto-One Story Readings in School Settings.” Reading Research Quarterly 23 (1988): 89-107. Paley, Vivian. Wally’s Stories: Conversations in the Kindergarten. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press, 1981.

PART ONE: Understanding Literature and the Child Reader

Peterson, Ralph, and Maryann Eeds. “More Compelling Questions in Reading Education.” Reading Today (1995, June/July): 21. Rosenblatt, Louise M. Literature as Exploration. 4th ed. New York: MLA, 1938. -“The Literary Transaction: Evocation and Response.” Journeying: Children Responding to Literature. Eds. Kathleen E. Holland, Rachael A. Hungerford, and Shirley B. Ernst. Portsmouth, NH: Heinemann, 1993. 6-23. Sims, Rudine. “Strong Black Girls: A Ten-Year-Old Responds to Fiction about Afro-Americans.” Journal of Research and Development in Education 16 (1983) 21-28. Weston, Lynda Hobson. “The Evolution of Response through Discussion, Drama, Writing, and Art in a Fourth Grade.” Journeying: Children Responding to Literature. Eds. Kathleen E. Holland, Rachael A. Hungerford, and Shirley B. Ernst. Portsmouth, NH: Heinemann, 1993. 137-50.

Literature res e iA/tL iA/0 diverse Perspectives Diverse Perspectives in the United States The Role of Schools in Presenting Multiple Perspectives Literature's Role in Influencing the Reader's Perspective Multicultural Literature Defined The Value of Multicultural Literature Identifying Multicultural Books Evolution of Multicultural Literature Issues Related to Multicultural Literature Cultural Authenticity Perspective: Insider or Outsider Issue to Consider: How Much Artistic License Should Be Given to Illustrators as They Create Images of a Culture? Stereotyping and Other Unacceptable Depictions of Cultural Groups Identification of Cultural Groups Major Authors and Illustrators of Multicultural Literature Verna Aardema • Alma Flor Ada • Arnold Adoff • Joseph Bruchac • Ashley Bryan • Paul Goble • Eloise Greenfield • Virginia Hamilton Ask the Author: Julius Lester Walter Dean Myers • Allen Say • Gary Soto • John Steptoe • Mildred Taylor • Yoshiko Uchida • Mildred Pitts Walter • Laurence Yep Criteria for Evaluating and Selecting Multicultural Literature Do the Author and Illustrator Present Insider Perspectives? Is the Culture Portrayed Multidimensionally? Are Cultural Details Naturally Integrated? Are Details Accurate and Interpretation Current? Is Language Used Authentically? Is the Collection Balanced? International Literature Defined Literature That Originates Outside of the United States Literature about Other Countries, Written and Published in the United States Evaluating Quality in International Literature Intended Audience Translation

Awards for Multicultural and International Literature The Coretta Scott King Award The Hans Christian Andersen Award The Mildred Batchelder Award Other International Book Awards Literature Portraying Other Diverse Perspectives Literature Portraying Gender Equity and Gender Roles Literature Portraying Social Diversity Literature about People with Exceptionalities Teachers' Roles in Presenting Multiple and Diverse Perspectives Understanding Diverse Perspectives through Adult Literature Understanding Diverse Perspectives through Professional Literature Helping Children Gain Diverse Perspectives

“I’m

a sophom*ore,” Sheila said. “Three more years in this place.” “And you just got here, Maizon,” Charli said, bouncing down next to me. She had more energy than Li’l Jay. “Buckle your seat belt, girlfriend, ’cause you in for one heck of a ride.” “Charli. You’re slipping,” Marie said, frowning. “Oh, chill out, Marie.” Charli waved her hand and lay back on the bed. “We’re among our own.” From Maizon at Blue Hill (1992) by Jacqueline Woodson

n Maizon at Blue Hill, a girl enters a private academy and discovers that she is one of only five African American students there. Incidents throughout the book reveal how she feels in this situation, how she sees her place in this setting, and how she interacts with others. The passage above implies that people feel and act differently when they are able to say, “We’re among our own.” How does being among people whose perspectives are different from your own make you feel? Reading and discussing books such as Maizon at Blue Hill allows chil¬ dren to reflect on what it means to live in a diverse world and how issues of diversity affect them.

DIVERSE PERSPECTIVES IN THE UNITED STATES Schools in the United States are seeing a tremendous increase in the cultural and ethnic diversity of the children they serve. According to the 1990 census, “people of color” comprise 25 percent of the U.S. population. It is believed that by 2020, nearly half of the students in U.S. schools will be “of color” (Pallas, Natriello, and McDill, 1989). That reality, along with the United States’ expand¬ ing relationships with countries around the world, increases the need for children to see themselves as members of a multicultural global community. Since good literature reaches the minds and hearts of its readers, reading and discussing mul¬ ticultural literature will broaden children’s perpectives and increase their under¬ standing in a way that affects—for the better, we hope—how people live in this pluralistic society. Multicultural education theorists define pluralism as diversity in “ethnic, racial, linguistic, religious, economic, and gender [characteristics], among oth¬ ers” (Nieto, 1996). Nieto argues “that all students of all backgrounds, languages, and experiences need to be acknowledged, valued, and used as important sources of their education” (p. 8). This inclusive definition of pluralism correlates with beliefs about the need for diverse perspectives in education. Banks (1994) asks that multicultural education include voices that have been “marginalized” in the past but not ignore the achievements of Western civilization in doing so. The goal of multicultural education is freedom—allowing “students to develop the knowl¬ edge, attitudes, and skills to participate in a democratic and free society.” Banks acknowledges that students should know their own culture before they can suc¬ cessfully participate in other cultures. The United States is a diverse society, and this diversity has many sources. The obvious ways in which both the general and school populations are diverse are gender, culture, ethnic and racial background, language, and physical and mental 82

PART ONE: Understanding Literature and the Child Reader

abilities. Less often acknowledged are differences in social class. All of these dif¬ ferences can affect the ways people see themselves and others. And all must be taken into account in forging a working democracy or a harmonious classroom.

The Role of Schools in Presenting Multiple Perspectives Schools face many demands in shaping the curriculum. Some of these demands are made by people who want the curriculum to be presented from one perspective—their own. Multiple viewpoints serve students best. If students are shown only male, white, able-bodied characters, then female students, children of color, students in wheelchairs, and children with learning exceptionalities are likely to feel that the school day is not planned with them in mind. They may even feel that their place in society in general is questionable. Schools can be instrumental in providing opportunities for students to read and discuss material from multiple viewpoints. Such discussions are important in developing attitudes of open-mindedness about diversity. This chapter (and this book) recommends books that offer multiple perspectives.

Literature's Role in Influencing the Reader's Perspective What role does literature have in influencing children’s understanding of diverse perspectives? Depending on their experiences, some children feel uncom¬ fortable when presented with an opportunity to interact with someone who is different from themselves. How can children resolve their misunderstanding, lack of understanding, or fear? Developing a hypersensitivity that leads to avoidance is a serious mistake. “Many people have an inhibition about talking with some¬ one in a wheelchair. They don’t know quite what to say, so they don’t say any¬ thing at all and ignore both the person and the chair” (Haldane, 1991, n.pag.). People may respond to any kind of diversity in this way. Although it is a vicari¬ ous experience, interacting with diverse people through literature can help. Literature that portrays diversity in natural ways can provide realistic images as well as spark discussion. Fiction and informational books are powerful vehicles for helping students understand other cultures, because they offer cultural insights in natural ways. Such books should not be narrowly viewed as replacements for social studies textbooks, for too often students miss the richness of the writing if they read merely to locate cultural information. However, fiction and informational books can enhance children’s understanding of cultures by involving them emotionally. Their narrower focus allows for deeper exploration of the thoughts, feelings, and experiences of people from diverse groups. Thus, through story, readers take an emotional stake in understanding how and why people live as they do. Milton Meltzer (1989) believes that the writer has a “social responsibility” and that “writing about social issues need not depress and dispirit readers; it should provide them with courage. If they learn to confront life as it is, it may give them the heart to strive to make it better” (p. 157). Meltzer is saying that lit¬ erature is a powerful vehicle when it treats issues honestly. But, as Jean Little (1990) points out, literature designed as object lessons, in which teachers point out the “good messages,” appears self-righteous and rarely changes people’s opinions. Well-written books that speak from the writer’s vision pull readers into the characters’ experiences and emotions and build compassion, thereby having a lasting effect on readers’ understandings of the world in which they live.

CHAPTER 4: Literature Representing Diverse Perspectives

Books depicting diverse perspectives are found in all genres of children’s lit¬ erature. In this chapter, we will examine the criteria for viewing multicultural and international issues, as well as issues of gender, social diversity, and excep¬ tionality, in children’s books. These criteria form a foundation for evaluating the literature you encounter in all the genre chapters that follow.

MULTICULTURAL LITERATURE DEFINED Although there is general agreement that multicultural literature is about people who are not in the mainstream, there is no consensus as to what constitutes nonmainstream populations (Cai and Bishop, 1994). Some contend that multi¬ cultural literature is that by or about people of color in the United States. Many include literature about religious minorities (such as the Amish and Jews) or about people who live in specific regions of the United States (such as Appalachia). Some include literature about diverse lifestyles (such as families headed by same-sex par¬ ents or people with disabilities). Some include books about people in countries outside the United States. There is value in having an inclusive definition when considering issues of diversity; however, too broad a definition dilutes the focus. We will define multicultural literature as literature that reflects the multitude of cultural groups within the United States. In order to address the issues of multiculturalism most salient to our study of children’s literature, we will focus on litera¬ ture that reflects ethnic and regional groups whose cultures historically have been less represented than European cultures. A related body of literature is international literature—literature that is about countries outside the United States or that was originally written and published in countries outside the United States. literature that addresses many other kinds of diversities—social diversity, diversity in gender preference, and differences in ways of learning, to name a few—should also be included under the larger umbrella of “literature reflecting diverse perspectives.” One reason we focus on books about ethnic groups within the United States is that these books reflect experiences of the children in American schools today, since most were either born or raised irf this country. Often, books of this type are classified as African American, Asian American, Latin American, or Native American. Virginia Hamilton’s The House of Dies Drear (1968) is an example. In this mystery story set in Ohio, a professor and his son move into a house once used as a station of the Underground Railroad. They find that the spirits of those who passed through the house still maintain a presence there. This book and its sequel, The Mystery of Drear House (1987), include historic details about the Underground Railroad, an African American experience. We use the term “multicultural” rather than “minority,” with its implied reference to groups that have been historically “minor” in number compared to the “majority.” Some groups that historically have been considered “minorities” are no longer numerically in the minority. Unfortunately, however, underrepre¬ sentation and misrepresentation of these groups continue. Virginia Hamilton’s (1993) term “parallel cultures” has gained wide acceptance because it defines various cultures as parallel to the mainstream, rather than in a minority status. However, the ideal is not simply existence on parallel planes but an interaction between cultures that leads to interdependence.

The Value of Multicultural Literature Why should children’s books deliberately include the perspectives of people from many backgrounds? This is a legitimate question. Many people believe that

PART ONE: Understanding Literature and the Child Reader

the “melting pot” is the target that literature should strive for—it shouldn’t accentuate ethnic and cultural differences, because that emphasizes the stresses tearing apart the fabric of society. There are two compelling reasons for making sure children’s literature includes the perspectives of people from many groups. First, students feel wel¬ come in school to the extent that they find themselves and their experiences rep¬ resented in the books and materials they find there. Second, students need to understand and empathize with people who are different from themselves. If books do not portray differences, students cannot learn to transcend them. Rudine Sims Bishop (1990) uses the metaphor “mirrors and windows” to emphasize these two values of multicultural literature. Mirrors let readers see reflections of their own lives; windows let them see others’ lives. Multicultural literature provides both types of experience. What value is there in seeing oneself represented in literature? Quite simply, it engenders a sense of pride. When read¬ ers encounter images of people they consider like themselves in a book, they take more interest in the book and feel a sense of involvement in the literary discus¬ sion that follows their reading.

Identifying Multicultural Books All multicultural books depict people of diverse cultures, but the degree to which such books focus on cultural or social issues varies significantly. It is not enough to count the diverse faces in a book; the important thing is how the members of various cultures are portrayed. Rudine Sims Bishop (1992) identifies three kinds of books that depict people from nonmainstream cultures: culturally neutral, culturally generic, and culturally specific books. All three types include diversity; but they differ in the degree and the specificity of their emphasis, and, accordingly, in the cultural understandings that they offer to the reader.

Culturally Neutral Books. Culturally neutral books have themes that are not identifiable as an aspect of any particular culture (Sims Bishop, 1996). People of different cultures are deliberately included so that the illustrations appear visually diverse. The text does not require that characters be of a particu¬ lar culture. Diversity is incidentally depicted. One example of a culturally neutral book is How Much Is a Million? (1985) by David M. Schwartz. Steven Kellogg’s illustrations include children of various ethnicities, yet the book’s focus is not at all on ethnic diversity—it is on a mathematical concept. Still, books that depict multicultural inclusiveness even when the focus is not on any aspect of diversity are important because they increase readers’ exposure and awareness. Culturally Generic Books. Culturally generic books purposefully and prominently feature multicultural characters but are otherwise “generically American” in theme and plot. An example of culturally generic books is the Jamaica series by Juanita Havill, illustrated by Anne Sibley O’Brien. In Jamaica’s Find (1986), a little African American girl finds a stuffed dog at the playground. She struggles with her desire to keep the toy, but decides to turn it in to the lostand-found office. Eventually, she is able to help the owner reclaim the missing toy. Jamaica’s struggle is universal—one that children experience regardless of their culture. Culturally Specific Books. Culturally specific books illuminate the expe¬ rience of members of a particular cultural group (Sims Bishop, 1992). The nu¬ ances of daily life are captured accurately, reflecting language use, attitudes, values, and beliefs of members of the group portrayed. Such details add texture

CHAPTER 4: Literature Representing Diverse Perspectives

to the writing, making the stories more real and more believable and therefore making it more likely that readers will see the stories as authentic. An example of a culturally specific book is Mildred Taylor’s Roll of Thunder, Hear My Cry (1976). Not only are the descriptions of situations and events historically accu¬ rate, but the character names, the forms of address, the dialogue, and the interac¬ tions are true to the culture of the people whose lives are reflected. Although they differ in the depth of the cultural experiences they provide to readers, all three types of multicultural books contribute to readers’ understand¬ ings of their own and others’ cultures. Sometimes, readers see themselves and others as sharing universal experiences, and thus cultural group membership need not be explicitly discussed. But it is culturally specific books that offer the insights necessary to truly further readers’ understanding of different cultures.

EVOLUTION OF MULTICULTURAL LITERATURE From the time children’s books were first published in this country until well after World War II, most of those books reflected mainstream characters, settings, values, and lifestyles. Most children learned to read from books that presented primarily European American lifestyles and values. People who did not resemble the so-called American ideal—people of African, Asian, Latin American, and Southern European origins, as well as Native Americans—were regularly singled out for discrimination. Likewise, early portrayals of nonmainstream characters tended to be highly stereotypical. Such characters were portrayed as “cute,” “savage,” “primitive,” uncouth, untrustworthy, or underdeveloped. Since the late 1960s, increasing efforts have been made to include honest depic¬ tions of people from all cultural groups in children’s books—not just to talk about them, but to narrate their perspectives and experiences through their eyes and in their voices. Although several individuals (for example, Augusta Baker, Virginia Lacy, Charlamae Rollins) campaigned for inclusion of people of diversity in chil¬ dren’s books prior to 1965, the “wake-up call” that made the U.S. public aware of the situation is usually considered to be Nancy Larrick’s 1965 article in the Saturday Review, “The All-White World of Children’s Books.” In her study, Larrick found that only 6.7 percent of children’s books published between 1962 and 1964 included any African Americans in illustrations or text, and just 0.9 percent depicted them in contemporary settings. Other cultural groups were rep¬ resented even less. The decade that followed saw an increase in the number of books that included people of diversity. The Council for Interracial Books for Children was founded in 1966 to heighten public awareness of diversity issues related to children’s books. The Coretta Scott King Award was established in 1969 to give recognition annually to an African American author and an African American illustrator who contributed the most distinguished work of the previ¬ ous year. Larrick’s study was replicated a decade later in order to examine how things had changed (Chall, Radwin, Lrench, and Hall, 1985). The percentages had more than doubled: 14.4 percent of all children’s books published from 1973 to 1975 included African Americans in text or illustrations, and 4 percent showed them in contemporary settings. This increase was attributed, in part, to the rise of the civil rights movement, along with long overdue recognition of the inequities highlighted by Larrick and others. However, Rollock (1984) found that these increases were only temporary and that in the five years following the

PART ONE: Understanding Literature and the Child Reader

Chall study, between 1979 and 1984, only 1.5 percent of newly published chil¬ dren’s books included African Americans. Limited data are available on representation in children’s books of groups other than African Americans. But sources such as the Council on Interracial Books for Children (1975), Nieto (1983), Schon (1988), and Sims (1985) indicate that there has been even less representation of groups such as Asian Americans, Native Americans, and Latin Americans. The beginning of the 1990s saw the largest surge to date in multicultural publishing in the children’s book field. Bishop’s (1991) note of optimism re¬ flected a general increase in the level of awareness and understanding of the importance of multicultural literature. But despite the increase in numbers of multicultural publications, a study by Reimer (1992) revealed a lack of multi¬ cultural representation in popular booklists such as “Children’s Choices” (International Reading Association, 1989), Jim Trelease’s The New Read Aloud Handbook (1989), and former U.S. Secretary of Education William Bennett’s list of recommended reading for elementary students (Bennett, 1988). Other problems were highlighted in the early 1990s. Because of the pre¬ dominance of European American writers and illustrators, multicultural litera¬ ture was presented primarily from an “outside” perspective. Related to this problem was the fact that some Native Americans believed that mainstream authors had “stolen” their stories. Another problem was the grouping of related but distinctly separate cultures under one label (for example, labeling Mexican Americans, Puerto Rican Americans, and Cuban Americans as “Hispanic”). In addition, there was a lack of teacher awareness of the importance of including multiple cultural perspectives in the classroom (Harris, 1992; Reimer, 1992; and Sims Bishop, 1992). Currently, authors, illustrators, publishers, and educators are paying more attention to the issues of “authenticity” that were raised in the early 1990s and before. Authors and illustrators from diverse cultures are accepting the call to create culturally authentic work. (Ironically, many had tried unsuccessfully to have their work published in earlier years. In many cases, it was the annual con¬ test sponsored by the Council on Interracial Books for Children that led to the publication of books written by people from diverse cultures.) Today, publishers are seeking ways to ensure authenticity in the books they produce. Librarians and reviewers are recognizing authenticity as a critical criterion in evaluating multicultural books. And teachers are working to include authentic multicultural books as featured reading materials in their classrooms. However, they should also look critically at the books from years past still found in many school libraries and classrooms. Such books have value in specialized collections that allow people to see historic trends in the publication of multicultural books. However, teachers should be careful that young readers are not exposed to these books without some disussion of the damaging racist or stereotypical images they contain.

ISSUES RELATED TO MULTICULTURAL LITERATURE To evaluate the influence of multicultural literature on children’s under¬ standing of the world around them and to establish criteria for good multicultural literature, we need to consider several issues: (1) whether a work presents cultural details authentically, (2) whether the author writes from an inside or an outside perspective, (3) whether a work promotes stereotypes, and (4) which cultural

CHAPTER 4: Literature Representing Diverse Perspectives

group is being described in the work. Consideration of these issues can guide teachers in selecting multicultural literature and facilitating discussions of such literature among their students.

Cultural Authenticity

Illustration 4.1 In In My Family/En mi familia (a companion book to Family Pictures/ Cuadros de familia), readers are intro¬ duced to more of Carmen Lomas Garza's descriptions and images of family events. [In My Family by Car¬ men Lomas Garza. Used by permission of Children's Book Press, San Francisco, CA.)

When a book presents a theme that is true to a culture and is filled with specific details that are authentic, members of that culture who read it feel that their experiences have been reflected and illuminated for others to share. Culturally authentic books are written by authors who have developed a “cultur¬ ally conscious” way to “provide exceptional aesthetic experiences: [to] entertain, educate, and inform; and . . . engender racial pride” (Harris, 1990, p. 551). However, when a book distorts or misrepresents information about a culture, such misinformation leads to misunderstandings of that culture by those in other cultures and creates feelings of betrayal in members of that culture. Examples of culturally authentic books are Carmen Lomas Garza’s In My Family/En mi familia (1996) and her earlier book Family Pictures/Cuadros de familia (1990). Based on the author’s life in South Texas, these books include various paintings that illustrate events in her childhood, accompanied by bilingual text. In Family Pictures/Cuadros de familia, the page entitled “Birthday Party/Cumpleanos” begins with “That’s me hitting the pinata at my sixth birthday party.” Following the English sentence is the Spanish translation: “Esa soy yo, pegandole a la pinata en la fiesta que me dieron cuando cumplf seis anos.” Readers can identify specific details such as the framed picture of the Last Supper, the flamenco dancers on the calendar, and the assembling of the tamales, all of which are culturally authentic. Through illustra¬ tions and text, In My Family/En mi familia tells about the mak¬ ing of empanadas, birthday barbecue parties, and summer dance time. Mexican American readers can feel a sense of kinship with the creator of such books—a sense of shared experiences and understandings. Readers outside the culture can gain new insights from these authentic depictions of the culture. When a book lacks authenticity, it is likely to convey misleading images of a culture. Sometimes, the text gives readers a stereotyped or dated image of a cul¬ ture; other times, confused illustrations depict a culture in inappropriate ways. Readers outside the portrayed culture may not be able to discern what is authen¬ tic and what is not.

Perspective: Insider or Outsider The perspective of the writer has become a major issue in multicultural lit¬ erature: Does the author have an “inside” or an “outside” perspective on the cul¬ ture being portrayed? An author with an inside perspective writes as a member of the culture and therefore is more likely to portray the cultural group authenti¬ cally. An author with an outside perspective writes from a point of view of a non¬ member of the group being portrayed. But even among those inside a culture, the range of cultural experiences and opinions regarding the depictions of the culture vary, showing the multidimensionality of any culture (Noll, 1995). Members of the dominant culture have had multiple opportunities to see their world interpreted through eyes like their own. But they may not have had the experience of being wrongly portrayed, and therefore they may not know the

PART ONE: Understanding Literature and the Child Reader

How much artistic license should be given to illustrators as they create images of a culture? Some illustrators argue that demands for absolute accuracy of every detail rob the illustrator of the right to use imagination and individual style in portraying an image.They contend that unless the illustrations are photographs, the style of illustration will influence the degree of attention to detail.

ISSUE TO CONSIDER

Others argue that accurate details in illustrations create the overall sense of cultural authenticity.They point out that misconceptions may develop from incorrect images. In some cases, highly regarded illustrators whose work is exceptional from an artistic viewpoint have been criticized for creating images that "mix" cultures. Critics say that this mixing of cultures robs each culture of its distinction. Yet the illustrators express their desire to create unified images of cultures that sometimes share a common voice. One example is Brother Eagle, Sister Sky: A Message from Chief Seattle (1991) by Susan Jeffers. Contro¬ versy arose over the text because the words were based on a script for a 1971 television commercial decrying pollution. Controversy arose over the illustra¬ tions because they mixed images of various Native American cultures and con¬ tained inaccuracies of both history and culture. Jeffers defended her position by stating that the important point is that the book reflects a Native American philosophy (Noll, 1995). How do you view this issue of authenticity versus artistic license in children's book illustrations? How will the type of illustrations affect child readers who do not intimately know the culture portrayed? How will the illustrations affect child readers whose own cultures are portrayed? What do you think?

feeling of betrayal at having their culture misrepresented. An outsider may miss the rhythm, accent, and flavor that make the ethnic experience live for the insider audience. An outsider’s interpretation of an ethnic experience may be filled with details that are factually accurate, but the presentation may be bland and dry, lacking the cultural nuances that would make it come alive. A simple missed or misrepresented detail may be enough to negate authenticity for members of the culture being portrayed (Kaplan, 1995). In his article “Can We Fly across Cultural Gaps on the Wings of Imagi¬ nation? Ethnicity, Experience, and Cultural Authenticity,” Cai (1995) compares a novel by Laurence Yep, an insider of the Chinese culture, to one by Vanya Oakes, an outsider. Through detailed comparisons, Cai clearly outlines the dif¬ ferences between the inside and outside perspectives. Can those born outside a culture produce authentic material about that culture? Some say no. Others, such as scholar Henry Louis Gates, Jr., W. E. B. Du Bois Professor of Literature at Harvard, believe that inside perspective can be gained by cultural outsiders. Gates believes that “no human culture is inaccessible to someone who makes the effort to understand, to learn, to inhabit another world” (cited in Sims Bishop, 1992, p. 42). Some, through their own life experiences and extensive research, have been able to create culturally authentic portrayals of a group different from

CHAPTER 4: Literature Representing Diverse Perspectives

that into which they were born. Many African Americans view Arnold Adoff’s writing as having an inside perspective, yet he is not African American. Many of his books, such as Black Is Brown Is Tan (1973), speak from his biracial family’s experiences. Similarly, Demi’s picture books, such as The Empty Pot (1990) and Chingis Khan (1991), are set in China. Although she was not born Chinese, her thoroughness of research is evident, and readers who are Chinese find that her work reflects the perspective of insiders. Clearly, the issue of insider versus outsider authorship is complex. How¬ ever, books that present authentic voices and images—no matter who created them—offer a uniquely valuable contribution to literature about a culture. They allow readers within the culture to enjoy the sense of kinship and pride that come from having one’s own experience accurately portrayed. They also broaden the perspective of readers from other cultures and offer them fresh insights about the cultural group depicted.

Stereotyping and Other Unacceptable Depictions of Cultural Groups When a single set of attributes is assigned to an entire cultural group, diver¬ sity and individuality are overlooked, and stereotyping results. A stereotyped impression of a cultural group may be created by how characters are portrayed, how characters interact with one another, how a book’s setting is described, how a theme is treated, or simply how information is conveyed. In years past, literature often depicted nonmainstream cultures in patroniz¬ ing and condescending ways. Stereotypes abounded in images created by main¬ stream writers and illustrators. Books such as The Story of Little Black Sambo (Bannerman, 1899) and The Five Chinese Brothers (Bishop, 1938) presented negative and stereotyped images of blacks and Asians, respectively. Although The Story of Little Black Sambo is set in India, the illustrations in the original edition depict stereotyped images of blacks. The story line of The Five Chinese Brothers requires that the brothers look alike; however, the book depicts all the Chinese people of the village as identical and with yellow skin. Some more recent books are also controversial because of their stereotyped images. Despite the explana¬ tions at the end of the book that document distinctions among ten of the tribes, some Native Americans belive that Ten Little Rabbits (Grossman and Long, 1991) is problematic. Too often, Native American characters are portrayed as animals or depicted as something to be “counted,” perpetuating the myth that all Native American people are alike—in this case, “they just wear different blan¬ kets” (McCarty, 1995). Stereotyped images of Latin Americans include “Mexican men wearing wide-brimmed hats snoozing under a giant cactus” and images of “sarapes, pinatas, burros, bare feet, and broken English” (Council on Interracial Books for Children, 1974). Many books that present stereotypical images of a cultural group are still in print and may be on the shelf of your local bookstore, school library, or public library. Sometimes, these books are purchased by adults who remember them from their childhood and want to share them with young children. However, having loved a book as a child is not in itself an adequate selection criterion, unless you are prepared to take advantage of this “teachable moment” to discuss stereotypes in older books that represent dominant cultural mores of those times. Ginny Moore Kruse, Director of the Cooperative Children’s Book Center at the University of Wisconsin, Madison, cautions against the use of materials that con¬ tain “hurtful images” or perpetuate erroneous information about cultures (1991).

PART ONE: Understanding Literature and the Child Reader

Certainly, not all books by mainstream writers and illustrators depicting diversity contain stereotypes. Good depictions can be found in the works of Ezra Jack Keats and Ann Grifalconi. In recent years, efforts have been made to replace stereotyped images in old stories by publishing new versions. Sometimes, the original author/illustrator team creates the revised version, as in the case of a story set in Alaska and titled On Mother’s Lap (1992), written by Ann Herbert Scott and illustrated by Glo Coalson. Margaret Mahy provided new text for The Seven Chinese Brothers (1990), which was illustrated by Jean and Mou-sien Tseng. Julius Lester and Jerry Pinkney collaborated in the creation of Sam and the Tigers (1996), a re¬ telling of the Sambo story in the African American tradition. In The Story of Little Babaji (1996), Fred Marcellino reillustrated Helen Bannerman’s original text for the Sambo story, renaming the characters with Indian names and depict¬ ing the setting in India, as the text indicates.

Identification of Cultural Groups For some time, there has been ongoing discussion as to which groups should be included under the “multicultural literature” umbrella. African Americans, Asian Americans, Latin Americans, and Native Americans are always included. However, other groups outside the mainstream share some of the same problems of being underrepresented and misrepresented in children’s literature and deserve attention as teachers and librarians evaluate and select multicultural literature.

Illustration 4.2

In The Keeping Quilt, which won an award from the Association of Jewish Libraries, varied uses of an old quilt symbolize the passing on of family traditions and heritage. (The Keeping Quilt by Patricia Polacco. Copyright © 1988 Patricia Polacco. Used by permission of Simon & Schuster Books for Young Readers.)

Tke Keeping Patricia Polacco

Jewish Americans. Until recent years, there were not many books that reflected Jewish history, religion, and culture. Books such as Number the Stars (Lowry, 1989) share an important part of Jewish history with readers who may or may not be familiar with the Holocaust. The story is about a strong friendship and about people who help others facing unjust treatment. The specific circ*mstances focus on the Danish resistance to the Holocaust, but the themes are universal. Some contemporary works are important in that they offer possibilities for understanding the lives of Jewish Americans to¬ day. In Sonia Levitin’s The Golem and the Dragon Girl (1993), a .i Chinese American girl and a Jewish American boy find that there Ulit are parallels between their two cultures that make them feel less different from each other. Patricia Polacco tells of her own family’s heritage and tradi¬ tions in The Keeping Quilt (1988). Passing on the traditions of her heritage is the important theme of this book, which is filled with such cultural markers as a babushka and a wedding huppa. By some definitions, this book would be identified as multicultural because it is about a Jewish family that emigrated from Russia; by other definitions, it would not be considered a multicultural book. However, books such as these help readers gain insights into a cul¬ ture and a history that reading only “mainstream” literature can¬ not provide.

Appalachian Americans. Another group that has historically been under¬ represented in children’s literature is the people of the Appalachian region of the United States, who have a distinct culture and way of life. Books such as those by Cynthia Rylant, George Ella Lyon, and Gloria Houston authentically reflect this group’s experiences. In My Great-Aunt Arizona (Houston, 1992), for example, details of the schoolhouse are accurately depicted. Also, the fact that five genera-

CHAPTER4: Literature Representing Diverse Perspectives

tions of the family in the book attended the same school and had Aunt Arizona as their teacher is typical of real-life Appalachian families of the era. The Relatives Came (Rylant, 1985) reflects the universal expe¬ rience of family members coming together for a reunion. However, that experience takes on a special meaning from the fact that Appalachian people are separated from their neighbors by mountains and therefore often live in relative isolation. Both text and illustrations support the sense of distance traveled along small, mountain roads. But it is the activities of the family—“hugging and eating and breathing together”— that give readers vivid insight into the experience. ■%

European Americans. Groups usually excluded from the multi¬ cultural umbrella are the European American cultures, because they make up the mainstream population in the United States and have gen¬ erally been well represented in the literature of the past. However, storyty CYNTHIA RYLANT illustrated by STEPHEN QAMMELL Swedish Americans, Italian Americans, and the other European American groups all have rich and distinct cultural heritages. Because the litera¬ Illustration 4.3 ture of the past most frequently depicted a “generic” American experience, not Cynthia Rylant's story about an much attention was given to any of these European American cultures separately. Appalachian family evokes the Therefore, although European American cultural groups do not need the correc¬ universal experience that families tive attention that other groups may need, teachers and librarians should not share when relatives travel from afar for a reunion. (The Relatives Came overlook books that give insight into their experiences.

The Relatives Came

MAJOR AUTHORS AND ILLUSTRATORS OF MULTICULTURAL LITERATURE Most of the authors and illustrators we discuss in this section are insiders, born and raised within the cultures they depict in their works. But a good deal of what was available during the early years of multicultural publishing was written and illustrated by people outside of the cultures represented. As they played major roles in helping create and define the field, some of them are also included.

Verna Aardema Verna Aardema’s interest in writing was evident from the time she was a young child in New Era, Michigan. Encouraged by her mother, Aardema spent hours at the cedar swamp behind her house, thinking up stories to tell children. Later, she contributed to school newspapers, won writing contests, worked for her college publications office, and wrote for the local newspaper. It was in the 1950s, during the arduous routine of cajoling her daughter, Paula, to eat, that Aardema started telling stories for children again. Each day, Paula would eat only if her mother told a story at mealtime. Aardema’s interest in Africa led her to tell stories set on that continent. Although Aardema is not African American, her many African-themed books are a result of passionate interest in and careful research on African culture, customs, traditions, geogra¬ phy, and folklore. In 1960, she published a collection of retold stories, Tales from the Story Hat, which was based on years of studying the many distinct cultures of Africa. Today, Aardema enjoys an established reputation as a modern reteller of traditional African tales. Why Mosquitoes Buzz in People’s Ears: A West African Tale (1975) is a story about a chain of events set off when a mosquito tells a big lie; illustrated by Leo and Diane Dillon, it won the Caldecott Medal in 1976.

PART ONE: Understanding Literature and the Child Reader

Another of her books illustrated by the Dillons is Who’s in Rabbit’s House? A Masai Tale (1977), in which Rabbit’s friends try to get rid of a mysterious Long One. Jerry Pinkney illustrated Aardema’s Rabbit Makes a Monkey of Lion: A Swahili Tale (1989), in which a little rabbit outwits a big lion.

Alma Flor Ada Alma Flor Ada was born in Cuba, was educated in Spain and Peru, and now lives in San Francisco, where she is a professor at the University of San Francisco. Ada is active in the promotion of bilingualism, writing books in both Spanish and English, as well as translating books written by others. As a child, Alma Flor Ada was fortunate to be surrounded by storytellers. Her grandmother and her uncle told many stories, and her father passed on his knowledge of the world by making up stories. Ada’s books include retellings of traditional tales and a contemporary story set in a Latin American country, as well as a story about the cultural conflict experienced by a child who grows up in an ethnic community in the United States. The Rooster Who Went to His Uncle’s Wedding (1993) is a retelling of a traditional Latin American folktale. In cumulative style, it recounts a rooster’s efforts to solicit help in cleaning his dirty beak before he goes to his uncle’s wed¬ ding. The dilemma is solved with the help of the sun, which has always enjoyed the rooster’s morning song. The Gold Coin (1991) tells the story of how a thief is transformed. A young thief follows Dona Josefa with the intent of taking her gold coin, but changes his mind as he meets the people whom Dona Josefa has helped. My Name Is Maria Isabel/Me llamo Maria Isabel (1993) is about a little girl who must find a way to express pride in her heritage amidst people who mis¬ understand her culture. Jordi’s Star (1996) is an original tale in which a falling star inspires a shepherd to beautify his surroundings.

Arnold Adoff Arnold Adoff was born in the Bronx and began his teaching career in Harlem. He was disturbed to find that the textbooks his students were using included very little literature that reflected their lives. After collecting poetry written by African Americans so that his students would hear the voices of peo¬ ple such as Langston Hughes and Gwendolyn Brooks, Adoff edited and pub¬ lished his first book, I Am the Darker Brother: An Anthology of Modem Poems by Negro Americans (1970). During the next decade, Adoff continued to anthol¬ ogize poems that focused on the experiences of African Americans. Adoff ’s own poetry often expresses ethnic pride and addresses issues of race relations. Adoff, of Jewish heritage, is married to African American writer Vir¬ ginia Hamilton, and together they have two children. Adoff has written two books that focus on what it means to be of biracial heritage: Black Is Brown Is Tan (1973) and All the Colors of the Race (1982). His poetry has a rhythmic, unrhymed quality meant to be shared aloud and a visual playfulness meant to be seen on the page. His works are frequently on lists of notable books. In 1988, Adoff was honored with the National Council of Teachers of English Award for Excellence in Poetry for Children for his lifetime contribution.

Joseph Bruchac Joseph Bruchac’s rich cultural heritage includes Abenaki ancestry, and his writing is lauded for its authentic images of Native Americans. He has written novels, compiled poetry and folktales, and coauthored volumes of stories and

CHAPTER 4: Literature Representing Diverse Perspectives

activities. Keepers of the Earth: Native American Stories and Environmental Activities for Children (1988), Keepers of the Animals: Native American Stories and Wildlife Activities for Children (1991), and Keepers of Life: Discovering Plants through Native American Stories and Earth Activities for Children (1994) were coauthored with Michael J. Caduto. These books present sto¬ ries about animals and other aspects of nature, followed by various 7 V. , ' V/ T activities for children, to be guided by teachers or other adults. Bruchac has written poems and retold folktales that have r '* j J been published as picture books. He and Jonathan London coau¬ : thored Thirteen Moons on Turtle’s Back: A Native American ! Year of Moons (1992). The thirteen poems are based on the belief m n of many Native American groups that each of the thirteen moons mgm in a year holds a story; each poem reflects a different Native W •' -s ; American group. The First Strawberries: A Cherokee Story (1993) ' . * llUMMtcd' b\ is a retelling of the legend of a couple whose quarrel was resolved when the Sun sent gifts of raspberries, blueberries, blackberries, Illustration 4.4 and finally strawberries. The Boy Who Lived with the Bears and Other Iroquois Generations of Iroquois storytellers Stories (1995) contains six animal tales first told around the central fire in passed down the six stories in The Iroquois longhouses. Boy Who Lived with the Bears to

he Boy who ived With the Bears

TV \SB

■•T.-.".

J J

gsfesg .......

i nn»r Tirrri

coy q

Part ihree Cre0tliA,0 the ulter«tu.re-B»flsed CXa£>S>YDO\M, 12/Inviting Children into Literature 13/Encouraging Response to Literature 14/Literature Units in the Curriculum

(iAA/tt;liA,0 children LiAsto Literature

The Classroom Library Designing the Classroom Library Center Stocking the Classroom Library with Books Issue to Consider: Should Children's Preferences for "Nonliterary" Works Be Accommodated in the Classroom Literature Program? Reading Aloud to Children Research on Read-Aloud Programs The Read-Aloud Experience Ask the Author: Bill Martin, Jr. Stories and Storytelling Storytelling: The Tenacious Art Common Story Types: Personal Tales to Tall Tales Learning Stories to Tell Dramatizing Stories Story Theater Readers Theater Creative Dramatics Improvisational Drama Engaging Children in Poetry Making Songs and Poems a Part of the School Day Encouraging Responses to Poetry Choral Reading and Reciting Inviting Children to Write Poetry Other Dimensions of the Literature-Rich Classroom DEAR Time Author Visits 412

Grandpa took Mary Ellen inside away from the crowd. “Now, child I am going to show you what my father showed me, and his father before him,” he said quietly. He spooned the honey onto the cover of one of her books. “Taste,” he said, almost in a whisper. Mary Ellen savored the honey on her book. “There is such sweetness inside of that book too!” he said thought¬ fully. “Such things . . . adventure, knowledge and wisdom. But these things do not come easily. You have to pursue them. Just like we ran after the bees to find their tree, so you must also chase these things through the pages of a book!” from The Bee Tree (1993) by Patricia Polacco

atricia Polacco’s wonderful book The Bee Tree begins when Mary Ellen announces she is tired of reading. So her grandfather invites her to go on an adventure—a hunt for a bee tree. In preparation, Grandpa captures sev¬ eral bees in a jar, and soon Mary Ellen and Grandpa are off and run¬ ning, following the first bee released from the jar. Before long, the twosome grows into a motley crew as friends and neighbors join the merry chase that ends at the bee tree. Back at Grandpa’s, everyone en¬ joys biscuits, tea, and sweet honey. It is then that Grandpa reminds Mary Ellen that joys as sweet as honey can also be found in books. Mary Ellen’s grandfather knew the importance of motivating chil¬ dren to become readers. As important as it is to teach children how to read, that isn’t enough to ensure that they will choose to read. If any¬ thing, the evidence indicates that too many children do not read. Linda Fielding, Paul T. Wilson, and Richard C. Anderson (1986) found that 50 percent of fifth graders read voluntarily for four minutes a day or less, 30 percent read for two minutes a day or less, and almost 10 per¬ cent reported never reading any books during their leisure time. It’s lit¬ tle wonder that 45 percent of adult Americans don’t read books either

Illustration 12.1 A spirit of joyous adventure marks a romp through the countryside in search of a bee tree. (The Bee Tree by Patricia Polacco. Copyright © 1993 by Patricia Polacco. Used by permission of Philomel Books.)

(Cole and Gold, 1979). Mary Ellen’s Grandpa was a wonderful teacher, and the lesson he taught Mary Ellen is one you’ll want to pass on to your students: Inside the pages of a book, readers can find adventure, knowledge, and wisdom. You probably won’t be able to take your students on romps through the countryside in search of bee trees. How then will you help them discover the joys of reading? We believe you can best accomplish this by carefully designing your classroom, by reading aloud, by telling stories, by inviting students to dramatize stories, and by demonstrating your enthusiasm for literature.

THE CLASSROOM LIBRARY A good classroom library is a focal area where children can go to read qual¬ ity children’s literature. Is it really necessary to have a library in the classroom, especially if your school has a well-stocked central library? We think it is essen¬ tial. Children in classrooms containing literature collections read 50 percent CHAPTER 12: Inviting Children into Literature

413

more than children in classrooms where literature is not available (Bissett, 1969). What a difference!

Designing the Classroom Library Center Not all library centers are equally appealing. Children beg to visit some library centers, but others stand unused. Research by Lesley Morrow (1982) has shown how to create classroom libraries that children choose to use. There are a number of design features that make such libraries appealing. These features are summarized in Table 12.1.

The Center Is the Focal Area of the Classroom. Often, when you step into a classroom, your eye is drawn to one area of^the room; that eye-catching part is what is meant by “the focal area.” It isn’t easy to define what makes a library center a focal area; in fact, it may be all the design features taken together that do this. Whatever the explanation, it’s important to create an eye-catching center that announces to students, “Literature matters in this classroom.” In one school, teachers created centers built around themes. One teacher built a sevenfoot-high papier-mache apple tree and printed a banner that read “Don’t Sit under the Apple Tree without a Good Book to Read.” The apple motif was reflected throughout the center—for example, red bean bag chairs looked just like big apples. Another teacher used a sidewalk cafe theme and called her center “Cafe Escape.” It was a perfect invitation to escape into a good book. The Library Is Partitioned Off. Children prefer to read in areas away from lots of hustle and bustle. So it makes sense to use something—for example, bookshelves or old sofas—to partition the library off from the rest of the class¬ room. One teacher turned the library center into the “O.K. Corral,” using mesquite posts to build a fence around it. The possibilities are limited only by your imagination.

The Seating Area Is Large Enough. To make the seating area large enough, you will have to devote a chunk of floor space to the library center. Why not just store the books in a bookcase instead, and let students read at their desks? Many children don’t find it comfortable to read at their desks, preferring instead to lounge around in a library center. Besides, there are many times when reading becomes a social activity. Children may choose to read with a buddy or

Table 12.1

Characteristics of an Appealing Library Center

• The library center is a focal area of the classroom. • The library center is partitioned off from the rest of the room. • The library center is large enough to seat five or six children comfortably. • The library center has two types of bookshelves, some that display the spines of books and others that display the covers of books. • The library center offers comfortable seating. • The library center offers a variety of other materials—literature-related displays, stuffed animals, and the like. • The library center has an organizational system. • The library center has books, books, and more books!

414

PART THREE: Creating the Literature-Based Classroom

to share something they’re reading. Imagine reading a riddle book without trying to stump someone! And the optical illusions in Kathleen Westray’s Picture

Puzzler (1994) simply must be shared.

The Shelving Displays Both Spines of Books and Covers. Bookshelves that display the spines of books are necessary because they hold a lot of books. But the spines of books don’t make for inter¬ esting viewing—so it’s also necessary to display book covers. This may be the single most important way of enticing children into selecting books, for many have exquisite covers (which is why most booksellers try to display as many book covers as possible). Bookshelves designed to display the covers of books are expensive, and many schools can’t stretch The classroom library center gives children a convenient place to share a book.

their budgets to buy these shelves. So you’ll need to use your creativity. Slightly open books can stand alone on standard shelves or on a window ledge. To display paperbacks, visit a home supply center and buy plastic chain and clothespins. Hang the chain in an accessible spot and attach the paperbacks to it with the clothespins.

The Seating Is Comfortable. It is pretty obvious why comfortable seat¬ ing is important in a library center. After all, where do you read for pleasure? Sofas and upholstered chairs are far more appealing than straight-back chairs. Carpeting, bean bags, pillows, and cushions are also comfortable and make the library center cozy.

The Center Uses a Variety of Materials. Materials that highlight litera¬ ture are assets in the library center. Posters showing the covers of featured books can be obtained from publishers. Displays of book jackets catch children’s atten¬ tion, as do children’s own artistic responses to literature. For example, children might make masks for the library center after listening to Lulu Delacre’s Vejigante/

Masquerader (1993). Younger children enjoy cuddling up with stuffed animals when they read or using flannel boards or puppets to act out stories.

The Center Uses an Organizational System. Children like organiza¬ tional systems in their libraries for the same reason adults do: Organizational systems help them find books. No one particular system is best. In fact, some teachers nurture “ownership” of the classroom library by inviting students to create their own system. Systems that classify books based on their difficulty level can be good, especially for beginning readers. Teachers can even set up sys¬ tems to reinforce the literary language they want students to acquire—for exam¬ ple, books can be grouped by genre. In determining the best system for your classroom, consider the interests and abilities of your students as well as your instructional goals.

The Center Has Books, Books, and More Books! Unless the library center is well stocked with a rich variety of quality books, children will not use it. Jann Fractor, Marjorie Woodruff, Miriam G. Martinez, and William H. Teale (1993) recommend having from four to eight books per child. In fact, the more books you have, the richer the literature context you create in your classroom. Unfortunately, school budgets rarely stretch far enough to allow teachers to buy books for classroom libraries. However, some teachers persuade their adminis-

CHAPTER12: Inviting Children into Literature

415

trators to let them order children’s literature instead of reading workbooks. Even if your school provides monetary assistance for purchasing books, you’ll proba¬ bly still have to find creative ways of supplementing the collection. Many public libraries allow teachers to check out large numbers of books for extended peri¬ ods of time. Checking books out of the school library is another alternative. If your students have the financial means to order books from book clubs, the class can earn bonus points that can be cashed in for books. Secondhand book stores can sometimes be a good source of inexpensive copies of worthwhile books.

Stocking the Classroom Library with Books Which books the classroom library holds is even more important than how many books there are.

Jeremy Thatcher, Dragon Hatcher

Illustrated l/y Gary A. Lippineott

Illustration 12.2 An unusual blend of humor and wonder permeates this fantasy about a boy chosen to hatch a dragon. (Jeremy Thatcher, Dragon Hatcher by Bruce Coville. Illustration copyright © 1991 by Gary A. Lippincott. Used by permission of Harcourt Brace & Company.)

Quality Literature. You owe it to your students to stock the classroom library with the highest-quality literature. Take care to choose books for your center that have distinctly crafted literary elements. Consider books such as Mary Hoffman’s Amazing Grace (1991) for its wonderful characterization and Jean Craighead George’s My Side of the Mountain (1959) for its distinctive set¬ ting. Include books with significant themes, such as Barbara Cooney’s Miss Rumphius (1982), and don’t forget books with exquisite language, such as Cyn¬ thia Rylant’s When I Was Young in the Mountains (1982). But, when selecting books to motivate voluntary reading, pay special attention to the story line. A strong story line sells itself. Well-paced, action-oriented stories, such as Kasza Keiko’s The Wolfs Chicken Stew (1987) for younger children and Bruce Coville’s Jeremy Thatcher, Dragon Hatcher (1991) for older children, are especially popu¬ lar. Children also love books with humorous and unusual story lines, such as Judi Barrett’s Cloudy with a Chance of Meatballs (1978) and Judy Blume’s Tales of a Fourth Grade Nothing (1972). Stories with unusual formats make good additions to the library center—books such as Jon Scieszka’s The Stinky Cheese Man and Other Fairly Stupid Tales (1992) and Sally Grindley’s Shhh! (1991). Finally, children will rush to choose books with distinctive illustrations—books such as Audrey and Don Wood’s The Napping House (1984). A useful resource for identifying books with “kid appeal” is the Children’s Choice list that appears annually in the October issue of The Reading Teacher, a journal published by the International Reading Association. A Variety of Genres. Be sure to include as many genres as possible in your library center—fantasy, folktales, contemporary realistic fiction, historical fiction, informational books, and poetry. Also find room for those odds and ends for which there is no apparent genre niche—predictable books, joke books and riddle books, and lift-the-flap and pop-up books. The more choices you provide students, the more they’ll read.

Student Interests. Just as you have particular reading preferences and reading interests, so will your students. Take the time to discover those interests. Talk to students about the books they’re reading. Have them keep logs of their voluntary reading, in which they record the author and title of each book they read. Monitor those logs, and fill the classroom library with books related to stu¬ dent’s reading interests. Table 12.2 suggests some typical interests of students in different grades.

A Variety of Reading Levels. If a child believes a book will be too chal¬ lenging to read, in all likelihood the child won’t give it a try. To motivate children

416

PART THREE: Creating the Literature-Based. Classroom

Table 12.2

Children’s Interests at Different Grade Levels

Grades

Interests

Grades 1 and 2

Animals, nature,fantasy, child characters, general and science informational materials, history

Grades 3 and 4

Nature, animals, adventure, familiar experiences

Grades 5 and 6

History, science, mystery, adventure, travel, animal stories, fairytales

Grades 7 and 8

Science fiction, mystery, adventure, biography, history, animals, sports, romance, religion, career stories, comedy, biography

to do lots of reading, it’s critical that you provide books they feel comfortable reading. Anticipate a wide range of reading levels in your classroom. A typical second-grade classroom may have some students who are nonreaders and others reading at a sixth-grade reading level. The mythical classroom of “grade-level readers” is just that—a myth. By watching students, you can discover if they are comfortable with the books in your classroom library.

5hould children’s preferences for “nonliterary” works be accommodated in the classroom literature program? Imagine this scenario: You consistently strive to introduce your students to quality literature. Yet on their book club orders, many select only series books—Goosebumps, The Babysitters Club, Sweet Valley Kids. Series books have been popular with children for generations—probably since the Horatio Alger series began in 1868.Throughout this book, however, we have emphasized the importance of using quality literature with children, and too many series books are characterized by shallow, formulaic writing.

ISSUE TO CONSIDER

So what do teachers do in the face of students' seemingly insatiable appetite for series books? Is it enough, as some assert, to continue to use quality litera¬ ture for read-alouds and in literature study, in the hope that sufficient expo¬ sure will eventually cause children to recognize and choose quality books for themselves (Gonzalez, Fry, Lopez, Jordan, Sloan, and McAdams, 1995)? Or should teachers take a more active role in shaping children's literary choices by inviting them to talk about the differences they see between series books and other types of books in order to help them develop their own evaluation criteria? Or perhaps there's a middle ground as Carolyn Bauer and LaVonne Sanborn (1981) suggest? Perhaps teachers need to guide students actively toward books that represent the "best of both worlds"—books that have been chosen by children as favorites and also recognized by adults for their literary merit. What do you think?

CHAPTER 12: Inviting Children into Literature

417

Illustration 12.3 Who can resist joining in the fun of an exciting bear hunt? [We're Going on a Bear

We’re Going on a Bear Hunt

Illustration 12.4 Moon Rope, a lively pourquoi tale from Peru, is told in English and Spanish. [Moon Rope: A Peruvian Folk¬ tale by Lois Ehlert. Text and illustration © 1992 by Lois Ehlert. Used by permis¬ sion of Harcourt Brace & Company.)

Even kindergartners who have not yet learned to read conventionally need books they can feel comfortable with. Kindergartners are far more likely to “pre¬ tend read” predictable books, such as Bill Martin, Jr.’s Brown Bear, Brown Bear, What Do You Seef (1967) and Michael Rosen’s We’re Going on a Bear Hunt (1989). Beginning readers—whether they are in first grade or higher grades—also respond well to predictable books. In addition, they need picture books with lim¬ ited text and lots of illustration cues, such as Dick Gackenbach’s Harry and the Terrible Whatzit (1977) and Gerald McDermott’s Anansi the Spider (1972). Beginning readers soon graduate to very easy-to-read chapter books, such as Cyn¬ thia Rylant’s Henry and Mudge series or James Marshall’s comical series about Fox. More challenging picture books for developing readers include Harry Al¬ lard’s The Stupids Step Out (1974) and Lois Ehlert’s Moon Rope (1992). When children have made the jump into chapter books,.supply them with easier ones— those with fifty to one hundred pages that contain simple voca¬ bulary. Books that fit this bill include Margaret Sacks’s Themba (1985) and Betsy Byars’s The Seven Treasure Hunts (1991).

Read-Alouds. Observing in literature-rich classrooms, Janet Hickman (1981) found that children are especially likely to select books for independent reading that have been introduced or read to them. Children are likely to feel more confident picking up a book they have heard read aloud.

Thematic Units. The library center can be a tool to support and extend children’s learning in other areas. For example, if you are doing a unit on slavery, stock the library with books such as Patricia and Fredrick McKissack’s Christmas in the Big House, Christmas in the Quarters (1994) and Michael J. Rosen’s A School for Pompey Walker (1995). Just as special collections within the library center support students’ learning in the content areas, so too do students’ content studies support their voluntary reading, by building background and interest. (See Chapter 14 for a detailed discussion of thematic units.) 418

PART THREE: Creating the Literature-Based Classroom

Multicultural Books. Including multicultural literature in the library is important for all children but especially for those from diverse backgrounds, who need to see themselves in the books they read. An Hispanic American child once said to one of us, “They don’t have people like us in books.” Fortunately, more and more multicultural literature is available, and it is the responsibility of every teacher to ensure that students have ample opportunities to meet characters like themselves in literature. Some teachers assume that it is not necessary to bring multicultural litera¬ ture into their classrooms because none of their students are children of color. Nothing could be further from the truth. It is important for children of the main¬ stream culture to see children different from themselves involved in situations both similar to and different from their own. Schools are preparing children to live in a diverse society, and it is important for them to understand this society. (See Chapter 4 for a complete discussion of these issues.)

READING ALOUD TO CHILDREN In its report Becoming a Nation of Readers, the Commission on Reading declared, “There is no substitute for a teacher who reads children good stories” (Anderson, Hiebert, Scott, and Wilkinson, 1984). That is our sentiment exactly! Research indicates that reading to children has many positive outcomes. First, it whets their appetite for reading. Young children who are read to discover the rewards of reading and are motivated to learn to read. Literature also nurtures children’s language development and comprehension abilities. Through readalouds, children become acquainted with the cadences of written language and discover how print functions, especially if the adult reader draws attention to print conventions. Finally, through read-alouds, children acquire the real-world knowledge that is so critical for success in school. Read-alouds support children’s literary development: Children are intro¬ duced to conventional story openers (“Once upon a time”); they discover literary motifs such as the transformation motif; they meet stock characters like the sly fox and the tricky coyote. Read-alouds are the ideal vehicle for encouraging chil¬ dren to think in response to literature, and when discussion is a part of the readaloud experience, children learn how to participate in literary conversations. Like the Commission on Reading, we believe that read-alouds should be an essential instructional activity for children of all ages. Although older children may have acquired basic understandings of how print functions and how stories are structured, their language, reading, and literary development must continue. Also, there are many books that developing readers do not have the skill to read on their own but will delight in if read aloud to them. In fact, by the time children are able to read many books on their own, the books are no longer age-appropriate.

Research on Read-Aloud Programs The most recent and comprehensive study on read-aloud programs was done by James V. Hoffman, Nancy L. Roser, and Jennifer Battle (1993). Reports from 537 classrooms across the United States revealed that 74 percent of teach¬ ers read to their students on a given day. However, there was a steady decline in the percentage of teachers reading aloud as grade levels rose. In kindergarten, 84 percent of the teachers read to their students, but in fifth grade only 64 percent did so. There is room for improvement. Teachers at every grade level should read aloud at least once a day. All too often, teachers at upper grade levels believe that

CHAPTER 12: Inviting Children into Literature

419

their students should be reading books on their own—which is true, of course. However, this is not an either/or situation. We hope that teachers will recognize the special value of read-alouds. Another argument made by some intermediatelevel teachers is that they have too much content to cover to devote time to read¬ ing aloud to students. One way of dealing with this time restriciton is “double dipping”—that is, using read-alouds to achieve both literary goals and curricular goals. If students are studying the American Revolution, then read aloud James and Christopher Collier’s My Brother Sam Is Dead (1974). Patricia Polacco’s Pink and Say (1994) and Karen Ackerman’s The Tin Heart (1990) are perfect read-alouds when a class is studying the Civil War. Hoffman and his colleagues also looked at the books chosen for read-alouds and at the organization of the read-aloud programs-* Well-known authors—Bill Martin, Jr., Maurice Sendak, Roald Dahl, E. B. White, and Judy Blume—were at the top of the list of books most frequently read. Included among the frequently read titles were Brown Bear, Brown Bear, What Do You Seef (1967), Where the Wild Things Are (1964), Charlotte’s Web (1952), James and the Giant Peach (1961), and The Indian in the Cupboard (1981). It is heartening that the quality of these authors and titles is widely recognized, but it is discouraging to note that not a single multicultural author or title appeared at the top of the list. In fact, one of the titles, The Indian in the Cupboard by Lynne Reid Banks, has received criticism for its stereotypical portrayal of Native Americans. Hoffman, Roser, and Battle found that the typical read-aloud session had a number of distinctive characteristics: • A length of ten to twenty minutes • A literature selection unrelated to a unit of study A read-aloud becomes a special time for young children when they can gather close to the adult who is sharing the story.

• Discussion that took less than five minutes • No response activity following the read-aloud They cautioned that this “typical read-aloud” was not a model, ar¬ guing that a daily read-aloud of at least twenty minutes should be scheduled in a specific time slot. Instead of unrelated literature selections, Hoffman and his colleagues call for organizing readaloud programs around units. Mature readers often read books related in some way to others that they have read, and literature units encourage students to do this. Hoffman, Roser, and Battle also questioned the adequacy of five minutes of literature discus¬ sion. Sustained conversation that can enrich the understanding of all participants does not occur in five minutes.

The Read-Aloud Experience The read-aloud experience is one of the highlights of the school day for most children. This is especially likely to be true when the teacher carefully selects each book and spends time pre¬ paring to read it aloud.

When to Read Aloud. Read-alouds shouldn’t be used merely to fill time between activities. By scheduling a read-aloud each day, you communicate to students that this is a valued activ¬ ity. Besides, there is the all-too-real danger that on many days there won’t be any extra time between activities.

420

PART THREE: Creating the Literature-Based Classroom

At lower grade levels, teachers should read aloud several times a day, especially if their students have had only limited experiences with stories before entering school. Some children enter school having lis¬ tened to thousands of storybook readings, others have not been read to at all. These children especially deserve a rich read-aloud program.

Plfte Ctrl Who Ig^ed Cateipttars g ADAPTED EV |EAN MERRILL • ILLUSTRATED 6V H.LWD COOPER

Selecting Books for Read-Alouds. Much of what was said about selecting books for the classroom library also applies to selecting read-aloud stories. First and foremost, select high-quality books. We especially encourage you to choose books that deal with significant themes, for these books have the potential to evoke insightful discus¬ sions. A book such as The Shimmershine Queens (1989) fits this bill, as do Patricia Polacco’s Chicken Sunday (1992) and Jean Merrill’s The

Illustration 12.5 Many readers are likely to identify with the strong female character in The Girl Who Loved Caterpillars, a retelling of an ancient Japanese story. (The Girl Who Loved Caterpillars by Jean Merrill. Illustration copyright © 1992 by Floyd Cooper. Used by permis¬ sion of Philomel Books.)

Girl Who Loved Caterpillars (1992). It is important to read books from a variety of genres, including poetry and informational books. Remember, your preferences may not be the same as those of your students. One first-grade teacher decided to let her students select the daily read-aloud books. The girls selected the same kinds of books their teacher had been selecting—picture sto¬ rybooks, but much to her surprise, the boys overwhelmingly favored informa¬ tional books, a genre from which she had never read aloud. Select age-appropriate books. There are no firm and fast guidelines about which books are appropriate for particular grade levels. In fact, many books appeal to students across grade levels. Nonetheless, as a general rule, simpler, shorter books are more appropriate for younger children and those with limited literature experience. However, this does not mean that picture books are for younger children and chapter books are for older ones. Many picture books, such as Chris Van Allsburg’s The Widow’s Broom (1992), Michael J. Rosen’s Elijah’s Angel (1992), and Barbara Bash’s Tree of Life: The World of the African Baobab (1989), are wonderful for older children. Conversely, many younger children enjoy listening to chapter books such as Ann Cameron’s The Stories Julian Tells (1981) and E. B. White’s Charlotte’s Web (1952).

Preparing to Read Aloud. To make read-alouds a success, there is one cardinal rule to remember: Never read aloud a book that you have not previously

Illustration 12.6 The distinctive folk art illustrations in Elijah's Angel enhance this sensi¬ tive story of cross-cultural under¬ standing. (Elijah's Angel: A Story for Chanukah and Christmas by Michael Rosen. Illustration copyright © 1992 by Aminah Brenda Lynn Robinson. Used by permission of Harcourt Brace and Company.)

A Story for Chanukah and Christmas by MICH AEL L ROSEN Illustrated by AMINAH BRENDA LYNN ROBINSON

CHAPTER 12: Inviting Children into Literature

421

ASK THE AUTHOR... "yHartin, f]r. How is it that you are abie to craft such wonderful read-alouds?

Favorite Books as a Child Treasure Island by Robert Louis Stevenson The Letters of Robert Frost Mother Goose Nursery Rhymes

I never learned to read until I was in college.Throughout all of my elemen¬ tary and high school years, I was de¬ pendent upon having someone read aloud to me since I couldn't read my¬ self. This caused me to rely on my hearing as a substitute for the visual experience of reading. I was always asking teachers, librarians, friends, and parents to read to me. Consequently, I learned language in the oral tradition and far more abundantly than my classmates. To my good fortune, the Kansas State Teacher's College at Emporia, where I received my B.S. degree in education, offered many oral lan¬ guage courses that featured poetry, drama, and native languages. All of which are reflected in my writing of children's books. When I finally

learned to read, during my college years, I became and still am an avid reader. But I also continue to feed my appetite for language used in the oral tradition.

Bill Martin, Jr. is the author of many highly acclaimed children's books, including Brown Bear, Brown Bear, What Do You See? and Chicka Chicka Boom Boom. He is also the author of the Sounds of Language series of readers for kindergarten through sixth grade. Bill lives in the small Texas town of Campbell.

read. In fact, you really should read a book out loud to yourself or someone else before reading it to children, because sometimes a book you loved when you read it silently just doesn’t flow when it is read aloud. If you plan to read a book with unfamiliar words or language—Gary Soto’s Cbato’s Kitchen (1995), for example it is especially important to practice pronounciations prior to reading it aloud. In preparing for a read-aloud, thoughtfully read the book you select (see Table 12.3). Look for difficulties the story presents that might interfere with comprehension. Be alert to stopping points at which you might invite predictions or discussion. Also, be sure and monitor your own responses to the story. The things you notice or wonder about are worth remembering because these sponta¬ neous responses can become conversation starters following the reading. If you have never read a story aloud before, it makes good sense to practice pacing and expression before reading it to an audience. ’What feelings and moods

422

PART THREE: Creating the Literature-Based Classroom

Illustration 12.7 Chato's Kitchen is a humorous animal fantasy with a distinctly multicultural flavor. (Chato's Kitchen by Gary Soto. Illustration copyright © 1995 by Susan Guevara. Used by per¬ mission of G.P. Putnam's Sons.)

can you convey with your voice? Is a character surprised? Does a character be¬ come angry? Is a character especially wise or silly or confused? Get to know the characters so that you can bring them to life. Don’t be shy. Try out different voices and even facial expressions or gestures. And don’t forget to practice hold¬ ing the book so the children can see the illustrations as you read. The end result of all this preparation is likely to be an engaging read-aloud experience for your students.

Introducing the Story. Before introducing the story, gather the students together for the read-aloud. If there is room, pull chairs into a circle, and if a picture book is to be read aloud, situate everyone so that they can see the illus¬ trations. Keep your introduction to the book in proper perspective: Time and attention should be devoted primarily to the read-aloud and to subsequent dis¬ cussion. Nonetheless, an introduction offers an opportunity to help children

Table 12.3

How to Prepare for a Read-Aloud

• Anticipate difficulties the story may present to students, and prepare to help them through those difficulties. • Watch for interesting places to stop reading and invite children's predictions or discussion. • Heed your own responses to the story as one basis for after-reading discussion. • Practice varying your reading pace to highlight particular portions of the story. • Become acquainted with the characters and changing moods of the story so that you can read with appropriate expression. • Try out different voices for different characters.

CHAPTER 12: Inviting Children into Literature

423

expand their store of literary understandings and allows you to “prime” them for the book. In addition to introducing the story (or poem) by title, remember to mention the name of the author (and, when appropriate, the illustrator). This is an excellent way of helping students begin to develop a sense of author. Also mention other books written by the same author, especially those the children are likely to be familiar with. Mentioning the book’s genre is a way of gently introduc¬ ing children to some of the language of literature. Be sure to choose literary terminology appropriate for the age level. Young children may respond better to the terms “pretend” stories and “real” stories than to “fantasy” and “realism” or “fiction” and “nonfiction.” Before starting to read the story, you may need to build background. This may be especially important for an informational book. If some concepts important to underPictures are an important source of the support young children need for their first story experiences.

standing the book are not adequately explained within the book, then pay some attention to these concepts in your introduction. To set expectations for the book, you may want to invite children to make predictions based on the title or the cover illustration. Finally, if the book is being read as part of a literature unit, mention books you have read previously.

Reading the Story. When you finally read the story, use everything you tried out in preparing for the read-aloud. Vary your reading pace to reflect changes in mood and emotion, read expressively, and use different voices when appropriate. Some teachers believe that stories should be read straight through without any interruptions so as not to distract from the story line. However, we encour¬ age you to feel free to interrupt the reading of a story to talk with your students, especially younger ones. Older children are able to hold back with their re¬ sponses until the read-aloud is complete, but younger children often forget their observations if they are forced to wait. So if a child interrupts to ask a question or share a response, honor that interruption. Children are also likely to interrupt when you reach a point in the story that begs for predictions. Or there may be times when you need to guide students through a tricky part of the story or briefly fill in information important to understanding the story. Finally, when you read predictable books, children enjoy joining in on repeated phrases.

After Reading. The read-aloud experience should not be over as soon as you’ve read the final page of the story. The literary transaction will continue if you provide ample opportunity after the reading for children to discuss the story. Chapter 13 focuses on literary discussion.

STORIES AND STORYTELLING Children’s literature starts with the telling of stories. For thousands of years before the first story was written down, humans told stories and recited poems. The thousands of years of human experience with stories (compared to a little over a century of mass literacy) surely adapted the human mind to storytelling in a special way and nourished an art of storytelling that still moves hearers deeply. This is why teachers must make storytelling a regular feature in the classroom.

424

PART THREE: Creating the Literature-Based. Classroom

Storytelling: The Tenacious Art Many cultures have specific storytelling styles and rituals. In Jamaica today, a storyteller still begins a session by asking, “Creek?” This means, “Do you want a story?” If the people want one, they answer, Creek, and the storyteller begins. But if they say “Crack,” the storyteller passes on to find others willing to hear the tale. Japanese storytellers use kamishibai, a large set of pictures with text on the back; these pictures are presented in a box that looks like a tradi¬ tional theater. Whatever the style, storytelling has never passed out of vogue, even with the proliferation of books. Because storytelling is so active—from the point of view of both tellers and listeners—it is an especially appropriate activity to do with younger children. Because it offers a bridge to literature, storytelling is also appropriate with reluc¬ tant readers. A wise teacher used to advocate telling stories to students. “Most children,” said Edmund Henderson, “will come running when you read a story. But if one does not, tell the story instead. The told story is the older form. Hence it will have more appeal.” Telling a story allows you to look your students in the eye and invite them to help you bring the story to life. Storytelling exercises the often neglected art of using the voice. The teller must provide the excitement, drama, and cadences that pull listeners in and play their emotions like a violin. To tell a story well, the storyteller must decide how the characters sound, where the suspenseful parts are, and what parts should be slow or fast, loud or soft. Children enjoy telling stories, too, and there are many good reasons why they should. In this section, we will present ways to choose, practice, and tell sto¬ ries, and most of our advice will apply to both the adult and the child storyteller.

Common Story Types: Personal Tales to Tall Tales Stories differ in the amount of effort they require for learning or for impro¬ vising. They also differ in the kind of attention they require of listeners and the sorts of participation they invite. These points will be made clear as we talk about different types of stories. Story types vary from personal tales, which usually evoke more inventive¬ ness from the teller but offer less form for guidance, to already-heard stories, which offer more form but pose a challenge because they must be learned—they cannot be improvised.

Personal Stories. Personal stories are anecdotes from your own experience—about a camping trip, about being lost, about raising a pet. They can be rambling, especially if you haven’t honed them down through practice. That’s okay—especially when you’re giving an example for children to copy when they do the telling. You can work with personal stories over time to give them more shape.

Family Stories. Family stories are true (well, maybe slightly embellished) stories about someone in your family. Because these stories may have been passed along through several generations, they are usually better formed than personal sto¬ ries. Family stories often portray what people think is funniest about themselves and their relatives. They can be a lot like stories that are written down—the Ramona Quimby stories come to mind. After all, writers come from families, right? Friend-of-a-Friend Stories. Friend-of-a-friend stories, or “urban leg¬ ends,” are accounts of bizarre events in a community told by people who believe

CHAPTER 12: Inviting Children into Literature

425

they might have happened. When you try to check them out, though, it always turns out they happened to someone the teller almost knows—“a friend of a friend.” Friend-of-a-friend stories are close to the folktale tradition. In his fascinat¬ ing collections, the folklorist Jan de Brunvard has compiled urban legends from newspaper, radio, and personal accounts of hundreds of people. Though the tales are often recounted breathlessly, as if they just happened last week, de Brunvard (1981) is often able to find variations that are hundreds of years old. For exam¬ ple, the story of the “vanishing hitchhiker,” told in contemporary Georgia, has a song version, “The Phantom 409.” Some years ago in West Africa, Frances Temple heard a version of the story from a nervous nun who claimed to have been in the jeep when the hitchhiker disappeared. '

Ghost Stories. Ghost stories usually lie somewhere in between “friend-ofa-friend” stories and folktales. Alvin Schwartz’s popular collection Scary Stories to Tell in the Dark (1985) was collected from folktale sources. Some teachers find ghost stories good fare to tell to middle-grade children, or for them to learn and tell. If the children are to do the telling, prepare to screen their choices.

Jokes and Riddles. Jokes and riddles aren’t stories, exactly, but they are so engaging that telling them in front of a group is good practice for children. Also, they are short enough that many children can participate in a single story¬ telling session.

Folktales and Fables. Folktales, the traditional stories we discussed in Chapter 5, provide excellent fare for storytelling. Because they were passed down orally, folktales have been pared down to their essentials, which makes them well formed and memorable but also leaves room for embellishments by the story¬ teller. Fables, those brief instructive tales that end with a moral, can also be fun to tell, especially when you stop and ask students to guess the moral. Myths. Myths range from serious creation stories, such as the Iroquois tale of Da-Ga-Na-We-Da, to the lighter pourquoi tales that explain various nat¬ ural phenomena, such as the African tale Why Mosquitoes Buzz in People’s Ears (1975). Teachers should have no trouble finding collections from many cultures that offer abundant suitable fare for storytelling.

Legends and Tall Tales. Legends are stories about famous cultural heroes that usually have a core of truth to them. The characters may be real—George Washington is the subject of a number of legends. Or the events—like those in the story of John Henry—may portray qualities people like to claim for them¬ selves. Legends make good fare for oral telling—especially in conjunction with social studies units. One or two steps removed from legends are tall tales, which tell about ex¬ aggerated fictitious characters. These characters usually also show qualities that real people like to claim for themselves. For example, Paul Bunyan didn’t exist, but lumberjacks liked to be thought of as tough.

Learning Stories to Tell As Margaret Read MacDonald (1993) says, it is certainly easiest to learn a story from another teller. A story well told is so much more than the words—it’s the voices of the characters, the pauses and dramatic flourishes, the joy and sorrow and excitement and dread, all communicated by the storyteller. If you have a chance

426

PART THREE: Creating the Literature-Based. Classroom

to listen to a storyteller who can show you all those things, you’re way ahead. If you can’t find a live storyteller, you can watch videotapes of live performances. Learning the story is the first task of the storyteller. Most storytellers agree that the way to prepare a story is not to memorize it. Memorizing will make a story sound flat or set the teller up for a mental block during the telling. Besides, the beauty of a told story is that it is forever invented. But a story is not random, either: A well-told story is crisp, with the begin¬ nings, endings, and repeated parts told just so. How does a storyteller achieve this crispness without memorizing the story? Here’s one way. Get some index cards, and read through the story four times, each time with a different purpose: 1. On the first pass, read for the sense of the whole tale. 2. Next time, pay close attention to the different events in the story. Jot down each event in a few words on a separate card. 3. On the third read-through, pay close attention to the characters. On a separate card, name each character and make notes about the way she or he should sound and move. Note any gestures you want to associate with each character. 4. Read through the story again and jot down the beginning and end¬ ing, as well as any repeated phrases. This is important: If you know exactly how a story begins, you can launch into it more confidently. If you know exactly how the story ends, you can wrap it up crisply. So memorize both. In between, pay attention to repeated phrases (such as “Little pig, little pig, let me in. Not by the hair on my chinny-chin-chin.”) or any repeated pattern of actions.

Practice the Story. Once you have the cards prepared and arranged in the order you find most useful, tell the story repeatedly (to yourself, to a friend, to your cat) until you can tell it confidently without looking at the cards. Later, when you tell the story, keep the cards unobtrusively in your lap—but have them handy in case you begin to forget. If children are learning stories, have them pair up and tell their stories to each other. Also, have them tell the story at home a set number of times as they learn it (say, three times a day).

Refine the Story. Once you have the gist of the story down, the fun part begins. This is where you refine the characterization, the gestures, the pauses and other dynamics of narration. Determine appropriate language. Determine the sort of word choices appropriate to the story you’re telling. A story in a traditional setting requires the teller to say “a certain boy” or “There was an old woman who instead of this guy” or “this old lady.” If your story is an Old English folktale, perhaps you want to sound modest and precise. If it’s a Western tale from Texas, your lan¬ guage will be relaxed, expansive, and given to exaggeration. Visualize the characters. You don’t need to describe the characters fully to the audience, but you should still have a clear idea of what they are like, so that your voice and gestures will fit. You should decide the following for each main character in your story: • How short or tall is she or he? How heavy? How does the charac¬ ter’s size make her or him move?

CHAPTER 12: Inviting Children into Literature

427

• Is this character dignified? Sly? Lazy? Vain? How do these traits affect the way he or she talks? • What is the character’s usual mood? If you’re helping children learn storytelling, ask these questions and follow them up with activities that will give the children practice in developing their characters. Have each child “get into” one of his or her characters as they all parade around the room. Call on several characters to introduce themselves in their own voices—and say what’s on their minds. Visualize the setting. When Jack steps out onto the clouds at the top of the beanstalk, how is his footing? How does he step? When he gets to the giant’s cas¬ tle, how big is the door? How does Jack knock on it? Having thought through details like this will enable you to use voices and gestures that help the audience visualize—and believe—the setting. Practice gestures. As a storyteller says the wolf’s lines in “The Three Little Pigs,” she or he probably makes a fist and pounds on an imaginary door. When the storyteller says a pig’s lines, she or he pulls at the imaginary chin whiskers. A few gestures like these help the story, but too many will distract. Use only such gestures as will give a hint of the setting of a scene, provide the signature of a character, or display a strong emotion. Practice facial expressions. Boston storyteller Jay O’Callahan says story¬ telling is the theater of the face. Gestures are important, but facial expressions and voices convey most of the story’s meaning. Storytellers must learn to make facial expressions that project the way their characters feel: innocent, cunning, frightened, and so on. If you’re working with children, have them stand in a circle. One student decides on a facial expression and, without identifying the expression, “passes” it to the next, who duplicates it and passes it on in turn. This continues until the expression has gone completely around. Take time out to debrief: Were the stu¬ dents understanding the expression correctly? Then another student “passes” a different expression. Practice the voice. The storyteller’s voice must be both loud enough to carry to the back of the audience and expressive enough to portray the characters in the tale. For practice, say the line “Twinkle, twinkle, little star” in the voice of each of these characters: • A pitiful child with a big problem, who wants to make an impor¬ tant wish • A mean giant, who is demanding that the star twinkle • A crafty wizard, who is making a magic charm Many stories are told in the dialect of a region or of an ethnic group. And after watching storytellers on television, you may believe that using dialect is an important part of the storyteller’s art. As a general rule, though, if a dialect is not yours, don’t use it. It is very easy to insult other people if you appear to make fun of their speech. Once children have learned stories, they should tell them before audiences that have not heard them practice—such as children in other classes or parents on Parents Night. They will make many friends and bring good cheer if they per¬ form their stories at a Head Start Center or a senior citizens’ activity center. You might even arrange a story swap: Senior citizens can tell stories of their own in exchange for the children’s stories.

428

PART THREE: Creating the Literature-Based Classroom

DRAMATIZING STORIES Dramatization takes many forms, but in any form, it is an especially engaging way of inviting children into literature. In story dramatizations, children become story characters (at least for a little while) and look at the world through their eyes. In this section, we’ll look at four different forms of literature-based dramatizations.

Story Theater Story theater is a form of drama in which participants mime a story as it is read aloud. Because no dialogue is required, it is probably the simplest form of drama and is especially well suited for use with very young children. Also, because groups of participants (or all participants, for that matter) can play the same role in story theater, it is a good introduction to drama for students who feel shy about participating. Typically, story theater is not performed for an audience. It’s the acting out itself that is important for young children. Sometimes children won t be satisfied with playing the story only once and may ask to act the story out again immediately.

What the Player Does in Story Theater. Although the players in story theater don’t have to worry about dialogue, they do assume an active part. First, players must listen to the narrator in order to act out the story line appropriately. Even more important, the players need to attend to characterization, and the teacher may want to encourage discussion about what the characters are like.

Selecting Stories for Story Theater. For story theater, look for stories that rely on extensive narration, have plenty of action, and use minimal dialogue. Esphyr Slobodkina’s Caps for Sale (1940) works well. The main character is a peddler of hats who carries his wares on his head. One day the peddler goes for a walk in the country. (Imagine how carefully you would have to walk with hats piled high on your head.) When the peddler gets tired, he sits down (very carefully) and leans (very slowly) against a tree to nap; upon waking, he reaches up (slowly and care¬ fully) to make sure his hats are still in place. They’re gone! (Imagine the peddler’s reactions!) After a great deal of looking to the left, right, and all around, the peddler finally looks up into the tree, and on every branch of the tree there is a monkey wearing a cap. (What a surprise!) The peddler is upset; so he shakes his fist at the monkeys, and what happens? You’ve heard the saying Monkey see, monkey do. Well, that is just what happens. The monkeys shake their fists right back at the ped¬ dler, and each of the peddler’s subsequent expressions of frustration is repeated precisely by the monkeys. Children will insist on playing this story repeatedly.

Readers Theater In readers theater, students don t act out stories; they read (not memorize) scripted versions of stories and rely on their voices to convey the characters emo¬ tions. Audiences can add to the success of readers theater because students are likely to be motivated to practice and refine their readings in order to do well.

What the Player Does in Readers Theater. Readers theater is more for¬ mal than story theater because the aim is for the players to present as polished a reading as possible. Usually, readers need to practice reading a script repeatedly in order to learn to read their parts fluently and to interpret them with sensitivity. Although the players in a readers theater presentation don’t have to worry about how to act out the story, they do have to be concerned with character interpretation. What is the character like? How does he or she react to the events

CHAPTER 12: Inviting Children into Literature

429

in the story? How (if at all) does the character change over the course of the story? What changes in speaking tone, volume, speed, or pitch might convey par¬ ticular emotions? Both the teacher and fellow students can offer feedback after each practice reading, sharing what they especially liked about the interpreta¬ tions and offering suggestions for improvement.

Selecting Stories and Creating Scripts for Readers Theater. Both pic¬ ture books and chapter books can be used for readers theater. Books containing extensive dialogue are the best choices, and some picture books are perfect for readers theater. These “ready-to-use” picture books are written in dialogue form without dialogue tags (“he said” or “she replied”) and contain no narration. Angela Johnson’s Tell Me a Story, Mama (1989) is a dialogue between a little girl and her mother; Chris Raschka’s Yo! Yes? (1993) is a simple dialogue between two little boys. Picture books that contain some narration and a great deal of dialogue with dialogue tags can be made into readers theater scripts quite easily. A few picture books, such as Richard and Roni Schotter’s There’s a Dragon About: A Winter’s Revel (1994), are actually written as scripts, and the inside of the dust jacket of Frances Temple’s Tiger Soup (1994) offers a scripted version of this Jamaican folktale. In looking for portions of chapter books to turn into readers theater scripts, look for the same features you would look for in picture books—minimal narration and extensive dialogue. Older students can help create scripts. You may want to use teacher-created scripts initially, but once students gain some experience with readers theater, show them how you select text and turn it into scripts. Students will soon be reading stories with an ear toward whether they can be readily made into scripts.

Creative Dramatics In creative dramatics, players act out the story. However, unlike staged pro¬ ductions of plays, there are no sets, few if any props, and usually no audience. And instead of having a script, the players improvise dialogue.

What Is Required of the Player. Creative dramatics can be challenging, especially when students first try their hands at it. Because no one reads the story (unlike story theater), the students must remember the story line. Also, because there is no script (unlike readers theater), students are on their own in creating

Stories can be brought to life via classroom dramatizations.

430

PART THREE: Creating the Literature-Based Classroom

dialogue. And, of course, the players in a creative dramatics activity must be as attuned to characterization as the players in story theater and readers theater.

Teacher Support in Creative Dramatics. Teacher support in creative dramatics is important. Geraldine Siks (1958) recommends that teachers support students in creative dramatics in the following ways: 1. Motivate children into a specific mood. Preparing children for a creative dramatics experience begins prior to reading the story aloud as the teacher sets an appropriate mood for the story. 2. Share the story. The teacher’s reading of the story should help the students with their interpretation of it. 3. Guide children in making a plan for playing. The teacher and stu¬ dents need to collaborate to review and list the characters in the story to ensure that all important story roles are filled. They should also review and list the scenes in the story. This will help students remember the order of story events; if only part of the story is to be reenacted, then the students can use the list of scenes to select the one(s) they want to recreate. The teacher and stu¬ dents should also talk about the staging of the story. What parts of the staging area will be used for which scenes? How will tricky staging problems be handled? And once students have chosen or been assigned parts, the most valuable support a teacher can pro¬ vide is to help them reflect on characterization. 4. Guide children into creating while they play. Children may need support while reenacting stories, especially if they have had little or no experience with creative dramatics. The teacher should lend a helping hand as a coach rather than a director. Teachers can pro¬ vide support from within the story or from without. They provide support from within by playing the part of one of the characters. As a character, the teacher can create dialogue that signals what happens next in a story or how another character might respond to a situation. For example, if the teacher is playing the part of Petunia in Roger Duvoisin’s Petunia (1950), she might signal the

Illustration 12.8 The story of Petunia, a silly goose who creates pandemonium in the barnyard, has become a classic. (.Petunia by Roger Duvoisin. Copyright © 1950 and renewed 1978 by Roger Duvoisin. Used by permission of Random House, Inc.)

CHAPTER 12: Inviting Children into Literature

431

upcoming scene (assuming the students need a signal) by saying, “I see Straw the horse, and by the way he’s holding his mouth, I bet he has a toothache.” With a cue like that, Straw will know what comes next. The teacher can provide support from outside of the story simply by being available to whisper lines to students who get stuck. 5. Praise and guide children to evaluate the playing. After playing a story, students need to reflect on how the playing went. What did they especially like? What might have been done differently? And the teacher shouldn’t be the only one giving feedback. Eventually, the students should take over the praising and evaluating.

Selecting Stories for Creative Dramatics. The same sorts of stories that are great for storytelling work well for creative dramatics. In particular, stories with strong action sequences, lots of dialogue, and minimal narration work well—stories such as Petunia or “The Three Billy Goats Gruff.” Vivian Paley (1981) found that her kindergartners enjoyed playing the longer and more com¬ plex fairytales over and over because the stories had enough depth to challenge the players in their interpretations.

Improvisational Drama Literature-based improvisational drama is quite different from the other forms of dramatization we have discussed. The players do not recreate a story, but they do become story characters. As the characters, they respond to issues, themes, and situations suggested by the story (Booth, 1985). That is, the teacher creates a situation inspired by the story that students are to explore through dra¬ matic improvisation. The situation should be one that helps the students gain insights into a story theme. An example can clarify how improvisational drama might work. In Matt Novak’s Mouse TV (1994), a mouse family loves to watch television. Then, one night the television doesn’t work; so the mice turn to other activities—exploring, making things, playing games, singing songs, making scary faces, conducting experiments, reading stories. Stylistically, the story is a light-hearted fantasy, but it explores a substantial theme that children can explore further through impro¬ visational drama. After listening to the story, they can become members of the mouse household on the following evening, when the television is working once again. How will the mice choose to spend their time this evening?

What Is Required of the Player? In improvisational drama, players must create their own dialogue and action. Although the dialogue and action can move in different directions, they must remain within the confines created by the teacher. Further, if the players have taken on the roles of characters from the story, they must act in ways consistent with those characters. This may sound like an especially demanding form of drama, and in some ways it is. Yet, in many ways, it resembles the way children play when they are on their own: They define the play situation and create action and dialogue within that situation. In fact, educators such as Brian Edmiston (1993) have successfully used improvisational drama even with primary-grade students.

Teacher Support in Improvisational Drama. In improvisational drama, the teacher must carefully structure a context that will enable the children to ex¬ plore issues raised by a story. For example, in Chapter 18 of The Giver (1993),

432

PART THREE: Creating the Literature-Based Classroom

Jonas and The Giver talk about the possibility of Jonas’s being lost and all the memories he has received being released on the society that has always been pro¬ tected from memories. This chapter could easily be used to create a context for improvisational drama, in which the players become members of Jonas’s society and receive memories for the first time. Having introduced the dramatic context to the students, the teacher must help them select the roles they will play. Then, as in creative dramatics, the teacher can support students’ playing from within or from outside of the impro¬ visational context. If the improvisation is based on The Giver, the teacher can become one of the people receiving memories. As a player, she might express joy or pain in response to the memories she receives. If the memories are joyful ones, the teacher might suggest that all the people go to The Giver to demand still more memories. Or the teacher might take a more neutral role that would allow her to question other players in such a way as to suggest directions in which they might move the drama: “I have received none of these memories you speak of. Tell me what they are like!” Finally, the teacher can join the students in reflecting on the completed im¬ provisation. Participants can talk about why they did and said particular things.

ENGAGING CHILDREN IN POETRY In this section of the chapter, we share ideas for engaging children in poetry. There are several ways of doing this: surrounding children with poetry, encour¬ aging children’s responses to poetry, encouraging public performances of poems, and helping children write poetry.

Making Songs and Poems a Part of the School Day Songs and poems fit into the school day in a surprising number of ways— and the more children get used to them, the more they will enjoy them. Poems should be shared often in read-aloud time. They should be read with an ex¬ pressive voice for pure enjoyment and reflection. Topical poems can be posted around the room as comments on the seasons, on holidays, or on science or social studies. You can find poems appropriate to nearly any occasion in anthol¬ ogies such as The Random House Rook of Poetry (1983), edited by Jack Prelutsky, which indexes poems by topic. Children’s own poems should be shared and posted along with those of published poets. Poetry can also be included along with other literary works in the readings for a thematic or a literary unit (see Chapter 14). Here are some further ideas for sharing poetry with children and young people.

Songs and Poems in the Reading Circle. Poems and songs make excel¬ lent fare for beginning reading instruction. Their catchy rhythms and rhymes give children support and alleviate some of the burden of word recognition. You may introduce kindergartners and first graders to a short poem or song lyric, with the words written on a large chart. Make smaller versions for them to keep in a growing notebook of verses. Two reliable sources of song lyrics for children are Kathleen Krull’s Gonna Sing My Head Off! (1992), illustrated by Allen Garns, and the collection by Peter Blood and Annie Paterson entitled Rise Up Singing (1992). Some sources

CHAPTER 12: Inviting Children into Literature

433

of poems for children are given in the Recommended Books list at the end of Chapter 7.

“Poetry and Tell.” For older children, we especially like the suggestion that teachers initiate “Poetry and Tell” sessions (Wolf, 1993). Children are invited to choose a poem (with guidance from the teacher, as necessary) and share it with the class. With younger children, you can extend this idea and invite them to bring in single words that intrigue them, a particularly vivid description, or a funny or interesting way of saying things they’ve heard someone use—fragments of intriguing language to celebrate with the class. After all, the idea is to encour¬ age—really, to keep alive—the fascination with language that all children are born with.

Poetry Break. Another worthwhile suggestion is having a “Poetry Break” every day or so (Wolf, 1993). A “Poemster of the Day” (the principal, a custo¬ dian, a parent—or, certainly, one or more children) is elected to go from class to class reading or reciting a poem—perhaps the same poem in each class. The teacher holds up a big sign that reads “Poetry Break!” and the poemster delivers!

Poetry Caravan. When the students have learned poems and interesting ways to present them, the whole class may go from room to room throughout the school, “serenading” the other classes with poetry.

Encouraging Responses to Poetry For years, teachers believed that the most reasonble way to have children respond to a poem was to have them say what it meant and to analyze its parts. But poetry speaks to us on many levels besides the intellectual one—and to assume that it is possible to summarize in so many words what a poem “is really saying” usually misses the point. The issue is often not what the poem says or means, but what it does and how it does it. Often the best way to respond to a poem is not analytical but expressive. Invite children to draw as you read a poem to them. Invite them to invent sound effects or movements to accompany the verses. Invite them to act the poem out. Invite them to shout out the phrases they like best.

Choral Reading and Reciting Most poetry is anchored in sound and is intended to be read or recited aloud. This section offers some suggestions for making an event out of oral read¬ ing and reciting. Choral reading and reciting—the reading and reciting of poems by a chorus or “voice choir”—can be great fun, as children explore the dramatic possibilities of poems and of their own voices.

Whole Chorus Presentations. The trick to having a whole chorus of chil¬ dren recite is to keep all the voices animated, not “sing-song.” Children learn to focus on their sound if they are challenged to make a poem sound a certain way. Say you ask children to recite the traditional poem “The Grand Old Duke of York”: The Grand Old Duke of York He had ten thousand men. He always marched them up the hill Then he marched them down again.

434

PART THREE: Creating the Literature-Based Classroom

And when And when And when They were

they were up they were up. they were down they were down they were only halfway up neither up nor down.

To focus their attention on the sound they want to make, tell them the poem is about a group of soldiers marching along. Ask them, “Are the soldiers wounded and weary, or are they marching snappily in a Fourth of July parade? Which? Okay, then how should they sound? Do they sound one way as they are march¬ ing proudly to battle, and another way when they’re dragging themselves pain¬ fully home again?”

Poems in Dialogue. Many poems can be effectively divided between two voices. When children recite Milne’s (1924) poem “Happiness” in two voices— one child taking every other line—they can bring out the plodding, two-step gait of a small child in big boots and a raincoat: John had Great Big Waterproof Boots on; John had a Great Big Waterproof Hat; John had a Great Big Waterproof Mackintosh— And that (Said John) Is That. The trick with more than one voice is to keep the poem moving on the beat. Pairs of children can take parts and practice the poem until they can recite it smoothly. You may need to clap out the beat for them the first time through. (You may also have to tell children that in England a raincoat is called a “mackintosh.”) Poems in dialogue can achieve a dramatic effect. Harold Monro’s (1953) “Overheard in a Salt Marsh” is written for two voices. The performers will need to answer some questions about it: Where is this taking place? Who are the char¬ acters and what are they like? How does each one feel? How does each one’s voice sound? When does one speak quickly? When slowly and musically? Nymph, nymph, what are your beadsf Green glass, goblin. Why do you stare at them? Give them me. No. Give them me. Give them me. No. Then I will howl all night in the reeds, Lie in the mud and howl for them. Goblin, why do you love them so?

CHAPTER 12: Inviting Children into Literature

435

They are better than stars or water, Better than voices of wind that sing. Better than any man’s fair daughter, Your green glass beads on a silver ring. Hush, I stole them out of the moon. Give me your beads, I desire them. No. I will howl in a deep lagoon For your green glass beads. I love them so. Give them me. Give them. No.

Poems as Rounds. As children, many of us sang rounds like “Row, Row, Row Your Boat.” Some poems can work very well as rounds, when they are re¬ cited—not sung—by small groups repeating the same verse and starting at stag¬ gered intervals. The traditional poem “Can You Dig That Crazy Music?” can be recited by two or three groups. If you want to use three groups, start by having all the chil¬ dren say the verse through as a single group. Then have Group A read the first line alone. As Group A begins the second line, Group B begins the first. When Group A starts in on the third line, Group C begins the first, and Group B begins the second. The third time through, Group A gets to the last line and keeps repeating it until Group B and then Group C reach and recite that line—then the poem is over. The results are amazing! Here is the poem with the accented sylla¬ bles marked: Can

you

dig

that

Can

you

dig

it?

Can

you

dig

that

Can

you

dig

it?

Oh,

look.

Now,

now. MaGet that

crazy

music?

Can you dig it?

crazy

music?

Can you dig it?

There’s a chicken on a

Can you dig it?

barbed wire

There’s another one ,' coming down the

fence. road.

ma,

ma-

ma,

son-of-a-gun

off my

porch!

You may want to try out other poems as rounds. Many nursery rhymes are well suited to this technique. Try “Diddle, Diddle, Dumpling, My Son John,” or “The Grand Old Duke of York.”

Inviting Children to Write Poetry Here’s a paradox: Surveys show that children prefer to listen to and read rhymed and rhythmic poetry. Yet they have great difficulty writing rhymed and rhythmic poems, at least ones that make good sense. When teachers help children write poems, they often share techniques that will lead the children to write unrhymed poems. Not only is this the most likely way of ensuring successful poetry-writing sessions, it also broadens children’s appreciation for modern poetry, since most poets these days—particularly those writing for adults—do not write rhyming poems. The following are suggestions for writing poems that are expressive but that do not rhyme.

436

PART THREE: Creating the Literature-Based Classroom

Making Metaphors. Ask students to think of a person they believe has some particular quality—say, a lively personality. (Have them hold off writing the person’s name.) They should write the answer to each of the following ques¬ tions on a line by itself: • If this person were a stage of a fire, what stage (a tiny spark, roar¬ ing flames, glowing embers)? • If this person were a season of the year, what season? • If this person were weather, what sort of weather? • If this person were a bird, what kind of bird? • If this person were landscape, what landscape? • If this person were music, what kind of music? • If this person were footwear, what kind of footwear? • If this person were a car, what kind of car? • If this person were a time of day, what time of day? On the line below their answers, have the children write the person’s name. Now they tinker with these lines—move them around, add or take away words, let the poem speak itself in the best way it can.

List Poems. Throughout the ages, many fine poems have been developed around the idea of lists. Take this medieval prayer, for example: From Ghoulies And Ghosties And long-legged Beasties And Things that go bump in the night: Good Lord, deliver us. You can use the idea of listing by asking students to list all of the things they know that are dark, or lonely, or round, or scary. The effect is heightened when they include both concrete and abstract things in their lists, for example, all of these are round: @ Ripples in a pond when a pebble is thrown in • A policeman’s beat • The moon’s halo • Subway tokens • Surprised eyes • A ghost’s mouth • The world • Life It’s best if children free-write the lists first, then arrange them for best effect.

Incantations. From oldest times, the power of poetry has been used to summon energy and spirit and marshall concentration to a particular end. (Some call this magic.) In the eighth century, Saint Patrick of Ireland wrote a prayer that is part enchantment (Kennedy, 1981):

CHAPTER 12: Inviting Children into Literature

437

St. Patrick’s Rune I bind unto myself today The virtues of the starlit heaven, The glorious sun’s life-giving ray, The whiteness of the moon at even; The flashing of the lightning free, The howling wind’s tempestuous shocks, The stable earth, the deep salt sea And all the old eternal rocks. Ask students to write an incantation to make someone brave, tough, fast, lucky, or smart. Here is a format they can follow: * May the_of the_, The_of the_, The_of the_, and The_of the_ Be with me this day.

The Cinquain. A cinquain is a five-line poem tightly focused on one topic. Writing cinquains is a way for children to explore a character in a story they are reading. Here’s an example, based on the hero of “Jack and the Beanstalk”: Jack young, wily believing, climbing, winning brave, or just reckless? Giant-killer Cinquains are written according to this formula: 1. The first line names the subject in one word. 2. The second line gives two words describing the subject. 3. The third gives three action words related to the subject and end¬ ing in -ing. 4. The fourth line has four words, which can be a four-word phrase, related to the subject. 5. The fifth line is one word, a synonym for the subject. In spite of the use of a formula, the results can be striking.

The Diamante. Diamantes are a variation on the cinquain form. Whereas a cinquain describes a character as she or he is now, a diamante describes how a character (or some other aspect of a story) changes over time. Let’s look at the character “Jack” again: Boy young, simpleton loafing, goofing, grinning naive child/plucky hero “Fetch the axe!” proven man Jack

438

PART THREE: Creating the Literature-Based Classroom

The first half of a diamante relates to the character in the beginning of the story. Then, midway through the poem, the descriptions change and relate to the char¬ acter at the end of the story. The pattern of a diamante is as follows: 1. The first line is a one-word name for the character as he or she was in the beginning of the story. 2. The second line gives two words describing the character in the beginning. 3. The third line is three action words {-ing words) describing the character in the beginning. 4. In the fourth line, the first two words describe the character in the beginning. Then there is a slash, followed by two words that describe the character at the end of the story. 5. The fifth line has three action words related to the character at the end of the story. 6. The sixth line has two words that describe the character at the end of the story. 7. The seventh line is a one-word name for the character at the end of the story. Of course, there are many more ways to help children write poems, but space won’t permit us to describe them here. Please consult the list of Resources at the end of Chapter 7.

OTHER DIMENSIONS OF THE LITERATURE-RICH CLASSROOM If teachers wish to foster a love of literature, then they must devote ample time to reading, listening, and responding to literature. This is time above and beyond that devoted to teaching reading skills.

DEAR Time Sometimes teachers tell students they can read “once their work is done.” That works fine for the strong students who consistently finish their work early, but many students never finish their work early. To ensure that all students get to read every day, many teachers build in a block of time during which all the chil¬ dren in the classroom stop what they are doing and choose books, magazines, or newspapers to read. These blocks of reading time are known as DEAR (Drop Everything And Read), SSR (Sustained Silent Reading), or USSR (Uninterrupted Sustained Silent Reading). Students need to realize that their teacher values DEAR time. Teachers can demonstrate this commitment by scheduling DEAR time daily, beginning with the first day of school, and by spending the DEAR time reading with their stu¬ dents. Students may need to read for shorter blocks of time at the beginning of the year (ten to fifteen minutes) and then work up to longer stretches (thirty to forty-five minutes). DEAR time is for all students; even those not yet reading conventionally can engage in “pretend reading.” And because silent reading may

CHAPTER 12: Inviting Children into Literature

439

Table 12.4

How to Make PEAR a Success

• Make DEAR time a part of students'daily routine. • Let students choose their own reading materials for DEAR time. • Ensure that everyone, including the teacher, reads during DEAR time. • For students who have a difficult time reading for long stretches, begin with a few minutes of reading time (perhaps ten minutes) and build to longer blocks of time (thirty to forty-five minutes). • For younger readers, don't require that the reading time be silentbeginning readers frequently need to hear themselves read aloud. • Let kindergartners participate in DEAR time by"pretend reading"stories.

not be appropriate for beginning readers who may need to hear themselves read aloud, there is no reason they can’t read their books out loud. (See Table 12.4.)

Author Visits There is probably no better way to bring both literature and the process of creating literature to life for children than through a visit by a recognized chil¬ dren’s author (or illustrator). Such a visit can usually be arranged by contacting the children’s marketing department of the author’s publisher. A visit by an author should be viewed as an opportunity to celebrate litera¬ ture and literacy. Some schools do this by hosting a Young Author’s Conference in conjunction with the author’s visit. Presentations by the visiting author typi¬ cally get top billing at the conference. Ideally, the author will be able to present to small groups of students. Visiting authors often have wonderful stories to share with students about the inspiration for their work, and illustrators fre¬ quently offer fascinating demonstrations of their art. If time permits, it is ideal to organize more informal sessions in which small .groups can really talk to the visi¬ tor. The author or illustrator is the celebrity of the Young Author’s Conference, but this doesn’t mean other important things aren’t happening. Students who attend the conference should be authors or illustrators themselves and should come to the conference prepared to join peer groups to share stories and illustra¬ tions they have created. A third type of conference event can center around chil¬ dren’s literature selections. Students can attend sessions offered by teachers or members of the community in which they listen to a story read aloud and partic¬ ipate in a response activity based on that story. Teachers need to prepare students for an upcoming author visit. First, they must ensure that students know the featured author’s work. In the weeks preced¬ ing the visit, the teacher should read the visiting author’s stories aloud. Children should have the opportunity to respond to the author’s work through writing and artwork. Their responses can be displayed throughout the classroom or school. If students will have the opportunity to interview the visiting author, the teacher needs to help them generate questions that will yield insights into how writers (or illustrators) go about their work—where they get ideas, how they budget their time to ensure their work gets finished, what special techniques they use, and what advice they might offer young writers (or artists).

440

PART THREE: Creating the Literature-Based Classroom

TEACHING IDEAS Preparing a Read-Aloud. Prepare to read aloud The Ghost-Eye Tree (1985) by Bill Martin, Jr. In the story, a mother asks her son and daughter to walk at night to the end of the town to fetch a bucket of milk. The trip to town is uneventful, even though the children must pass the dreaded ghost-eye tree. However, on the walk home, the children, loaded down with a full bucket of milk, are certain they see the ghost eye. Then, to complicate matters, the children discover that the brother has dropped his much-loved hat by the ghost-eye tree. This story is full of drama, tense moments, and changing emotions. Practice reading it aloud. Because there is so much dialogue between the siblings, you may want to try out different voices for the brother and sister. Vary the pace of your reading. As the children approach the tree, try reading faster. When they see the ghost eye, pick up your pace even more. There are ample opportunities to vary your expression. How might the children sound as they exchange goodnatured jibes with one another? How do they feel when they spot the ghost eye? What emotions does the brother experience when his sister announces that she will retrieve his hat? Now try reading the story to a group of children.

Setting Up a Student Book Referral Service. You can set up a student book referral service by inviting students to record the books they have read and their responses to those books in a database maintained on the classroom computer. The entry for each book should include title, author/illustrator, genre, summary, response to book. A computerized database will give students great flexibility in selecting books. If they want to find a good fantasy to read, they simply call up the category “Fantasy.” If they want recommendations for books by a particular author, the computer will sort books by authors’ names.

Stocking the Classroom Library. Although you will probably want a set of core books to remain in your library center all year, you will want to rotate additional books through regularly (probably every month or so). When you rotate new books into the library center, don’t just place them there without fanfare. Introduce the books one by one, helping students make connections between the new books and ones with which they are already familiar: “Here’s Sid Hite’s latest book; I thought you might enjoy it since we read It’s Nothing to a Mountain (1994)” or “We’ve been reading and writing a lot of trickster tales. So I’ve brought in Tops and Bottoms (1995) by Janet Stevens. You’ll love the way you read the book from top to bottom—just like the title says.”

EXPERIENCES FOR YOUR LEARNING 1. Develop an improvisational drama based on The Giver (1993). Often, the ending of a book sug¬ gests a situation for improvising. Present the improvisational situation you create for The Giver to a group of peers and ask them to join you in the improvisation. 2. Visit a classroom library center. Which of the design features identified by Morrow (on page

414) were evident in the center? Given what you saw, how would you rate the library center— basic, good, or excellent? Why? 3. Interview at least five of your peers to determine how they feel about storytelling. Discuss some of the storytelling activities described in this chapter. Afterwards, talk to the same five people to see if their attitudes toward storytelling have changed.

CHAPTER 12: Inviting Children into Literature

441

RECOMMENDED BOOKS * indicates a picture book; I indicates interest level (P = preschool, YA = young adult)

Read-Alouds and the Classroom Library Collection Aardema, Verna. Why Mosquitoes Buzz in People’s Ears. Illustrated by Leo and Diane Dillon. New York: Dial, 1975. In this African pourquoi tale, an unexpected chain of events explains why mosquitoes buzz in people’s ears. (I: P-8) Ackerman, Karen. The Tin Heart. Illustrated by Michael Hays. New York: Atheneum, 1990. Best friends Mahaley and Flora live on opposite sides of the Ohio River, and when the Civil War breaks out, the ferry stops running. (I: 8-12) Aliki. Wild and Woolly Mammoths. New York: HarperCollins, 1977. This is a fascinating account of the woolly mammoth and its relationship to cave dwellers. (I: 6-10) Allard, Harry. Miss Nelson Is Missing! Illustrated by James Marshall. Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1977. When Viola Swamp becomes the sub in Room 207, the children are desperate to find their missing teacher. (I: P-8) -. The Stupids Step Out. Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1974. An outrageous family is involved in hilarious antics. (I: P-8) Ancona, George. Fiesta U.S.A. New York: Dutton, 1995. Through text and photographs, Ancona intro¬ duces readers to some of the many fiestas celebrated by Spanish-speaking people in the United States.

(I: 6-10) Barrett, Judi. Cloudy with a Chance of Meatballs. Illustrated by Ron Barrett. New York: Atheneum, 1978. Storms of food fall from the sky in the town of Chew-and-Swallow. (I: P-8) Bash, Barbara. Tree of Life: The World of the African Baobab. San Francisco: Sierra Club, 1989. With lyrical language, the author documents the rich ecosystem of the African baobab tree. (I: 6-10) -. Urban Roosts. San Francisco: Sierra Club, 1990. The author explores how birds that live in the city have adapted their nest building habits to their urban environment. (I: 6-11) Blume, Judy. Tales of a Fourth Grade Nothing. New York: Dutton, 1972. Peter’s little brother causes endless (and funny) complications in his life.

(I: 6-10) Bond, Michael A Bear Called Paddington. Illustrated by Peggy Fortnum. Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1958. Paddington Bear becomes a member of the Brown family. (I: P-7) 442

PARTTHREE: Creating the Literature-Based Classroom

Byars, Betsy. The Seven Treasure Hunts. Illustrated by Jennifer Barrett. New York: HarperCollins, 1991. Two friends design treasure hunts that do not go quite as planned. (I: 6-10) Cameron, Ann. The Stories Julian Tells. Illustrated by Ann Strugness. New York: Knopf, 1981. Julian relates humorous stories about everyday experi¬ ences. (I: 5-8) Cleary, Beverly. Ramona the Pest. New York: Morrow, 1968. Ramona makes mischief when she enters kin¬ dergarten. (I: 6-10) Collier, James Lincoln, and Christopher Collier. My Brother Sam Is Dead. New York: Scholastic, 1974. A family is torn apart as father and son take differ¬ ent sides in the American Revolution. (I: 9-12) * Cooney, Barbara. Miss Rumphius. New York: Puffin, 1982. Miss Rumphius finds ways of achieving her three life-long goals. (I: 6-10) Coville, Bruce. Jeremy Thatcher, Dragon Hatcher. Illustrated by Gary A. Lippincott. San Diego, CA: Harcourt, 1991. Being selected as a dragon hatcher opens up a world of adventure for Jeremy Thatcher.

(I: 8-11) Dahl, Roald. James and the Giant Peach. Illustrated by Nancy Ekholm Burkert. New York: Knopf, 1961. A boy leaves his misery behind when a giant peach, inhabited by magical characters, grows in his back¬ yard. (I: 6-10) * Delacre, Lulu. Vejigante/Masquerader. New York: Scholastic, 1993. A Puerto Rican boy dreams of joining in the play of the masqueraders. (I: 5-9) * de Paola, Tomie. Strega Nona. New York: PrenticeHall, 1975. Big Anthony and the townspeople face disaster when Big Anthony can’t make the magic pasta pot stop cooking. (I: P-8) * Ehlert, Lois. Moon Rope/Un lazo a la luna. San Diego, CA: Harcourt, 1992. In this pourquoi tale, fox con¬ vinces mole to climb to the moon on a rope woven of grass. (I: P-8) Fleischman, Sid. The Whipping Boy. New York: Greenwillow, 1986. A whipping boy changes places with a prince. (I: 9-12) * Fleming, Denise. In the Tall, Tall Grass. New York: Holt, 1991. A caterpillar munches its way through the tall, tall grass in the midst of lively activities. (I: P-7) * Gackenbach, Dick. Harry and the Terrible Whatzit. New York: Clarion, 1977. To save his mother, Harry must face the terrible Whatzit that lives in the cellar. (I: P-7)

-. Mighty Tree. San Diego, CA: Harcourt, 1992.

Three seeds grow into trees. One provides pleasure; another provides products, and the third offers shel¬ ter. (I: 4-8) George, Jean Craighead. My Side of the Mountain. New York: Dutton, 1959. A boy survives alone in the wilds of upper New York State. (I: 10-YA)

Claudia and her younger brother run away to live in the Metropolitan Museum of Art. (I: 9-12) * Krull, Kathleen. Wilma Unlimited. Illustrated by David Diaz. San Diego, CA: Harcourt, 1996. This is the story of how Wilma Rudolph became the world’s fastest woman runner. (I: 7-11)

Grindley, Sally. Shhh! Illustrated by Peter Utton. New York: Little, Brown. 1991. The reader is invited to join in a trek through the giant’s castle, and must try all the while to avoid waking the giant. (I: P-8)

Lindgren, Astrid. Pippi Longstocking. Trans, by Flo¬ rence Lamborn. Illustrated by Louis S. Glanzman. New York: Viking, 1950. Living all alone, Pippi— the strongest girl in the world—is free to engage in hilarious antics. (I: 5-9)

Hite, Sid. It’s Nothing to a Mountain. New York: Holt, 1994. A brother and sister find adventure and friendship in the Blue Ridge Mountains of Virginia. (I: 10-12)

Lowry, Lois. The Giver. Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1993. Living in a controlled society, a boy is given access to the dark secrets that lie beneath the order. (I: 11-YA)

Hoffman, Mary. Amazing Grace. Illustrated by Caro¬ line Binch. New York: Dial, 1991. A little girl’s grandmother helps her realize that she can achieve anything she sets her mind to. (I: 6-10)

MacLachlan, Patricia. Sarah, Plain and Tall. New York: Harper, 1985. In this stroy set in pioneer times, two children long for someone to fill the empty place left by the death of their own mother. (I: 8-12)

Howard, Elizabeth Fitzgerald. Aunt Flossie’s Hats (and Crab Cakes Later). Illustrated by James Ransome. New York: Clarion, 1991. Stories that accompany the old hats in Aunt Flossie’s collection make Sunday visits memorable. (I: P-8) Howe, Deborah, and James Howe. Bunnicula: A Rab¬ bit Tale of Mystery. Illustrated by Alan Daniel. New York: Atheneum, 1979. The family pets are certain the new bunny is a vampire rabbit. (I: 6-10) Hutchins, Pat. Rosie’s Walk. New York: Macmillan, 1968. Rosie the hen takes a stroll around the barn¬ yard, oblivious to the danger that is stalking her. (I: P-7) Johnson, Angela. Tell Me a Story, Mama. Illustrated by David Soman. New York: Orchard, 1989. A little girl ends up being the storyteller when she asks her mother for a story. (I: P-8) Keiko, Kasza. The Wolf’s Chicken Stew. New York: Putnam, 1987. A chicken outsmarts the wolf who wants her for his dinner. (I: P-8) Kellogg, Steven. The Mysterious Tadpole. New York: Dial, 1972. A boy must find a home for his pet tad¬ pole, which grows to an outrageous size. (I: P-8) Kimmel, Eric A. Anansi Goes Fishing. Illustrated by Janet Stevens. New York: Holiday, 1992. The tables are turned when Anansi sets out to trick his friend into doing all the work. (I: P-8) Kitchen, Bert. And So They Build. Cambrige, MA: Candlewick, 1993. Using a distinctive format, the author provides information about the nesting habits of a variety of animals. (I: 6-10) Konigsburg, E. L. From the Mixed-up Files of Mrs. Basil E. Frankweiler. New York: Dell, 1987.

* Martin, Bill, Jr., and John Archambault. Barn Dance. Illustrated by Ted Rand. New York: Holt, 1986. A boy joins in the animals’ square dance. (I: P-8) * -. The Ghost-Eye Tree. Illustrated by Ted Rand. New York: Holt, 1985. This story about a brother and sister’s scary experience with a haunted tree can easily be adapted for readers theater. (I: P-9) * Mayer, Mercer. Liza Lou and the Teller Belly Swamp. New York: Macmillan, 1976. Liza Lou proves to be too clever for the witches, haunts, and gobblygooks of the Yeller Belly Swamp. (I: P-8) * McCloskey, Robert. Make Way for Ducklings. New York: Viking, 1941. Mrs. Mallard seeks the perfect home for her ducklings. (I: P-7) * McDermott, Gerald. Anansi the Spider. New York: Holt, 1972. Anansi’s sons use their special abilities to rescue their father. (I: P-8) * McKissack, Patricia. Flossie and the Fox. Illustrated by Rachel Isadora. New York: Dial, 1986. Flossie turns the tables on Mr. Fox when he tries to get her basket of eggs. (I: 5-10) * -. A Million Fish . . . More or Less. Illustrated by Dena Schutzer. New York: Knopf, 1992. Visits to the bayou inspire unforgettable yarns. (I: 6-10) McKissack, Patricia C., and Fredrick L. McKissack. Christmas in the Big House, Christmas in the Quarters. Illustrated by John Thompson. New York: Scholastic, 1994. A comparison of Christmas in the big house and in the slave quarters the year before the Civil War breaks out. (I: 9-12) * McNaughton, Colin. Suddenly. San Digeo: Harcourt, 1994. Oblivious to the danger that looms over him, CHAPTER 12: Inviting Children into Literature

443

a little pig saunters through town on his round of errands. (I: P-7) Merrill, Jean. The Girl Who Loved Caterpillars. Illus¬ trated by Floyd Cooper. New York: Philomel, 1992. A young woman in twelfth-century Japan follows her heart rather than the dictates of her culture.

(I: 8-12) Milne, A. A. Winnie-the-Pooh. Illustrated by Ernest H. Shepard. New York: Dutton, 1924. Winnie-thePooh has marvelous adventures in the Flundred Acre Wood with his host of friends—all stuffed ani¬ mals like him. (I: P-8) Mitchell, Margaree King. Uncle Jed’s Barbershop. Illustrated by James Ransome. New York: Simon & Schuster, 1993. Uncle Jed refuses to let racial preju¬ dice and economic setbacks keep him from realizing his dream. (I: 10-YA) Mora, Pat. A Birthday Basket for Tia. Illustrated by Cecily Lang. New York: Macmillan, 1992. A little girl puts together the perfect birthday basket for her great-aunt. (I: P-7) Mosel, Arlene. Tikki Tikki Tembo. Illustrated by Blair Lent. New York: Scholastic, 1968. This Chinese folktale explains why Chinese children are now given short names. (I: P-8) Naylor, Phyllis Reynolds. The Grand Escape. Illustra¬ ted by Alan Daniel. New York: Atheneum, 1993. Two house cats make a grand escape to the outside world where challenges and opportunities abound.

(I: 6-10) -. Shiloh. New York: Atheneum, 1991. A boy determines to save the dog Shiloh from his abusive owner. (I: 8 and up) Paterson, Katherine. Bridge to Terabithia. New York: Crowell, 1977. Jesse’s friendship with a new girl in his rural neighborhood extends the boundaries of his life. (I: 10-12) Paulsen, Gary. Hatchet. New York: Bradbury, 1987. The survivor of a plane crash, a boy struggles to sur¬ vive in the wilderness. (I: 10-YA) Polacco, Patricia. The Bee Tree. New York: Philomel, 1993. A little girl and her grandfather are joined by friends in a merry chase through the countryside in search of a bee tree. (I: 5-10) -. Chicken Sunday. New York: Philomel, 1992. A group of friends extend a hand of friendship across cultural boundaries. (I: 6-10) -. Pink and Say. New York: Philomel, 1994. During the Civil War, an African American Union soldier befriends a white Union soldier. (I: 8-YA) Robinson, Barbara. The Best Christmas Pageant Ever. New York: Harper, 1972. Everyone anticipates dis¬

444

PARTTHREE: Creating the Literature-Based Classroom

aster when the Herdmans participate in the church’s Christmas pageant, but much to everyone’s surprise, it’s the best Christmas pageant ever. (I: 6-10) Rosen, Michael J. Elijah’s Angel. Illustrated by Aminah Brenda Lynn Robinson. San Diego, CA: Harcourt, 1992. A boy’s parents help him reach across cultural boundaries. (I: 8-YA) * -. A School for Pompey Walker. Illustrated by Aminah Brenda Lynn Robinson. San Diego, CA: Harcourt, 1995. Bought out of slavery, Pompey Walker willingly faces personal dangers in order to achieve his goal of founding a school for black chil¬ dren. (I: 8-12) Rylant, Cynthia. Gooseberry Park. Illustrated by Ar¬ thur Howard. San Diego, CA: Harcourt, 1995. When disaster strikes Gooseberry Park, Kona, a Labrador retriever, proves himself a hero and true friend of Stumpy the squirrel. (I: 5-9) -. The Van Gogh Cafe. San Diego, CA: Harcourt, 1995. The magic in the walls of the Van Gogh Cafe spills out into the lives of its patrons. (I: 8-12) * -. When I Was Young in the Mountains. Illus¬ trated by Diane Goode. New York: Dutton, 1982. In lyrical language, a girl tells of her life in the mountains. (I: 5-10) Sacks, Margaret. Themba. Illustrated by Wil Clay. New York: Dutton, 1985. A South African boy waits for his father to return from the mines. (I: 7-10) * San Souci, Robert D. The Talking Eggs. Illustrated by Jerry Pinkney. New York: Dial, 1989. An African American variant of Cinderella. (I: 5-10) * Say, Allan. Tree of Cranes. Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1991. A Japanese boy is introduced to Christmas by his mother. (I: P-8) * Scieszka, Jon. The Stinky Cheese Man and Other Fairly Stupid Tales. Illustrated by Lane Smith. New York: Viking, 1992. A collection of wacky folktale spin¬ offs. (I: 5-10) Selden, George. The Cricket in Times Square. Illus¬ trated by Garth Williams. New York: Dell, 1960. Chester the cricket must make a life for himself in the alien world of the Times Square subway station.

(I: 6-10) * Sendak, Maurice. Chicken Soup with Rice. New York: Harper, 1962. This is a celebration of the virtues of chicken soup. (I: 4-7) * -. Where the Wild Things Are. New York: Har¬ per, 1964. Sent to his room, Max travels to where the Wild Things are and becomes king of all Wild Things. (I: P-8) Shelton, Rick. Eloggle’s Christmas. Illustrated by Donald Gates. New York: Dutton, 1993. When

Isabel and Richard’s friend moves away, he doesn’t forget them. (I: 6-10) Soto, Gary. Baseball in April. San Diego, CA: Harcourt, 1990. A collection of short stories about everyday experiences of young Mexican Americans. (I: 11-YA) -. Chato’s Kitchen. Illustrated by Susan Guevara. New York: Knopf, 1995. Chato, the coolest cat in East L.A., can’t believe his luck when a family of mice moves in next door. (I: P-8) -. Too Many Tamales. Illustrated by Ed Mar¬ tinez. New York: Putnam, 1993. A little girl fears she has lost her mother’s diamond ring in the tamale masa. (I: P-8) Steig, William. Doctor De Soto. New York: Farrar, 1982. When a mouse dentist and his wife agree to treat a fox’s toothache, only their cleverness saves them from becoming the fox’s dinner. (I: P-9) Stevens, Janet. How the Manx Cat Lost Its Tail. San Diego, CA: Harcourt, 1990. The Manx cat almost misses the last call to board Noah’s ark. (I: P-8)

* Willard, Nancy. The High Rise Glorious Skittle Skat Roarious Sky Pie Angel Food Cake. Illustrated by Richard Jesse Watson. San Diego, CA: Harcourt, 1990. A girl gets angelic help in making her mother a heavenly birthday cake. (I: 8-12) * Williams, Shirley Anne. Working Cotton. Illustrated by C. Byard. San Diego, CA: Harcourt, 1992. Readers experience a day in the cotton fields with a migrant family. (I: 6-10) * Wood, A. J. Egg! New York: Little, Brown, 1993. Information about the eggs of different animals is presented in riddles. (I: 5-10) * Wood, Audrey. King Bidgood’s in the Bathtub. Illustra¬ ted by Don Wood. San Diego, CA: Harcourt, 1985. Throughout the day and into the night, King Bidgood entertains himself in his tub, much to the dis¬ tress of the court. (I: P-8) * -. The Napping House. Illustrated by Don Wood. San Diego, CA: Harcourt, 1984. Animals and hu¬ mans snooze away a rainy day—until a flea wakes up. (I: P-8)

-. Tops and Bottoms. San Diego, CA: Harcourt, 1995. Hare tricks lazy Bear by wheeling and dealing in the tops and bottoms of vegetables. (I: P-8)

* -. Weird Parents. New York: Dial, 1990. A boy describes his weird parents. (I: 8-12)

Van Allsburg, Chris. Two Bad Ants. Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1988. A visit to a kitchen spells near disas¬

Yarbrough, Camille. The Shimmershine Queens. New York: Putnam, 1989. Angie loves to dream about her future, but her dreams begin to fade in the face of peer pressure. (I: 10-YA)

ter for two bad ants. (I: P-9) -. The Widow’s Broom. Boston: Houghton Miff¬ lin, 1992. A broom with special powers brings out the prejudices of the widow’s neighbors. (I: 8-12) Viorst, Judith. Alexander and the Terrible, Horrible, No Good, Very Bad Day. Illustrated by Ray Cruz. New York: Atheneum, 1972. Alexander tells about all the things that have gone wrong in a single day. (I: P-8) Wahl, Jan. Tailypo! Illustrated by Wil Clay. New York: Holt, 1991. A man cuts off the tail of a night visitor and it comes back to haunt him. (I: P-8) Wallace, Karen. Think of a Beaver. Cambridge, MA: Candlewick, 1993. Using lyrical language, the au¬ thor gives a firsthand account of a beaver’s life. Addi¬ tional facts are interwoven in the form of handlettered notes. (I: 6-10) Westray, Kathleen. Picture Puzzler. New York: Ticknor & Fields, 1994. A collection of optical illusions accompanied by explanations. (I: 8 and up) White, E. B. Charlotte’s Web. Illustrated by Garth Williams. New York: Harper, 1952. Charlotte the spider proves herself the truest of friends by saving the life of W'ilbur the pig. (I: 5-10) Wild, Margaret. Our Granny. Illustrated by Julie Vivas. New York: Ticknor &C Fields, 1994. A cele¬ bration of all kinds of grannies. (I: P-8)

* Yolen, Jane. Owl Moon. Illustrated by John Schoenherr. New York: Philomel, 1987. A parent and child share a special time when they go out in search of an owl on a winter’s night. (I: P-8) * Young, Ed. Lon Po Po. New York: Philomel, 1989. Sisters outwit the evil wolf in this Chinese variant of “Little Red Riding Hood.” (I: 5-9)

Storytelling Afanas’ev, Aleksandr. Russian Fairy Tales. New York: Pantheon, 1973. A collection of fine tales, most without illustrations. (I: 7-14) Briggs, Katherine. British Folktales. New York: Pan¬ theon, 1977. Some familiar tales presented in the form in which they were traditionally told. The book also includes new tales. (I: YA) Bruchac, Joseph. Iroquois Tales. Freedom, CA: Crossing Press, 1988. A collection of tales told by Native Am¬ ericans in what is now New York State. (I: 8-11) Courlander, Harold. The Tiger’s Whisker, and Other Tales from Asia and the Pacific. New York: Holt, 1987. Short, pristine tales, written to be read aloud. (I: 8-11) Erdoes, Richard, and Alfonso Ortiz. American Indian Myths and Legends. New York: Pantheon, 1984. A

CHAPTER 12: Inviting Children into Literature

445

collection of Native American tales and lore, written for adults but good for read-alouds. (I: 10-YA) Forest, Heather. Wonder Tales from Around the World. Little Rock, AR: August House, 1995. An interna¬ tional collection of fairy tales of enchantment.

(I: 8-11) Hamilton, Virginia. In the Beginning: Creation Stories from Around the World. New York: Harcourt, 1988. With beautiful illustrations, this collection places the Biblical story of Adam and Eve and the Greek myth of Pandora alongside creation myths from peoples around the world. (I: 8-YA) -. Her Stories: African American Folktales, Fairy Tales, and True Tales. New York: Scholastic, 1995. With illustrations by Leo and Diane Dillon, these stories celebrate African American women. (I: 9-YA) -. The People Could Fly: American Black Folk¬ tales. New York: Knopf, 1985. With illustrations by Leo and Diane Dillon, this collection has favorites such as “Brer Rabbit and the Tar Baby” and “Wiley and the Hairy Man.” (I: 9-YA) Haskins, James. The Headless Haunt, and Other Afri¬ can American Ghost Stories. New York: HarperCollins, 1994. With lively black-and-white illustra¬ tions, this collection was compiled for middle ele¬ mentary grades and up. (I: 8-13) Hearne, Betsy. Beauties and Beasts. Phoenix, AZ: Oryx, 1993. A fascinating collection of stories from around the world based on the beauty and the beast motif. (I: 9-YA) MacDonald, Margaret Read. Twenty Tellable Tales: Audience Participation Folktales for the Beginning Story-Teller. Bronx, NY: H.W. Wilson, 1986. These tales have been honed by repeated telling to library groups. (I: 9-YA) Mayo, Margaret. Magical Tales from Many Lands. New York: Dutton, 1993. The tales were collected for adult tellers but are quite suitable for children. (I: 9-YA) Mourning Dove. Coyote Stories. Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press, 1990. Stories of the trickster, Coyote, collected in the 1930s by an Okanogan teller. (I: 9-YA)

rights activists, scientists, women factory workers bring the social studies curriculum to life. (I: 9-YA) Perdue, Charles, ed. Outwitting the Devil: jack Tales from Wise County, Virginia. Santa Fe, NM: Ancient City Press, 1987. Jack is a trickster in these tales from the Appalachian Mountains, and the devil is his favorite adversary. (I: 9-YA) Phelps, Ethel Johnston. Tatterhood and Other Tales. New York: Feminist Press, 1978. Tales from around the world with strong female protagonists. (I: 9-YA) Reneaux, J. J. Cajun Folktales. Little Rock, AR: August House, 1992. Animal tales, fairytales, funny folk¬ tales, and ghost stories from the Cajun people of the Louisiana bayou country. (I: 9-YA) Schwartz, Alvin. Scary Stories to Tell in the Dark. New York: HarperCollins, 1985. Stories for middle ele.mentary grade students and up, collected by a seri¬ ous folklore collector. (I: 8-13) Shannon, George. A Knock at the Door: An Interna¬ tional Collection. Phoenix, AZ: Oryx, 1992. An in¬ ternational collection of intruder tales, like “The Three Little Pigs” and “Lon Po Po.” (I: 9-YA) Sierra, Judith. Cinderella: An International Collection. Phoenix, AZ: Oryx, 1992. Two dozen of the 650 variants of the Cinderella tale. (I: 9-YA) -. Hansel and Gretel: An International Collec¬ tion. Phoenix, AZ: Oryx, 1994. Stories from around the world about children who are forced out on their own. (I: 9-YA) Stoutenburg, Adrien. American Tall Tales. New York: Viking, 1966. A paperback reprint of an older col¬ lection; includes “Stormalong,” “Pecos Bill,” “John¬ ny Appleseed,” and others. (I: 8-13) Van Etten, Teresa Pijoan de. Spanish American Folk¬ tales. Little Rock, AR: August House, 1990. Twentyeight tales collected by the author, mostly in New Mexico. (I: 9-YA)

Dramatic Activities * Ambrus, Victor G. The Seven Skinny Goats. San Diego: Harcourt, 1969. Creatures can’t resist danc¬ ing when a boy plays his flute. Good for story the¬ ater. (I: P-8)

National Association for the Preservation and Perpe¬ tuation of Storytelling. More Best-Loved Stories Told at the National Storytelling Festival. Little Rock, AR: August House, 1992. A collection of Na¬ tive American and African American tales in the voices of their tellers. (I: 9-YA)

* Brown, Marc. Arthur’s Pet Business. New York: Little, Brown, 1990. Arthur is in for surprises when he sets up a pet business. This and the many other books about Arthur are easily adapted for readers theater. (I: 6-9)

National Storytelling Association. True Tales from America’s Past. Little Rock, AR: National Story¬ telling Press, 1995. These tales of pioneers, civil

* Cuyler, Margery. That’s Good! That’s Bad! Illustrated by David Catrow. New York: Holt, 1991. A little boy has some hair-raising adventures on his trip to

446

PART THREE: Creating the Literature-Based Classroom

the zoo. Can be used, as written, as a two-part read¬ ers theater script. (I: 5-9) Duvoisin, Roger. Petunia. New York: Knopf, 1950. The barnyard will never again be the same once the silly goose Petunia finds a book and acquires “wis¬ dom.” Excellent for creative dramatics. (I: P-8) Fox, Mem. Hattie and the Fox. Illustrated by Patricia Mullins. New York: Bradbury, 1987. Hattie spots danger on the farm. Can be easily adapted for read¬ ers theater or creative dramatics. (I: P-8) Gray, Libba Moore. Small Green Snake. Illustrated by Holly Meade. New York: Orchard, 1994. A small green snake has too adventurous a spirit to heed his mother’s warnings. (I: P-7) Jorgensen, Gail. Crocodile Beat. Illustrated by Patricia Mullins. New York: Macmillan, 1988. The animals’ celebration is interrupted when crocodile arrives for dinner. Good for story theater. (I: P-7) Kroll, Virginia. The Seasons and Someone. Illustrated by Tatsuro Kiuchi. San Diego, CA: Harcourt, 1994. Through a series of questions and answers, the reader discovers how the seasons change for an Inuit child. Can be used, as written, as a two-part readers theater script. (I: 6-10) Lionni, Leo. Frederick. New York: Pantheon, 1967 A mouse family discovers how a poet can contribute to their community. Offers interesting opportunities for improvisational drama. (I: 6-10) Martin, Bill, Jr., Brown Bear, Brown Bear, What Do You See? Illustrated by Eric Carle. New York: Holt, 1967. A series of rhythmical questions and answers reveal what all sorts of animals see. Can be used, as written, for readers theater. (I: P-8) -. White Dynamite and Curly Kidd. Illustrated by Ted Rand. New York: Holt, 1986. A dialogue between child and father about an upcoming rodeo event. Can be used, as written, for readers theater.

(I: 6-10) Mazer, Anne. The Salamander Room. Illustrated by Steve Johnson. New York: Knopf, 1991. A mother and child discuss the feasibility of bringing a sala¬ mander indoors to live. Can be used, as is, as a twopart readers theater script. (I: 5-8)

* Noble, Trinka Hakes. The Day jimmy’s Boa Ate the Wash. Illustrated by Steven Kellogg. New York: Dial, 1980. A child recounts her class’s out-of-con¬ trol field trip to a farm. Can be used, as written, as a two-part readers theater script. (I: 5-8) * Novak, Matt. Mouse TV. New York: Orchard, 1994. When their TV set breaks down, a mouse family dis¬ covers new ways to pass the evening. Offers oppor¬ tunities for creative dramatics and improvisational drama. (I: P-8) * Raschka, Chris. Yo! Yes? New York: Scholastic, 1993. A simple dialogue between two boys is the begin¬ ning of a friendship. Can be used, as written, as a two-part readers theater script. (I: P-8) * Rosen, Michael. We’re Going on a Bear Hunt. Illus¬ trated by Helen Oxenbury. New York: Macmillan, 1989 A surprise awaits a family that goes on a bear hunt. Perfect for use in story theater. (I: P-8) * Schotter, Richard, and Roni Schotter. There’s a Dragon About: A Winter’s Revel. Illustrated by R. W. Alley. New York: Orchard, 1994. A group of children set out to perform a play about a fierce dragon, brave damsels and lads, and a gallant knight. Written in script form. (I: 6-10) * Scieszka, Jon. The True Story of the 3 Little Pigs! Illustrated by Lane Smith. New York: Viking, 1989. The wolf tells his side of the story in this spin-off of “The Three Little Pigs.” Students will enjoy con¬ ducting an improvised trial of the wolf. (I: all ages) * Slobodkina, Esphyr. Caps for Sale. New York: W.R. Scott, 1940. A peddler loses his caps to a group of monkeys. Good for story theater or creative dramat¬ ics. (I: P-7) Taylor, Mildred. Roll of Thunder, Hear My Cry. New York: Dial, 1976. In the face of racism, an African American family struggles to save the family farm. (I: 10-YA) * Temple, Frances. Tiger Soup. New York: Orchard, 1994. This Jamaican Anansi tale explains why mon¬ keys live high up in trees. A scripted version of the tale appears on the inside of the dust jacket. (I: P-8) Voight, Cynthia. Homecoming. New York: Atheneum, 1981. When their mother disappears, Dicey and her siblings seek a place to call their home. (I: 10-YA)

RESOURCES Hamilton, Martha, and Mitch Weiss. Children Tell Stories: A Teaching Guide. Katonah, NY: Richard C. Owen, 1990. Jensen, Julie M., and Nancy L. Roser, eds. Adventuring with Books: A Booklist for Pre-K-Grade 6. 10th ed.

Urbana, IL: National Council of Teachers of Eng¬ lish, 1993. Lipson, Eden Ross. The New York Times Parent’s Guide to the Best Books for Children. New York: Random House, 1991.

CHAPTER 12: Inviting Children into Literature

447

Martinez, Miriam, and William H. Teale. “Reading in a Kindergarten Library Center.” The Reading Teacher 41 (1988): 568-72. Morgan, Norah, and Juliana Saxton. Teaching Drama: A Mind of Many Wonders. Portsmouth, NH: Lleinemann, 1987.

Prelutsky, Jack, ed. The Random House Book of Poetry. New York: Random House, 1983. Sawyer, Ruth. The Way of the Storyteller. New York: Viking, 1942. Trelease, Jim. The Read-Aloud Handbook. 4th ed. New York: Penguin, 1995.

REFERENCES Anderson, Richard C., Elfrieda H. Hiebert, Judith A. Scott, and Ian A. G. Wilkinson. Becoming a Nation of Readers: The Report of the Commission on Reading. Washington, DC: National Institute of Education, 1984. Banks, Lynne Reid, The Indian in the Cupboard. Illus¬ trated by Brock Cole. New York: Doubleday, 1981. Bauer, Carolyn J., and LaVonne H. Sanborn. “The Best of Both Worlds: Children’s Books Acclaimed by Adults and Young Readers.” Top of the World 38 (Fall 1981): 53-56. Bissett, D. “The Amount and Effect of Recreational Read¬ ing in Selected Fifth Grade Classes.” Diss. Syracuse University, 1969. Blood, Peter, and Annie Paterson. Rise Up Singing. Beth¬ lehem, PA: Sing Out! Publications, 1992. Booth, David. “Imaginary Gardens with Real Toads: Reading and Drama in Education.” Theory into Prac¬ tice 24 (1985): 193-98. Cole, J. Y., and C. S. Gold, eds. Reading in America 1978: Selected Findings of the Book Industry Study Group’s 1978 Study of American Book-Reading and BookBuying Habits and Discussion of Those Findings at the Library of Congress on October 25 and 26, 1978. Washington, DC: Library of Congress, 1979. de Brunvard, Jan. The Vanishing Hitchhiker and Other Urban Legends. New York: Norton, 1981. Edmiston, Brian. “Going Up the Beanstalk: Discovering Giant Possibilities for Responding to Literature through Drama.” Journeying: Children Responding to Literature. Eds. Kathleen E. Holland, Rachael A. Hungerford, and Shirley B. Ernst. Portsmouth, NH: Heinemann, 1993. 250-66. Fielding, Linda G., Paul T. Wilson, and Richard C. Anderson. “A New Focus on Free Reading: The Role of Trade Books in Reading Instruction.” Contexts of Literacy. Eds. Taffy Raphael and Ralph Reynolds. New York: Longman, 1986. Fractor, Jann Sorrell, Marjorie Ciruti Woodruff, Miriam G. Martinez, and William H. Teale. “Let’s Not Miss

448

PART THREE: Creating the Literature-Based Classroom

Opportunities to Promote Voluntary Reading: Class¬ room Libraries in the Elementary School.” The Read¬ ing Teacher 46 (1993): 4^6-84. Gonzalez, Veronica, Linda D. Fry, Sylvia Lopez, Julie V. Jordan, Cynthia L. Sloan, and Diane McAdams. “Our Journey toward Better Conversations about Books.” Book Talk and Beyond: Children and Teachers Re¬ spond to Literature. Eds. Nancy L. Roser and Miriam G. Martinez. Newark, DE: International Reading Asso¬ ciation, 1995.168-78. Hickman, Janet. “A New Perspective on Response to Literature: Research in an Elementary School Setting.” Research in the Teaching of English 15 (1981): 34354. Hoffman, James V., Nancy L. Roser, and Jennifer Battle. “Reading Aloud in Classrooms: From the Modal toward a ‘Model.’” The Reading Teacher 46 (1993): 496-503. Kennedy, Brendan. The Penguin Book of Irish Verse. 2nd ed. New York: Penguin, 1981. Krull, Kathleen. Gonna Sing My Head Off! Illustrated by Allen Cams. New York: Knopf, 1992. MacDonald, Margaret Read. The Story-Teller’s Start-Up Book. Little Rock, AR: August House, 1993. Milne, A. A. “Happiness.” When We Were Very Young. New York: Dutton, 1924. Morrow, Lesley Mandel. “Relationships between Litera¬ ture Program, Library Corner Designs, and Children’s Use of Literature.” Journal of Educational Research 75 (1982): 339-44. Munro, Harold. “Overheard in a Saltmarsh.” Collected Poems. London: Duckworth, 1953. Paley, Vivian. Wally’s Stories: Conversations in the Kin¬ dergarten. Cambridge, MA: Elarvard University Press, 1981. Siks, Geraldine Brain. Creative Dramatics: An Art for Children. New York: Harper & Row, 1958. Wolf, Alan. It’s Show Time! Poetry from Page to Stage. Asheville, NC: Poetry Alive!, 1993.

8i/w>owrflguA/0 R^SpDIA/Se to Literature L-lterarLj E>Iscu.ssu>ia,

What Is a Bookclub? An Interpretive Community An Opportunity for "Grand Conversations" Organizing Bookclubs Selecting Books for Use in Book Clubs Ask the Author: Eve Bunting Forming the Discussion Groups Length and Frequency of Book Club Sessions The Roles of the Teacher in Literary Discussions Modeling Response-Based Discussion Helping Children Learn New Roles during Book Clubs Moving Conversation Forward Supporting Literary Learning Issue to Consider: Is It Necessary to Attend to Comprehension before Moving On to Critical Discussions of a Story? Response Strategies Invite Students to Share and Reflect Have Children Use Journals for Recording Thoughts Ask Open-Ended Discussion Questions Pose Literary Questions for Discussion Prepare Language Charts Develop Story Webs 449

Our two families, the Logans and the Simmses, had never much got¬ ten along. What with the Simmses living less than a mile or so from us on that forty-acre spot of land they tenant-farmed, and we sitting on our own two hundred acres, there was always likely to be trouble, and there was. Now this was back before my papa went and bought that second two hundred acres; but still that two hundred acres we had then, that was a lot, and the Simmses didn’t like it—that we had when they didn’t. They didn’t like it one bit. That was part of the trouble between us. Other part of the trouble was that we were col¬ ored and they were white. Fact of the matter was we ain’t never had much use for the Simmses, and they ain’t never had much use for us either; but seeing that we couldn’t hardly afford trouble with them, Papa said best thing to do was try and stay out of their way much as we could. He said it was better to mind our business, let them mind theirs, and just walk away if they tried to start something. I heeded his words. My brother Hammer didn’t. from The Well (1995) by Mildred D. Taylor

WHAT IS A BOOK CLUB?

the Well

The Well (1995) is written in a forthright matter and deals with substantive issues that are not easy for readers of any age to forget once they’ve read about

BY THE AUTHOR OF

Roll of Thunder, Hear My Cry

1LD R E D • D - TAYLOR I

them. Fortunately, more and more classroom teachers are recognizing the impor¬ tance of creating opportunities for children to come together to grapple with the issues they encounter in books like The Well. Book clubs are one vehicle for organizing literature discussion in classrooms. In fact, educational circles are abuzz with talk about book clubs and creating “interpretive communities” in ele¬ mentary classrooms. Such talk may be startling to some. It might seem more likely that adults would belong to book clubs and literature majors and scholars would belong to “interpretive communities”—but such is not the case. Many children belong to book clubs or have been part of interpretive communities, for an interpretive community is simply a group of people (perhaps only two) who get together to talk about a book. Strategies for engaging students in book clubs are highlighted in this chap¬ ter. Some of the examples focus on Shiloh (1991) and Maniac Magee (1990),

Illustration 13.1

In The Well, racial conflict erupts in the midst of a drought in Mississip¬ pi in the late nineteenth century. (The Well: David's Story by Mildred D. Taylor. Jacket painting copyright © 1995 by Max Ginsburg. Used by permis¬ sion of Dial Books for Young Readers, a division of Penguin Books USA Inc.)

books you may want to read if you have not yet done so.

An Interpretive Community Reading can be an intensely satisfying solitary experience, but it can be even more meaningful when shared with others. Think of times when you’ve done just that. Perhaps you finished a wonderful book and discovered that a friend had also read it. No doubt you were off and talking. Or perhaps you were in the midst of a story and simply had to stop reading to tell a friend about a hilarious scene. You may even have explored books with peers in more formal settings, such as a book club at your local library. Whatever the context—infor¬ mal or formal—the odds are you have been a part of an interpretive community. Compare notes with your peers about some of the book discussions you’ve enjoyed. There are likely to be some common features. First, these discussions

450

PARTTHREE: Creating the Literature-Based Classroom

were probably conversational in nature: People have compared book discussions to the kind of stimulating conversations they engage in at a memorable dinner party. You may remember many of these conversations as being lively: Perhaps those involved in the conversations had diverse perspectives on the book that led to some informal debate. These conversations probably moved in different direc¬ tions: Sometimes, you may have been caught up in the story world—talking about what characters did, why they did those things, and the likely outcomes of their actions. At other times, your talk may have moved out of the realm of the story world to discuss the ways the story related to your own life or to explore the author’s craft. Perhaps there have been times when you came away from a book discussion with deeper insights gained from others. In short, the members of an interpretive community share impressions, wonder together, challenge ideas, and explore together. Children in elementary classrooms also form interpretive communities. Sometimes, the entire class talks about a book; at other times, smaller groups of students come together for literature discussion. These interpretive communities are known by various names: book clubs (Raphael, Goatley, McMahon, and Wood¬ man, 1995), literature circles (Harste, Short, and Burke, 1988), literature study groups (Eeds and Wells, 1989), or conversational discussion groups (Wiencek and O’Flahavan, 1994). We have chosen to use the term “book club” to describe the interpretive communities at work in classrooms.

An Opportunity for "Grand Conversations" To get a feel for the type of book club talk that can occur in classrooms, we’ll look in on a literature conversation in Ms. Gonzalez’s second-grade class¬ room. Not long before this conversation, Ms. Gonzalez had finished reading aloud Elizabeth Winthrop’s Castle in the Attic (1985). This book is a fantasy in which a young boy named William travels back in time to medieval England where he confronts a wicked wizard, Alastor, who has taken over the good Sir Simon’s kingdom and turned much of the populace to stone. Currently, Ms. Gonzalez is reading Phyllis Naylor’s Shiloh (1991), the Newbery Medal-winning story of Marty, who secretly harbors the dog Shiloh to protect it from abuse by its owner. Ms. Gonzalez has just finished reading the first two chapters, and the class has stopped to talk: MS. GONZALEZ:

Reread what you wrote in your journals about Chapters 1 and 2. What were your thoughts and wonderings? Matthew?

MATTHEW: ANNA:

William reminds me of Marty. Marty IS sorta like William because he’s so nice to the dog and stuff.

MS. GONZALEZ:

Paul, did you want to bring out somebody else you’re reminded of?

PAUL:

William and Marty both found something won¬ derful. Marty found a dog, and in Castle in the Attic, William found the half of the token.

BEN: PAUL:

He didn’t find it. I mean when the soldier [knight] dropped it. He was looking at William, and he found it.

CHAPTER 13: Encouraging Response to Literature

451

MS. GONZALEZ: ALBERT: MS GONZALEZ: ALBERT:

Albert? Judd is like Alastor. How is he like him? Because Judd was mean to everybody just like him. And Alastor didn’t like anybody either. He froze them. And Judd hurts them.

ADAM:

Judd’s like Alastor. The dogs are [like] the people, and get turned to stone. The dogs are sort of like that.

MS. GONZALEZ: ADAM:

Why do you see them like that? Cause he [Judd] . . . instead of turning them into stone, he is mean to them.

PAUL: MS. GONZALEZ:

I disagree. I think Marty is like Tolliver. You’re saying he’s more like Tolliver, the young boy in Castle in the Attic.

LINDSAY:

I think William and Marty are more alike because they each had to make a choice in the story.

ALEX:

. . . Yeah, because Shiloh has to leave and Mrs. Williams . . .

MS. GONZALEZ:

Excuse me, Alex, I think you mean Mrs. Phillips. Not Mrs. Williams.

ALEX:

Right, Mrs. Phillips. He don’t want Mrs. Phillips to go, and Marty don’t want Shiloh to go. So, it’s kind of like the other.

AMANDA:

When William didn’t want Mrs. Phillips to go and Marty didn’t want Shiloh to go, because there’s two different reasons. . . .

These children were engaged in the work of an interpretive community. Their lively exchange was conversational in nature; it was the children, not Ms. Gonzalez, who initiated the topics of discussion. The children did some impressive thinking as they compared the two books, arrived at and defended their own insights, and worked together to build meaning. This discussion had all the marks of what Maryann Eeds and Deborah Wells (1989) have called a “grand conversation.” Eeds and Wells have contrasted grand conversations with what has been described as “gentle inquisitions,” those question-and-answer sessions in which the teacher quizzes students with comprehension questions. Researchers such as Courtney Cazden (1988) and Hugh Mehan (1979) have described the pattern of interaction in these “gentle inquisitions.” They found that the teacher initiates a topic by asking a question, the student responds to the question, and the teacher evaluates the student’s response—a pattern of interaction called I-R-E (InitiateRespond-Evaluate). As Taffy E. Raphael, Virginia J. Goatley, Susan I. McMahon, and Deborah A. Woodman (1995) have observed, an over-reliance on the I-R-E pattern means “students have little opportunity to raise topics of interest, pursue lines of thinking, or collaborate in critical problem solving” (p. 67).

452

PART THREE: Creating the Literature-Based Classroom

ORGANIZING BOOK CLUBS How can teachers ensure that their students have the opportunity to partic¬ ipate in interpretive communities? We believe there are five key factors that affect the workings of book clubs: the books chosen, group size, length and frequency of sessions, who leads discussions, and whether responses are free or guided. There is no single “right” decision with regard to each factor that will ensure that children will engage in lively and thoughtful book conversations. However, it is important to understand how each factor affects the workings of a book club and to consider thoughtfully the possible decisions you can make. We will dis¬ cuss the factors in this and the next sections.

Selecting Books for Use in Book Clubs Selecting books is one of the most important book club decisions you’ll make. Not every book has the same potential to engage children in rich discus¬ sion. In their investigation of literature discussion groups, Eeds and Wells (1989) involved groups of fifth and sixth graders in reading and discussing one of four books—Harriet the Spy (1964), After the Goat Man (1974), The Darkangel (1982), and Tuck Everlasting (1975)—each of which is recognized as a quality piece of literature. Although the group leaders in all four groups proved to be equally skillful in facilitating discussions, Eeds and Wells found that the students in the group reading Tuck Everlasting shared the most insightful responses. They concluded that differences in the books accounted for differences in the quality of talk. Of the four books, only Tuck Everlasting had the power to launch the chil¬ dren into discussions of issues touching the very essence of the human experience.

Thematic Discussions. Books like Tuck Everlasting that focus on impor¬ tant issues tend to evoke talk at a thematic level. Other books likely to engender

Illustration 13.2

thematic-level talk include Mildred Taylor’s powerful books about the Logan

Readers of Chris Van Allsburg's books expect to encounter the fantastic and bizarre. Jumanji (winner of the 1982 Caldecott Medal) is no excep¬ tion. (Jumanji by Chris Van Allsburg. Copyright © 1981 by Chris Van Allsburg. Used by permission of Houghton Mifflin Company. All rights reserved.)

family, which explore racism as well as the sustaining power of family love and unity, and Lois Lowry’s The Giver (1993), an exploration of a society designed to control the pain and sorrow of life as well its joys.

Discussions about Story Line. Other types of books are likely to move children’s talk in other directions (Martinez and Roser, 1995). When children read books with strong story lines, they tend to “step into the story” (Langer, 1992), and their talk reflects their engagement with its char¬ acters, conflicts, and events. In particular, books engender lively talk when they center around problems with which the students can easily identify and whose solutions are not read¬ ily apparent. Examples of such books are Phyllis Naylor’s

Shiloh (1991) and its sequel, Shiloh Season (1996), Cynthia Voigt’s Homecoming (1981), E. L. Konigsburg’s From the Mixed-Up Files of Mrs. Basil E. Frankiveiler (1967), and Nancy Farmer’s The Ear, the Eye and the Arm (1994). Discussions of Craft. Children are most likely to talk about a book as the creation of a particular author or artist when they read distinctively crafted books such as Chris Van Allsburg’s jumanji (1981), or David Macaulay’s Black and

White (1990), in which four plot lines are intertwined, or Jon Scieszka’s The Stinky Cheese Man and Other Fairly Stupid Tales (1992), with its many violations of standard format.

CHAPTER 13: Encouraging Response to Literature

453

Illustration 13.3

Illustration 13.4

The celebration in the "big house" is juxta¬ posed against that in the slave quarters during the last Christmas season before the outbreak of the Civil War. (Christmas in the Big House, Christmas in the Quarters by Patricia C. McKissack and Fredrick L. McKissack. Jacket art copyright © 1994 by John Thompson. Used by permission of Scholastic Inc.)

Readers will wonder if they are reading a single story or four dif¬ ferent stories in this exquisitely designed Caldecott Medal winner. [Black and White by David Macaulay. Copyright © 1990 by David Macaulay. Used by permission of Houghton Mifflin Company. All rights reserved.)

Likewise, children are likely to talk about craft when they read books with dis¬ tinctive patterns of organization, such as Audrey Wood’s predictable book The Napping House (1984), Paul Fleischman’s Joyful Noise (1988), which is a collec¬ tion of poems for two voices, or Patricia and Fredrick McKissack’s Christmas in the Big House, Christmas in the Quarters (1994), with its strong comparison/ contrast structure. Exquisitely illustrated books, such as Nancy Willard’s Pish, Posh, Said Hieronymus Bosch (1991), and books with tantalizing language, such as Libba Moore Gray’s Small Green Snake (1994), also encourage children to examine books as crafted objects. So, to encourage diverse talk during book club conversations, it makes sense to use a variety of types of literature—literature with strong story lines, lit¬ erature that develops significant themes, and distinctly crafted literature.

Discussions across the Curriculum. You will want to consider other factors as well in selecting literature to use in book clubs. Perhaps the class is studying a topic in science or social studies that lends itself to further exploration in a book club. A teacher whose students are studying the weather might select Patricia MacLachlan’s Skylark (1994) for book club use. This sequel to the Newbery Medal winner Sarah, Plain and Tall (1985) is set in the prairie in the nine¬ teenth century and explores the impact on those living there of a devastating drought. Virginia Hamilton’s Drylongso (1992) also shows the ravaging effects of drought, and the drama of Mildred Taylor’s The Well (1995) unfolds in the context of a drought. Informational books about drought could also be used in

454

PART THREE: Creating the Literature-Based Classroom

Illustration 13.5 Strikingly bizarre creatures inhabit the pages of this distinctively crafted fantasy. (Pish, Posh, Said Hieronymus Bosch by Nancy

the book club. In fact, many of the books you choose to support cross-curricular studies are likely to be informational books, and discussions about informational books can be as lively as discussions of fiction.

Discussions of Genre. Genre is yet another consideration when choosing books. Joyce Wiencek and John O’Flahavan (1994) note the importance of bring¬ ing in books from various genres so that students develop a repertoire of appro¬ priate interpretive strategies. Although variety is important, particular genres do have the potential to offer students rich issues and ideas to explore. Many works of realistic and historical fiction, high fantasy, and poetry are especially likely to evoke students’ best insights because of the significant themes they explore.

Student Participation in Book Selection. This discussion has implied that the teacher is the one who selects the books for use in book clubs. However, Louise Rosenblatt (1938) reminds us that the ultimate aim is to prepare students to select their own books wisely. Therefore, teachers must ensure that students have some voice in book selection. This can be accomplished by inviting students to suggest themes, authors, or particular titles they would like to read for book club. Or, if a single title is to be used, the teacher can nominate a number of titles as possible candidates and let the students make the final selection. Yet another alternative is to have several small groups, each focusing on a different book, and give students the opportunity to decide which group to join after listening to introductions of the several books and browsing through them.

Forming the Discussion Groups How many students should belong to a book club? How should students be selected for membership in a book club? Experienced teachers have found book clubs of widely varying sizes to be successful. Some teachers advocate wholeclass book clubs (Gonzalez, Fry, Lopez, Jordan, Sloan, and McAdams, 1995); others believe that small groups are ideal (Short and Kauffman, 1995). There is no “best” size. It may, in fact, be a good idea to vary the sizes of book clubs, depending on the children’s previous experience. If you find at the beginning of

CHAPTER 13: Encouraging Response to Literature

455

ASK THE AUTHOR... £ve jaunting How do you decide what is an appropriate issue to address in a hook for children?

Favorite Books as a Child Anne of Green Gables

by L. M. Montgomery The Wind in the Willows

by Kenneth Grahame Treasure Island by Robert Louis Stevenson

I believe that children are smarter, more intuitive, and more sensitive and have more common sense than we give them credit for.They are an im¬ portant part, perhaps the most impor¬ tant part, of the world we share. I have never had difficulty in my writing, or my thinking, in putting myself into the mind of the child, interested in everything around me— the animals, the trees, the funny things that happen, the sad things, the things that are inexplicable. As a child in Northern Ireland I'd ask, "Won't someone tell me why Catholics are not as good as Protestants?" No use assuring me that they were. I could see who had the poorest hous¬ ing. I could see who wasn't allowed to go to my school. Or play tennis in the tennis club with us. No use telling me to wait, I'd understand some day. I wanted to know now. I wanted to talk about it. If we had talked, if we, as children, had been helped to see clearly, would Northern Ireland be the way it is now, sixty years later? "Why do we have homeless peo¬ ple?" the child asks. The child wants an answer. Do we think our children are blind and don't notice the misery in our parks or on our street corners? The questions are there. "Why does grandma have to go into a nursing home?" Does her grandchild not hear her weep?

"Why do we have riots that scare people? Why are they burning those stores? I see it on TV after cartoons. I see it on TV news. I know you turn it off when I come in but I saw it. I want to know why those people are doing those things." A boy wrote to me from Baltimore: "We have had no riots yet. But maybe we will someday." What that child knows intuitively is that while he may be here and they may be there, they could be here and he could be one of them. Are these kinds of subjects appro¬ priate for small children? Is it appro¬ priate not to address them? I don't have answers. But sometimes I can help my readers see both sides. One child had read my book Fly Away Home. She wrote: "We have a homeless girl in our class. She is dirty. I will not laugh at her anymore." One thing I know. Prejudice, injus¬ tice, and ignorance fester in the dark of silence.

Eve Bunting is married and has three grown children and four grandchildren, all living in California. She was born and educated in Northern Ireland and has written more than 160 books for children and young adults.

the school year that most of your students have previously participated in litera¬ ture discussions, they may be ready to launch immediately into small-group book clubs. If, however, you work with very young children or your students initial¬ ly appear to be more at ease with traditional “gentle inquisitions,” you may want 456

PART THREE: Creating the Literature-Based Classroom

to begin with whole-class literature discussion following read-aloud sessions. Then, once they feel comfortable with this format, students can begin working in small groups of five to seven students. What factors should be taken into account by teachers before bringing chil¬ dren together in these smaller book clubs? First, consider whether all students in the class will be reading the same book or whether small groups will be reading different books. If each group will be reading a different book, it makes sense to let students listen to book introductions and then choose the group that they want to join. Also, consider group dynamics. Aim for a group that is balanced in terms of the students’ leadership, communication, and social skills (Raphael, McMahon, Goatley, Bentley, Boyd, Pardo, and Woodman, 1992).

Length and Frequency of Book Club Sessions The length of book club conversations will vary. Early in the school year, sessions may be relatively short—ten or fifteen minutes (in addition to the time you may need to read the story to the students). Once children gain book club experience, they are likely to talk a lot more about engaging books—perhaps thirty or forty minutes, though twenty minutes is a typical length for a book club conversation. The frequency with which book clubs meet will probably depend on other decisions you make. Book clubs may be part of your read-aloud program espe¬ cially if your students do not yet have the reading skills needed to independently read books that have enough “meat” to engender good discussions. If this is the case, then you’ll certainly be reading aloud to your students each day, and daily literature discussion will naturally go hand-in-hand with the read-aloud. Even if your students are able to read “meaty” books independently, there may still be times when you want to make book club part of the daily read-aloud, especially at the beginning of the year before students are skilled in participating in book conversations. Even after your students have acquired experience as members of an interpretive community, you may sometimes want to make discussion an inte¬ gral part of the read-aloud experience, especially when reading aloud a challeng¬ ing chapter book. Some of the most interesting book club conversations occur when students are in the midst of a chapter book rather than at the end, and lit¬ tle wonder, for then students are caught up in a web of events and very natural¬ ly have questions and predictions about how that web of events is likely to be sorted out (Martinez and Roser, 1994). When your students do their own reading in preparation for book club, you’ll need to schedule reading time for them. Some teachers give students oppor¬ tunities to touch base with one another while they are reading the book, even though more focused discussion is scheduled to take place when everyone has fin¬ ished the book. By meeting briefly every three days or so, students can help one another clarify any questions they may have about the book they are reading. Some teachers set up a pacing guide for students’ reading and then gather students together for book club only after all of them have finished the book. When a schedule guides the book club, it’s best to have students jot down their thoughts about the book each day, either during or immediately after completing a daily reading assignment. They can bring these notes to book club. Once students have finished reading a book, they’ll be ready to get together for more focused talk. You may want to devote more than a single day to discus¬ sion. The first day may be devoted to sharing responses and even reading journal entries. At the end of the first session, you might ask students to generate a list of CHAPTER 13: Encouraging Response to Literature

457

ideas for more intensive literature study on subsequent days. As a group, they can choose a topic (or two) from the list and prepare to talk about that topic at their next meeting. Preparation might include rereading relevant portions of the book to find support for their opinions. For example, after reading and sharing impressions about Maniac Magee (1990), Mr. Lee’s class decided to spend their second book club meeting exploring all of the diverse images of home found throughout the book. Such focused explorations of a book are especially likely to lead to in-depth discussion of theme and craft.

THE ROLES OF THE TEACHER IN LITERARY DISCUSSIONS What roles do teachers play during book club? Again, there is no simple answer to this question. The one thing that educators agree on is that the teacher should not assume the role of sole leader, whose job is to ask the questions. Beyond that, recommendations vary widely. Opinion is even divided on the ques¬ tion of whether the teacher should be present during book club discussions. Some educators argue that if teachers want students to learn to participate in book club conversations in much the same way more mature readers do, they must give students the opportunity to do so by bowing out of the picture (Raphael, McMahon, Goatley, Bentley, Boyd, Pardo, and Woodman, 1992). Others argue that students have the best opportunity to learn these skills by talking about books with experienced adult readers who model the appropriate conversational roles (McGee, 1992). Adherents of both positions make valid points; so reducing the question to an either/or proposition (the teacher either is or is not present) may be too simplistic. Perhaps the best question to ask is this: Under what cir¬ c*mstances should the teacher participate in book club conversations? We will address this question after taking a closer look at the roles that the teacher may choose to play during book club. As participants in book clubs, teachers may, at various times, want to as¬ sume any of four roles: (1) modeling response-based discussion, (2) helping chil¬ dren learn new discussion roles, (3) moving discussion forward, and (4) support¬ ing literary learning as opportunities arise.

Modeling Response-Based Discussion On arriving in your classroom, many of your students are likely to feel comfortable only when the teacher is in charge of book talk. The typical question-and-answer session that results when students have these expectations is similar to what occurred after Mrs. McDougal read Arthur’s Prize Reader (Hoban, 1978) to her second graders: MRS. McDOUGAL MICHELLE MRS. McDOUGAL

JOSH MRS. McDOUGAL JOSH

458

PART THREE: Creating the Literature-Based Classroom

Okay, Michelle, can you give us our title? Arthur’s Prize Reader.

Oh, great. Thank you. Okay, Josh, characters. Give me the major characters first. Arthur. Arthur and who else? Violet.

MRS. McDOUGAL:

Okay, we should consider them major charac¬ ters. Were there any other characters in the book that we would consider minor, Josh?

This is not literature discussion, and students who have only participated in question-and-answer sessions like this one are reticent when first invited to share their personal thoughts about stories. Yet genuine talk about stories occurs as participants share and reflect on their own responses to them. The best way for students to learn how to do this is by seeing others share their thinking about sto¬ ries. So it’s important for teachers to model response-based meaning making— that is, share their own responses to stories. Students who see their teachers doing this are much more likely to realize that their responses will be valued. As students gain confidence, book club talk will arise entirely from their responses. Teachers can also model diverse kinds of thinking about books. Ms. Gonz¬ alez found that her students were not asking the questions they had about books. So she decided to model this type of thinking when she and her students were dis¬ cussing Diane Stanley’s Captain Whiz-Bang (1987), a story in which a little girl named Annie names her new kitten Captain Whiz-Bang. At first, Annie and Captain Whiz-Bang are inseparable, but, as Annie grows up, her interests turn to other things. Finally, she leaves home and marries, leaving Captain Whiz-Bang behind with her parents. But she doesn’t forget Captain Whiz-Bang and one day returns with her own child so that the little girl can meet the aged cat. MS. GONZALEZ:

I wonder what kind of things Captain Whiz-Bang will do with Annie’s little girl. Fie can’t run and jump and play as fast as he did before. So I won¬ der what kinds of things they did when they played together. Since he wasn’t so active.

Ms. Gonzalez found that it wasn’t long before her students were sharing their own wonderings about the stories they read.

Helping Children Learn New Roles during Book Clubs Book clubs are different from traditional book discussions. Unlike tradi¬ tional book discussions, in which students typically answer questions, no one participant is “in charge” in a book club. Rather, all participants can initiate top¬ ics for discussion, and discussion proceeds as a conversation. How do you en¬ gage students in such conversations about books if they come to your classroom expecting to answer questions? As Kathy G. Short and Gloria Kauffman (1995) point out, students have plenty of experience participating in conversations in other situations, and they can draw on these experiences in book clubs. Teachers can introduce students to book conversations by inviting them to think about all the times they’ve talked with their friends about movies or TV shows. Since no one person is “in charge” during book club, you may want to establish simple guidelines for group behavior. Lea M. McGee (1995, p. 13) sug¬ gests the following: • Sit in a circle so that everyone can see each other. • Only one person talks at a time. • Listen to each other. • Stay on the topic.

CHAPTER 13: Encouraging Response to Literature

459

One of the most important (and difficult) expectations to establish is that book club is a time for conversation—thus, it is okay for students to talk directly with one another. Many of the teachers with whom we work find it helpful to remind students of this explicitly. By seating students in a circle so that they can talk to each other directly and occasionally reminding them that it makes sense to address their thoughts to peers, you will encourage them to engage in real con¬ versations about literature.

Moving Conversation Forward Teachers make an important contribution to book clubs when they move a flagging conversation forward. Earlier in the chapter, we pointed out that teach¬ ers do not “direct” book clubs by asking question after question, but that does not mean a teacher should never ask a question. An occasional, well-placed ques¬ tion can get a conversation moving forward. Lea McGee (1995) suggests that when preparing to meet with a book club, a teacher develop one or two interpre¬ tive questions that focus on “the significance of the story as a whole” (p. 111). Wendy Saul (1989) calls such questions “literary questions” and observes that they are connected to the story but never have a single correct answer. A teacher may not need to ask these planned questions, depending on the direction in which the students move the conversation. However, if the students do not discuss an aspect of a story the teacher feels is important, then the teacher may choose to pose a literary question before the book club concludes. The preparation of liter¬ ary questions is discussed later in this chapter. Louise Rosenblatt reminds us that not all responses are equally valid; rather, their value is determined by the extent to which readers make use of the text to defend and support their ideas (Larrell and Squire, 1990). This point suggests yet another way in which teachers can help to move conversations forward—by encouraging students to reflect on and return to the text to find support for their ideas, as Ms. Gonzalez did when her students discussed Castle in the Attic (1985): CHRIS:

MS. GONZALEZ: CHRIS:

I think that [the reason] Calendar didn’t want to get the spells that turned the lead people into humans again is because all the guards would probably tell Alastor, and she’d be [turned] into lead. What makes you think that? Remember the guards wanted to get away. It was against their will to be a guard. They didn’t know that anyone was coming and they were obeying Alastor. And if Alastor found out that they didn’t tell him, then they would all be turned into lead.

Supporting Literary Learning Supporting students’ literary learning is perhaps the single most important contribution a teacher can make during book club discussions. Literary works are distinctive because of the ways in which writers structure and craft them, and like Ralph L. Peterson and Maryann Eeds (1990), we believe that awareness of li¬ terary elements and the writer’s craft can add a new dimension to students’ expe¬ riences of stories. But it’s important to proceed carefully in helping students learn about literary elements. Teaching about literature in a decontextualized man-

x 460

PART THREE: Creating the Literature-Based Classroom

ner—that is, without reference to a particular story—is the surest way to squelch students’ love of literature. Lecturing about literature and asking students to mem¬ orize the definitions of literary terms have no place in the classroom. Yet, we want children to understand how stories work, and the most appropriate way of doing this is by taking advantage of opportunities to foster awareness that arise naturally as students share their observations during book clubs. For example, the student who noticed “all the changes that keep happening in ‘Cinderella’” had become aware of the transformation motif that is so prevalent in folklore. This student, who had a concept but not the literary language to name that concept, gave her teacher the perfect opening to introduce the term “transformation. The student s observation provided the teacher with an opportunity to “shoot a literary arrow” (Peterson and Eeds, 1990). Such an opportunity occurs as students struggle to talk about the author’s crafting and when their talk indicates that they have grasped a concept even though they do not have the literary language to talk about the ele¬ ment, device, or structure. Observing in elementary classrooms for extended peri¬ ods of time, both Hickman (1979, 1981) and Kiefer (1983) found that children’s talk about stories became more sophisticated when their teachers used the special¬ ized language of art and literature with them during conversations about books. We began this section with a question: What roles do teachers play during book club? The four roles we have described point toward the answer to that question. At the beginning of the school year, many if not all of your students are likely to have no experience with book clubs and to expect you to pose questions for them to answer. If this happens, you should initially join in as a book club participant. Then, as book club discussions become more conversational, you can let students work independently. However, we do not recommend pulling

Is it necessary to attend to comprehension before moving on to critical discussions of a story? Story comprehension is not the same as literary response, but the two are not unrelated. Readers respond to stories they understand differently than they do to those they find confusing.Therefore, it's important to attend to childrens story comprehension. However, what is the best way to ensure that children comprehend literature?

ISSUE TO CONSIDER

Some believe that it is best to ask children comprehension questions before moving on to more critical discussions.The use of comprehension questions allows teachers to move students systematically through a story, talking about information important to the story's development. Others argue that teachers are more likely to ensure students' comprehension by launching them right into grand conversations.The rationale for this posi¬ tion is that when students participate in interpretive communities on an equal footing with their peers (and sometimes their teacher as well), more likely than not they will choose to ask their peers for help in working through parts of a story they found to be confusing (Almasi, 1995). What do you think?

CHAPTER 13: Encouraging Response to Literature

461

entirely out of book club sessions, for opportunities to help students learn about literary crafting can occur at any time.

RESPONSE STRATEGIES Teachers often ask whether book club discussions should center around the children’s free responses or if they should use instructional strategies to guide the conversation. Once again, this is not an either/or issue. It makes more sense to think about when each approach is appropriate.

Invite Students to Share and Reflect It is critical to begin discussion of a book or poem by inviting students to share and reflect on their own responses to the work. Rosenblatt (1938) has pointed out the problems that may emerge when teachers rely too heavily on strategies for guiding students’ discussion. Once, she had become totally drawn into a poem she was reading, only to find herself rudely torn away from that web of emotion and reflection when she turned the page to find questions posed by the textbook editor asking her to identify the formal characteristics of the poem. The magic of what Rosenblatt has called the “lived through experience” was destroyed by those questions. By beginning discussions with students’ ideas, teachers can avoid triv¬ ializing literary works by overinspection (Cianciolo, 1982; Babbitt, 1990). Although it is ideal for discussions to emerge from students’ own responses to stories, this does not mean that the teacher should never guide their talk. There are many times when it may be necessary to move talk in a particular di¬ rection in order to reach an instructional goal. For example, assume that one of your goals in a unit entitled “Giants in Stories” is to help students explore the ways giants are typically characterized in literature. If students’ responses do not focus on characterization, it may be necessary to use an appropriate instructional strategy to ensure that talk eventually moves in that direction. In this section, we present instructional strategies designed to foster stu¬ dents’ free responses as well as strategies for guiding responses.

By responding to a story in their literature journals, children have the opportunity to consider it more thoughtfully.

Have Children Use Journals for Recording Thoughts How do teachers ensure that book club discussion initially emerges from students’ own responses to literature? One especially effective strategy is to have children keep journals and bring them to book club to share. The use of journals in book club announces to participants the legitimacy and value of each individual’s independent reaction to stories. Margaret Anzul (1993) suggests that students read with pen in hand so that they can record their immediate thoughts and feelings in their journal entries. Teachers can use a number of different kinds of journals to support book club discussions, including free response journals, prompted response journals, literary journals, and dialogue journals.

Free Response Journals. In free response journals, students are encouraged to write about anything they choose in response to a story. The purpose of writing is to record thoughts, feelings, questions, and interpretations. 462

PART THREE: Creating the Literature-Based, Classroom

If students are reading a book independently in prepara¬ tion for book club, they can be asked to write in their journals periodically, perhaps after completing each chapter. Then, in book club, they may share entries to

ftpfi IZI-2U>

cv\a P i-etsjy-G J-'~/ond&rtujha4yY)ar

doll 1 ‘

initiate discussion. Miriam Martinez, Nancy Roser, James Hoffman, and Jennifer Battle (1992) have found that free response journals can also be used effectively when the teacher reads a story aloud. Students simply spend a few min¬ utes writing in response to the just completed chapter or story. Even kindergartners can respond with draw¬ ings. These few minutes of writing time can give stu¬ dents an opportunity to record their thoughts and feel¬ ings before they are lost in the midst of discussion. Free response journal entries can serve as wonderful con¬ versation starters. Writing in her journal about the final chapters of Shiloh (1991), Ana, a second grader, re¬ corded her “wonderings” (see Figure 13.1). When shared aloud, questions like Ana’s offer rich material for con¬ versation. When students first start to write in journals, espe¬ cially free response journals, they may not be very com¬ fortable recording their thoughts and feelings; instead, they may look for an easy way out by writing stock responses: “I like this book” or “My favorite part was when Maniac McGee runs across the football field.” Teachers can keep their own journals so that when stu¬ dents fall into “writing ruts,” they share their entries, thereby modeling new ways of thinking about literature.

Figure 13.1 The ideas students record in their journals can serve as starters for literature discussion.

Prompted Response Journals. Some teachers use prompted response journals. That is, they give their students a prompt to respond to, or they may provide a number of prompts and encourage the students to choose one or more to use. The prompts may be generic ones that appply to almost any story: • Select your favorite character and tell what she or he is like. • Choose a character you think is changing and growing in this story. Write about the ways in which the character is changing and the reasons for these changes. • How is the setting important in this story? • Write about some of the tensest moments in the story. How does the author make those moments tense? Prompts can also be specific to a story: • In Chapter 19 of The Giver, Jonas learns what “release” means. How do you think this knowledge will affect him? • Do you think that Marty did the right thing in Chapter 14 of Shiloh when he made his bargain with Judd? Students who initially lack confidence in writing personal responses to a story may benefit from prompts. Specific prompts are also a means of encouraging stu¬ dents to respond to literature in more diverse ways. CHAPTER 13: Encouraging Response to Literature

463

Literary Journals. Pamela J. Farris (1989) has described the use of liter¬ ary journals. In this type of journal, students assume the persona of one of the characters in the story and write journal entries as that character. For example, students reading Shiloh (1991) might become Marty and write in their journals about all their experiences with and feelings for the dog they found. Writing in a literary journal requires the reader to try and step into the shoes of the character and see story events and conflicts as that character might. Thus, literary journals are more appropriate for older students than for younger ones, who still view the world from a very egocentric perspective.

Dialogue Journals. In a dialogue journal, a student and the teacher main¬ tain a written dialogue about a story. (Students can also be assigned partners and write to one another.) The other types of journals we have discussed can readily be shared in book club sessions to spark group discussion. Dialogue journals are more often used to extend discussion beyond book club. Marcia Nash (1995) has found that dialogue journals allow teachers to gain insights into how their stu¬ dents respond to literature, to model their own responses to literature, and to foster growth in students’ responses. For example, through written dialogue with a fifth grader, one teacher was able to encourage her student to reflect on what constitutes strong plot development (Nash, 1995, p. 222): STUDENT:

Dolphin Adventure was a Good Book But it was miss¬

ing some Good “stuff” I look for. I probably wouldent chose this Bok on my own. TEACHER:

Can you tell me what good stuff you look for in a book that Dolphin Adventure didn’t have?

STUDENT:

I can’t relly desribe the “stuff” I look for. [and later] I also read Mandie and the Cherokee Ledgend. I thought that was good but it neaded more of that “stuff” I like.

TEACHER:

If we could only figure out what that “stuff” is that makes a book good, we would probably become fa¬ mous. People have been trying to come up with a def¬ inition of what makes good literature for centuries. Still, I think it is interesting to think and talk about. For instance, what was it about Joan Carris’s style that you liked enough to make you want to read another book by her after you read Just a Little Ham?

STUDENT:

What a Great Book! [Aunt Morbelia and the Screaming Skull, 1990, the other Joan Carris book referred to in the previous entry] “stuff” poped out every where! I can define “stuff”: comedy mixed in with adventuere and drama = Good Book!

Ask Open-Ended Discussion Questions Open-ended discussion frameworks can help ensure that book club discus¬ sion is based on students’ own thinking. Margaret Anzul recommends beginning discussion with a simple invitation: “Talk about what touched you the most” (Anzul, 1993, p. 190). Miriam Martinez, Nancy Roser, James Hoffman, and

464

PART THREE: Creating the Literature-Based Classroom

Jennifer Battle (1992) have used a three-pronged invitation to encourage children to talk about a piece of literature. This open-ended framework, based on the work of Aidan Chambers (1985), invites students to share their (1) observations, (2) unanswered questions or wonderings, and (3) anything they were reminded of by the story. Frequently, students’ observations are so insightful that lively conversations ensue. And students’ wonderings, which are legitimate questions, are especially likely to evoke interesting discussions. Such was the case when Eric, a fourth grader, shared one of his questions about C. S. Lewis’s The Lion, the Witch, and the Wardrobe (1951) with his classmates: ERIC:

I wonder why Edmund wasn’t mentioned in the last three chapters?

MS. FRY:

Good question. Who wants to respond to that? Why hasn’t the author mentioned Edmund in the last three chapters?

CARLO:

Probably because they, they could think that Edmund might be like in the special place, like where the witch has them. Except he was a traitor, and they don’t want to talk about him. They want to save him, and they talk about the other kids so that. . .

CAROL:

And then like they’re having the battles, and whoever wins the battle gets Edmund or . . .

JACKIE:

’Cause if they kill the witch, then all the animals . . . she probably created most of her enemies. And then the witch dies; then all of her creatures die, and Edmund isn’t a traitor anymore, and they can get him back.

MS. FRY:

Boy, you got an answer to the question, I can tell! But the bottom line was that you think the author has some special purpose for holding Edmund aside for these last three chapters. Does anybody else have something to respond about Aslan, I mean keeping Edmund out of it so far?

MICHELLE:

Maybe the witch can turn [inaudible] can turn one of those stone beasts into another animal, and then he could be a spy.

MS. FRY:

Maybe Edmund . . . that is an excellent idea. Maybe Edmund isn’t what Edmund used to be anymore. That is a possibility.

When students are invited to share their own connections to a story, they sometimes offer personal experiences related to the story, or they connect the story with others they have read. We find that children frequently share some of their most insightful thinking when they compare stories. When her teacher read Captain Whiz-Bang (1987) aloud, Kim was reminded of E. B. White’s Charlotte’s Web (1952):

KIM:

This book reminds me of Charlotte’s Web because Fern had Wilbur and the little girl had the cat. And as Fern and the little girl got older, they didn’t pay much attention to their animals.

CHAPTER 13: Encouraging Response to Literature

465

An open-ended discussion framework can give students interesting alterna¬ tives for responding to a story without rigidly prescribing acceptable ways in which to respond. An added benefit of using this discussion framework is that it also works well as an invitation to journal writing, thereby integrating writing and discussion.

Pose Literary Questions for Discussion As we noted earlier, there are times during book club discussions when teachers may want to pose questions. For example, if the teacher believes the stu¬ dents have not discussed an important aspect of a story, she or he may try to move discussion forward by asking a literary question. Carefully crafted ques¬ tions can encourage students to think more insightfully about a story. According to Wendy Saul (1989), literary questions require interpretation and are the “key to literary comprehension, conversation, and enjoyment.” She has identified some distinctive features of literary questions, which are listed in Table 13.1. Not every literary question will have all these features, but questions with one or more of them have the potential to “lead children into the story and help them consider the work as a human construction where craft and effect are taken seriously” (p. 297). Lea McGee (1995) recommends that in preparing literary questions, teach¬ ers read the story thoughtfully, staying in tune with their own responses to the story and noting conclusions they draw from it or any noteworthy elements they discover in it. She further notes the importance of focusing on “the significance of the story as a whole” (p. 111). Saul (1989) describes a strategy, called “diagramming stories,” that helps teachers to “. . . focus on the structural peculiarities of a text, to comment on what in the book or story looms largest to the reader, and to describe, in some¬ thing close to metaphorical terms, the essence of the book” (p. 297). Figure 13.2 shows a story diagram of Jerry Spinelli’s Maniac Magee (1990). The teacher who created the diagram explained what she was trying to do in this way: At the beginning of the book, there was a “wall” between the West End and the East End that was never supposed to be crossed, and ev¬ eryone knew there was a wall there—that is, everyone except Ma¬ niac. He just went back and forth between the West End and the East End as though there was no wall at all. Then, all of a sudden, on the day everyone was playing in the water from the fire hydrant and the man called Maniac “Whitey,” Maniac finally saw the wall, and it

Table 13.1

How to Ask Good Literary Questions

• Ask questions that go beyond what is in the story but that always come back to the story. • Ask questions that help readers better understand the story. • Ask questions that have at least two good answers, either of which can help the reader with the story. • Ask questions whose answers can be argued intelligently in different ways. • Ask some questions that deal with issues of craft. Adapted from Saul, 1989, p. 301. 466

PART THREE: Creating the Literature-Based Classroom

Figure 13.2 Teachers can prepare to lead literature discussions by creating story diagrams.

almost broke his heart. But finally, Maniac found a way to bring that wall down, and doing that meant he was finally able to have the home and happiness he wanted so much. Literary questions based on this story diagram might include: • Why wasn’t Maniac able to see the “wall” between the East End and the West End? • Why did it hurt Maniac so much when he finally saw the wall? • How did Maniac help bring down the wall? • What other walls did the author include in the book that had an impact on Maniac? Each of these questions goes beyond the text, but the answers (and there will be more than one answer to each question) naturally come back to the text. The questions should help readers understand the story better, and the final question treats the story as a crafted object. Grand conversations may well be sparked when students are invited to respond to the kind of literary questions that Saul advocates. CHAPTER 13: Encouraging Response to Literature

467

Prepare Language Charts

Figure 13.3

This language chart encourages students to think about the structure of cumulative tales.

Language charts function much as literary questions do: They focus stu¬ dents’ thinking about literature. Developed by Nancy Roser, James V. Hoffman, and Cynthia Farest (1990), language charts are designed for use primarily with related sets of books. These large charts, intended to be displayed on a classroom wall, are ruled into a matrix. The titles (and perhaps authors and illustrators) of each book in the set are recorded along one axis of the matrix. Questions devised to stimulate connections among the books are recorded along the other axis. These questions might focus attention on particular aspects of the story worlds in the featured books or on themes that emerge from the books or on the crafting of the stories or illustrations. Students’ responses to the questions are recorded on the matrix as each book is read and discussed. A language chart designed for use with a unit entitled “Cumulative Tales” appears in Figure 13.3. The questions on this chart encourage students to focus on the structural commonalities in the cumulative tales included in the unit. The chart in Figure 13.4 focuses students’ attention on the style of Chris Van Allsburg, for a unit on that author/illustrator. Some teachers report that a language chart can become a “worksheet on the wall” if the class begins to complete the chart too soon after reading. These charts are not meant to displace conversations about books. Rather, teachers and students should turn to the language chart only after having fully discussed a book. Teachers who have used language charts in this way report that they can be effective tools for fostering literary understandings. In fact, many teachers change the design of their language charts throughout the school year in order to help students continue to explore different aspects of literature. For example, the questions that Ms. co*ker, a kindergarten teacher, uses on her language charts at the beginning of the year are designed to help her students learn basic literary language: Who are the characters? What is the setting? What was the problem in the story? Once students have made this terminology their own, she changes the chart questions to focus on other literary understandings,

Title

Author

One Fine Day

Nonny Hogrogian

The Great Dig Enormous Turnip

Aleksey N. Tolstoy

Bringing the Rain to Kapiti Piain

Verna Aardema

468

What starts the add-on?

PART THREE: Creating the Literature-Based Classroom

What things are added on?

What problem is solved by the add-on?

Figure 13.4 The questions on this language chart are designed to help students explore the style of the author/ illustrator.

Books by Chris Van Allsburg

What strange things happened in the story?

What surprise did the ending hold?

What did we notice about the illustrations?

Jumanji

The Wreck of the Zephyr

The Sweetest Fig

Develop Story Webs Story webs are visual displays that show how categories of information are related; the name arose because they often look like the webs spiders build. Teachers use story webs to achieve different purposes, but Karen Bromley (1991) believes that all too often they overlook the potential of webs to foster responses to literature. Story webs, like literary questions, focus students’ thinking about literature. According to Bromley (1995), webs can be used to support and extend students’ literary understanding in many ways: • Webs can help students identify important issues in stories. • Webs can be used to focus attention on connections between books.

Book webs can support children's thinking about the information or stories they read.

CHAPTER 13: Encouraging Response to Literature

469

• Webs can help students understand how literary and artistic ele¬ ments work. • Webs can help students explore characteristics of different genres. • Webs can help students explore the literary devices authors use (perspective, metaphor, and so on). Story webs can emerge from children’s responses. This happened in Ms. Alducin’s class when her students were discussing Beethoven Lives Upstairs (1993). Ms. Alducin introduced the web that appears in Figure 13.5 by saying, “Someone said earlier that Christoph’s feelings about Beethoven changed a lot in the book, and I want us to explore that idea a little more.” However, just as teachers sometimes create literary questions for possible use during book club

Figure 13.5 Character development can be explored with a web.

September, October 1022

May 1024-

December

madman

1022

heart full of joy

April 1024-

Christoph's Views of Mr. Seethoven

/S •

hard-working

June 1023

•terrible man

focused

April 1023

470

PART THREE: Creating the Literature-Based Classroom

February 1023

Illustration 13.6 In Beethoven Lives Upstairs, the gradual maturing of a young boy's perspective becomes evident through the letters he exchanges with his uncle. (Beethoven Lives Upstairs by Barbara Nichol. Illustration © 1993 by Scott Cameron. Used by permission of the Publisher, Orchard Books, New York.)

discussions, they may design webs that will help students explore a particular as¬ pect of a story. We recommend introduc¬ ing a story web only after students have engaged in free-ranging discussion about the story. Barbara Nichol’s Beethoven Lives Upstairs (1993) is told almost exclusively through the correspondence of the young Christoph and his uncle Karl. To make a living following the death of Christoph’s father, his mother has rented the upstairs portion of their house to Beethoven. Mis¬ taking the famous composer’s eccentric be¬ havior for madness, Christoph is appalled. During a period of two years, Christoph keeps his uncle updated on the happen¬ ings upstairs, and his uncle’s letters gently help Christoph develop compassion for his neighbor. The web in Figure 13.5 chronologically records Christoph’s feel¬ ings toward Beethoven and the story details related to those feelings. Christoph’s increasingly mature understanding of Beethoven reveals his own growth as a character. The story web in Figure 13.6 is based on Maniac Magee (1990). In Jerry Spinelli’s Newbery Medal-winning book, a boy who began life as Jeffrey Magee becomes a legend nicknamed Maniac. The web shows some of the incidents that led to Maniac’s acquiring his nickname.

Figure 13.6 This web reveals how Maniac Magee emerges as a legendary figure in Jerry Spinelli's Newbery Medal-winning book.

CHAPTER 13: Encouraging Response to Literature

471

TEACHING IDEAS

Responses to Books. As you engage children in book club discussions, try modeling a particular type of response. For example, you might repeatedly share the things you wonder about when reading a story or talk about how the book connects to other books you have read. Watch and see if children begin to share similar responses during book club.

Children’s Picks versus Teacher’s Picks. Both teachers and students can select books for use in book clubs. Try comparing book club conversations when students discuss books you’ve chosen with those when they discuss books they’ve chosen. How do the discussions differ? What are the advantages (if any) of involving students in selecting books for literature discussion?

Journal Writing. Try engaging students in literature discussion without having them keep journals. Once they are feeling comfortable as members of a book club, encourage the students to record their responses in journals. You can then use the students’ journal entries as conversation starters. How does literature discussion change with the use of journals?

Character Development. Marty’s development as a character in

Shiloh (1991)

is particularly interesting. To help your students see Marty’s growth, create a character web with the students. Make discussion an integral part of the process.

EXPERIENCES FOR YOUR LEARNING 1. Questions can be tools for “gentle inquisitions” or tools that foster “grand conversations.” Select a book and develop questions you think are like¬ ly to promote grand conversations. Which fea¬ tures identified by Saul (1989) do your literary questions have? 2. Reflect on literature discussions in which you’ve participated. Which were grand conversations? Describe one of these discussions to a fellow stu¬ dent, and explain why you consider it to have been a grand conversation.

3. One way teachers can support literary learning is by helping students become aware of the writer’s craft. Distinctively crafted books offer teachers opportunities to talk about different aspects of craft (mood, voice, tension, and so on). Select some well-crafted children’s books and identify the aspects of craft in each book that you would like to discuss with students.

RECOMMENDED BOOKS * indicates a picture book; I indicates interest level

(P = preschool, YA = young adult) Books with Strong Themes Ackerman, Karen. The Tin Heart. Illustrated by Michael Hays. New York: Atheneum, 1990. Two friends are separated by the American Civil War, but their friendship remains as strong as ever. (I: 8-11) Babbitt, Natalie. Tuck Everlasting. New York: Farrar, 1975. A young girl is given the opportunity to drink from a spring that offers eternal life. (I: 10-YA)

472

PART THREE: Creating the Literature-Based Classroom

Bios, Joan. Old Henry. Illustrated by Stephen Gammell. New York: Morrow, 1987. A neighborhood discovers that there is room for all kinds of people. (I: 6-9) * Bunting, Eve. A Day’s Work. Illustrated by Ronald Himler. New York: Clarion, 1994. Francisco is so anxious to find work for his non-English-speaking grandfather that he lies about the man’s qualifica¬ tions for a gardening job. When the boss discovers the work has been botched, Francisco’s abuelito teaches him a valuable lesson. (I: 6-10)

-. The Wall. Illustrated by Ronald Himler. New York: Clarion, 1992. A boy and his father visit the Vietnam Memorial searching for the name of the boy’s grandfather. (I: 7-10)

He describes the bad days and the good days in his life. (I: 6-10)

-. The Wednesday Surprise. Illustrated by Donald Carrick. New York: Clarion, 1989. A little girl sur¬ prises her family by teaching her grandmother to read. (I: 6-10)

* Hesse, Karen. Lester’s Dog. Illustrated by Nancy Carpenter. New York: Crown, 1993. A young boy lives on the same street as a vicious and frightening dog that belongs to Lester. The boy is afraid to walk past Lester’s dog, but one day he has to in order to save a kitten. (I: P-8)

Coerr, Eleanor. Sadako and the Thousand Paper Cranes. New York: Dell, 1977. A victim of leukemia resulting from the atomic bomb dropped on Hiro¬ shima, Sadako determines to fight for her life by folding a thousand paper cranes. (I: 9-12)

Hobbie, W. D. Bloodroot. Illustrated by Holly Hobbie. New York: Crown, 1991. Lizzie and her grand¬ mother join forces to save the rural New England land they love from the developers who threaten it. (I: 9-12)

Cole, Norma. The Final Tide. New York: McElderry, 1990. Geneva Haw knows that when the Wolf Creek Dam is completed, her family’s valley will be flooded and the world she knows will change for¬ ever. (I: YA)

* Hoffman, Mary. Amazing Grace. Illustrated by

Cooney, Barbara. Miss Rumphius. New York: Puffin, 1982. A woman achieves her life’s goals, including the most important one of making the world more beautiful. (I: 6-10)

* Elouston, Gloria. My Great-Aunt Arizona. Illustrated by Susan Condie Lamb. New York: HarperCollins, 1991. Arizona was born in a small community in the Blue Ridge Mountains, where she dreamed of traveling to faraway places. She never left the area but became a teacher who touched the lives of many children by teaching them about the world.

Daly, Niki. My Dad. New York: McElderry, 1995. A brother and sister discover that their father is an alcoholic. (I: 8-11) Everitt, Betsy. Mean Soup. San Diego, CA: Harcourt, 1992. When Horace has a bad day at school, his mo¬ ther shows him how to get rid of his anger. (I: P-7) Garland, Sherry. The Lotus Seed. Illustrated by Tatsuro Kiuchi. San Diego, CA: Harcourt, 1993. When the emperor in Vietnam loses his throne, a young girl sees him cry and takes a lotus seed from the pond to remember that moment. Throughout the war in her country and her relocation to the United Sates, the girl holds on to the lotus seed as a symbol of life and hope. (I: 6-12) Gerstein, Mordicai. The Seal Mother. New York: Dial, 1986. A fisherman steals a seal’s skin, forcing her to live as a human. (I: 5-9) Golenbock, Peter. Teammates. Illustrated by Paul Ba¬ con. San Diego, CA: Harcourt, 1990. When Jackie Robinson becomes the first African American to play major league baseball, only one man stands by him—his teammate Pee Wee Reese. (I: 9-12)

Caroline Binch. New York: Dial, 1991. With the support of her grandmother and mother, a young girl discovers she can be anything she wants to be. (I: 5-10)

(I: 6-10) * Johnston, Tony. Amber on the Mountain. Illustrated by Robert Duncan. New York: Dial, 1994. Amber’s lonely mountain life opens up when a friend teaches her to read. (I: 6-10) L’Engle, Madeleine. A Wrinkle in Time. New York: Dell, 1962. When Meg’s father mysteriously disap¬ pears during some experiments with the Fifth Di¬ mension, Meg, her friend, and her brother must face evil forces to rescue him. (I: 10-YA) * Levine, Arthur A. Pearl Moscowitz’s Last Stand. Illustrated by Robert Roth. New York: Morrow/ Tambourine, 1993. Over the years, Pearl Moscowitz watches her neighborhood change in both good and bad ways. (I: 7-11) Lewis, C. S. The Lion, the Witch, and the Wardrobe. New York: Macmillan, 1951. Four siblings enter the magical kingdom of Narnia, where they become embroiled in a struggle between good and evil.

(I: 8-11)

Harshman, Marc. Uncle James. Illustrated by Michael Dooling. New York: Dutton, 1993. Uncle James promises his sister’s family the world, but when he finally comes, he brings his own problems. (I: 10-YA)

Lowry, Lois. The Giver. Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1993. A boy discovers the secrets behind the con¬ trolled society in which he lives. (I: YA)

Heide, Florence Parry, and Judith Heide Gilliland. Sami and the Time of the Troubles. Illustrated by Ted Lewin. New York: Clarion, 1992. Sami lives in wartorn Beirut with his mother, sister, and grandfather.

MacLachlan, Patricia. Journey. New York: Delacorte, 1991. Journey spends the summer trying to find out why his mother has abandoned him and his sister. (I: 9-12) CHAPTER 13: Encouraging Response to Literature

473

Mazer, Anne. The Oxboy. New York: Knopf, 1993. The Oxboy faces prejudice because he is the son of a human and an ox. (I: 9-12)

* Stanley, Diane. Captain Whiz-Bang. New York: Morrow, 1987. A little girl grows up and in the process seems to forget her beloved cat. (I: P-8)

McCuliy, Emily Arnold. Mirette on the High Wire. New York: Putnam, 1992. A young girl helps a tightrope walker rediscover his courage. (I: 5-9)

* Steig, William. Amos and Boris. New York: Farrar, 1971. A mouse and a whale form a deep friendship. (I: 6-9)

Merrill, Jean. The Girl Who Loved Caterpillars. Illustrated by Floyd Cooper. New York: Philomel, 1992. A twelfth-century Japanese tale in which a young girl pursues her own dreams rather than those of her parents. (I: 10-YA)

* -. Sylvester and the Magic Pebble. New York: Simon & Schuster, 1969. After making a wish on a magic pebble and being transformed into a rock, Sylvester comes to realize what’s important in life. (I: 6-9)

Mitchell, Margaree King. Uncle Jed’s Barbershop. Illustrated by James Ransome. New York: Simon & Schuster, 1993. Despite all the adversity he encoun¬ ters in the segregated South of the 1920s, Uncle Jed never gives up his dream of opening his own barber¬ shop. (I: 9-12) Mochizuki, Ken. Baseball Saved Us. Illustrated by Dom Lee. New York: Lee and Low, 1993. Living in an internment camp during World War II, a young Japanese American boy finds a way to gain dignity and self-respect. (I: 8-12) Nye, Naomi Shihab. Sitti’s Secrets. Illustrated by Nancy Carpenter. New York: Four Winds, 1994. When Mona visits her grandmother in a Palestinian village on the West Bank, she discovers many con¬ nections between her world and her grandmother’s, even though their homes are separated by thousands of miles. (I: 6-10) Paterson, Katherine. Lyddie. New York: Penguin/ Lodestar, 1991. Lyddie struggles against injustices in the fabric mills of Massachusetts in the 1840s. (I: 11-YA) Polacco, Patricia. Chicken Sunday. New York: Philo¬ mel, 1992. When three children are falsely accused of throwing eggs at a shopkeeper’s window, they discover a way of reaching across a cultural gap to solve a problem. (I: 7-11)

Talbert, Marc. A Sunburned Prayer. New York: Simon & Schuster, 1995. Floy is determined to make the long pilgrimage to Chimayo in hopes of saving his grandmother, who is dying from cancer. (I: YA) Taylor, Mildred D. Song of the Trees. New York: Dial, • 1975. In this first book about the Logans, an Afri¬ can American family living in rural Mississippi dur¬ ing the Depression, a white man tries to buy from the Logans trees that he has already claimed as his own and sold for lumber. (I: 10-YA) -. Roll of Thunder, Hear My Cry. New York: Dial, 1976. The Logans stand strong in the face of discrimination when a white man tries to cheat them out of their land. (I: 10-YA) * Van Allsburg, Chris. The Polar Express. Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1985. A young boy boards a train that takes him to the North Pole, where Santa offers him any gift he would like. (I: P-8) * -. The Wretched Stone. Boston: Houghton Miff¬ lin, 1991. The crew on a sailing ship discovers an uncharted island with an unusual glowing rock on it. They take the rock on board, where it soon con¬ sumes the attention of the crew and causes all of them except the captain to regress into apes. (I: 8-12) Voigt, Cynthia. Dicey’s Song. New York: Atheneum, 1983. Dicey and her siblings learn to build a new life with the grandmother they had never known before. (I: 10-YA)

-. Pink and Say. New York: Philomel, 1994. When a young Union soldier of fifteen is wounded in the Civil War, a young black soldier reaches out his hand in friendship and takes the white soldier to his home. ( I: 8-YA)

* Weller, Frances Ward. Matthew Wheelock’s Wall. Illus¬ trated by Ted Lewin. New York: Macmillan, 1992. Matthew Wheelock builds a wall that becomes a gift for the generations that follow. (I: 6-10)

Provensen, Alice, and Martin Provensen. Shaker Lane. New York: Puffin, 1987. When the county decides to build a dam, the neighborhood that has grown up along Shaker Lane becomes the victim of progress.

* Wild, Margaret. Let the Celebrations BEGIN! Illus¬ trated by Julie Vivas. New York: Orchard, 1991. In¬ mates in a Nazi concentration camp maintain their hope by making toys for the children. (I: 10-YA)

(I: 6-10) Rylant, Cynthia. This Year’s Garden. New York: Brad¬ bury, 1984. A descriptive story about planting the family garden. (I: P-8)

474

PARTTHREE: Creating the Literature-Based Classroom

* -. The Very Best of Friends. Illustrated by Julie Vivas. San Diego, CA: Harcourt, 1989. When her husband dies, Jessie’s cat helps her overcome her grief. (I: 10-YA)

Yolen, Jane. Encounter. Illustrated by David Shannon. San Diego, CA: Harcourt, 1992. Columbus’s first landing in America is told through the eyes of a Taino boy. (I: 10-YA)

Hamilton, Virginia. Drylongso. Illustrated by Jerry Pinkney. San Diego, CA: Harcourt, 1992. An African American family, victimized by a severe drought, is helped by an unknown boy. (I: 8-11)

Strong Story Lines

Ho, Minfong. The Clay Marble. New York: Farrar, 1991. Forced from their war-torn village in Cam¬ bodia, Dara and her family are separated in the chaos of war. (I: 10-YA)

Alexander, Sally Hobart. Maggie’s Whopper. Illustrated by Deborah Kogan Ray. New York: Macmillan, 1992. Sally loves fishing with her great-uncle Ezra. Determined to catch a whopper of a fish this time, she does so just in time to save her uncle from a threatening black bear. (I: P-8) Bunting, Eve. The In-Between Days. Illustrated by Alexander Pertzoff. New York: HarperCollins, 1994. When his father decides to remarry, George must come to terms with this change in his life. (I: 8-11) -. Summer Wheels. San Diego, CA: Harcourt, 1992. The Bicycle Man helps two boys learn a les¬ son about the importance of giving instead of blam¬ ing. (I: 7-10) de Paola, Tomie. Helga’s Dowry: A Troll Love Story. New York: Harcourt, 1977. A troll maiden discov¬ ers it is more important to be loved for who she is than for what she has. (I: 7-12) Dorris, Michael. Guests. New York: Hyperion, 1994. Frustrated that white people are to join the village for the harvest meal, Moss leaves for some “away time” in hopes of finding answers to his questions. (I: 9-12) Farmer, Nancy. The Ear, the Eye and the Arm. New York: Orchard, 1994. Set in a futuristic Africa, this imaginative science fiction work explores where the world may be heading. (I: YA) Fitzhugh, Louise. Harriet the Spy. New York: Harper, 1964. Harriet documents her observations of the people around her in her journal. (I: 8-11) Fox, Mem. Wilford Gordon McDonald Partridge. Illustrated by Julie Vivas. Brooklyn, NY: Kane/ Miller, 1984. Through his gifts, a little boy helps an elderly friend find memories. (I: P-8) Gackenbach, Dick. Harry and the Terrible Whatzit. New York: Clarion, 1977. Sure that his mother has come to harm, a boy dares to confront the Terrible Whatzit living in his basem*nt. (I: P-7) George, Jean Craighead. Julie of the Wolves. New York: Harper, 1972. Lost on the tundra, Julie must depend on a wolf pack for survival. (I: 10-YA) -. My Side of the Mountain. New York: Dutton, 1959. A young boy relies on his knowledge of nature to survive on his own for a year in the wilderness of upper New York State. (I: 10-YA)

Hodge, Merle. For the Life of Laetitia. New York: Farrar, 1993. Having grown up with her grandpar¬ ents in their rural Caribbean home, Laetitia discov¬ ers a new and not always happy world when she moves to the city to attend the government sec¬ ondary school. (I: YA) Konigsburg, E. L. From the Mixed-Up Files of Mrs. Basil E. Frankweiler. New York: Atheneum, 1967. Claudia and her brother run away from home and live in the Metropolitan Museum of Art. (I: 9-12) * Lionni, Leo. Alexander and the Wind-Up Mouse. New York: Pantheon, 1969. A real mouse longs to be like his friend the wind-up mouse. (I: P-7) Lord, Bette Bao. In the Year of the Boar and Jackie Robinson. New York: Harper, 1984. When a young girl comes to the United States, she has trouble ad¬ justing to her new life and language. She becomes interested in baseball and Jackie Robinson and is inspired by all that he had to overcome to reach his dreams. (I: 8-12) * Luenn, Nancy. Nessa’s Fish. Illustrated by Neil Waldman. New York: Macmillan, 1990. Nessa and her grandmother walk half a day from their home in the far north to catch fish for the village. When Nessa’s grandmother becomes ill, Nessa must take care of her and keep the fish safe. (I: P-8) MacLachlan, Patricia. Sarah, Plain and Tall. New York: Harper, 1985. A brother and sister hope that Sarah will choose to stay on the prairie and become their mother. (I: 9-12) * McKissack, Patricia. Flossie and the Fox. New York: Dial, 1986. Flossie outfoxes the fox who tries to steal her eggs. (I: 5-10) * Naylor, Phyllis Reynolds. King of the Playground. Illustrated by Nola Langner Malone. New York: Atheneum, 1991. When Kevin can’t play at the play¬ ground because of Sammy’s threats, his father helps him learn to handle a difficult situation. (I: P-8) -. Shiloh. New York: Atheneum, 1991. A boy determines to save the dog he loves from further abuse by its owner. (I: 7-11) -. Shiloh Season. New York: Atheneum, 1996. Having saved the dog Shiloh from Judd, the dog’s

CHAPTER 13: Encouraging Response to Literature

475

abusive owner, Marty must now deal with Judd’s anger. (I: 7-11)

* Van Allsburg, Chris. Jumanji. Boston: Houghton Miff¬ lin, 1981. A brother and sister find unexpected ad¬

Ness, Evaline. Sam, Bangs & Moonshine. New York: Holt, 1966. A fisherman’s daughter named Sam has a great imagination filled with chariots, dragons, and a mermaid mother, but one day she is forced to learn the difference between real and make-believe when one of her stories places a friend in danger. (I: 6-9) Novak, Matt. Mouse TV. New York: Orchard, 1994. When the TV stops working, a mouse family discov¬ ers a host of wonderful alternative activities. (I: P-8) Paulsen, Gary. Hatchet. New York: Bradbury, 1987. A boy stranded in the wilderness has only his hatchet and his wits to help him survive. (I: 10-YA) San Souci, Robert D. The Talking Eggs. Illustrated by Jerry Pinkney. New York: Dial, 1989. Adapted from a Creole folktale, this is the story of two sisters— one is lazy and bad-tempered and the other is sweet and kind. (I: 6-10) Speare, Elizabeth. Sign of the Beaver. New York: Dell, 1983. Alone in the wilderness, a white boy survives with the help of his Native American friend. (I: 9-12) -. The Witch of Blackbird Pond. New York: Dell, 1958. Kit Tyler becomes the focus of a witch hunt when she goes to live in a Puritan community in the Connecticut colony. (I: YA) Spinelli, Jerry. Maniac Magee. Boston: Little, Brown, 1990. A homeless boy brings together the segregated sides of his adopted town and in the process be¬ comes a legend. (I: 10-YA) Taylor, Mildred D. The Gold Cadillac. New York: Dial, 1987. When an African American family tries to drive their new car into the deep South, they find themselves the victims of racial prejudice. (I: 10-YA) -. The Friendship. Illustrated by Max Ginsburg. New York: Dial, 1987. An old black man is shot when he insists on his right to call a white man by his first name. (I: 10-YA)

venture in a board game they play. (I: 6-10) * -. The Stranger. Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1986. The stranger who stays on the Bailey’s farm seems to be accompanied by mysterious changes in the weather. (I: 7-12) * -. The Widow’s Broom. Boston: Houghton Miff¬ lin, 1992. When a widow comes into possession of a witch’s broom, the broom begins to help out around the house, which raises the ire of the neighbors. (I: 8-YA) * -. The Wreck of the Zephyr. Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1983. The wreck of the Zephyr is on a high cliff above the sea. Did a storm with unusually high waves throw it there, or did a boy sailor use magic .sails to sail it through the sky? (I: 8-12) Voigt, Cynthia. Homecoming. New York: Atheneum, 1981. When their mother abandons them, Dicey and her siblings seek out the grandmother they have never met. (I: 10-YA) * Waber, Bernard. Ira Sleeps Over. Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1972. Ira has been invited to sleep over at his best friend’s house and must decide whether to risk being laughed at by taking his teddy bear. (I: P-8) White, E. B. Charlotte’s Web. Illustrated by Garth Williams. New York: Harper, 1952. Charlotte the spider befriends Wilbur the pig and saves his life.

(I: 6-10) * Willard, Nancy. The High Rise Glorious Skittle Skat Roarious Sky Pie Angel Food Cake. Illustrated by Richard Jesse Watson. San Diego, CA: Harcourt, 1990. A girl discovers her grandmother’s secret recipe and with some heavenly help makes her mother the birthday present she longs for. (I: 8-11) Winthrop, Elizabeth. Castle in the Attic. New York: Holiday House, 1985. A boy travels back to medieval times and confronts an evil wizard. (I: 7-11)

-. Mississippi Bridge. Illustrated by Max Gins¬ burg. New York: Dial, 1990. In this story set in Mississippi in the 1930s, African American passen¬ gers on a bus are displaced by white passengers. (I: 10-YA)

* Wood, Audrey. Elbert’s Bad Word. Illustrated by Aud¬ rey and Don Wood. San Diego, CA: Harcourt, 1988. When Elbert blurts out a bad word at an elegant gar¬ den party, the wizard gardener helps Elbert discover strong descriptive words to use instead. (I: P-8)

Taylor, Theodore. The Cay. New York: Doubleday, 1969. During World War II, a blind boy is stranded on an island with a West Indian. (I: YA)

Yolen, Jane. The Devil’s Arithmetic. New York: Puffin, 1988. A time travel fantasy in which Hannah finds herself caught up in the Holocaust. (I: 10-YA)

Temple, Frances. Grab Hands and Run. New York: Harper, 1993. When his father disappears in El Salvador, Felipe and his family set out on a danger¬ ous trek to Canada. (I: 9-12)

* Yorinks, Arthur. Hey, All Illustrated by Richard Egielski. New York: Farrar, 1986. The paradise promised by a bird does not live up to the expectations of A1 and his dog. (I: 6-12)

476

PART THREE: Creating the Literature-Based Classroom

Zolotow, Charlotte. Mr. Rabbit and the Lovely Present. Illustrated by Maurice Sendak. New York: Harper, 1962. A rabbit helps a little girl choose the perfect present for her mother. (I: 4-7)

Distinctive Crafting Browne, Anthony. Changes. New York: Knopf, 1990. Mysterious things begin to happen around the house after a father tells his son that things are going to change. (I: P-8) Bunting, Eve. Smoky Night. Illustrated by David Diaz. San Diego, CA: Harcourt, 1994. In the midst of the violence of the L.A. riots, Daniel and his mother make a new friend. (I: 6-12) Burton, Virginia Lee. The Little House. 1942. Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1969. As the city grows up around a little house, the house longs to be in the country again. (I: P-8) Carle, Eric. The Very Busy Spider. New York: Philo¬ mel, 1984. In this carefully crafted predictable book, the very busy spider is too busy to take time for the other animals. (I: P-8) Cherry, Lynne. A River Ran Wild. San Diego, CA: Harcourt, 1992. Six centuries of change and devel¬ opment are depicted in this story of the Nashua River. (I: 6-12) Creech, Sharon. Walk Two Moons. New York: HarperCollins, 1994. Salamanca Tree Hiddle travels from Ohio to Idaho with her eccentric grandparents in an attempt to understand why her mother left her. (I: YA) Fleischman, Paul. Joyful Noise. Illustrated by E. Beddows. New York: HarperCollins, 1988. This distinc¬ tive collection of poems for two voices focuses on insects. (I: 8-YA) Fleming, Denise. In the Tall, Tall Grass. New York: Holt, 1991. From caterpillars and ants to rabbits and bats, a boy explores the world of the animals who live in the tall grass in his backyard. (I: P-7) Gray, Libba Moore. Small Green Snake. Illustrated by Holly Meade. New York: Orchard, 1994. This story of a lively little snake is told in equally lively lan¬ guage. (I: P-7) Grifalconi, Ann. Osa’s Pride. Boston: Little, Brown, 1990. Osa lives in an African village and has a spe¬ cial relationship with her grandmother. When Osa starts acting a little too proud for her own good, her grandmother decides to gently teach her a lesson.

(I: 6-10) Heide, Florence Parry, and Judith Heide Gilliland. The Day of Ahmed’s Secret. Illustrated by Ted Lewin. New York: Lothrop, 1990. All day young Ahmed

drives his cart through the streets of Cairo, looking forward to the time he can share his secret with his family. (I: 7-10) * Johnston, Deborah. Mathew Michael’s Beastly Day. Illustrated by Seymour Chwast. San Diego, CA: Harcourt, 1992. Over the course of the day, a boy feels like various animals. (I: P-7) * Kroll, Virginia. Masai and I. Illustrated by Nancy Car¬ penter. New York: Four Winds, 1992. An African American girl discovers the similarities and differ¬ ences between her life and the life of a Masai girl. (I: 7-10) * Lyon, George Ella. Who Came Down That Road? Illustrated by Peter Catalonotto. New York: Orchard, 1992. While on a walk, a boy asks his mother, “Who came down this path?” She tells the history of the path, tracing it back through his grandparents, Union soldiers, elk, pioneer settlers, Native Americans, Ice Age animals, to the beginning of time. (I: P-8) * Macaulay, David. Black and White. Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1990. Four stories are intertwined in one in this cleverly crafted book. (I: 6-10) MacLachlan, Patricia. Skylark. New York: Harper¬ Collins, 1994. A sequel to Sarah, Plain and Tall, in which a severe drought forces Sarah and the chil¬ dren to journey to Maine. (I: 9-12) * Mazer, Anne. The Salamander Room. Illustrated by Steve Johnson. New York: Knopf, 1991. A little boy tells his mother how he will turn his room into the perfect home for the little orange salamander he wants to keep for a pet. (I: P-8) McKissack, Patricia C., and Fredrick L. McKissack. Christmas in the Big House, Christmas in the Quar¬ ters. New York: Scholastic, 1994. Christmas in the big house is compared to Christmas in the slave quarters in the year before the Civil War breaks out. (I: 9-12) * Nichol, Barbara. Beethoven Lives Upstairs. Illustrated by Scott Cameron. New York: Orchard, 1993. Through the exchange of letters with his uncle, a young boy comes to see Beethoven, his upstairs neighbor, in a new light. (I: 8-11) * Polacco, Patricia. The Keeping Quilt. New York: Si¬ mon & Schuster, 1988. An immigrant family makes a quilt that is used for celebrations in subsequent generations. (I: 6-10) * Rosen, Michael J. Elijah’s Angel. Illustrated by Aminah Brenda Lynn Robinson. San Diego: Harcourt, 1992. Michael’s family helps him to understand that the gifts of friendship transcend cultural gaps. (I: 8-12) * Say, Allen. Grandfather’s Journey. Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1993. A young man recounts the unique

CHAPTER 13: Encouraging Response to Literature

477

imagines the members of a royal court coming to visit him each day in an otherwise dull week. (I: P-8)

cross-cultural experience his family had living in Japan and America. (I: 6-10) Scieszka, Jon. The Stinky Cheese Man and Other Fairly Stupid Tales. Illustrated by Lane Smith. New York: Viking, 1992. A wacky collection of folktale spin¬ offs. (I: 6-10)

* Willard, Nancy. Pish, Posh, Said Hieronymus Bosch. Illustrated by Leo, Diane, and Lee Dillon. San Diego, CA: Harcourt, 1991. Strange creatures haunt Hiero¬ nymus Bosch’s housekeeper. (I: 5-9)

Sebestyen, Ouida. Out of Nowhere. New York: Or¬ chard, 1994. Abandoned by his mother, a boy finds a way to build a new family. (I: 10-YA) Seymour, Tres. Hunting the White Cow. Illustrated by Wendy Anderson Halperin. New York: Orchard, 1993. A young girl living on a farm in Kentucky tries to catch the white cow that her daddy, her uncles, and their friends have been unable to catch. (I: P-8) Shulevitz, Uri. One Monday Morning. New York: Scribner’s, 1967. A little boy in a tenement house

* Wood, Audrey. King Bidgood’s in the Bathtub. Illus¬ trated by Don Wood. New York: Harcourt, 1984. The members of the royal court try unsuccessfully all day to get the king out of the bathtub. (I: P-8) * -. The Napping House. Illustrated by Don Wood. New York: Harcourt, 19£4. A child and her grand¬ mother take a peaceful nap along with the family dog, cat, and a mouse—until a wakeful flea stirs things up. (I: P-8)

RESOURCES Bromley, Karen D. Webbing with Literature: Creating Story Maps with Children’s Books. Boston: Allyn & Bacon, 1991. Harste, Jerome C., and Kathy G. Short, with Carolyn Burke. Creating Classrooms for Authors: The Read¬ ing Writing Connection. Portsmouth, NH: Heinemann, 1988. Hill, Bonnie C., Nancy J. Johnson, and Katherine L. Schlick Noe. Literature Circles and Response. Nor¬ wood, MA: Christopher-Gordon, 1995. Holland, Kathleen E., Rachel A. Hungerford, and Shir¬ ley B. Ernst, eds. journeying: Children Responding to Literature. Portsmouth, NH: Heinemann, 1993. Literature Study: Karen Smith’s Classroom. Dirs. Maryann Eeds, Carole Edelsky, Karen Smith, C. Penka, and B. Love. Tempe, AZ: Center for Establishing Dialogue in Teaching and Learning, 1990.

Peterson, Ralph, and Maryann Eeds. Grand Conver¬ sations: Literature Groups in Action. Toronto: Scholastic-TAB, 1990. Raphael, Taffy E., Susan I. McMahon, Virginia J. Goatley, J. L. Bentley, F. B. Boyd, Laura S. Pardo, and Deborah A. Woodman. “Research Directions: Literature and Discussion in the Reading Program.” Language Arts 69 (1992): 54-61. Roser, Nancy L., and Miriam G. Martinez, eds. Book Talk and Beyond: Children and Teachers Respond to Literature. Newark, DE: International Reading Association, 1995. Wiencek, Joyce, and John F. O’Flahavan. “From Teacher-Led to Peer Discussions about Literature: Suggestions for Making the Shift.” Language Arts 71 (1994): 488-98.

REFERENCES Almasi, Janice. “The Nature of Fourth Graders’ Sociocognitive Conflicts in Peer-led and Teacher-led Discus¬ sions of Literature.” Reading Research Quarterly 30 (1995): 314-51. Anzul, Margaret. “Exploring Literature with Children within a Transactional Framework.” Journeying: Children Responding to Literature. Eds. Kathleen E. Holland, Rachel A. Hungerford, and Shirley B. Ernst. Portsmouth, NH: Heinemann, 1993. 187-203. Babbitt, Natalie. “Protecting Children’s Literature.” Horn Book 66 (1990): 696-703. Bromley, Karen D. “Enriching Responses to Literature with Webbing.” Book Talk and Beyond: Children and

478

PART THREE: Creating the Literature-Based Classroom

Teachers Respond to Literature. Eds. Nancy L. Roser and Miriam G. Martinez. Newark, DE: International Reading Association, 1995. 90-101. -. Webbing with Literature: Creating Story Maps with Children’s Books. Boston: Allyn &c Bacon, 1991. Byars, Betsy. After the Goat Man. Illustrated by Ron Himler. New York: Viking, 1974. Carris, Joan. Aunt Morbelia and the Screaming Skull. Boston: Little, Brown, 1990. -. Just a Little Ham. Boston: Little, Brown, 1989. Cazden, Courtney. Classroom Discourse: The Language of Teaching and Learning. Portsmouth, NH: Heine¬ mann, 1988.

Cianciolo, Patricia J. “Responding to Literature as a Work of Art—An Aesthetic Literary Experience.” Language Arts 59 (1982): 259-64. Chambers, Aidan. Booktalk: Occasional Writing on Literature and Children. New York: Harper, 1985. Eeds, Maryann, and Deborah Wells. “Grand Conversa¬ tions: An Exploration of Meaning Construction in Literature Study Groups.” Research in the Teaching of English 23 (1989): 4-29. Farrell, Edmund J., and James R. Squire. Transactions with Literature: A Fifty-Year Perspective. Urbana, IL: National Council of Teachers of English, 1990. Farris, Pamela J. “Story Time and Story Journals: Linking Literature and Writing.” The New Advocate 2 (1989): 179-85. Gonzalez, Veronica, Linda Fry, Sylvia Lopez, Julie Jordan, Cindy Sloan, and Diane McAdams. “Our Journey toward Better Coversations about Books.” Book Talk and Beyond: Children and Teachers Respond to Litera¬ ture. Eds. Nancy L. Roser and Miriam G. Martinez. Newark, DE: International Reading Association, 1995. 168-78. Grover, W. Dolphin Adventure. New York: Greenwillow, 1990. Harste, Jerome C., and Kathy G. Short, with Carolyn Burke. Creating Classrooms for Authors: The Reading Writing Connection. Portsmouth, NH: Heinemann, 1988. Hickman, Janet. “A New Perspective on Response to Literature: Research in an Elementary School Setting.” Research in the Teaching of English 15 (1981): 343-54. -. “Response to Literature in a School Environment, Grades K through 5.” Diss. Ohio State University, 1979. Hoban, Lillian. Arthur’s Prize Reader. New York: Harper, 1978. Kiefer, Barbara. “The Responses of Children in a Com¬ bination First/Second Grade Classroom to Picture Books in a Variety of Artistic Styles.” Journal of Research and Development in Education 16 (1983): 14-20. Langer, Judith. “Rethinking Literature.” Literature In¬ struction: A Focus on Students’ Response. Ed. Judith A. Langer. Urbana, IL: National Council of Teachers of English, 1992. 35-53. Leppard, L. Mandie and the Cherokee Legend. New York: Bethany House, 1983. Martinez, Miriam, and Nancy L. Roser. “The Books Make a Difference in Story Talk.” Book Talk and Beyond: Children and Teachers Respond to Literature. Eds. Nancy L. Roser and Miriam G. Martinez. Newark, DE: International Reading Association, 1995. 32-41. -. “Children’s Responses to a Chapter Book across Grade Levels: Implications for Sustained Text.” Multi¬ dimensional Aspects of Literacy Research, Theory and Practice. Eds. Charles K. Kinzer and Donald J. Leu. Chicago: National Reading Conference, 1994. 317-24. Martinez, Miriam, Nancy L. Roser, James V. Hoffman, and Jennifer Battle. “Fostering Better Book Discussions through Response Logs and a Response Framework: A Case Description.” Literacy Research, Theory and Practice: Views from Many Perspectives. Eds. Charles

K. Kinzer and Donald J. Leu. Chicago: National Read¬ ing Conference, 1992. 303-11. McGee, Lea M. “An Exploration of Meaning Construction in First Graders’ Grand Conversations.” Literacy Re¬ search, Theory, and Practice: Views from Many Per¬ spectives. Eds. Charles K. Kinzer and Donald J. Leu. Chicago: National Reading Conference, 1992. 177-86. -. “Talking about Books with Young Children.” Book Talk and Beyond: Children and Teachers Re¬ spond to Literature. Eds. Nancy L. Roser and Miriam G. Martinez. Newark, DE: International Reading Association, 1995. 105-16. Mehan, Hugh. Learning Lessons: Social Organization in the Classroom. Cambridge, MA: Llarvard University Press, 1979. Nash, Marcia. “‘Leading from Behind’: Dialogue Re¬ sponse Journals.” Book Talk and Beyond: Children and Teachers Respond to Literature. Eds. Nancy L. Roser and Miriam G. Martinez. Newark, DE: In¬ ternational Reading Association, 1995. 217-25. Peterson, Ralph, and Maryann Eeds. Grand Conversa¬ tions: Literature Groups in Action. Toronto: ScholasticTAB, 1990. Pierce, Meredith. The Darkangel. New York: Atlantic Monthly, 1982. Raphael, Taffy E., Virginia J. Goatley, Susan I. McMahon, and Deborah A. Woodman. “Teaching Literacy through Student Book Clubs: Promoting Meaningful Conversations about Books.” Book Talk and Beyond: Children and Teachers Respond to Literature. Eds. Nancy L. Roser and Miriam G. Martinez. Newark, DE: International Reading Association, 1995. 66-79. Raphael, Taffy E., Susan I. McMahon, Virginia J. Goatley, J. L. Bentley, F. B. Boyd, Laura S. Pardo, and Deborah A. Woodman. “Research Directions: Literature and Discussion in the Reading Program.” Language Arts 69 (1992): 54-61. Rosenblatt, Louise M. Literature as Exploration. 3rd ed. New York: Noble Sc Noble, 1938. Roser, Nancy L., James V. Hoffman, and Cynthia Farest. “Language, Literature, and At-risk Children.” The Reading Teacher 43 (1990): 554-59. Saul, Wendy. “‘What Did Leo Feed the Turtle?’ and Other Nonliterary Questions.” Language Arts 66 (1989): 295-303. Short, Kathy G., and Gloria Kauffman. “‘So What Do I Do?’ The Role of the Teacher in Literature Circles.” Book Talk and Beyond: Children and Teachers Re¬ spond to Literature. Eds. Nancy L. Roser and Miriam G. Martinez. Newark, DE: International Reading Association, 1995. 140-49. Wells, Deborah. “Leading Grand Conversations.” Book Talk and Beyond: Children and Teachers Respond to Literature. Eds. Nancy L. Roser and Miriam G. Mar¬ tinez. Newark, DE: International Reading Association, 1995.132-39. Wiencek, Joyce, and John F. O’Flahavan. “From TeacherLed to Peer Discussions about Literature: Suggestions for Making the Shift.” Language Arts 71 (1994): 488-98.

CHAPTER 13: Encouraging Response to Literature

479

Literature \Ayuts> the Csurriouluvu What Is a Literature Unit? Distinguishing Features of a Literature Unit Literature Units Include Many Genres Literature Units Provide Cumulative Experiences Literature and Language Arts Are Integrated Student Journals Are Used throughout a Literature Unit The Study of Literature Evolves in a Social Context A Literature Unit Featuring the Sea: Theory into Practice Session One: Introducing the Content and Components of the Sea Unit Session Two: Setting the Stage for Comparative Analysis of Sea Tales Session Three: Identifying Recurring Literary Themes in Sea Tales Session Four: Comparing Traditional and Modern Sea Tales

UA/

Session Five: Finding Ancient Roots in Modern Sea Tales Session Six: Exploring Literary Connections and Authors'Craft Session Seven: Finding Facts in Realistic Fiction about the Sea Session Eight: Comparing Nonfiction and Fiction about the Sea Session Nine: Focusing on the Craft of Author and Artist Session Ten: Connecting Literary Themes about the Sea to Current Social Issues Session Eleven: Moving from Analysis to Synthesis Final Sessions: Sharing Research Findings Developing a Literature Unit: An Overview Selecting a Topic Selecting Literary Texts Issue to Consider: Do Teachers Need to Be Students of Literature? Shared-Text Experiences Independent Reading Response Journals Book Clubs Extensions Synthesis Developing Literature Units: Other Possibilities Friendship Literary Genres Ask the Editor: Barbara Elleman The Literature Unit and Literacy and Literary Learning

480

Once on a time when wishes were aplenty, a fisherman and his wife lived by the side of the sea. All that they ate came out of the sea. Their hut was covered with the finest mosses that kept them cool in the summer and warm in the winter. And there was nothing they needed or wanted except a child. from. Greyling (1968) by Jane Yolen

WHAT IS A LITERATURE UNIT? The opening lines of Greyling (1968) generated a discussion about conven¬ tions and recurring motifs in folktales and fairytales in the context of a literature unit for fourth-grade students. This unit, structured around sea tales, will be de¬ scribed in some detail later in this chapter to illustrate the study of literature in the classroom. At this point, it is important to address the question “What is a literature unit?” A literature unit is an instructional framework in which children are given opportunities to experience, enjoy, and study literature in the classroom. Each lit¬ erature unit has a central focus that guides the selection of related texts that are used to develop a cumulative literary experience. This cumulative literary experience takes advantage of the connections between diverse literary texts, be¬ tween literature and other areas of the curriculum, and between literature and life. As students of litera¬ ture, children explore these connections and engage in inquiry and discovery, collaborative reasoning and learning, and self-initiated study. The literature unit described in this chapter is grounded in a reader-response theory of literature. (See Chapter 3 for a discussion of reader-response perspectives.) Students are invited to “live through” each story as a unique personal experience, to reflect on this experience, and to articulate their feelings, responses, understandings, and interpretations in the social context of the group discussions that are a central feature of the unit (Rosenblatt, 1938, 1978).

Literature units promote exploration of the interconnections between fiction, poetry, and nonfiction and diverse areas of the curriculum.

After reflecting on their “lived through” experiences, students are invited to stand back from the text and to respond to it as a literary work. Informational books offer windows through which young readers can see beyond their own experience and learn about nature and the physical world, his¬ tory and culture, the arts, hobbies and crafts, and sports, as well as about human nature and the lives of others. On the other hand, fiction and poetry offer doors that allow young readers to enter into other lives and view the world through other eyes. Literature is the language of the heart; it has the power to touch minds and hearts by allowing readers to walk in the shoes of fictional characters, respond with empathy and compassion, and make emotional connections. Readers of lit¬ erature who enter worlds beyond the boundaries of their own experience have opportunities to gain new perspectives and insights about what it means to be human, about the universality of human experience, and about the uniqueness of each human being. Reading literature is also a learning experience when readers

CHAPTER 14: Literature Units in the Curriculum

481

stand back and explore the text as a rich source of ideas and information about the world as well as about literature and the craft of writers and artists. The term “thematic unit” is often used synonymously with the term “liter¬ ature unit” to describe a multitext, cumulative learning experience that is struc¬ tured around literature and that is designed to bring literature into the lives of children. In this chapter, we differentiate between literature units and thematic units structured around informational texts that serve as the primary resources for studying a particular topic or problem. That is, when informational books are used as the core of a thematic unit into which fiction and poetry may or may not be integrated, that unit is not the same as a literature unit. In this chapter, the term “literature unit” is used to highlight a focus on literature. A literature unit provides a context for aesthetic response to literature as well as opportunities to explore and study literature. Fiction and poetry serve as the core of a literature unit; informational books may or may not be integrated into the unit, and cross¬ curricular study may or may not be an integral part of the unit. (For more infor¬ mation about thematic units, see the Resources list at the end of this chapter.)

DISTINGUISHING FEATURES OF A LITERATURE UNIT Research carried out over the past twenty-five years has provided signifi¬ cant insights into literacy and literary learning. These insights serve as a theoreti¬ cal foundation for the literature unit described in this chapter.

Literature Units Include Many Genres Literature units are designed to include diverse genres: traditional folktales, fables, nursery rhymes, myths, legends, and epics; modern fantasy; poetry; contem¬ porary and historical realistic fiction; short stories; biography and autobiography; informational books; and picture books. Exposure to a range of genres helps stu¬ dents discover the distinguishing features of each genre, what to expect of each, and the relationships between traditional and modern literature. Students’ knowl-

Children's experiences with literature trigger questions that serve as springboards for inquiry and exploration.

edge

§enre is a critical factor in their ability to generate meaning as readers

and writers. In addition, each genre makes a distinctive contribution to students’ total experience of the particular topic selected as the focus for the literature unit, For example, in a third-grade classroom, a litera¬ ture unit focusing on birds began with an introduction to a variety of traditional and modern stories and poems featuring birds. The focus for this unit was selected for several reasons: the children’s fascination with these creatures, the wealth of quality literature available for developing this unit, and the potential for integrating a study of birds in literature with a study of birds in nature. As the children listened to and read traditional tales in the first segment of this unit, they discovered that birds have been part of folklore since ancient times: the ibis of Egypt; the crows, storks, and cranes in the fables of Aesop; the phoenix in Greek mythology; the crane in Japanese tales; the raven in Native American legends; and the firebird in Russian tales. They discovered that some storytellers used birds as symbols of the soul, peace, and hope; others used birds as symbols of evil and misfortune. They

482

PART THREE: Creating the Literature-Based Classroom

Illustration 14.1 Trickster characters, found in folk¬ lore around the world, are clever and crafty beings who can be mischief-makers or helpers. Gerald McDermott's Raven, a 1994 Calde¬ cott Honor Book, is a trickster tale from the Pacific Northwest. {Raven: A Trickster Tale from the Pacific North¬ west by Gerald McDermott. Illustration copyright © 1993 by Gerald McDermott. Used by permission of Harcourt Brace & Company.)

discovered recurring patterns and literary themes in these tra¬ ditional tales and learned to recognize the distinguishing fea¬ tures of various genres in the oral tradition. The second segment of this literature unit explored mo¬ dern stories and poems featuring birds. The children were able to identify the roots of the modern stories and poems in tra¬ ditional literature by examining form, motifs, themes, charac¬ ter types, plot patterns, language, and symbolism. They also began to make connections between birds in literature and birds in nature. They found evidence that ancient storytellers and modern writers had observed birds in nature and had used these observations to create stories. The children’s literary experiences triggered questions about bird habits, habitats, and different species. Their ques¬ tions served as springboards for inquiry and exploration and as the starting point for the third segment of the unit, in which the children con¬ sulted informational books and studied birds in nature. In the final segment of the unit, the children moved from nonfiction back to fiction. They focused on literary themes and patterns and on the craft of authors and artists who incorporated facts about birds into their stories and poems; the next step was to create their own stories and poems about birds. Two of the liter¬ ary selections used in this unit were Raven: A Trickster Tale from the Pacific Northwest (1993), by Gerald McDermott, and Firebird (1994), by Rachel Isadora, one of the many Russian tales about this remarkable mythical bird. Other titles can be found in the Recommended Books list at the end of this chapter.

Literature Units Provide Cumulative Experiences A literature unit provides a cumulative experience, in which students listen to or read and respond to a series of related texts and search for connections between them and between the texts and their own lives. “Learning and understanding are processes of making connections. We are able to understand what we read only because of the connections we make between the current book and our past experiences, which include books we have read or written” (Harste, Short, and Burke, 1988, p. 358). In the cumulative experience of the literature unit, listening to or reading one text serves as a preparation for understanding other texts, and students are encouraged to draw on their own literary histories to enrich each new literary experience and to use intertextual links to generate meaning. Reading research carried out over the past twenty-five years has generated some important insights about the impact of prior knowledge on comprehension. According to Frank Smith, “the meaning that readers comprehend from text is always relative to what they already know and what they want to know” (1988, p. 154). The cumulative literary experiences at the core of literature units provide opportunities for children to engage in the extensive reading that is necessary to (1) build a rich background of prior knowledge about literature, language, the human experience, and the world and (2) bring this enriched background to transactions with new texts.

Literature and Language Arts Are Integrated In the context of a literature unit, literature and the language arts are inte¬ grated. Students listen to, read, and discuss literary texts. In addition, they write

about their experiences with and responses to literature and compose their own

CHAPTER 14: Literature Units in the Curriculum

483

narratives and poems. Reading and writing are complementary processes of meaning making and communication. According to Sandra Stotsky,

reading

experience may be as critical a factor in developing writing ability as writing instruction itself” (1983, p. 637). Frank Smith (1984) emphasizes that learning to write involves learning to read like a writer. Certain knowledge that writers require—such as the knowledge of genres, narrative elements, literary tech¬ niques, and linguistic features—resides in texts; so reading like a writer helps stu¬ dents build a background of writers’ knowledge. In the context of the literature unit, students are encouraged to study authors’ craft to enrich their experiences as readers and as writers. In her book The Art of Teaching 'Writing (1994), Lucy Calkins suggests that authors can serve as mentors when children discover that authors use diverse techniques to elicit reader response. She applies the term “touchstone text” to any book that has the potential to assist young writers: “Any single wonderful text can teach students about dialogue, language, drama, detail, and everything else there is to learn about literature” (p. 278). In the context of the literature unit, students are invited to engage in other forms of meaning making and communication in addition to the language arts. They are given opportunities to respond to and interpret literature through art, drama, music, and dance (see Chapter 12). They learn to explore and share liter¬ ary concepts and connections using graphic displays such as language charts and story webs (see Chapter 13).

Student Journals Are Used throughout a Literature Unit Throughout a literature unit, students write their personal responses in journals. As students experience and respond to literary texts, they record their understandings and questions, their insights and interpretations, their thoughts and feelings in their journals. Journal writing provides a vehicle through which children can respond to literature, and it enables teachers to observe and learn about reader response. A student journal can also take the form of a dialogue Literature units provide wideranging opportunities for indepen¬ dent reading and "book talk" in the social context of a literature-rich curriculum.

journal, in which the teacher responds to student entries and invites the student to engage in a written interchange (Atwell, 1987; Bode, 1989; Staton, 1980, 1989). This ongoing written conversation enables students to participate in both sides of the communication process and helps to reinforce their grasp of the con¬ nections between reading and writing (see Chapter 13).

The Study of Literature Evolves in a Social Context The study of literature in a literature unit evolves in a social context. Susan ITepler and Janet Hickman (1982) used the term “community of readers” to describe children who are working together to become readers of literature and to explore and build mean¬ ings. A literature unit should provide di¬ verse opportunities for “book talk” (Roser and Martinez, 1995) in whole-group discus¬ sions, book clubs, dialogue journals, and other contexts in which children talk about their experiences as readers and writers (see Chapter 13).

484

PART THREE: Creating the Literature-Based Classroom

A LITERATURE UNIT FEATURING THE SEA: THEORY INTO PRACTICE In this section, we will give a detailed description of a literature unit to illustrate the translation of the theoretical background into practice. A literature unit featuring the sea was developed for a fourth-grade class. Most of the chil¬ dren in this class had, at some point in their lives, discovered the power of the sea firsthand, and many had expressed a fascination with the sea. The sea was se¬ lected as the central topic for this unit in large part in response to the students’ expressed interest. Another consideration was the wide variety of traditional and modern stories and poems as well as informational books that could be incorpo¬ rated into this unit. A third important consideration was the curriculum as a whole and the teacher’s goals for students’ literary and literacy learning during the school year. The unit began with literature created by storytellers and writers from around the world who have been moved to interpret the dual nature of the sea through themes of good and evil, fascination and dread, love and hate, life and death. These tales reflect people’s ambivalence about the sea: Its power and mys¬ tery inspire feelings of awe and wonder as well as terror and hatred. The eleven whole-group sessions outlined below were developed to provide a cumulative literary experience that gives students an opportunity to find con¬ nections between diverse literary texts featuring the sea and between literature and life. This series of sessions was designed to progress naturally from a focus on traditional and modern sea tales and poetry to a focus on realistic fiction and informational books about the sea. In general, the number and content of the whole-group sessions for literature units will vary depending on the nature of the literature selected for the unit, the goals of the teacher, and the needs, interests, and experiences of the students.

Session One: Introducing the Content and Components of the Sea Unit The unit was introduced in the first whole-group session with the question “What do you know about the sea?” After the students shared their knowledge and experiences, the teacher recorded key words drawn from their comments about the sea on a wall chart and invited them to add to the chart in the course of their study of the sea. Greyling (1968), written by Jane Yolen and illustrated by William Stobbs, was selected for this first shared-text experience to introduce some of the mythi¬ cal creatures of the sea found in traditional and modern literature. Before reading aloud, the teacher held up the picture book and asked the students to examine and discuss the cover. (See Benedict and Carlisle, 1992.) Many students recog¬ nized the author and mentioned some of her other stories they had heard or read. They also talked about the picture of the boy and the seal on the cover and used the cover illustration to make predictions about the story. Most of the students predicted that the story would be about a friendship between a boy and a seal. A few observed that the boy and the seal had similar eyes and wondered why the illustrator created this connection. One student shared some of his own knowl¬ edge about seals and concluded, “I think, in a lot of ways, they’re sort of like humans.” Finally, the teacher explained that this story is rooted in the ancient legends told on the Scottish island of Shetland and made a few comments about the legend as a literary genre. This preliminary discussion set the stage for the lit¬ erary experience. CHAPTER 14: Literature Units in the Curriculum

485

Greyling is the story of a fisherman and his wife who long for

GREYLING

JANE YOLEN Illustrated hv David Ray

Illustration 14.2 For the cover of the 1991 edition of Jane Yolen's Greyling, David Ray portrayed Greyling alone after his return to the sea as a seal. (Greyling by Jane Yolen. Illustration copyright © 1991 by David Ray. Used by permission of Philomel Books.)

Illustration 14.3 After saving his father, Greyling returns to the sea. Illustrator Ray extends Yolen's text in his interpre¬ tation of this bittersweet moment of rescue and farewell. (Greyling by Jane Yolen. Illustration copyright © 1991 by David Ray. Used by permis¬ sion of Philomel Books.)

a child of their own. One day, the fisherman finds a small grey seal - stranded on a sand bar. When he brings it home, it becomes a human child. The couple love him as a son, but they know he is a Selchie— “men upon the land and seals in the sea.” They try to keep him away from the sea, but when the fisherman is about to drown during a terri¬ ble storm, Greyling dives into the sea to save him. After listening to the story, the students shared their own thoughts and feelings and returned to their original predictions and questions that had been prompted by the book cover. For example, “Oh . . . now I see why the artist made them [the boy and the seal] look alike . . . the boy is the seal!” As this discussion came to an end, the teacher invited the students to compare the original 1968 edition of Greyling, illustrated by William Stobbs, with the 1991 edition, illustrated by David Ray. Most of them expressed a preference for Stobbs’s cover: “This one shows the seal and the boy together, and it seems more mysterious. . . . But in this one [David Ray’s cover] it’s just the seal... it looks sort of like a nonfiction book.” However, Ray’s scenes recording Greyling’s rescue of the fisher¬ man generated special interest: “Here, it’s more like close-up pictures ... in the other book you can hardly see Greyling dive into the sea to save his dad.” “I like this one because you can see the transformation . . . when the boy changes into a seal.” “My favorite one is this one with the seal holding his father in the sea. He’s saving him from drowning, but he’s also saying goodbye.” At the conclusion of this session, some of the students expressed an interest in reading other stories about selchies; others wanted to read about seals. At this point, the teacher called attention to two display tables set up in a corner of the classroom: one held a collection of traditional and modern sea stories and poems; the other displayed a collection of informational books about the sea. The students were encouraged to browse and to select at least two books from each table for independent reading. Each stu¬ dent was given a notebook to use as a journal for recording personal responses to the books read aloud or independently during the Sea Unit. The journals sometimes became dialogue journals when the teacher wrote responses to students’ comments and questions or initi¬ ated ongoing conversations with individual stu¬ dents. Small discussion groups, or book clubs, were formed to allow students to talk about and compare their independent reading selec¬ tions and the works that were read aloud. Stu¬ dents shared selected journal entries in these small book clubs. Thus, the dialogue initiated in the whole-group sessions extended into other interactions in this “community of readers.” To assist the students in choosing books for their independent reading, the teacher or the school librarian provided brief “book talks” about selected titles at the end of each session. For example, at the end of the first session, the teacher highlighted several stories about mythical sea creatures and transformations (see the Recommended Books list at the end of this chapter).

486

PART THREE: Creating the Literature-Based Classroom

The teacher invited students who had expressed a special interest in seals to work together to gather information from nonfiction texts and other resources in the classroom collection and in the school or local library. Thus, the first research committee was established. When the students in this group had gathered infor¬ mation about seals, they organized it into an illustrated booklet about seals and later shared what they had learned with their classmates.

Session Two: Setting the Stage for Comparative Analysis of Sea Tales When the teacher held up the book Sukey and the Mermaid (1992), retold by Robert San Souci, several African American students expressed surprise and delight: “Look, it’s a black mermaid! I thought all the mermaids were white!” In response, the teacher read the author’s note at the back of the book about the history of this tale and its roots in American and African folklore. This note generated a conversation about the nature of the oral tradition and “retold tales.” The dialogue extended the discussion in the previous session about the legend as a traditional literary ukey genre often revived in modern literature. and the Sukey lives in a rickety cabin with her mother and stepfather Mermaid on a little island off the coast of South Carolina. When she escapes from her stepfather’s harsh treatment and goes to her secret hide¬ away by the sea, Sukey encounters a “beautiful, brown-skinned, black-eyed mermaid,” who treats her with kindness and takes her to live beneath the sea. In the end, Sukey returns to her home and marries a fisherman selected by the mermaid. After sharing their personal responses to this story, the stu¬ dents were invited to compare it with Greyling and other stories they had selected for independent reading. Excerpts from this com¬ parative analysis reveal some of the connections they discovered: “In both stories, the sea world and the human world are con¬ nected.” “I read two stories about seal women who married hu¬ Illustration 14.4 mans and then, later, went back to being seals, like Greyling ... but they never The cover of Sukey and the Mermaid forgot their human families.” “In the selchie stories I read, they were kidnapped reflects the origins of the story in . . . their sealskins were stolen. ... In Greyling the fisherman just wanted to African American as well as African help the baby seal.” “I read A Stranger Came Ashore. The stranger was a selchie folklore. The book was named a . . . but he was an evil character!” “I saw this movie with my mom and dad . . . Coretta Scott King Award Honor The Secret of Roan Inish . . . it’s hard to understand unless you know about the Book in 1993 for its illustrations. (Sukey and the Mermaid by Robert D. San Souci. Jacket illustration copyright © 1992 Brian Pinkney. Used by permis¬

sion of Simon & Schuster Books for Young Readers, an imprint of Simon & Schuster Children's Publishing Division.)

selchie legends.” At the conclusion of the session, many of the children were anxious to read some of the stories recommended by their classmates. Several students expressed an interest in writing their own sea legends and/or drawing sea-world pictures. In response, the teacher invited them to form a special author/artist group to create an illustrated collection of original sea legends.

Session Three: Identifying Recurring Literary Themes in Sea Tales “The Sea of Gold” (1988), adapted by Yoshiko Uchida, is about Hikoichi, a cook on a fishing boat, who feeds the fish every evening for many long years and is rewarded for his kindness by the King of the Sea. After listening to this folktale, the children continued their comparative analysis of the stories they had

CHAPTER 14: Literature Units in the Curriculum

487

Illustration 14.5 This cover illustration invites the reader to wonder what the girl hears as she holds the nautilus shell to her ear. (Prince Nautilus by Laura Krauss Melmed. Illustration copyright © 1994 by Henri Sorensen. Used by per¬ mission of Lothrop, Lee and Shepard Books, a division of William Morrow and Company, Inc.)

heard read aloud and read independently for this unit and drew from their knowledge about traditional and modern literature to respond to this tale. “It s an old story that was written down ... it says it was ‘adapted’.” “I read ‘Urashima’ [in Lafcadio Hearn’s The Boy Who Drew Cats (1963)]. He helps a tortoise, and the Dragon King of the Sea rewards him. It’s the rewarding kind¬ ness theme, and both storytellers believed in a kingdom under the sea.” “I read that story in a poem [Urashima and the Kingdom Beneath the Sea (1993), retold by Ralph McCarthy].” “In Taro and the Sea Turtles: A Tale of Japan [by Arnold Dobrin 1966], a boy saves the sea turtles, and they save him from pirates.” “But in some of the stories people get punished . .. The Fisherwoman [a modern fairy¬ tale by Louise Brierley, 1991] is like that one about the fisherman and his wife [a Grimm tale] when the wife lost everything because she was so greedy.” Having identified this recurring literary theme of reward and punishment in both traditional and modern stories, the students discussed various hypotheses regarding the widespread use of this theme by storytellers and writers across the centuries and throughout the world. They concluded that the value of kindness and the consequences of greed and cruelty have been highlighted in literature from ancient days to modern times. At the end of this session, members of the special author/artist group shared their original sea legends. Their work inspired others to form another spe¬ cial writing group to create illustrated stories about kingdoms under the sea. Two more research committees were established to study shells and sea turtles. A stu¬ dent who had read Gail Gibbons’s Sea Turtles (1995) recommended this book to the new Sea Turtle Committee. By the end of the third whole-group session, the group dialogue had become a cumulative experience in which students made connections and used prior liter¬ ary experiences to enrich current ones. Initially, the teacher introduced questions to stimulate discussion, guide literary response, and demonstrate for students the kinds of questions they could initiate and use to guide their own explorations of literature. As students gained confidence and became more involved, the litera¬ ture unit became more student-directed. Students became less dependent on the teacher as a guide in these literary explorations and more involved in studentinitiated and collaborative literary response and. analysis. The teacher’s role grad¬ ually changed: Instead of guiding literary response and prompting reluctant participants, the teacher was often able to enter into the col¬ laborative process of literary response and analysis as a student of lit¬ erature. As more students brought independent reading selections to the group sessions, student-initiated “book talks” began to replace the ones originally initiated by the teacher and the librarian to assist students in selecting books for independent reading.

Session Four: Comparing Traditional and Modern Sea Tales

IlKNKi

488

S CJjfT'KN 8'K-N

When the teacher introduced Prince Nautilus (1994) by Laura Krauss Melmed to the group, a member of the Shell Committee shared what she had learned about the many-chambered spiral shell called the nautilus. Most of the children interpreted the picture of the girl on the cover based on their own experiences at the beach: “She’s holding the shell up to her ear, so she’s listening to the sea.” Some of the children predicted that the title character would be a merman who would marry the girl. This original fairytale is about a fisherman’s

PART THREE: Creating the Literature-Based Classroom

two daughters: Columbine, who is beautiful but vain, cold, and lazy, and Fiona, who is generous, kind, and courageous. Their quest is to save a prince who has been imprisoned in a seashell by an evil wizard. It is Fiona who finally breaks the spell and frees Prince Nautilus from his lonely prison. After listening to this story, the students initiated a comparative analysis: “This starts out just like Cinderella . . . with the vain sister . . . and Fiona does all the work.. . . But it doesn’t end with a wedding!” “When the prince asks Fiona to marry him . . . she refuses him because she wants to go on adventures!” “I know! This author doesn’t use the old stereotype of a girl... Fiona plans to have an inter¬ esting life!” “This has the kindness rewarded theme. Fiona helps the fish and the seabird and the sea turtle .. . and then they helped her.” “I read .. . The Children ofLir [by Sheila MacGill-Callahan, 1993] . .. it’s from an Irish legend . . . it’s like that story of the seven brothers that were changed into swans. In this story, the king’s children are changed into swans, and sea creatures save them.” “A lot of the stories have sea creatures that help people . . . like in Avion and the Dolphins [by Lonzo Anderson, 1978]. Dolphins save the boy from drowning.” “But sea creatures can be dangerous, too . . . like the sea monster in Prince Nautilus.” “The sea can be good and bad. You can go surfing . . . but you can also drown.” At the end of this session, three more research committees were established to study whales, dolphins, and tides and tidal waves.

Session Five: Finding Ancient Roots in Modem Sea Tales The teacher introduced The Jolly Mon (1988), by songwriter and musician Jimmy Buffett and his daughter, Savannah Jane, by reading the dedication in¬ cluded in the book and the “Storytellers’ Note” that precedes the story. The first lines of this note provide interesting background for those who read or listen to this tale of a fisherman and his magic guitar: It seems that pirates have been throwing musicians into the ocean since the beginning of time, and thankfully dolphins have been around just as long to pluck us out so that we can continue to sing. . . . The poet and musician Arion seems to be the first musician to have gotten the proverbial “hook” as he was traveling and singing his way through Italy around 625 B.c. He was saved by a dolphin who liked music a lot more than the pirates, (n.pag.) The students responded spontaneously with predictions about the story line as well as relevant information about pirates, dolphins, Caribbean islands, and the constellation Orion. As they listened to the story, they were eager to confirm or revise their initial predictions and to generate new predictions about subsequent events. At the conclusion of the story, the students’ comments focused on the mystery of the magical guitar, the dolphin painted on the back, the words in¬ scribed in gold, and the diamond stars forming the constellation Orion. The dis¬ covery that the dolphin on the guitar was the very one that saved the Jolly Mon when the pirates pushed him into the sea reminded many of the children of Japanese folktales they had read during a previous literature unit. They identified a number of ancient Japanese tales in which an animal had left the surface on which it had been painted and had come to life—for example, “Kogi” and “The Boy Who Drew Cats” in Mysterious Tales of Japan (1996) by Rafe Martin. Those who had selected Lonzo Anderson’s Arion and the Dolphins (1978) or Vikram Seth’s Arion and the Dolphin (1995) for independent reading were anx-

CHAPTER 14: Literature Units in the Curriculum

489

ious to compare The Jolly Mon with these retellings of an ancient Greek legend: “These stories are about friendship between humans and dolphins, and the dol¬ phins save them.” “Here it is again—that theme about the two sides of the sea. It’s just like I said . . . you can swim and sail, but you can also drown like the Jolly Mon and Arion almost drowned.” “There are friendly dolphins, but in The Black Horse [by Marianna Mayer, 1984] the Sea King is evil!” “The Wave [a Japanese tale retold by Margaret Hodges, 1964] is about a tidal wave. The sea is the villain.” “But the sea is good for fishermen!” This session concluded with the establishment of new research committees on pirates and sunken treasure, islands and lighthouses, and constellations.

Session Six: Exploring Literary Connections and Authors'Craft When the teacher introduced The Wreck of the Zephyr (1983) by Chris Van Allsburg, many of the students identified other titles by this popular author. One student predicted: “This one will probably have something mysterious in it, too!” The story begins with a question about how the wreck of a small sailing boat happened to be at the edge of some cliffs high above the sea. The answer is revealed in a story within a story. The students’ The Wreck of the Zephyr l responses to this story reflected their willingness and ability to stretch their minds and imaginations to construct meaning, to use their literary histories to enrich their response to this text, and to analyze the text in terms of literary connections and author’s craft: “The boy in the story is like that guy who tried to ride Pegasus to Mount Olympus.” “He’s like Icarus, too.” “. . . and the kid who rode too high in the sun chariot! I think this author probably read the Greek myths in fourth grade, too!” “And they all had warnings . . . that goddess warned him not to ride Pegasus too high. In the Zephyr story, the warning was hidden in that song about Samuel Blue.” “A lot of stories have warnings like ‘Don’t open that door’ and you know they’re going to do it.” “But if they did obey the warnings, it wouldn’t be a very good Illustration 14.6 story . . . nothing much would happen!” “The Zephyr story is like the fables we Chris Van Allsburg's ominous sky and read last year about pride goes before the fall.” “I knew this would have a mys¬ rolling waves foreshadow the fate tery in it . . . like that the old man is really the boy in the story. . . . It’s a flash¬ of the small boat named Zephyr. back'.!” “It’s also like two stories ... a ‘story in a story.’ . . . The traveler asks (The Wreck of the Zephyr by Chris Van about the wrecked boat, and then the old man tells the story about it.” Allsburg. Copyright © 1983 by Chris This dialogue in response to The Wreck of the Zephyr shows that the stu¬ Van Allsburg. Used by permission of dents seemed to have developed an awareness of authors’ craft as well as of the Houghton Mifflin Company. All rights fundamental unity of world literature and the way modern writers have drawn reserved.) from traditional literature to compose new stories. At the end of this session, two new research committees were formed to study boats and coral reefs. Written inti Illustrated by

CHRIS VAN AI.I.SBOftG

Session Seven: Finding Facts in Realistic Fiction about the Sea In this and several subsequent sessions, the teacher introduced examples of realistic fiction. Before reading aloud A Thousand Pails of Water (1978) by Ronald Roy, the teacher reviewed the students’ knowledge about tides and whales, since this would be important for understanding this story. Members of the Tides and Whale Research Committees contributed relevant information to this discussion.

490

PART THREE: Creating the Literature-Based Classroom

Yukio, the central character in Roy’s story, is distressed that his father is a whale hunter. When Yukio finds a whale lodged between some rocks on the beach, he realizes that it has been left behind when the tide went out and will not survive out of the sea. Although Yukio makes a valiant attempt to keep the whale alive by himself, it is his father who helps him save the whale’s life. This moving story elicited thoughtful comments about the conflict between the father and son and about the father’s decision to help Yukio save the whale. The teacher’s question about the possible effect of this episode on the father’s and son’s attitudes and their relationship stimulated hypothetical statements as the students explored possibilities beyond the text. The author concludes the story at the point when the whale swims out to sea. The students had their own opinions about what would happen next in the lives of the characters. Several chose to write a sequel. Another question initiated by the teacher—“ What factual information do you think the author used to compose this story?”—prompted the students to draw from their knowledge about the patterns of tides and about what whales need to survive. They concluded that the author’s use of factual information helped make the story realistic. At this point, the teacher shared a brief news item that had appeared in a newspaper before the publication of A Thousand Pails of Water. Under the headline “Bucket Brigade Saves Whale,” the story from Clac¬ ton, England, began with this sentence: “More than 60 children and their parents organized a bucket brigade to save the life of a whale that ran aground at nearby St. Osyth.” Since this is exactly what happened in Ronald Roy’s story of Yukio, the students concluded that the author had probably based his story on an actual incident and that it could definitely be classified as realistic fiction.

Session Eight: Comparing Nonfiction and Fiction about the Sea In this session, the teacher introduced a nonfiction account about whales. She showred students the cover of The Story of Three Whales (1989) by Giles Whittell. The teacher also drew students’ attention to the pages that preceded the title page, which showed reports and photos from several different newspapers about whales trapped in the ice in Alaska. In 1988, the plight of these whales became world news; millions of people followed reports of the rescue attempts that continued for twenty days, until finally a huge Russian ice-breaker was able to free the whales from their ice prison. After reading aloud this brief, illustrated story of an event that had been watched by millions of people, the teacher showed students the last two pages of the book, which contained information about organizations dedicated to saving whales and other wildlife, a list of fic¬ tion and nonfiction books about whales, and a list of words about the sea. Several students decided to establish a Save the Whales Committee and to write to some of the organizations listed at the back of the book to learn more about this issue and how they could participate in wildlife preservation. In the discussion of this story, the students explored differences between nonfiction, realistic fiction, and fantasy and the role of facts in each genre. At the end of this session, the teacher shared examples of fictional accounts of actual events as well as some related informational books. For example, Ibis: A True Whale Story (1990), by John Himmelman, is the story of a humpback whale calf that becomes entangled in a fishing net and is freed by a group of whale watchers. In the afterword, the author explained that he saw Ibis in 1985 when he was on a whale-watching boat and heard the story of her rescue. I Wonder If I’ll See a

CHAPTER 14: Literature Units in the Curriculum

491

Whale (1991) by Frances Weller is a first-person account of a young girl’s encounter with a humpback whale during a whale-watching trip, based on the author’s experiences with her family. Harry’s Wrong Turn (1989) by Flarriet Ziefert is also about a humpback whale that swims into New York harbor instead of out into the ocean. The author includes a copy of an item in the New York Daily News of June 18, 1988, recording the actual incident. “The Three Gray Whales: Persevering Captives of the Ice” is included in a collection of true stories called Animals Who Have Won Our Hearts (1994), by Jean Craighead George. The teacher also introduced Dolphin Adventure: A True Story (1990), by Wayne Grover, a nonfiction book written by a scuba diver and naturalist about his own remarkable experience eighty feet below the ocean’s surface. In eight chapters, he tells the story of his encounter with a family of dolphins and how he saved the life of a baby dolphin that had been caught in a fishing line.

Session Nine: Focusing on the Craft of the Author and Artist

The

The Boy Who Held Back the Sea (1987), illustrated by Thomas Locker, is an unusual retelling by Lenny Hort of the famous legend of the Dutch boy who held his finger in the dike to stop a leak and protect his village from a flood. This new version of the story is illustrated with striking paintings that reflect the influence of the great Dutch masters. The teacher Bov Who Held Back the Sea brought in a book of Dutch paintings so that the students could see the works of Rembrandt and Vermeer, two of the artists who THOMAS LOCK HR apparently inspired Locker as he created the realistic illustra¬ tions for this picture book. Before reading the book aloud, the teacher asked if anyone was familiar with the legend, first told by Mary Mapes Dodge more than a century ago. Quite a few students had heard the story. One boy volunteered to retell it; another explained the purpose of the dikes in Holland and the threat of flooding of land that is below sea level. This discussion provided important background information for understanding Hort’s retelling.

Illustration 14.7 Thomas Locker's stunning oil paint¬ ings of landscapes and interiors in The Boy Who Held Back the Sea are suggestive of the early Dutch mas¬ ters. (The Boy Who Held Back the Sea by Thomas Locker. Copyright © 1987 by Thomas Locker. Used by permission of Dial Books for Young Readers, a division of Penguin Books USA Inc.)

492

The students responded to‘this book with observations about the writer’s craft. They noted that Hort had created a story within a story and that the Dutch boy in this retelling was a more richly developed, dynamic character than the original one. They also compared this author with other writers who used facts to create realistic fiction. They found thematic connections with other stories in which a single individual had made a difference in the lives of others.

Session Ten: Connecting Literary Themes about the Sea to Current Social Issues Jack, the Seal and the Sea (1988) by Gerald Aschenbrenner, adapted by Joanne Fink, is a contemporary story about pollution and an example of a blend¬ ing of fantasy and realism. Jack, a fisherman, finds a half-dead seal covered with an oily film in his net. He takes care of the seal until its health returns and is rewarded for his kindness. In a dream, Jack hears a voice from the sea pleading for help, and he decides to devote his life to the fight against pollution. Students drew from their previous encounters with sea tales as well as their experiences with the language of literary analysis to respond to this story. They noticed that the author used traditional folktale themes to create a story about a

PART THREE: Creating the Literature-Based Classroom

current issue. They also discovered a third perspective for exploring the relation¬ ship between humans and the sea: “In some stories, the sea is an enemy, and in some stories, it’s a friend . . . but in this story, people are the enemy of the sea because they pollute it, and the sea is the victim!” A new committee was established in response to this story. The Pollution Committee set up a bulletin board to display newspaper and magazine clippings about this problem facing the global community. They produced posters to call attention to the different kinds of pollution, the causes and tragic consequences of pollution, and possible ways to prevent further pollution. As the students became immersed in the literary experiences that evolved in the course of this literature unit, they developed the habit of responding to each new text in light of texts they had experienced previously. By making connections between diverse texts, they moved beyond each immediate literary experience to generate new meanings and build new understandings. The excerpts drawn from the whole-group sessions in this literature unit reflect and illustrate the cumulative nature of the students’ literary experience and the quality of their literary responses as they explored related texts, engaged in inquiry and discovery, and made use of their growing literary and conceptual background to generate meaning.

Session Eleven: Moving from Analysis to Synthesis Students reviewed the literary themes and concepts discovered in the course of the sea unit to move from analysis toward synthesis. They identified threads that seemed to weave through and interconnect these diverse tales and link them to the literature of the world. Their review highlighted recurring literary themes such as “kindness rewarded” and “greed and pride punished” and motifs such as warnings, helpful animals, transformations, and supernatural characters. They discovered that storytellers around the world have interpreted the dual nature of the sea through themes of good and evil, love and hate, and life and death. In the context of this review, students discussed the literary genres represented in the works used in the unit and the techniques and styles of diverse writers and artists. They explored contemporary writers’ use of literary themes and patterns from traditional literature as well as symbolism and allusions to myths, legends, biblical tales, and folktales. Thus, these students began to read like writers and to discover what writers do to create a literary text (Smith, 1984). These fourth-grade students were learning to bring relevant personal, con¬ ceptual, and literary knowledge to each new text to generate meaning. Besides developing this important reading strategy, the students learned to consider each text from the viewpoint of its author: What literary and factual knowledge did the author bring to the composition process? As a class project, the students produced an illustrated dictionary: “The Sea Dictionary: Fact and Fantasy.” They composed definitions and sketches for each word, beginning with anemone and ending with zephyr. They included words from folklore and legends and from nonfiction about the sea. Members of each research committee contributed key words so that the final product represented a synthesis of the students’ diverse explorations and discoveries about the sea.

Final Sessions: Sharing Research Findings Several class meetings were scheduled to allow the research committees to share what they had discovered and learned. Members of each committee had worked together to study their area of interest and to decide the form in which

CHAPTER 14: Literature Units in the Curriculum

493

Students can share the results of their study of a favorite author or other subject of special interest.

they would present the results of their study to the rest of the class. Committees made murals, seascapes, and treasure maps; wrote plays about pirates, floods, undersea worlds, and heroic deeds; put together booklets about whales, dolphins, sharks, tides, and islands; set up displays of shells and other gifts from the sea; made charts to classify fish and boats; drew posters about pollution and saving the whales; and wrote stories and poems and songs that reflected their study of the sea, their growing background of literary motifs, themes, and techniques, their concerns about the future of the sea, and their ability to integrate fact and fiction.

DEVELOPING A LITERATURE UNIT: AN OVERVIEW Although the content of literature units varies in accord with students’ in¬ terests, the school’s curriculum, and the teacher’s instructional goals, the form of a literature unit is defined by its basic components. Teachers can apply these ba¬ sic components to the development of diverse-units.

Selecting a Focus for the Unit The first step in developing a literature unit is selecting a focus that has the potential for generating rich and meaningful literary experiences. The selection process is influenced by students’ interests and learning needs, by the teacher’s instructional goals, by curricular considerations, and by the availability of qual¬ ity literature that reflects this focus. Literature units can be structured around (1) topics, such as birds or the sea; (2) literary genres, such as fables, folktales, or historical fiction; (3) literary motifs, such as transformations or magic objects; (4) literary themes or signifi¬ cant truths, such as the triumph of the human spirit or the power of love, mercy, and kindness; (5) character types, such as tricksters or folk heroes or heroines; or (6) the craft of authors and artists, such as the use of viewpoint or the storywithin-a-story technique.

Selecting Literary Texts After determining a focus for the literature unit, the next step is to select a variety of related literary texts that reflect that focus. This book collection should be kept in the classroom for easy access, and students should be invited to add to 494

PART THREE: Creating the Literature-Based Classroom

Do teachers need to be students of literature?

ISSUE TO CONSIDER

Teachers often ask,"Do I need to read what my students read?" Many teachers who ask this question use prepackaged sets of books advertised as "thematic units" by publishers.They explain that this saves time and effort and that they are too busy with other responsibilities to take on the overwhelming task of finding appropriate books for their students. In addition, they express a need to rely on the "experts" in the field of children's literature because of their own inexperience. Other teachers feel the need to become students of literature themselves so that they can introduce their students to quality literature.These teachers pre¬ fer to evaluate and select books appropriate for the needs, interests, and expe¬ riences of their own students rather than to rely on "experts" who do not know those students.These teachers have discovered personally the joys of explor¬ ing the world of literature and feel prepared to guide their students into this world of language and ideas. Is it necessary for teachers to become students of literature in order to develop units that are meaningful for their students, or will prepackaged units provide students with comparable literary experiences? What do you think?

the collection in the course of the unit. The collection serves as the literary core of the unit and, when appropriate, should include diverse literary genres. By selecting literary texts relating to the focus of the unit, the teacher sets the stage for students to discover unifying literary themes or significant truths embedded in these texts. But the teacher’s plans must not impose limits on the students’ crit¬ ical and creative thinking or their imaginative explorations. During the course of most units, students tend to generate meanings, insights, interpretations, and truths that the teacher had not considered during his or her preparations for this cumulative learning experience. In addition to the titles included in the Recommended Books list at the end of this chapter, Appendix D at the end of the book includes a list of professional resources that will assist teachers in the selec¬ tion process.

Shared-Text Experiences A literature unit is developed around a series of shared-text experiences in which the teacher reads aloud selected texts and invites the students to discuss these shared texts. This series of whole-class sessions is planned to generate a cumulative dialogue: The text introduced in one session prepares students to explore subsequent texts; responses to each new text are informed by prior liter¬ ary experiences. The teacher introduces questions that call attention to literary elements and authors’ craft and that invite students to engage in literary analysis and to search for connections among texts and between literature and their own lives. Students are encouraged to share personal responses to each text and to articulate and defend opinions and interpretations. Teacher-initiated questions are employed as teaching tools to enrich the literary experience and students’ responses and to help students learn to generate their own questions as they read

CHAPTER 14: Literature Units in the Curriculum

495

and write. Students use their own questions as learning tools to guide their own literary transactions and explorations. For example, in the sea unit, the teacher asked students to compare and contrast the shared text Greyling (1968) with other stories about mythical sea creatures. Students found similarities in plot pat¬ terns, character types, motifs, symbols, and themes—as well as significant differ¬ ences. In subsequent discussions, the students initiated comparative analyses that reflected their own questions about literary connections and patterns as well as differences between related stories.

Independent Reading The shared-text experiences set the stage for independent reading. Students select one or more of the books in the classroom collection to read independently. These independent reading experiences are informed by the discussions of the shared texts in whole-group sessions, and the students are encouraged to discover connections between the texts they read independently and the shared texts.

Response Journals Students record their responses to the shared texts and their independent reading in their journals. They are invited to record personal feelings, opinions, interpretations, insights, understandings, and questions; discoveries of connec¬ tions among literary texts and between literature and life; and responses to teacher-initiated or student-initiated questions about literary elements, genres, and authors’ craft. These journals serve as ongoing records of reader response and meaning making as well as vehicles for teachers to learn about their students as readers and writers.

Book Clubs Students who select the same title, books by the same author, or texts with a common theme form small book clubs to share and discuss their independent reading experiences. Entries from response journals are often used to initiate or enhance the conversation in these book clubs. These student-led groups extend the cumulative dialogue begun in the shared-text sessions. (See Chapter 13 for further discussion of response journals and book clubs.)

Extensions Throughout the literature unit, students’ literary experiences are extended with drama, art, dance, storytelling, and research activities, in which they turn to informational texts to explore areas of interest and to answer questions gener¬ ated by the literary texts.

Synthesis At the conclusion of each literature unit, students are given an opportunity to work together toward a synthesis of the ideas and insights derived from their exploration of the related texts introduced in the unit. They review discoveries, insights and understandings, concepts, connections, and knowledge. As they con¬ sider each group of stories as a whole, students can begin to formulate more comprehensive ideas and insights about literature and life. For example, as the students explored the shared texts in the sea unit, they discovered recurring literary themes, such as the value of kindness and generosity and the consequences of cruelty and greed. Reflecting on this discovery, they 496

PART THREE: Creating the Literature-Based Classroom

began to move beyond the limits of the unit to explore the significance of this theme in the wider world of literature and in human experience. As they reflected on their discovery of another recurring theme—the dual nature of the sea—their discussion led to a consideration of the potential for other forces of nature—and humans as well—to be good or evil and to bring life or death, beauty or terror.

DEVELOPING LITERATURE UNITS: OTHER POSSIBLITIES Available texts and the lives of children suggest an almost limitless number of possibilities for developing literature units. For example, the idea for the sea unit initially emerged in response to the students’ expressed interests. Two other possibilities for literature units in elementary school classrooms are discussed below. The Resources list at the end of this chapter also suggests possibilities.

Friendship

Illustration 14.8

Examining this cover, a young reader observed:"The artist tells you how much that boy loves to play his violin!" (Sing to the Stars by Mary Barrett. Used by permission of Little, Brown and Company.)

In response to students’ concerns about peer relationships, many teachers have developed units that focus on friendship. For example, one teacher struc¬ tured a friendship unit for the primary grades around a series of stories about establishing, building, and maintaining friendships. The stories selected for this literature unit had characters who re¬ presented diverse ethnic, racial, and re¬ ligious backgrounds and who differed from one another in terms of lifestyle, gender, age, culture, physical or cog¬ nitive capability, and family structure. Some of the stories’ characters lived in urban neighborhoods, others in rural areas; a few were homeless. Some lived in contemporary settings, others in his¬ torical settings. For example, a friend¬ ship that crosses generations is featured in Sing to the Stars (1994), by Mary Brigid Barrett. Other examples of friend¬ ship stories can be found in the Re¬ commended Books list at the end of this chapter. Selecting stories with diversity of characters offers students opportunities to encounter a wide variety of people and to broaden their perspective on the human experience. The friendship unit invited children to make connections between the fictional worlds and their own world and to explore significant themes about social relationships and the nature of friendship.

Literary Genres Literature units can be structured around literary genres. For example, units featuring fables or legends can introduce children to these forms of tradi¬ tional literature and help them discover their distinguishing characteristics. Units can be designed to introduce folktales and fairytales from a particular country or from different parts of the world. Units can be developed around giants, dragons, tricksters, or other familiar characters found in traditional literature from various

CHAPTER 14: Literature Units in the Curriculum

497

ASK THE EDITOR... What is your theoretical rationale for developing annotated lists of thematically linked hooks for classroom use? Children read, see, remember, and learn in a variety of ways, and in order to become confident learners, they need to have many kinds of materials available. Just as children's bodies vary in height, weight, and shape, so their minds differ in how and what they comprehend.Today's classrooms must be grounded in respect for differences in human growth and development; differences in ethnic, social, and eco¬ nomic backgrounds; and variations in individual tastes, interests, and needs. This concern parallels the need to have many books within arms' reach of young readers. Children need infor¬ mational books that will take them from where they are in the learning process and propel them toward

new horizons, but they also need sto¬ rybooks, picture books, biographies, and poems that will extend and illumi¬ nate facts and statistics. Learning, researchers have found, is more effec¬ tive when children are energized by their own interests as well as those of concerned and knowledgeable adults working with them. Bringing new and old books together in a thematically linked format and providing annota¬ tions and grade ranges can help teachers give children the tools they need to be successful learners. When approaching a particular subject unit, teachers should consult with their school library media spe¬ cialist to plan a course of action. Then, working together, they could identify

cultures. Literary motifs such as transformation, magical objects, supernatural helpers, or wishes can also serve as the focus for literature units. Variants of a single type of tale found in diverse cultures around the world can be used to create units that provide opportunities for cross-cultural study and contribute to students’ multicultural perspective. Literature units can also be structured around specific categories of stories, such as those about survival, sports, or com¬ ing of age or those categorized as mystery or humor.

THE LITERATURE UNIT AND LITERACY AND LITERARYLEARNING As discussed and illustrated in this chapter, a literature unit creates a learning environment in which students engage in all aspects of the language arts as they respond to literature and in which teachers and students work collaboratively to make connections and generate meaning. The excerpts of students’ dialogues from the sea unit, included in earlier sections of this chapter, reflect their active involvement in the unit and the quality of their thinking and problem solving. 498

PART THREE: Creating the Literature-Based Classroom

a range of books that would bring focus and meaning to the teacher's intended subject. Having a variety of books available allows teachers and students to choose books with appeal and with wide-ranging viewpoints to meet the needs of today's highly di¬ verse classrooms. A work of fiction or a picture book, depending on the grade level, might be chosen for a read-aloud to introduce the unit, but a well-written nonfiction title or a poem, biography, or folktale could work as well.Teachers should intro¬ duce the various books to the stu¬ dents, pointing out the different genres and talking about how the students might use the books in their exploration of the topic. Students might then read the books together or individually, discuss the books in groups, or use the books for research projects (or some combination of the three). Drawing from a recommended, thematically linked list can not only save teachers time but, more impor¬ tantly, can motivate them to tap into their own resources.The ultimate goal, of course, is to help children become lifelong readers and develop lifelong learning patterns.

Favorite Books as a Child A Child’s Garden of Verses

by Robert Louis Stevenson Make Way for Ducklings

by Robert McCloskey Caddie Woodlawn

by Carol Brink

Barbara Elleman, former editor of Book Links: Connecting Books, Libraries and Classrooms and of the Children's Sec¬ tion of Booklist, both published by the American Library Association, has been named Distinguished Scholar of Children's Literature at Marquette University. She writes and speaks ex¬ tensively about children's literature and serves on several advisory boards including those for The New Advocate, Cobblestone Publishing, and Reading Rainbow. In 1996, she won the Hope S. Dean Award, given by the Foundation for Children's Literature.

Literature builds bridges between the known and the new; a literature unit invites students to cross these bridges and to make connections between their prior knowledge and new discoveries. A well-planned literature unit provides experiences that stretch students’ minds and imaginations and touch their hearts. It creates a social context in which students become actively involved as thinkers, problem solvers, and learners as they explore literary texts that have personal meaning for them. Judith Langer (1995) describes the role of literature in our lives: All literature . . . provides us with a way to imagine human potential. In its best sense, literature is intellectually provocative as well as humanizing, allowing us to use various angles of vision to examine thoughts, beliefs, and actions, (p. 5) Literature units provide a context for literacy learning and for developing habits and attitudes associated with becoming lifelong readers, writers, and students of literature. With literature units, teachers can introduce literature into the lives of young people so that they can discover for themselves its power and joy. CHAPTER 14: Literature Units in the Curriculum

499

TEACHING IDEAS Planning a Literature Unit. Plan a literature unit around traditional tales from diverse cultures that feature characters with opposite traits. Begin with Mufaro’s Beautiful Daughters (1987), retold by John Steptoe, and select at least four other traditional tales to read aloud in consecutive whole-group sessions. (For example, you may want to use Toads and Diamonds, 1995, retold by Robert Bender; The Stone Lion, 1994, retold by Alan Schroeder; The Luminous Pearl, 1990, retold by Bette Torre; The Talking Eggs, 1989, retold by Robert D. San Souci; Adopted by the Eagles, 1994, retold by Paul Goble; and/or Papa Gatto, 1995, retold by Ruth Sanderson.) What questions would you ask to help your students discover recurring patterns that link these tales and point to clues about human nature? What questions might reveal differences among the stories that point to clues about a particular culture or reflect the influence of a time and place on the storyteller?

Comparative Analysis: Student Discoveries versus Teacher Discoveries. Select four of the following transformation tales to read aloud to your students: Greyling (1991), by Jane Yolen; Selkie Girl (1986), by Susan Cooper; The Seal Mother (1986), by Mordicai Gerstein; The Mermaid’s Cape (1981), by Marga¬ ret Wetterer; The Seal Prince (1995) or The Children ofLir (1993), by Sheila MacGill-Callahan; The Swan Children (1991), by David Day; and The Black Horse (1984), by Marianna Mayer. What recurring motifs and themes do the students discover? As you help the students compare the four tales, record dis¬ coveries they articulate that you had not noticed when you prepared for this lit¬ erary experience.

Author/Artist Unit. Discuss authors and illustrators with your students. Invite them to identify their favorites and to vote for one author/illustrator team (or an author who illustrates his or her own stories) to study in a literature unit. Use your own knowledge of literature units to develop and implement a unit with your students.

EXPERIENCES FOR YOUR LEARNING 1. Read Snow-White and the Seven Dwarfs (1972), a tale from the Brothers Grimm translated by Randall Jarrell and illustrated by Nancy Ekholm Burkert, and Rimonah of the Flashing Sword (1995), adapted by Eric A. Kimmel and illustra¬ ted by Omar Rayyan. Compare these two vari¬ ants of a single type of traditional tale, noting the similarities and differences between them. Then read Snow White in New York (1986), by Fiona French, and note the relationship between this modern revision and the traditional tales. Ana¬ lyze the craft of this author/illustrator. 2. Prior knowledge enables readers to make predic¬ tions as they interact with a text. Select a picture

500

PARTTHREE: Creating the Literature-Based Classroom

book, and make predictions about the story by looking at the cover. As you read the book, revise or confirm your initial predictions and make new predictions. What prior knowledge from your personal experiences and literary history enabled you to make these predictions? 3. In the context of a literature unit, students are encouraged to study authors’ craft to enrich their experiences as readers and writers. Study the author’s craft in several children’s books. How did your awareness of the techniques used by a specific author enrich your experience as a reader? Select one of these books to use as a “touchstone text” and write your own narrative.

RECOMMENDED BOOKS * indicates a picture book; I indicates interest level (P = preschool, YA = young adult) Bird Tales: A Literature Unit for Grade 3 Andersen, Hans Christian. The Nightingale. Illustrated by Nancy Ekholm Burkert. New York: Harper & Row, 1965. This is a modern fairytale about an emperor who learns wisdom from a small nightin¬ gale. (I: 7-10) Arnosky, Jim. All About Owls. New York: Scholastic, 1995. An informational book with watercolor illus¬ trations of North American owls. (I: 5-8) Bash, Barbara. Urban Roosts: Where Birds Nest in the City. San Francisco: Sierra Club, 1990. An informa¬ tional book that documents the urban roosts of birds that have adapted to city life. (I: 6-9) Brown, Mary Barrett. Wings along the Waterway. New York: Orchard, 1992. An informational book that offers pictures of waterbirds in a style similar to the paintings of John James Audubon. (I: 8-11) Cole, Joanna. A New Treasury of Children’s Poetry. Garden City, NY: Doubleday, 1984. “The Eagle” by Alfred, Lord Tennyson, and “The Wren” by Issa are suited for use in a unit on birds. (I: 8-10) Esbensen, Barbara. Tiger with Wings: The Great Horned Owl. Illustrated by Mary Barrett Brown. New York: Orchard, 1991. Describes the hunting technique, physical characteristics, mating ritual, nesting and child-rearing practices of the great horned owl. (I: 7-10) George, Jean. The Cry of the Crow. New York: Crown, 1980. A realistic novel about a girl who tames a wild crow. (I: 8-10) Gibbons, Gail. The Puffins Are Back! New York: HarperCollins, 1991. An informational book about the yearly pilgrimage of Atlantic puffins to the coast of Maine to lay eggs and raise their young. (I: 7-9) Haley, Gail. Birdsong. New York: Crown, 1984. A modern fantasy about a girl whose kindness is rewarded by the birds she has freed. (I: 7-10) Hirschi, Ron. The Mountain Bluebird. Photographs by Galen Burrell. New York: Penguin/Cobblehill, 1989. Provides detailed information about every aspect of the life of the mountain bluebird. (I: 7-11) Isadora, Rachel. Firebird. New York: Putnam, 1994. A Russian folktale featuring the firebird, a famous mythical bird. (I: 7-10) Johnson, Sylvia. Raptor Rescue! An Eagle Flies Free. Photographs by Ron Winch. New York: Dutton,

1995. An informational book about the animal res¬ cue work at the Gabbert Raptor Center in St. Paul, Minnesota. (I: 5-8) * Laurin, Anne. Perfect Crane. Illustrated by Charles Mikolaycak. New York: Harper & Row, 1981. A modern fairytale in which a magician brings to life an origami crane he created. (I: 7-10) * McDermott, Gerald. Raven: A Trickster Tale from the Pacific Northwest. New York: Oxford University Press, 1993. Raven wants to give people the gift of light, so he sets out to find the sun in this Native American legend. (I: 7-10) * McMillan, Bruce. Nights of the Pufflings. Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1995. An informational book with color photographs about a group of Icelandic children who help young pufflings get safely to the ocean. (I: 5-8) Patent, Dorothy Hinshaw. The Whooping Crane: A Comeback Story. Photographs by William Munoz. New York: Clarion, 1988. This book traces the decades-long attempt to save the endangered whooping crane from extinction. (I: 8-12) * Politi, Leo. Song of the Swallows. Illustrated by Leo Politi. New York: Scribner’s, 1949. A realistic story about a young boy who waits for the swallows to return to his small town. (I: 6-8) Ryder, Joanne. Dancers in the Garden. Illustrated by Judith Lopez. San Francisco: Sierra Club, 1992. An informational book about hummingbirds. (I: 6-10) Sattler, Helen Roney. The Book of Eagles. Illustrated by Jean Day Zallinger. New York: Lothrop, Lee &c Shepard, 1989. An informational book with care¬ fully detailed color drawings on every page. The author discusses the physical characteristics, behav¬ ior, and life cycle of eagles and describes individual species such as the African fish eagle, the bald eagle, and the harpy eagle. (I: 8-10) -. The Book of North American Owls. Illustrated by Jean Day Zallinger. New York: Clarion, 1995. This informational book follows the same pattern as other Sattler-Zallinger collaborations. (I: 8-10) * Toye, William. The Loon’s Necklace. Illustrated by Elizabeth Cleaver. New York: Oxford University Press, 1977. A Native American nature myth about the origin of the loon’s markings. (I: 6-10) Voeller, Edward. The Red-Crowned Crane. Parsippany, NJ: Dillon, 1989. This informational book com¬ bines text and color photographs to describe the appearance, behavior, habitat, and current status of the Japanese red-crowned crane. (I: 8-10)

CHAPTER 14: Literature Units in the Curriculum

501

of a seal who sheds her skin and becomes a beauti¬ ful woman. She marries the fisherman who steals her skin, but years later her son finds the sealskin. He knows he should help her return to her seal fam¬ ily in the sea, but he is afraid of losing her forever. (I: 7-10)

White, E. B. The Trumpet of the Swan. Illustrated by Edward Frascino. New York: Harper & Row, 1970. This animal fantasy by the author of Charlotte’s Web has an interesting blend of fantasy and realism.

(I: 8-10) Wise, William. The Black Falcon: A Tale from the Decameron. Illustrated by Gillian Barlow. New York: Philomel, 1990. Because of his love for the beautiful widow Lady Elena, the impoverished knight Federigo sacrifices his single treasure: a pere¬ grine falcon. This is a retelling of a story by the fourteenth-century Italian author Giovanni Boccaccio. (I: 8-10) Yagawa, Sumiko. The Crane Wife. Illustrated by Suekichi Akaba. New York: Morrow, 1981. A retelling of a traditional transformation tale from Japan.

(I: 8-10) Yolen, Jane. Bird Watch. Illustrated by Ted Lewin. New York: Philomel, 1990. An illustrated collection of bird poems. (I: all ages)

* Haley, Gail. Sea Tale. New York: Dutton, 1990. When a sea captain falls in love with a mermaid, he goes into the sea to live with her. (I: 7-9) Hunter, Mollie. A Stranger Came Ashore. New York: Harper & Row, 1975. The stranger who comes ashore is a Selchie. In this modern novel, the Selchie is an evil character. (I: 8-12) * MacGill-Callahan, Sheila. The Children of Lir. Illus¬ trated by Gennady Spirin. New York: Dial, 1993. This story is from an Irish legend about the four children of a king, who are transformed into swans by their wicked stepmother. (I: 7-10)

-. The Hundredth Dove and Other Tales. Illus¬ trated by David Palladini. New York: Crowell, 1977. A collection of original stories rooted in the tradi¬ tion of the classical folktale. “The Hundredth Dove” features a mysterious connection between the king’s bride-to-be and a small white dove. (I: 8-11) -. Owl Moon. Illustrated by John Schoenherr. New York: Philomel, 1987. A realistic story of a young girl and her father who share a magical mo¬ ment one snowy night. (I: 5-9) Sea Tales: A Literature Unit for Grade 4

* -. The Seal Prince. Illustrated by: Kris Waldherr. New York: Dial, 1995. A seal man and a human girl fall in love and get married. They live for a while on land and then make their home in the sea. (I: 7-10) * Martin, Rafe. The Boy Who Lived with Seals. Illus¬ trated by David Shannon. New York: Putnam, 1993. A Chinook legend about a lost boy who has grown up with the seals and returns to his tribe. (I: 7-9) -. Mysterious Tales of Japan. Illustrated by Tatsuro Kiuchi. New York: Putnam, 1996. A collection of traditional tales from Japan. The author includes notes about his principal source and inspiration, Lafcadio Hearn. (I: 8-12)

Tales of Mythical Sea Creatures and Transformations

* Noble, Trinka. Hansy’s Mermaid. New York: Dial, 1983. Hansy’s kindness to a mermaid is rewarded in this fantasy tale set in Holland. (I: 6-8)

Andersen, Hans Christian. “The Little Mermaid.” An¬ dersen’s modern fairy tale can be found in a wide va¬ riety of collections and illustrated editions. (I: 7-11)

* Nones, Eric Jon. Caleb’s Friend. New York: Farrar, 1993. A boy on a fishing boat develops a friendship with a merboy. (I: 7-9)

Cooper, Susan. Selkie Girl. Illustrated by Warwick Hut¬ ton. New York: McElderry, 1986. A seal woman is captured by a human man who wishes to marry her. But she eventually returns to the sea. (I: 7-9)

Osborne, Mary Pope. Mermaid Tales from Around the World. Illustrated by Troy Howell. New York: Scholastic, 1993. A collection of twelve mermaid tales from around the world. (I: 8-12)

Deuchar, Ian. The Prince and the Mermaid. New York: Dial, 1990. The prince and the mermaid’s happy marriage is threatened when a witch casts an evil spell. (I: 7-9)

Peck, Sylvia. Seal Child. New York: Bantam, 1991. While visiting at her family’s cottage in Maine, Molly becomes friends with a mysterious child. (I: 8-10)

Esterl, Arnica. Okino and the Whales. Illustrated by Marek Zawadzki. San Diego, CA: Harcourt Brace, 1995. In this Japanese story, a mother weaves a coat for a whale to gain her daughter’s release from the palace of the whales under the sea. (I: 7-9) Gerstein, Mordicai. The Seal Mother. New York: Dial, 1986. Based on a Scottish folktale, this is the story

502

PART THREE: Creating the Literature-Based Classroom

* San Souci, Robert D. Sukey and the Mermaid. Illustra¬ ted by Brian Pinkney. New York: Four Winds, 1992. When Sukey escapes from the harsh treatment of her stepfather to her secret hideaway by the sea, she encounters a “beautiful, brown-skinned, black-eyed mermaid” who treats her with kindness. (I: 7-10) Untermeyer, Louis. The Golden Treasury of Poetry. 1959. New York: Golden, 1966. See “The Mer-

maid” and “The Merman” by Alfred, Lord Tenny¬ son. (I: 8-10) Walsh, Jill Paton. Matthew and the Sea Singer. Illus¬ trated by Alan Marks. New York: Farrar, 1992. A seal queen kidnaps a human boy because she likes the sound of his voice. (I: 7-9) Wetterer, Margaret. The Mermaid’s Cape. Illustrated by Elise Primavera. New York: Atheneum, 1981. When a fisherman steals a mermaid’s cape, she can no longer live in the sea. Although she marries the fisherman, she waits for the day her cape is returned to her. (I: 7-9) Yolen, Jane. Greyling. Illustrated by William Stobbs. Cleveland: Collins-World, 1968. It is interesting to compare the illustrations in this first edition of Yolen’s story with those in the second edition, illus¬ trated by David Ray. (I: 7-10) -. Greyling. Illustrated by David Ray. New York: Philomel, 1991. When a fisherman finds an orphaned grey seal pup and takes it home, the seal becomes a human baby. Greyling is a Selchie—“men upon the land and seals in the sea.” (I: 7-10) -. The Mermaid’s Three Wisdoms. Illustrated by Laura Rader. Cleveland: World, 1978. Fantasy and realism are blended in this story about a girl who has a mermaid for a friend. (I: 8-12) Recurring Themes: Rewards and Punishments

is about a boy who goes to a kingdom under the sea to rescue his friend from a giant. (I: 6-9) * Seth, Vikram. Arion and the Dolphin. Illustrated by Jane Ray. New York: Dutton, 1995. This story can be compared with Lonzo Anderson’s version listed above. (I: 6-9) Uchida, Yoshiko. The Sea of Gold and Other Tales from Japan. 1965. Illustrated by Marianne Yamaguchi. Berkeley, CA: Creative Arts, 1988. In “The Sea of Gold,” the Dragon King of the sea rewards a cook on a fishing boat for his kindness to the fish. (I: 7-10) Recurring Patterns: Dual Nature of the Sea * Hodges, Margaret. The Wave. Illustrated by Blair Lent. Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1964. An old man saves the villagers from a tidal wave in this old tale from Japan. (I: 7-10) * Mayer, Marianna. The Black Horse. Illustrated by Katie Thamer. New York: Dial, 1984. A young man challenges the power of the evil Sea King with the help of an enchanted horse. (I: 7-10) * San Souci, Robert D. The Samurai’s Daughter: A Japanese Legend. Illustrated by Stephen Johnson. New York: Dial, 1992. Tokoyo, the daughter of a samurai nobleman, sets out on a quest to rescue her exiled father. She encounters bandits, a ghost ship, and a monstrous sea serpent. (I: 8-10)

Anderson, Lonzo. Arion and the Dolphins. Illustrated by Adrienne Adams. New York: Scribner’s, 1978. This story of Arion and the dolphins who save him from drowning can be compared with The Jolly Mon by Jimmy Buffett. (I: 6-9)

Yolen, Jane. The Hundredth Dove. Illustrated by David Palladini. New York: Crowell, 1977. This collection of original stories includes “The Wind Cap,” the story of Jon, who saves the life of a tiny green turtle and is rewarded with a magic cap full of wind—’’the kind that sailors most desire.” (I: 8-10)

Brierly, Louise. The Fisherwoman. New York: Lothrop, Lee & Shepard, 1991. A woman is punished for her greed after she receives a gift from the sea. (I: 7-9)

Modern Sea Tales: Fantasy and Realism

Dobrin, Arnold. Taro and the Sea Turtles: A Tale of Japan. New York: Coward-McCann, 1966. After a young boy frees two sea turtles, they save him from pirates. (I: 7-10) Hearn, Lafcadio. The Boy Who Drew Cats and Other Tales of Lafcadio Hearn. New York: Macmillan, 1963. This collection of Japanese tales includes “Urashima,” the story of the fisherman who frees a tortoise and is rewarded by the Dragon King of the Sea. (I: 7-10) McCarthy, Ralph. Urashima and the Kingdom Beneath the Sea. Illustrated by Shiro Kasamatsa. New York: Kodansha, 1993. The story of Urashima is retold in verse. (I: 7-10) Moodie, Fiona. The Boy and the Giants. New York: Farrar, 1993. Based on a Scottish folktale, this story

* Aschenbrenner, Gerald. Jack, the Seal, and the Sea. Adapted by Joanne Fink. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Silver Burdett, 1988. Jack, a fisherman, finds a seal covered with oil in his net. When he frees the seal, he is rewarded for his kindness. This contemporary story is about pollution, but the author blends real¬ ism with traditional folktale patterns. (I: 6-9) * Buffett, Jimmy, and Savannah Jane Buffett. The Jolly Mon. Illustrated by Lambert Davis. San Diego, CA: Harcourt, 1988. This story is about a magical guitar and a dolphin that saves the Jolly Mon from drown¬ ing after pirates push him overboard. (I: 7-9) * Cooney, Barbara. Island Boy. New York: Viking/ Kestrel, 1988. Matthias grows from a little boy to a grandfather on a small island out in the bay. It is known as Tibbetts Island for the family that first made a home there. (I: 6-8)

CHAPTER 14: Literature Units in the Curriculum

503

Grover, Wayne. Dolphin Treasure. Illustrated by Jim Fowler. New York: Greenwillow, 1996. In a sequel to Dolphin Adventure, the author weaves fact and fiction together. In this story, he is searching for buried treasure sunk with a Spanish galleon off the Florida coast when a storm arises and his dolphin comes to his rescue. (I: 7-10) Himmelman, John. Ibis: A True Whale Story. New York: Scholastic, 1990. A humpback whale calf that becomes entangled in a fishing net is freed by a group of whale watchers. (I: 6-8)

Van Allsburg, Chris. The Wreck of the Zephyr. Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1983. An old man explains the mystery of a small sailing boat that is on the edge of some cliffs high above the sea. (I: 7-10) * Weller, Frances Ward. I Wonder If I’ll See a Whale. New York: Philomel, 1991. A first-person account of a young girl’s encounter with a humpback whale.

(I: 6-8) * Ziefert, Harriet. Harry’s Wrong Turn. Boston: Little, Brown, 1989. A humpback whale swims into New York harbor instead of out to sea. (I: 6-8)

Hort, Lenny. The Boy Who Held Back the Sea. Illus¬ trated by Thomas Locker. New York: Dial, 1987. The author uses a story-within-a-story device in this unusual retelling of the story of the Dutch boy who held his finger in the dike to stop a leak and protect his village from a flood. (I: 6-9) Lasky, Kathryn. My Island Grandma. Illustrated by Emily McCully. New York: Warne, 1979. Abbey describes all the things she does with her grand¬ mother during the summers they spend on an island off the coast of Maine. (I: 6-8) Lent, Blair. Bayberry Bluff. Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1987. A real village with houses grows up on an island where people first spent summers in tents.

(I: 6-8) Martin, Charles. Island Winter. New York: Greenwillow, 1984. Staying behind on an island after the summer people have left, Heather wonders what there will be to do. (I: 6-8) Melmed, Laura Krauss. Prince Nautilus. Illustrated by Henri Sorensen. New York: Lothrop, Lee & Shepard, 1994. This is an original fairytale about a fisherman’s daughter who frees Prince Nautilus, who has been imprisoned in a seashell by an evil wizard. (I: 6-9) Orr, Katherine. Story of a Dolphin. Minneapolis, MN: Carolrhoda, 1993. This is a story of a friendship between a man and a dolphin. (I: 6-9) Radcliffe, Theresa. Cimru the Seal. Illustrated by John Butler. New York: Viking, 1996. This is a true-tolife story of seals’ struggle for survival in the waters off Scotland’s Shetland Islands. (I: 6-8) Rand, Gloria. Prince William. Illustrated by Ted Rand. New York: Holt, 1992. On Prince William Sound in Alaska, Denny rescues a baby seal hurt by an oil spill and watches it recover in a nearby animal hos¬ pital. (I: 6-9) Roy, Ronald. A Thousand Pails of Water. Illustrated by Vo-Dinh Mai. New York: Knopf, 1978. Yukio finds a whale lodged between some rocks on the beach. He makes a valiant attempt to keep the whale alive by himself until his father and the villagers arrive to help him save its life. (I: 6-9)

504

PARTTHREE: Creating the Literature-Based Classroom

Informational Books about the Sea Bender, Lionel. Island. New York: Watts, 1989. Color photographs and drawings are used along with the text to offer a geological explanation of the forma¬ tion, characteristics, and properties of islands and a discussion of their historical importance. From The Story of the Earth series. (I: 8-10) George, Jean Craighead. Animals Who Have Won Our Hearts. New York: FlarperCollins, 1994. This col¬ lection of true stories includes the story of three whales rescued from their ice prison. (I: 6-9) Gibbons, Gail. Beacons of Light: Lighthouses. New York: Morrow, 1990. A survey of lighthouses and how they work with simple text and pictures.

(I: 6-8) -. Pirates: Robbers on the High Seas. Boston: Little, Brown, 1993. Gibbons chronicles the world of pirates including the exploits of famous villains such as Captain Kidd and Blackbeard. (I: 6-8) -. Sea Turtles. New York: Holiday House, 1995. Gibbons’s colorful drawings and text introduce young readers to a variety of sea turtle species and point out their similarities and differences. She has also written and illustrated books about whales and sharks for young readers. (I: 5-8) -. Sunken Treasure. New York: Crowell, 1988. Gibbons describes the long search for the treasure that went down with the Atocha, a Spanish galleon sunk off the Florida coast in a hurricane in 1622. Students may want to read this with Wayne Grover’s Dolphin Treasure. (I: 6-9) Grover, Wayne. Dolphin Adventure: A True Story. New York: Greenwillow, 1990. A scuba diver and natu¬ ralist tells his own story of saving a baby dolphin caught in a fishing line. (I: 7-10) Mallory, Kenneth, and Andrea Conley. Rescue of the Stranded Whales. New York: Simon & Schuster, 1989. Students may want to read other stories of this rescue mission along with this informational book with color photographs. (I: 7-9)

McMillan, Bruce. Going on a Whale Watch. New York: Scholastic, 1992. A photo guide about whales and whale-watching. (I: 6-8)

* Clifton, Lucille. Three Wishes. Illustrated by Michael Hayes. New York: Delacorte, 1992. A picture book about a boy-girl friendship. (I: 6-8)

McWilliams, Karen. Pirates. New York: Watts, 1989. Describes the ships, social conditions, rules, and behavior of pirates and includes stories from the lives of famous pirates such as Blackbeard and Anne Bonny. (I: 6-9)

* Grimes, Nikki. Meet Danitra Brown. Illustrated by Floyd Cooper. New York: Lothrop, Lee & Shepard, 1994. An African American girl uses poetry to ex¬ press her ideas of friendship. (I: 7-10)

Milton, Joyce. Whales, the Gentle Giants. Illustrated by Alton Langford. New York: Random House, 1989. This informational book, part of the Stepinto-Reading series, describes how whales live and some different types of whales. (I: 6-8) Simon, Seymour. Sharks. New York: HarperCollins, 1995. In this photo essay, Simon explains that sharks have been around for tens of thousands of years and offers other interesting information that helps to overcome the view of sharks as monsters. (I: 5-8) -. Whales. New York: Crowell, 1989. Color pho¬

tographs accompany the text in this informative book about the physical characteristics, habits, and natural environment of various species of whales. (I: 6-9) White, Sandra, and Micheal Filisky. Sterling: The Rescue of a Baby Harbor Seal. New York: Crown, 1989. Text and photographs follow the story of an abandoned harbor seal pup that is rescued and cared for at the New England Aquarium until she is strong enough to return to her natural environment. (I: 6-9) Whittell, Giles. The Story of Three Whales. Milwau¬ kee: Gareth Stevens, 1989. This is the story of the remarkable rescue of three whales trapped in the ice in Alaska in 1988. (I: 6-9)

Friendship Tales: A Literature Unit for the Primary Grades Ackerman, Karen. The Tin Heart. Illustrated by Mi¬ chael Hayes. New York: Atheneum, 1990. The sto¬ ry of best friends whose families are on opposing sides during the Civil War. (I: 7-10) Barrett, Mary. Sing to the Stars. Illustrated by Sandra Speidel. Boston: Little, Brown, 1994. A friendship that crosses generations. (I: 7-10) Bulla, Clyde. The Chalk Box Kid. New York: Random House, 1987. A chapter book about a friendship between a boy and a girl who share an interest in art. (I: 8-11) Bunting, Eve. Summer Wheels. Illustrated by Thomas Allen. San Diego, CA: Harcourt, 1992. A chapter book about friendships that cross lines of race and age. (1:8-11)

* Havill, Juanita. Jamaica and Brianna. Illustrated by Anne Sibley O’Brien. Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1993. This friendship survives a misunderstanding. (I: 5-7) * Hesse, Karen. Lester’s Dog. Illustrated by Nancy Car¬ penter. New York: Crown, 1993. One of the friends in this picture book is a child with a physical dis¬ ability. (I: 6-10) * Johnston, Tony. Amber on the Mountain. Illustrated by Robert Duncan. New York: Dial, 1994. This picture book tells the story of a friendship between a girl whose home is on an isolated mountain and a girl whose home is in the city. (I: 6-9) * Jones, Rebecca. Matthew and Tilly. Illustrated by Beth Peck. New York: Dutton, 1991. A picture book about a friendship that crosses lines of gender and race. (I: 5-8) * Kroll, Virginia. Pink Paper Swans. Illustrated by Nancy Clouse. Grand Rapids, MI: Eerdmans, 1994. The friendship in this picture book crosses lines of age and culture. (I: 7-10) * Polacco, Patricia. Mrs. Katz and Tush. New York: Ban¬ tam, 1992. The friendship in this picture book is be¬ tween two people of different ages, religions, races, and genders. (I: 6-9) * Russo, Marisabina. Alex Is My Friend. New York: Greenwillow, 1992. Alex’s physical handicap is not a barrier for the best friends featured in this picture book. (I: 7-9) Soto, Gary. The Skirt. Illustrated by Eric Velasquez. New York: Delacorte, 1992. This book for transi¬ tional readers features a Mexican American girl. (I: 7-10) * Weisman, Joan. The Storyteller. Illustrated by David Bradley. New York: Rizzoli, 1993. This story fea¬ tures an intergenerational friendship. (I: 8-11)

Survival Tales: A Literature Unit for Grades 4-6 Survival in Nature George, Jean Craighead. Julie of the Wolves. New York: Harper &c Row, 1972. Thirteen-year-old Julie manages to survive alone on the Alaskan tundra with the help of a pack of Arctic wolves who come to accept her as a friend as she learns to communi¬ cate with them. (I: 9-12)

CHAPTER 14: Literature Units in the Curriculum

505

-. My Side of the Mountain. New York: Dutton, 1959. This is the story of the survival of a city boy who chooses to spend the winter alone in the Catskill Mountains. (I: 8-12) Mazer, Harry. Snowbound. New York: Delacorte, 1973. Two teenagers are stranded during a blizzard in a desolate area far from the main highway in New York State. (I: 9-12) O’Dell, Scott. Island of the Blue Dolphins. Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1960. Based on actual events, this is the story of Karana, who survived alone on an island off the coast of California for eighteen years. (I: 9-12) Paulsen, Gary. Hatchet. New York: Bradbury, 1987. Thirteen-year-old Brian Robeson is on his way to visit his father in the Canadian wilderness when the pilot of the small plane in which he is the only pas¬ senger suffers a fatal heart attack. Brian manages to crash-land the plane in an isolated lake and then survives for fifty-four days on his own in the wilds. (I: 9-12) Southall, Ivan. Ash Road. New York: Greenwillow, 1965. A group of children, cut off from adult help, struggle to survive a raging bush fire in Australia. (I: 9-12) Survival in the City Fox, Paula. Monkey Island. New York: Orchard, 1991. Eleven-year-old Clay Garrity is forced to live on the streets of New York City when his mother disap¬ pears from their room in a welfare hotel. (I: 9-12) Hamilton, Virginia. The Planet of Junior Brown. New York: Macmillan, 1971. The story of homeless chil¬ dren struggling to survive in the inner city in a com¬ plex network of secret underground shelters, called “planets.” (I: 9-13) Holman, Felice. Slake’s Limbo. 1974. New York: Scribner’s, 1986. Thirteen-year-old Aremis Slake is an orphan who escapes from the cruelty and degra¬ dation that mark his existence and finds refuge in a cave-like room hidden in New York City’s subway system. (I: 9-13) Paterson, Katherine. Lyddie. New York: Dutton, 1991. This is an historical novel set in New England in the nineteenth century. Thirteen-year-old Lyddie is on her own, working in a textile mill in Lowell, Mass¬ achusetts. (I: 9-13) Paulsen, Gary. The Crossing. New York: Dell, 1987. Fourteen-year-old Manuel Bustos is a Mexican orphan fighting to survive alone on the streets of Juarez. His only hope for survival is to cross through the shallows of the Rio Grande to get to Texas. (I: 9-14) 506

PARTTHREE: Creating the Literature-Based Classroom

Voigt, Cynthia. Homecoming. New York: Atheneum, 1981. Four children, abandoned by their parents, walk the length of the Connecticut coastline along Route 1 to find a home. (I: 9-14) Survival during War and Revolution Choi, Sook Nyul. Year of Impossible Goodbyes. Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1991. This is the story of a North Korean girl’s escape to freedom in the 1940s. (I: 9-14) Hautzig, Esther. The Endless Steppe. New York: Har¬ per & Row, 1968. The author describes her experi¬ ences in a slave labor camp in Siberia during World War II. (I: 9-14) Ho, Minfong. The Clay Marble. New York: Farrar, 1991. A moving account of refugees in war-torn Cambodia during the 1980s. (I: 9-14) Holman, Felice. The Wild Children. New York: Scrib¬ ner’s, 1983. Set in Russia during the period follow¬ ing the Bolshevik Revolution, this is the story of children left homeless because their parents were dead or imprisoned. They banded together in packs to survive in Moscow on their own without adults. (I: 9-14) Houston, Jeanne Wakatsuki. Farewell to Manzanar. Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1973. The Japanese American narrator tells her own story of life behind barbed wire in an internment camp in World War II. (I: 9-14) Laird, Christa. Shadow of the Wall. New York: Greenwillow, 1989. The central character is a young boy living in the Warsaw ghetto as the Nazis tighten their control and intensify their brutality against the Jews in 1942. (I: 9-14). . Matas, Carol. Daniel’s Story. New York: Scholastic, 1993. This is the story of one Jewish boy’s journey during the late 1930s. He and his family were forced out of their home in Frankfurt by the Nazis. They were first sent to the Lodz ghetto in Poland and then to Auschwitz, the Nazi death camp. (I: 9-14) O’Dell, Scott. Sarah Bishop. Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1980. This is a fictionalized biography of a young girl caught in the middle of the conflict between the rebels and the redcoats during the American Revolution. She flees the British and the killing into the Connecticut wilderness. (I: 9-14) Orlev, Uri. The Island on Bird Street. Boston: Hough¬ ton Mifflin, 1984. An eleven-year-old Jewish boy hides in a deserted Polish ghetto during World War II. (I: 9-14) Watkins, Yoko Kawashima. My Brother, My Sister, and I. New York: Bradbury, 1994. Sequel to So Far from the Bamboo Grove. (I: YA)

-. So Far from the Bamboo Grove. New York: Lothrop, Lee & Shepard, 1986. Chronicles the flight of a Japanese family from Korea during World War II. (I: YA) William Steig, Author and Illustrator: A Literature Unit for the Primary Grades Steig, William. The Amazing Bone. New York: Farrar, 1976. A magical bone saves Pearl from the villain. (I: 5-8) -. Amos and Boris. New York: Farrar, 1971. A modern counterpart of Aesop’s fable “The Lion and the Mouse.” (I: 5-8) -. Caleb and Kate. New York: Farrar, 1977. A witch changes Caleb into a dog, so he cannot tell his wife, Kate, who he is. (I: 5-8) -. Doctor De Soto. New York: Farrar, 1982. A mouse dentist and his wife/assistant outwit a fox. (I: 5-8) -. Roland the Minstrel Pig. New York: Harper & Row, 1968. Roland’s quest-journey is interrupted by a hungry fox. (I: 5-8) -. Solomon the Rusty Nail. New York: Farrar, 1985. Solomon discovers that magic can be danger¬ ous. (I: 5-8) -. Sylvester and the Magic Pebble. 1969: New York: Simon &c Schuster, 1979. To escape from a lion, Sylvester uses his magic pebble to become a rock. But how will he change back into himself? (I: 5-8) -. Zeke Pippin. New York: HarperCollins, 1994. Zeke discovers that the harmonica he finds in the street has magical powers. (I: 5-8) Magic Object Tales: A Literature Unit for Grades K-4 Demi. Chen Ping and His Magic Axe. New York: Dodd Mead, 1987. Chen Ping’s honesty earns him a magic axe. (I: 6-8) -. Liang and the Magic Paintbrush. New York: Holt, 1980. When Liang uses his magic paintbrush his pictures come alive. (I: 6-9) de Paola, Tomie. Strega Nona. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall, 1975. When Strega Nona is away, Big Anthony loses control of the magic pasta pot. (I: 6-8)

and returns with food and riches for the poor family. (I: 5-8) * Kimmel, Eric. Anansi and the Moss-Covered Rock. Illustrated by Janet Stevens. New York: Holiday House, 1988. Anansi, the trickster, uses the magic rock to trick the other animals, until little Bush Deer teaches him a lesson. (I: 5-8) * -. The Tale of Aladdin and His Wonderful Lamp: A Story from the Arabian Nights. Illustrated by JuHong Chen. New York: Holiday House, 1992. Children can compare this edition with other illus¬ trated editions of the Aladdin tale. (I: 6-9) * Lionni, Leo. Alexander and the Wind-Up Mouse. New York: Pantheon, 1969. Alexander the mouse makes a wish with a magical purple pebble. (I: 5-8) * Scott, Sally. The Magic Horse. New York: Greenwillow, 1985. This story from The Arabian Nights is about a Persian prince who uses a life-size ebony horse to outwit an evil wizard and to marry the princess he loves. (I: 7-9) * Towle, Faith. The Magic Cooking Pot. Boston: Hough¬ ton Mifflin, 1975. Towle uses batik to retell this tale of ancient India about a poor man whose magic cooking pot is stolen by a greedy innkeeper. (I: 7-9)

American Folk Heroes and Heroines: A Literature Unit for Grades 1-6 Brooke, William. A Telling of the Tales: Five Stories. Illustrated by Richard Egielski. New York: Harper¬ Collins, 1990. This collection of nontraditional re¬ tellings of traditional tales includes the story of an encounter between Paul Bunyan, the logger, and Johnny Appleseed, the environmentalist. (I: 8-12) Cohen, Caron Lee. Sally Ann Thunder Ann Whirlwind Crockett. Illustrated by Ariane Dewey. New York: Greenwillow, 1985. This tall tale heroine, the fic¬ tional wife of Davy Crockett, wore a snake for a belt and used a bowie knife for a toothpick. (I: 7-9) Hamilton, Virginia. The People Could Fly: American Black Folktales. Illustrated by Leo and Diane Dil¬ lon. New York: Knopf, 1985. In this collection of twenty-four tales, Hamilton tells the stories of slaves and fugitives that are part of her own heritage as an African American. (I: 8-14)

Galdone, Paul. The Magic Porridge Pot. Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1976. Without the specific words, the magic pot won’t stop making porridge. (I: 5-8)

* Kellogg, Steven. Johnny Appleseed. New York: Morrow, 1988. Kellogg presents the life of John Chapman, better known as Johnny Appleseed, who distributed apple seeds and trees across the Midwest. (I: 6-9)

Haviland, Virginia. The Talking Pot: A Danish Folk¬ tale. Illustrated by Melissa Sweet. Boston: Little, Brown, 1990. A poor man sells his only cow for a three-legged pot that skips to the rich man’s house

* -. Mike Fink. New York: Morrow, 1992. Mike Fink is the legendary keel-boat operator and fron¬ tiersman who wrestled bears to become the strongest man on the Mississippi River. (I: 7-9)

CHAPTER 14: Literature Units in the Curriculum

507

* -. Paul Bunyan. New York: Morrow, 1984. This is one of the many stories of this mythical giant folk hero. (I: 7-9) * -. Pecos Bill. New York: Morrow, 1986. This story of the tall tale hero who became the first cattle rancher begins with his childhood among the coy¬ otes and ends with his wedding day. (I: 7-9)

youngest of her three sons perseveres in his quest to retrieve it for her. (I: 8-12) * Leaf, Margaret. Eyes of the Dragon. Illustrated by Ed Young. New York: Lothrop, Lee & Shepard, 1987. An artist agrees to paint a dragon on the wall of a village, but the magistrate’s demand that he paint the eyes on the dragon has surprising results! (I: 7-9) Lord, Bette Bao. In the Year of the Boar and Jackie Robinson. Illustrated by Marc Simont. New York: Harper & Row, 1984. An autobiographical novel about a Chinese girl who learns to love baseball as she adjusts to her new life in the United States. (I: 9-12)

* -. Sally Ann Thunder Ann Whirlwind Crockett. New York: Morrow, 1995. Compare this edition with the illustrated retelling by Cohen and Dewey. (I: 7-9) * Lester, Julius. John Henry. Illustrated by Jerry Pinkney. New York: Dial, 1994. This is the legendary African American hero who raced against a steam drill to cut through a mountain. (I: 7-9) Osborne, Mary Pope. American Tall Tales. Illustrated by Michael McCurdy. New York: Knopf, 1991. A collection of nine tall tales about American folk heroes such as Davy Crockett and Paul Bunyan and the folk heroine Sally Ann Thunder Ann Whirlwind Crockett. (I: 8-12)

* Louie, Ai-Ling. Yeh-Shen: A Cinderella Story from China. Illustrated by Ed Young. New York: Philo¬ mel, 1982. A young girl is rewarded for her kindness to her pet fish. (I: 8-12)

San Souci, Robert D. Cut from the Same Cloth: Ameri¬ can Women of Myth, Legend, and Tall Tale. Illustra¬ ted by Brian Pinkney. New York: Philomel, 1993. This collection of stories about legendary American hero¬ ines includes two about female giant slayers. (I: 8-12) Sanfield, Steven. The Adventures of High John the Conquerer. Illustrated by John Ward. New York: Orchard,1989. Sixteen retellings of stories about High John, the nineteenth-century African American trickster hero. (I: 9-14) Stoutenberg, Adrien. American Tall Tales. Illustrated by Richard Powers. New York: Penguin, 1976. The stories in this collection have fitting titles such as “Sky-bright Axe” (about Paul Bunyan) and “Hammerman” (about John Henry). (I: 8-12) Stories from China or about Chinese Americans: A Literature Unit for Grades 1-6 Chang, Heidi. Elaine, Mary Lewis, and the Frogs.New York: Crown, 1988. This contemporary realistic novel for transitional readers is about a Chinese American girl who feels like an outsider in her new school until she meets Mary Lewis. (I: 7-9) * Demi. The Empty Pot. New York: Holt, 1990. The Emperor rewards Ping for his honesty. (I: 6-8) * -. The Magic Boat. New York: Holt, 1990. When Chang rescues an old man from a river, he is re¬ warded with a small magical dragon boat. (I: 6-8) * Heyer, Marilee. The Weaving of the Dream: A Chinese Folktale. New York: Viking, 1986. After a woman weaves a magnificent tapestry, it blows away. The

508

PARTTHREE: Creating the Literature-Based Classroom

Mahy, Margaret. The Seven Chinese Brothers. Illustra¬ ted by Jean and Mou-sien Tseng. New York: Scho¬ lastic, 1990. Seven brothers use their special powers to help others and to escape the cruelty of the em¬ peror. (I: 7-9) Namioka, Lensey. Yang the Third and Her Impossible Family. Boston: Little, Brown, 1995. This sequel to Namioka’s earlier book features Third Sister.

(I: 8-10) -. Yang the Youngest and His Terrible Ear. Illlus¬ trated by Kees de Kiefte. Boston: Little, Brown, 1992. This humorous contemporary realistic novel is about nine-year-old Yingtao, who moves with his musical family from China to Seattle. (I: 8-12) * Rappaport, Doreen. The Long-Haired Girl: A Chinese Legend. Illustrated by Yang Ming-Yi. New York: Dial,1995. A yourtg'girl risks her life to bring water to the villagers. (I: 8-12) Sadler, Catherine. Treasure Mountain: Folktales from Southern China. Illustrated by Chen Mung Yun. New York: Atheneum, 1982. Six tales about peasants who suffer under the rule of evil officials. (I: 8-12) * Say, Allen. El Chino. Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1990. A biography of Bill Wong, a Chinese American who became a famous bullfighter in Spain. (I: 8-10) * Torre, Bette. The Luminous Pearl: A Chinese Folktale. Illustrated by Carol Inouye. New York: Orchard, 1990. Two brothers set out on a quest to prove their honesty and bravery in order to win the hand of the Dragon King’s daughter. (I: 8-10) * Wang, Rosalind. The Fourth Question: A Chinese Tale. Illustrated by Ju-Hong Chen. New York: Holiday House, 1991. A young man is rewarded for keep¬ ing his promise to those who entrusted him with their questions for the wise man. (I: 8-10)

Wilson, Barbara Ker. Wishbones: A Folktale from China. Illustrated by Meilo So. New York: Brad¬ bury, 1993. Compare this story of Yeh Hsein with the version retold by Louie and illustrated by Young. (I: 8-10) Yee, Paul. Tales from Gold Mountain: Stories of the Chinese in the New World. Illustrated by Simon Ng. New York: Macmillan, 1990. Eight original stories based on the experiences of Chinese immigrants. (I: 9-12) Yep, Laurence. Child of the Owl. New York: Harper & Row, 1977. A contemporary realistic novel about a Chinese American girl who discovers her roots in San Francisco’s Chinatown. (I: 9-13) -. Dragonwings. New York: Harper, 1977. This historical novel portrays Chinese immigrants in San Francisco after 1900. (I: 9-13) -. The Man Who Tricked a Ghost. Illustrated by Isadore Seltzer. Mahwah, NJ: Troll/Bridgewater, 1993. Sung encounters a ghost on a dark, deserted road. (I: 7-10) -. The Rainbow People. Illustrated by David Wiesner. New York: Harper, 1989. Twenty folktales brought to the United States by Chinese immigrants.

(I: 8-12) -. The Shell Woman and the King: A Chinese Folktale. Illustrated by Yang Ming-Yi. New York: Dial, 1993. A young woman agrees to bring an evil king three wonders in order to save her husband and herself. (I: 8-10)

Lee & Shepard, 1981.The story of the contest between Sir Gawain, the noblest of King Arthur’s knights, and the Green Knight, a huge warrior who challenges him. (I: 9-12) * -. Sir Gawain and the Loathly Lady. Illustrated by Juan Wijngaard. New York: Lothrop, Lee & Shepard, 1985. Sir Gawain must agree to marry the Loathly Lady in order to get the answer to a riddle for King Arthur. (I: 9-12) * Heyer, Carol. Excalibur. Nashville, TN: Ideals, 1991. King Arthur loses his sword in battle with the Black Knight and receives a new one, Excalibur, from the Lady of the Lake. (I: 8-12) * Hodges, Margaret. The Kitchen Knight: A Tale of King Arthur. Illustrated by Trina Schart Hyman. New York: Holiday House, 1990. Gareth, the nephew of King Arthur, fights the fierce Red Knight and res¬ cues the fair Linesse. (I: 8-12) * San Souci, Robert D. Young Guinevere. Illustrated by Jamichael Henterly. New York: Doubleday, 1993. Presents the life of Guinevere from her childhood and youth to her betrothal to King Arthur. (I: 8-12) -. Young Merlin. Illustrated by Daniel Horne. New York: Doubleday, 1990. The story of Merlin the magician from his miraculous birth through the age of seventeen prior to his meeting King Arthur.

(I: 8-12) * Talbott, Hudson. Excalibur. New York: Morrow, 1996. Compare this retelling with Carol Heyer’s retelling. (I: 8-12)

-. The Star Fisher. New York: Morrow, 1991. This historical novel portrays the challenges faced by a Chinese American family who move to West Virginia in 1927. (I: 9-14)

* -. King Arthur and the Round Table. New York: Morrow,1995. The story of Arthur’s early days and how he became the King of all Britain and assem¬ bled the Knights of the Round Table. (I: 8-12)

-. Tongues of fade. Illustrated by David W’iesner. New York: Harper, 1991. Seventeen folktales brought to the United States by Chinese immigrants. (I: 9-14)

* -. King Arthur: The Sword in the Stone. New York: Morrow, 1991. As a young boy, Arthur proves that he is to succeed to the throne of Britain when he draws a sword from an anvil. (I: 8-12)

Young, Ed. High on a Hill: A Book of Chinese Riddles. New York: Collins, 1980. These riddles are printed in Chinese and in English. (I: 6-9) -. Little Plum. New York: Philomel, 1994. A Chinese variant of “Tom Thumb.” (I: 7-9) -. Lon Po Po: A Red Riding Hood Story from China. New York: Philomel, 1989. Like the Grimm tale, the wolf is disguised as the grandmother, but in this ancient Chinese tale, three sisters outwit the wolf. (I: 7-10)

Picture Books about King Arthur and His Knights: A Literature Unit for Grades 3-6 Hastings, Selina. Sir Gawain and the Green Knight. Illustrated by Juan Wijngaard. New York: Lothrop,

* Yolen, Jane. Merlin and the Dragons. Illustrated by Li Ming. New York: Dutton, 1995. Yolen draws from the legends of King Arthur to create this story of young Arthur, who turns to Merlin when he is troubled by dreams. (I: 8-12)

Traditional Trickster Tales: A Literature Unit for Grades K-6 Chase, Richard. The Jack Tales. 1943. Illustrated by Berkley Williams, Jr. Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1971. A collection of folktales from the Southern Appalachians. (I: 8-12) * Faulkner, William. Brer Tiger and the Big Wind. Illus¬ trated by Roberta Wilson. New York: Morrow,

CHAPTER 14: Literature Units in the Curriculum

509

1995. In this African American tale, Brer Rabbit tricks Brer Tiger and helps the other animals during a famine. (I: 5-8) Galdone, Paul. The Monkey and the Crocodile: A Jataka Tale from India. New York: Seabury, 1969. Monkey uses his wits to escape from the crocodile. (I: 5-8) -. Puss in Boots. New York: Seabury, 1976. Resourceful and dashing Puss in Boots outwits the Giant and helps the miller’s youngest son gain wealth and the hand of the king’s daughter. (I: 7-9)

* Johnston, Tony. The Tale of Rabbit and Coyote. Illus¬ trated by Tomie de Paola. New York: Putnam, 1994. This Zapotec legend tells how rabbit outwits coyote and why coyotes howl at the moon. (I: 5-8) * Kimmel, Eric. Anansi and the Talking Melon. Illustrated by Janet Stevens. New York: Holiday House, 1994. Anansi tricks Elephant and other animals into think¬ ing the melon he’s hiding in can talk. (I: 5-8) * Knutson, Barbara. Sungura and Leopard: A Swahili Trickster Tale. Boston: Little, Brown, 1993. A small but clever hare and a fierce leopard agree to share a house. (I: 5-8)

Goble, Paul. Iktomi and the Berries: A Plains Indian Story. New York: Orchard, 1989. Alongside the story of Iktomi the trickster, Goble provides sample responses that listeners might insert as it unfolds. Goble has also retold and illustrated several other

in African American dialect. (I: all ages)

Iktomi tales. (I: 5-8) Haley, Gail. A Story, A Story: An African Tale. New York: Atheneum, 1970. In order to buy the golden box of stories from Nyame the Sky God, Anansi the Spider has to use his wits to pay the price. (I: 6-9) Han, Suzanne Crowder. The Rabbit’s Escape. Illustra¬ ted by Yumi Heo. New York: Holt, 1995. In this bilingual adaptation of a Korean folktale, a turtle seeks a rabbit whose liver will cure the Dragon King’s illness. (I: 5-8)

Lester, Julius. The Tales of Uncle Remus: The Adven¬ tures of Brer Rabbit. Illustrated by Jerry Pinkney. New York: Dial, 1987. Uncle Remus classics retold

Mayo, Gretchen Will. The Tricky Coyote: Native American Trickster Tales. New York: Walker, 1993. A collection of legends about a cunning trickster who never seems to learn from his mistakes. (I: 6-8) * McDermott, Gerald. Anansi the Spider: A Tale from the Ashanti. New York: Holt, 1972. Whenever Anan¬ si is in danger, one of his six sons saves him. (I: 5-8) * -. Zomo the Rabbit: A Trickster Tale from West Africa. New York: Harcourt, 1992. Zomo the Rabbit is portrayed here wearing an African dashiki. (I: 5-8)

Harris, Joel Chandler. Jump! The Adventures of Brer Rabbit. Adapted by Van Dyke Parks and Malcolm Jones. Illustrated by Barry Moser. New York: Harcourt, 1986. Brer Rabbit tales from the American South adapted for children. (I: all ages)

* Shetterly, Susan Hand. Muwin and the Magic Hare. Illustrated by Robert Shetterly. New York: Athene¬ um, 1993. A Passamaquoddy tale about Muwin the bear and the trickster, the Great Magic Hare of the

Hastings, Selina. Reynard the Fox. Illustrated by Gra¬ ham Percy. New York: Tambourine, 1990. Retells various adventures and schemes of the legendary

* Snyder, Dianne. The Boy of the Three-Year Nap. Illus¬ trated by Allan'Say. Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1988. In this Japanese tale, a lazy boy gains wealth by tricking his rich neighbor, but the boy’s mother proves she is an even more cunning trickster. (I: 6-9)

trickster Reynard. (I: 7-9) Hayes, Sarah. Robin Hood. Illustrated by Patrick Ben¬ son. New York: Holt, 1989. In thirteen chapters, Hayes retells the adventures of Robin Hood and his band of outlaws in Sherwood forest in their quest to fight injustice. (I: 8-12) Janisch, Heinz. Till Eulenspiegel’s Merry Pranks. Illus¬ trated by Lizbeth Zwerger. Translated by Anthea Bell. Saxonville, MA: Picture Books, 1990. A series of tales of Till’s life and adventures from his infancy to his final prank at his own funeral. (I: 8-10)

Woods. (I: 6-8)

* Stevens, Janet. Tops and Bottoms. San Diego, CA: Har¬ court, 1995. An African American tale about clever Hare who makes a bargain with rich and lazy Bear. (I: 5-8) * Temple, Prances. Tiger Soup: An Anansi Story from Jamaica. New York: Orchard, 1994. When Anansi eats Tiger’s soup, he manages to put the blame on the monkeys. (I: 5-8)

RESOURCES Bosma, Bette, and Nancy Guth. Children’s Literature

in an Integrated Curriculum: The Authentic Voice. New York: Teachers College Press, 1995.

510

PART THREE: Creating the Literature-Based Classroom

Bromley, Karen D’Angelo. Webbing with Literature: Creating Story Maps with Children’s Books. Boston: Allyn & Bacon, 1996.

Meinbach, Anita Meyer, Liz Rothlein, and Anthony Fredericks. The Complete Guide to Thematic Units: Creating the Integrated Curriculum. Norwood, MA: Christopher-Gordon, 1995. Moss, Joy F. Focus on Literature: A Context for Liter¬ acy Learning. Katonah, NY: Richard C. Owen, 1990.

-. Using Literature in the Middle Grades: A Thematic Approach. Norwood, MA: ChristopherGordon, 1994. Walmsley, Sean. Children Exploring Their World: Theme Teaching in Elementary School. Portsmouth, NH: Heinemann, 1994.

-. Teaching Literature in the Elementary School: A Thematic Approach. Norwood, MA: ChristopherGordon, 1996.

REFERENCES Atwell, Nancie. In the Middle: Writing, Reading, and Learning with Adolescents. Portsmouth, NH: Boynton/Cook, 1987. Benedict, Susan, and Lenore Carlisle. Beyond Words: Picture Books for Older Readers and Writers. Ports¬ mouth, NH: Heinemann, 1992. Bode, Barbara. “Dialogue Journal Writing.” The Reading Teacher 42 (1989): 568-71. Calkins, Lucy McCormick. The Art of Teaching Writing. Portsmouth, NH: Heinemann, 1994. Harste, Jerome, Kathy Short, and Carolyn Burke. Creating Classrooms for Authors: The Reading-Writing Connec¬ tion. Portsmouth, NH: Heinemann, 1988. Hepler, Susan I., and Janet Hickman. ‘“The Book Was Okay. I Love You’—Social Aspects of Response to Literature.” Theory into Practice 21 (1982): 278-83. Langer, Judith A. Envisioning Literature: Literary Un¬ derstanding and Literature Instruction. New York: Teachers College Press, 1995. Rosenblatt, Louise M. Literature as Exploration. New York: Appleton-Century, 1938. -. The Reader, the Text, and the Poem. Carbondale, IL: Southern Illinois University Press, 1978.

Roser, Nancy L., and Miriam Martinez. Book Talk and Beyond: Children and Teachers Respond to Literature. Newark, DE: International Reading Association, 1995. Smith, Frank. “Reading Like a Writer.” Composing and Comprehending. Ed. Julie Jensen. Urbana, IL: National Conference on Research in English, 1984. ERIC Clear¬ inghouse on Reading and Communication Skills. -. Understanding Reading: A Psycholinguistic Analysis of Reading and Learning to Read. 4th ed. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, 1988. Staton, Jana. “An Introduction to Dialogue Journal Communication.” Dialogue Journal Communication. Ed. Jana Staton et al. Norwood, NJ: Ablex, 1989. -. “Writing and Counseling: Using a Dialogue Journal.” Language Arts 75 (1980): 514-18. Stotsky, Sandra. “Research on Reading/Writing Relation¬ ships: A Synthesis and Suggested Directions.” Langu¬ age Arts 60 (1983): 627-42. Temple, Charles, and Patrick Collins. Stories and Readers: New Perspectives on Literature in the Elementary Classroom. Norwood, MA: Christopher-Gordon, 1992.

CHAPTER 14: Literature Units in the Curriculum

511

AppeiA/dlx A

Childrens Book Awards

here are many more awards and prizes for children’s books than are described in this appendix. In some states, children vote for books that are nominated for awards. Information about awards from children can be obtained from various state libraries. Other awards are given in specific genres, such as the Nebula Award for sci¬ ence fiction and the Edgar Allan Poe Award for mystery. Many cultural and ethnic organizations give awards to authors of children’s bocfks that contribute to under¬ standing and appreciation of the many cultures within the United States.

HANS CHRISTIAN ANDERSEN AWARD The International Board on Books for Young People has given the Hans Christian Andersen Award bienni¬ ally since 1956 (since 1966 for the illustrator award). It is awarded to one author and one illustrator in recogni¬ tion of his or her entire body of work.

1974 Author: Maria Gripe, Sweden Illustrator: Farshid Mesghali, Iran

1976 Author: Cecil Bodker, Denmark Illustrator: Tatjana Mawrina, Soviet Union

1956

1978

Eleanor Farjeon, Great Britain

Author: Paula Fox, United States Illustrator: Svend Otto S., Denmark

1958 Astrid Lindgren, Sweden

1980

1960

Author: Bohumil Riha, Czechoslovakia Illustrator: Suekichi Akaba, Japan

Erich Kastner, Federal Republic of Germany

1982 1962 Meindert Dejong, United States

Author: Fygia Bojunga Nunes, Brazil Illustrator: Zbigniew Rychlicki, Poland

1964

1984

Rene Guillot, France

Author: Christine Nostlinger, Austria Illustrator: Mitsumasa Anno, Japan

1966 Author: Tove Jansson, Finland Illustrator: Alois Carigiet, Switzerland

1986 Author: Patricia Wrightson, Australia Illustrator: Robert Ingpen, Australia

1968 Authors: James Krilss, Federal Republic of Germany Jose Maria Sanchez-Silva, Spain Illustrator: Jiri Trnka, Czechoslovakia

1988 Author: Annie M. G. Schmidt, Holland Illustrator: Dusan Kallay, Czechoslovakia

1970

1990

Author: Gianni Rodari, Italy Illustrator: Maurice Sendak, United States

Author: Tormod Haugen (Norway) Illustrator: Lisbeth Zwerger, Austria

1972

1992

Author: Scott O’Dell, United States Illustrator: lb Spang Olsen, Denmark

Author: Virginia Hamilton, United States Illustrator: Kveta Pacovska, Czechoslovakia

512

APPENDIXES

1994 Author: Michio Mado, Japan Illustrator: Jorg Muller, Switzerland

1996 Author: Uri Orlev, Israel Illustrator: Klaus Ensikat, Germany

MILDRED L BATCHELDER AWARD This award honors the former executive director of the Association for Library Service to Children (ALSC), a division of the American Library Association (ALA). The citation is given annually to a U.S. publisher for a chil¬ dren’s book (defined as any trade book for children from pre-nursery school age through eighth grade) deemed the most outstanding book originally published in a foreign language in a foreign country, and then published in the United States. (From 1968 through 1977, the award was given for a book published in the previous two years; since 1979, the award has been given to a book pub¬ lished in the preceding year.)

1968 The Little Man by Erich Kastner, translated from German by James Krikup (Knopf)

1969 Don’t Take Teddy by Babbis Friis-Baastad, translated

1977 The Leopard by Cecil Bodker, translated from Danish by Gunnar Poulsen (Atheneum)

1978 No award

1979 Konrad by Christine Nostlinger (published 1977), translated from German by Anthea Bell (Watts) Rabbit Island by Jorg Steiner (published 1978), trans¬ lated from German by Ann Conrad Lammers (Harcourt)

1980 The Sound of the Dragon’s Feet by Alki Zei, translated from Greek by Edward Fenton (Dutton)

1981 The Winter When Time Was Frozen by Els Pelgrom,

from Norwegian by Lise Somme McKinnon (Scribner’s)

translated from Dutch by Maryka and Raphael Rudnik (Morrow)

1970 Wildcat under Glass by Alki Zei, translated from

1982 The Battle Horse by Harry Kullman, translated from

Greek by Edward Lenton (Holt)

1971 In the Land of Ur, the Discovery of Ancient Mesopotamia by Hans Baumann, translated from German by Stella Humphries (Pantheon)

1972 Friedrich by Hans Peter Richter, translated from German by Edite Kroll (Holt)

Swedish by George Blecher and Lone Thygesen Blecher (Bradbury)

1983 Hiroshima No Pika by Toshi Maruki, translated from Japanese through Kurita-Bando Literary Agency (Lothrop)

1984 Ronia, the Robber’s Daughter by Astrid Lindgren, trans¬ lated from Swedish by Patricia Crampton (Viking)

1973 Pulga by S. R. Van Iterson, translated from Dutch by

The Island on Bird Street by Uri Orlev, translated from Hebrew by Hillel Halkin (Houghton Mifflin)

Alexander and Alison Gode (Morrow)

1974 Petro’s War by Alki Zei, translated from Greek by Edward Fenton (Dutton)

1975 An Old Tale Carved Out of Stone by A. Linevski, trans¬ lated from Russian by Maria Polushkin (Crown)

1976 The Cat and Mouse Who Shared a House by Ruth Hiirlimann, translated from German by Anthea Bell (Walck)

1986 Rose Blanche by Christophe Gallaz and Robert Innocenti, translated from Italian by Martha Coventry and Richard Craglia (Creative Education)

1987 No Hero for the Kaiser by Rudolf Frank, translated from German by Patricia Crampton (Lothrop)

1988 If You Didn’t Have Me by Ulf Nilsson, translated from Swedish by Lone Thygesen Blecher and George Blecher (McElderry)

APPENDIX A Children’s Book Awards

513

1989 Crutches by Peter Hartling, translated from Danish by

1995 Boys from St. Petri by Bjarne Reuter, translated from Danish by Anthea Bell (Dutton)

Anthea Bell (Dutton)

1991 A Hand Full of Stars by Rafik Schami, translated from German by Rika Lesser (Dutton)

1996 The Lady with the Hat by Uri Orlev, translated from Hebrew by Hillel Halkin (Houghton Mifflin) Honor Books

1992 The Man front the Other Side by Uri Orlev, translated from Hebrew by Hillel Halkin (Houghton Mifflin)

1993

Star of Fear, Star of Hope by Jo Hoestlandt, translated from French by Mark Polizzotti (Walker)

Damned Strong Love: The True Story of Willi G. and Stephan K. by Lutz van Dijk, translated from German by Elizabeth D. Crawford (Holt)

No award

1994 The Apprentice by Pilar M. Llorente, translated from Spanish by Robin Longshaw (Farrar)

1997 The Friends by Kazumi Yumoto, translated from Japanese by Cathy Hirano (Farrar)

BOSTON GLOBE-HORN BOOK AWARD This award, which was established in 1967, is cospon¬ sored by the Boston Globe and the Horn Book Magazine. Originally, the award was given for text and illustra¬ tion, but in 1976, the categories were changed. Currently, the award goes to one outstanding example of fiction, nonfiction, and illustration each year. The recipients of the awards need not be U.S. citizens; however, the books must have been published in the United States.

1967 Text: The Little Fishes by Erik Christian Haugaard (Houghton Mifflin) Illustration: London Bridge Is Falling Down by Peter Spier (Doubleday)

1968

1973 Text: The Dark Is Rising by Susan Cooper (Atheneum/ McElderry) Illustration: King Stork by Trina Schart Hyman (Little, Brown)

1974 Text: M. C. Higgins, the Great by Virginia Hamilton (Macmillan) Illustration: Jambo Means Hello by Muriel Feelings, illustrated by Tom Feelings (Dial)

1975 Text: Transport 7-41-R by T. Degens (Viking) Illustration: Anno’s Alphabet by Mitsumasa Anno (Crowell)

Text: The Spring Rider by John Lawson (Crowell) Illustration: Tikki Tikki Tembo by Arlene Mosel, illus¬ trated by Blair Lent (Holt)

1969 Text: A Wizard of Earthsea by Ursula K. Le Guin (Houghton Mifflin) Illustration: The Adventures of Paddy Pork by John S. Goodall (Harcourt)

1976 Fiction: Unleaving by Jill Paton Walsh (Farrar) Nonfiction: Voyaging to Cathay: Americans in the China Trade by Alfred Tamarin and Shirley Glubok (Viking) Illustration: Thirteen by Remy Charlip and Jerry Joyner (Parents)

1970

1977

Text: The Intruder by John Rowe Townsend (Lippincott) Illustration: Hi, Cat! by Ezra Jack Keats (Macmillan)

Fiction: Child of the Owl by Laurence Yep (Harper) Nonfiction: Chance, Luck and Density by Peter

1971 Text: A Room Made of Windows by Eleanor Cameron (Atlantic/Little, Brown) Illustration: Ifl Built a Village by Kazue Mizumura (Crowell)

1972 Text: Tristan and Iseult by Rosemary Sutcliff (Dutton) Illustration: Mr. Gumpy’s Outing by John Burningham (Holt)

514

APPENDIXES

Dickinson (Atlantic/Little, Brown) Illustration: Granfa’ Grig Had a Pig and Other Rhymes by Wallace Tripp (Little, Brown)

1978 Fiction: The Westing Game by Ellen Raskin (Dutton) Nonfiction: Mischling, Second Degree: My Childhood in Nazi Germany by Ilse Koehn (Greenwillow) Illustration: Anno’s Journey by Mitsumasa Anno (Philomel)

1979 Fiction: Humbug Mountain by Sid Fleischman (Atlantic/Little, Brown) Nonfiction: The Road from Home: The Story of an Armenian Girl by David Kherdian (Greenwillow) Illustration: The Snowman by Raymond Briggs (Random House)

1980 Fiction: Conrad’s War by Andrew Davies (Crown) Nonfiction: Building: The Fight against Gravity by Mario Salvadori (Atheneum/McElderry) Illustration: The Garden of Abdul Gasazi by Chris Van Allsburg (Houghton Mifflin)

1981 Fiction: The Leaving by Lynn Hall (Scribner’s) Nonfiction: The Weaver’s Gift by Kathryn Lasky (Warne) Illustration: Outside Over There by Maurice Sendak (Harper)

1982 Fiction: Playing Beatie Bow by Ruth Park (Atheneum) Nonfiction: Upon the Head of the Goat: A Childhood in Hungary, 1939-1944 by Aranka Siegal (Farrar) Illustration: A Visit to William Blake’s Inn: Poems for In¬ nocent and Experienced Travelers by Nancy Willard, illustrated by Alice and Martin Provensen (Harcourt)

1983 Fiction: Sweet Whispers, Brother Rush by Virginia Hamilton (Philomel) Nonfiction: Behind Barbed Wire: The Imprisonment of Japanese Americans during World War II by Daniel S. Davis (Dutton) Illustration: A Chair for My Mother by Vera B. Williams (Greenwillow)

Inside Stories from the Smithsonian Museum of Natural History by Peggy Thomson (Crowell) Illustration: Paper Crane by Molly Bang (Greenwillow)

1987 Fiction: Rabble Starkey by Lois Lowry (Houghton Mifflin) Nonfiction: Pilgrims ofPlimoth by Marcia Sewall (Atheneum) Illustration: Mufaro’s Beautiful Daughters: An African Tale by John Steptoe (Lothrop)

1988 Fiction: The Friendship by Mildred D. Taylor (Dial) Nonfiction: Anthony Burns: The Defeat and Triumph of a Fugitive Slave by Virginia Hamilton (Knopf) Illustration: The Boy of the Three-Year Nap by Dianne Snyder, illustrated by Allen Say (Houghton Mifflin)

1989 Fiction: Village by the Sea by Paula Fox (Orchard) Nonfiction: The Way Things Work by David Macaulay (Houghton Mifflin) Illustration: Shy Charles by Rosemary Wells (Dial)

1990 Fiction: Maniac Magee by Jerry Spinelli (Little, Brown) Nonfiction: Great Little Madison by Jean Fritz (Putnam) Illustration: Lon Po Po: A Red Riding Hood Story from China by Ed Young (Philomel)

1991 Fiction: True Confessions of Charlotte Doyle by Avi (Orchard) Nonfiction: Appalachia: The Voices of Sleeping Birds by Cynthia Rylant (Harcourt) Illustration: Tale of the Mandarin Ducks by Katherine Paterson, illustrated by Leo and Diane Dillon (Lodestar)

1984

1992

Fiction: A Little Fear by Patricia Wrightson (McElderry/ Atheneum) Nonfiction: The Double Life of Pocahontas by Jean Fritz (Putnam) Illustration: Jonah and the Great Fish, retold and illus¬ trated by Warwick Hutton (McElderry/Atheneum)

Fiction: Missing May by Cynthia Rylant (Orchard) Nonfiction: Talking with Artists by Pat Cummings (Bradbury) Illustration: Seven Blind Mice by Ed Young (Philomel)

1993

(Harper) Nonfiction: Commodore Perry in the Land of the

Fiction: Ajeemah and His Son by James Berry (Harper) Nonfiction: Sojourner Truth: Ain’t I a Woman? by Patricia and Fredrick McKissack (Scholastic) Illustration: Fortune Tellers by Lloyd Alexander, illus¬ trated by Trina Schart Hyman (Dutton)

Shogun by Rhoda Blumberg (Lothrop) Illustration: Mama Don’t Allow by Thatcher Hurd

1994

1985 Fiction: The Moves Make the Man by Bruce Brooks

(Harper)

1986 Fiction: In Summer Light by Zibby O’Neal (Viking) Nonfiction: Auks, Rocks, and the Odd Dinosaur:

Fiction: Scooter by Vera Williams (Greenwillow) Nonfiction: Eleanor Roosevelt: A Life of Discovery by Russell Freedman (Houghton Mifflin) Illustration: Grandfather’s Journey by Allen Say (Houghton Mifflin)

APPENDIX A Children’s Book Awards

515

1995 Fiction: Some of the Kinder Planets by Tim WynneJones (Orchard) Nonfiction: Abigail Adams: Witness to a Revolution by Natalie S. Bober (Atheneum) Illustration: John Henry by Julius Lester, illustrated by Jerry Pinkney (Dial)

1996 Fiction: Poppy by Avi, illustrated by Brian Floca

Nonfiction: Orphan Train Rider: One Boy’s True Story by Andrea Warren (Houghton Mifflin) Illustration: In the Rain with Baby Duck by Amy Hest, illustrated by Jill Baron (Candlewick)

1997 Fiction: The Friends by Kazumi Yumoto (Farrar) Nonfiction: A Drop of Water: A Book of Science and Wonder by Walter Wick (Scholastic) Illustration: The Adventures of Sparrowboy by Brian Pinkney (Simon & Schuster)

(Jackson/Orchard)

•V

RANDOLPH CALDECOTT MEDAL The Randolph Caldecott Medal, named in honor of the nineteenth-century illustrator of children’s books, is awarded annually under the supervision of the Associa¬ tion for Library Service to Children of the American Library Association. It is awarded to the illustrator of the most distinguished children’s book published in the United States in the previous year. Usually, one or more Honor Books are also chosen. The award is limited to

Honor Book

April’s Kittens by Clare Newberry (Harper)

1942 Make Way for Ducklings by Robert McCloskey (Viking) Honor Books

An American ABC by Maud and Miska Petersham (Macmillan)

residents or citizens of the United States.

In My Mother’s House by Ann Nolan Clark, illustrated

1938

Nothing at All by Wanda Gag (Coward) Paddle-to-the-Sea by Holling C. Holling (Houghton

by Velino Herrera (Viking)

Animals of the Bible by Helen Dean Fish, illustrated by Dorothy P. Lathrop (Lippincott)

Mifflin)

Honor Books

Four and Twenty Blackbirds by Helen Dean Fish, illus¬ trated by Robert Lawson (Stokes)

Seven Simeons by Boris Artzybasheff (Viking)

1943 The Little House by Virginia Lee Burton (Houghton Mifflin) Honor Books

1939 Mei Li by Thomas Handforth (Doubleday)

Dash and Dart by Mary and Conrad Buff (Viking) Marshmallow by Clare Newberry (Harper)

Honor Books

Andy and the Lion by James Daugherty (Viking) Barkis by Clare Newberry (Harper) The Forest Pool by Laura Adams Armer (Longman) Snow White and the Seven Dwarfs by Wanda Gag

1944 Many Moons by James Thurber, illustrated by Louis Slobodkin (Harcourt) Honor Books

(Coward) Wee Gillis by Munro Leaf, illustrated by Robert Lawson (Viking)

A Child’s Good Night Book by Margaret Wise Brown,

1940

The Mighty Hunter by Berta and Elmer Hader (Mac¬

illustrated by Jean Chariot (Scott) Good Luck Horse by Chin-Yi Chan, illustrated by Plao Chan (Whittlesey)

Abraham Lincoln by Ingri and Edgar Parin D’Aulaire (Doubleday) Honor Books

The Ageless Story by Lauren Ford (Dodd) co*ck-a-Doodle Doo by Berta and Elmer Hader (Mac¬ millan)

millan)

Pierre Pigeon by Lee Kingman, illustrated by Arnold E. Bare (Houghton Mifflin)

Small Rain: Verses from the Bible selected by Jessie Orton Jones, illustrated by Elizabeth Orton Jones (Viking)

Madeline by Ludwig Bemelmans (Viking)

1945 Prayer for a Child by Rachel Field, illustrated by

1941 They Were Strong and Good by Robert Lawson (Viking)

516

APPENDIXES

Elizabeth Orton Jones (Macmillan)

Honor Books

1950

The Christmas Anna Angel by Ruth Sawyer, illustrated

Song of the Swallows by Leo Politi (Scribner’s)

by Kate Seredy (Viking) In the Forest by Marie Hall Ets (Viking) Mother Goose illustrated by Tasha Tudor (Walck) Yonie Wondernose by Marguerite de Angeli (Doubleday)

1946 The Rooster Crows (traditional Mother Goose) illus¬ trated by Maud and Miska Petersham (Macmillan) Honor Books

Honor Books

America’s Ethan Allen by Stewart Holbrook, illus¬ trated by Lynd Ward (Houghton Mifflin) Bartholomew and the Oobleck by Dr. Seuss (Random House)

The Happy Day by Ruth Krauss, illustrated by Marc Simont (Harper)

Henry Fisherman by Marcia Brown (Scribner’s) The Wild Birthday Cake by Lavinia Davis, illustrated by Hildegard Woodward (Doubleday)

Little Lost Lamb by Golden MacDonald, illustrated by Leonard Weisgard (Doubleday)

1951

My Mother Is the Most Beautiful Woman in the World

The Egg Tree by Katherine Milhous (Scribner’s)

by Becky Reyher, illustrated by Ruth C. Gannett (Lothrop) Sing Mother Goose by Opal Wheeler, illustrated by Marjorie Torrey (Dutton) You Can Write Chinese by Kurt Wiese (Viking)

Honor Books

1947 The Little Island by Golden MacDonald, illustrated by Leonard Weisgard (Doubleday)

Dick Whittington and His Cat by Marcia Brown (Scribner’s)

If I Ran the Zoo by Dr. Seuss (Random House) The Most Wonderful Doll in the World by Phyllis McGinley, illustrated by Helen Stone (Lippincott)

T-Bone, the Baby Sitter by Clare Newberry (Harper) The Two Reds by Will, illustrated by Nicolas (Harcourt)

Honor Books

1952

Boats on the River by Marjorie Black, illustrated by Jay

Finders Keepers by Will, illustrated by Nicolas

Hyde Barnum (Viking)

Pedro, the Angel of Olvera Street by Leo Politi (Scribner’s)

Rain Drop Splash by Alvin Tresselt, illustrated by Leonard Weisgard (Lothrop)

Sing in Praise: A Collection of the Best Loved Hymns by Opal Wheeler, illustrated by Marjorie Torrey (Dutton)

Timothy Turtle by A1 Graham, illustrated by Tony Palazzo (Welch)

1948 White Snow, Bright Snow by Alvin Tresselt, illustrated by Roger Duvoisin (Lothrop) Honor Books

Bambino the Clown by George Schreiber (Viking) McElligofs Pool by Dr. Seuss (Random House) Roger and the Fox by Lavinia Davis, illustrated by Hildegard Woodward (Doubleday) Song of Robin Hood edited by Anne Malcolmson, illus¬ trated by Virginia Lee Burton (Houghton Mifflin)

Stone Soup by Marcia Brown (Scribner’s)

(Harcourt) Honor Books

All Falling Down by Gene Zion, illustrated by Mar¬ garet Bloy Graham (Harper) Bear Party by William Pene du Bois (Viking) Feather Mountain by Elizabeth Olds (Houghton Mifflin) Mr. T. W. Anthony Woo by Marie Hall Ets (Viking) Skipper John’s Cook by Marcia Brown (Scribner’s)

1953 The Biggest Bear by Lynd Ward (Houghton Mifflin) Honor Books

Ape in a Cape by Fritz Eichenberg (Harcourt) Five Little Monkeys by Juliet Kepes (Houghton Mifflin) One Morning in Maine by Robert McCloskey (Viking) Puss in Boots by Charles Perrault, illustrated by Marcia Brown (Scribner’s)

The Storm Book by Charlotte Zolotow, illustrated by Margaret Bloy Graham (Harper)

1954 Madeline’s Rescue by Ludwig Bemelmans (Viking)

1949

Honor Books

The Big Snow by Berta and Elmer Hader (Macmillan)

A Very Special House by Ruth Krauss, illustrated by

Honor Books

All Around the Town by Phyllis McGinley, illustrated by Helen Stone (Lippincott)

Blueberries for Sal by Robert McCloskey (Viking) Fish in the Air by Kurt Wiese (Viking) Juanita by Leo Politi (Scribner’s)

Maurice Sendak (Harper)

Green Eyes by A. Birnbaum (Capitol) Journey Cake, Ho! by Ruth Sawyer, illustrated by Robert McCloskey (Viking)

The Steadfast Tin Soldier by Hans Christian Andersen, illustrated by Marcia Brown (Scribner’s)

APPENDIX A Children’s Book Awards

517

When Will the World Be Mine? by Miriam Schlein, illustrated by Jean Chariot (Scott)

The Moon Jumpers by Janice May Udry, illustrated by Maurice Sendak (Harper)

1955 Cinderella, or the Little Glass Slipper by Charles Perrault, illustrated by Marcia Brown (Scribner’s)

Baboushka and the Three Kings by Ruth Robbins, illustrated by Nicholas Sidjakov (Parnassus)

1961

Honor Books

Honor Book

Book of Nursery and Mother Goose Rhymes, illus¬ trated by Marguerite de Angeli (Doubleday) The Thanksgiving Story by Alice Dalgliesh, illustrated by Helen Sewell (Scribner’s) Wheel on the Chimney by Margaret Wise Brown, illus¬ trated by Tibor Gergely (Lippincott)

Inch by Inch by Leo Lionni (Astor-Honor)

1956 Frog Went A-Courtin’ retold by John Langstaff, illus¬ trated by Feodor Rojankovsky (Harcourt) Honor Books

Crow Boy by Taro Yashima (Viking) Play with Me by Marie Hall Ets (Viking) 1957 A Tree Is Nice by Janice May Udry, illustrated by Marc Simont (Harper) Honor Books

Anatole by Eve Titus, illustrated by Paul Galdone (McGraw-Hill) Gillespie and the Guards by Benjamin Elkin, illus¬ trated by James Daugherty (Viking) Lion by William Pene du Bois (Viking) Mr. Penny’s Race Horse by Marie Hall Ets (Viking) 1 Is One by Tasha Tudor (Walck) 1958 Time of Wonder by Robert McCloskey (Viking) Honor Books

Anatole and the Cat by Eve Titus, illustrated by Paul Galdone (McGraw-Hill) Fly High, Fly Low by Don Freeman (Viking) 1959 Chanticleer and the Fox adapted from Chaucer, illus¬ trated by Barbara Cooney (Crowell) Honor Books

The House That Jack Built by Antonio Frasconi (Harcourt) Umbrella by Taro Yashima (Viking) What Do You Say, Dear? by Sesyle Joslin, illustrated by Maurice Sendak (Scott) 1960 Nine Days to Christmas by Marie Hall Ets and Aurora Labastida, illustrated by Marie Hall Ets (Viking) Honor Books

Houses from the Sea by Alice E. Goudey, illustrated by Adrienne Adams (Scribner’s)

518

APPENDIXES

1962 Once a Mouse by Marcia Brown (Scribner’s) Honor Books

The Day We Saw the Sun Come Up by Alice E. Gou¬ dey, illustrated by Adrienne Adams (Scribner’s) The Fox Went Out on a Chilly Night, illustrated by Peter Spier (Doubleday) Little Bear’s Visit by Else Holmelund Minarik, illus¬ trated by Maurice Sendak (Harper) 1963 The Snowy Day by Ezra Jack Keats (Viking) Honor Books

Mr. Rabbit and the Lovely Present by Charlotte Zolotow, illustrated by Maurice Sendak (Harper) The Sun Is a Golden Earring by Natalia M. Belting, illustrated by Bernarda Bryson (Holt) 1964 Where the Wild Things Are by Maurice Sendak (Harper) Honor Books

All in the Morning Early by Sorche Nic Leodhas, illus¬ trated by Evaline Ness (Holt) Mother Goose and Nursery Rhymes, illustrated by Philip Reed (Atheneum) Swimmy by Leo Lionni (Pantheon) 1965 May I Bring a Friend? by Beatrice Schenk de Regniers, illustrated by Beni Montresor (Atheneum) Honor Books

A Pocketful of Cricket by Rebecca Caudill, illustrated by Evaline Ness (Holt) Rain Makes Applesauce by Julian Scheer, illustrated by Marvin Bileck (Holiday House) The Wave by Margaret Hodges, illustrated by Blair Lent (Houghton Mifflin) 1966 Always Room for One More by Sorche Nic Leodhas, illustrated by Nonny Hogrogian (Flolt) Honor Books

Hide and Seek Fog by Alvin Tresselt, illustrated by Roger Duvoisin (Lothrop) Just Me by Marie Hall Ets (Viking) Tom Tit Tot by Evaline Ness (Scribner’s)

1967

Honor Books

Sam, Bangs & Moonshine by Evaline Ness (Holt)

Anansi the Spider adapted and illustrated by Gerald

Honor Book

One Wide River to Cross by Barbara Emberley, illus¬ trated by Ed Emberley (Prentice-Hall)

McDermott (Holt)

Hosie’s Alphabet by Hosea, Tobias, and Lisa Baskin, illustrated by Leonard Baskin (Viking)

Snow White and the Seven Dwarfs, illustrated by

1968 Drummer Hoff by Barbara Emberley, illustrated by Ed Emberley (Prentice-Hall) Honor Books

The Emperor and the Kite by Jane Yolen, illustrated by Ed Young (World) Frederick by Leo Lionni (Pantheon) Seashore Story by Taro Yashima (Viking)

1969

Nancy Eckholm Burkert (Farrar) When Clay Sings by Byrd Baylor, illustrated by Tom Bahti (Scribner’s)

1974 Duffy and the Devil retold by Harve Zemach, illus¬ trated by Margot Zemach (Farrar) Honor Books Cathedral by David Macaulay (Houghton Mifflin) Three Jovial Huntsmen by Susan Jeffers (Bradbury)

The Fool of the World and the Flying Ship retold by Arthur Ransome, illustrated by Uri Shulevitz (Farrar) Honor Book

Why the Sun and the Moon Five in the Sky by Elphinstone Dayrell, illustrated by Blair Lent (Houghton Mifflin)

1975 Arrow to the Sun by Gerald McDermott (Viking) Honor Book

Jambo Means Hello by Muriel Feelings, illustrated by Tom Feelings (Dial)

1970

1976

Sylvester and the Magic Pebble by William Steig

Why Mosquitoes Buzz in People’s Ears by Verna Aar-

(Windmill/Simon & Schuster)

dema, illustrated by Leo and Diane Dillon (Dial)

Honor Books

Alexander and the Wind-Up Mouse by Leo Lionni

The Desert Is Theirs by Byrd Baylor, illustrated by

(Pantheon) Goggles! by Ezra Jack Keats (Macmillan) The Judge by Harve Zemach, illustrated by Margot Zemach (Farrar) Pop Corn & Ma Goodness by Edna Mitchell Preston, illustrated by Robert Andrew Parker (Viking) Thy Friend, Obadiah by Brinton Turkle (Viking)

Peter Parnall (Scribner’s) Strega Nona retold and illustrated by Tomie de Paola (Prentice)

1971 A Story, a Story by Gail E. Haley (Atheneum) Honor Books

The Angry Moon by William Sleator, illustrated by Blair Lent (Atlantic/Little, Brown) Frog and Toad Are Friends by Arnold Lobel (Harper) In the Night Kitchen by Maurice Sendak (Harper)

1972

1977 Ashanti to Zulu: African Traditions by Margaret Musgrove, illustrated by Leo and Diane Dillon (Dial) Honor Books

The Amazing Bone by William Steig (Farrar) The Contest retold and illustrated by Nonny Hogro¬ gian (Greenwillow)

Fish for Supper by M. B. Goffstein (Dial) The Golem by Beverly Brodsky McDermott (Lippincott) Hawk, I’m Your Brother by Byrd Baylor, illustrated by Peter Parnall (Scribner’s)

1978

One Fine Day by Nonny Hogrogian (Macmillan)

Noah’s Ark illustrated by Peter Spier (Doubleday)

Honor Books

Honor Books Castle by David Macaulay (Houghton Mifflin) It Could Always Be Worse by Margot Zemach (Farrar)

Hildilid’s Night by Cheli Duran Ryan, illustrated by Arnold Lobel (Macmillan)

If All the Seas Were One Sea by Janina Domanska (Macmillan)

Moja Means One by Muriel Feelings, illustrated by Tom Feelings (Dial)

1973 The Funny Little Woman retold by Arlene Mosel, illus¬ trated by Blair Lent (Dutton)

1979 The Girl Who Loved Wild Horses by Paul Goble (Bradbury) Honor Books

Freight Train by Donald Crews (Greenwillow) The Way to Start a Day by Byrd Baylor, illustrated by Peter Parnall (Scribner’s)

APPENDIX A Children’s Book Awards

519

The Story of Jumping Mouse retold and illustrated by

1980 Ox-Cart Man by Donald Hall, illustrated by Barbara Cooney (Viking) Honor Books

Ben’s Trumpet by Rachel Isadora (Greenwillow) The Garden of Abdul Gasazi by Chris Van Allsburg (Houghton Mifflin) The Treasure by Uri Shulevitz (Farrar)

John Steptoe (Lothrop)

1986 The Polar Express by Chris Van Allsburg (Houghton Mifflin) Honor Books

King Bidgood’s in the Bathtub by Audrey Wood, illus¬ trated by Don Wood (Harcourt)

The Relatives Came by Cynthia Rylant, illustrated by

1981 Fables by Arnold Lobel (Harper)

Stephen Gammell (Bradbury)

Honor Books

1987

The Bremen Town Musicians retold and illustrated by

Hey, Al by Arthur Yorinks, illustrated by Richard

Ilse Plume (Doubleday)

Egielski (Farrar)

The Grey Lady and the Strawberry Snatcher by Molly

Honor Books

Bang (Four Winds) Mice Twice by Joseph Low (McElderry) Truck by Donald Crews (Greenwillow)

Alphabatics by Suse MacDonald (Bradbury) Rumpelstiltskin by Paul O. Zelinsky (Dutton) The Village of Round and Square Houses by Ann Grifalconi (Little, Brown)

1982 Jumanji by Chris Van Allsburg (Houghton Mifflin) Honor Books

On Market Street by Arnold Lobel, illustrated by Anita Lobel (Greenwillow) Outside Over There by Maurice Sendak (Harper)

A Visit to William Blake’s Inn: Poems for Innocent and Experienced Travelers by Nancy Willard, illustrated by Alice and Martin Provensen (Harcourt) Where the Buffaloes Begin by Olaf Baker, illustrated by Stephen Gammell (Warne)

1988 Owl Moon by Jane Yolen, illustrated by John Schoenherr (Philomel) Honor Book

Mufaro’s Beautiful Daughters: An African Tale by John Steptoe (Lothrop)

1989 Song and Dance Man by Karen Ackerman, illustrated by Stephen Gammell (Knopf) Honor Books

The Boy of the Three-Year Nap by Dianne Snyder,

1983 Shadow by Blaise Cendrars, illustrated by Marcia Brown (Scribner’s) Honor Books

A Chair for My Mother by Vera B. Williams (Green¬ willow)

When I Was Young in the Mountains by Cynthia Rylant, illustrated by Diane Goode (Dutton)

illustrated by Allen Say (Houghton Mifflin)

Free-Fall by David Wiesner (Lothrop) Goldilocks and the Three Bears by James Marshall (Dial) Mirandy and Brother Wind by Patricia C. McKissack, illustrated by Jerry Pinkney (Knopf)

1990 Lon Po Po: A Red-Riding Hood Story from China translated and illustrated by Ed Young (Philomel)

1984 The Glorious Flight: Across the Channel with Louis Bleriot by Alice and Martin Provensen (Viking)

Honor Books

Color Zoo by Lois Ehlert (Lippincott) Hershel and the Hanukkah Goblins by Eric Kimmel,

Little Red Riding Hood retold and illustrated by Trina Schart Hyman (Holiday House)

Ten, Nine, Eight by Molly Bang (Greenwillow)

Bill Peet: An Autobiography by Bill Peet (Houghton Mifflin)

illustrated by Trina Schart Hyman (Holiday House)

The Talking Eggs by Robert D. San Souci, illustrated by Jerry Pinkney (Dial)

1985 Saint George and the Dragon by Margaret Hodges, illustrated by Trina Schart Hyman (Little, Brown)

1991 Black and White by David Macaulay (Houghton Mifflin)

Honor Books

Hansel and Gretel retold by Rika Lesser, illustrated by

“More More More,” Said the Baby: 3 Love Stories by

Paul O. Zelinsky (Dodd)

Have You Seen My Duckling? by Nancy Tafuri (Greenwillow)

520

APPENDIXES

Vera B. Williams (Greenwillow)

Puss in Boots by Charles Perrault, translated by Malcolm Arthur, illustrated by Fred Marcellino (Farrar)

1992

Honor Books

Tuesday by David Wiesner (Clarion)

Swamp Angel by Anne Isaacs, illustrated by Paul O.

Honor Book Tar Beach by Faith Ringgold (Crown)

Zelinsky (Dutton) John Henry by Julius Lester, illustrated by Jerry Pink¬

1993

Time Flies by Eric Rohmann (Crown)

ney (Dial)

Mirette on the High Wire by Emily Arnold McCully (Putnam)

1996 Officer Buckle and Gloria by Peggy Rathmann (Putnam)

Honor Books

Seven Blind Mice by Ed Young (Philomel) The Stinky Cheese Man and Other Fairly Stupid Tales by Jon Scieszka, illustrated by Lane Smith (Viking)

Working Cotton by Sherley Anne Williams, illustrated by Carole Byard (Harcourt)

Honor Books

Alphabet City by Stephen T. Johnson (Viking) Zin! Zin! Zin! A Violin by Lloyd Moss (Simon & Schus¬ ter)

The Faithful Friend by Robert D. San Souci, illustrated by Brian Pinkney (Simon & Schuster)

1994

Tops & Bottoms adapted and illustrated by Janet Ste¬

Grandfather’s Journey by Allen Say (Houghton Mifflin) Honor Books Owen by Kevin Henkes (Greenwillow) Peppe, the Lamplighter by Elisa Bartone (Lothrop) Raven by Gerald McDermott (Harcourt) In the Small, Small Pond by Denise Fleming (Holt) Yo! Yes? by Chris Raschka (Orchard)

1995

vens (Harcourt)

1997 Golem by David Wisniewski (Clarion) Honor Books

Hush! A Thai Lullaby by Minfong Ho, illustrated by Holly Meade (Kroupa/Orchard)

The Graphic Alphabet by Neal Porter, illustrated by David Pelletier (Orchard)

Smoky Night by Eve Bunting, illustrated by David Diaz (Harcourt)

The Paperboy by Dav Pilkey (Jackson/Orchard) Starry Messenger by Peter Sis (Foster/Farrar)

INTERNATIONAL READING ASSOCIATION CHILDREN'S BOOK AWARD This award is given annually to honor new talent in chil¬ dren’s literature. Publishers worldwide are invited to sug¬ gest candidates. Since 1987, an award has been given to one author who writes for older readers and one author who writes for younger readers. In 1995, a third award was added for an author of an informational book.

1981 My Own Private Sky by Delores Beckman (Dutton, United States)

1982 Goodnight, Mister Tom by Michelle Magorian (Kes¬ trel, Great Britain)

1975 Transport 7-41-R by T. Degens (Viking, United States)

1976

1983 The Darkangel by Meredith Ann Pierce (Atlantic/Little, Brown, United States)

Dragonwings by Laurence Yep (Harper, United States)

1984 1977

Ratha’s Creature by Clare Bell (McElderry, United States)

A String in the Harp by Nancy Bond (McElderry, United States)

1978 A Summer to Die by Lois Lowry (Houghton Mifflin, United States)

1979 Reserved for Mark Anthony Crowder by Alison Smith (Dutton, United States)

1980 Words by Heart by Ouida Sebestyen (Atlantic/Little, Brown, United States)

1985 Badger on the Barge by Janni Howker (Julia MacRae, Great Britain)

1986 Prairie Songs by Pam Conrad (Harper, United States)

1987 Older Readers: After the Dancing Days by Margaret I. Rostkowski (Harper, United States) Younger Readers: The Line-Up Book by Marisabina Russo (Greenwillow, United States)

APPENDIX A Children’s Book Awards

521

1988

1994

Older Readers: The Ruby in the Smoke and Shadow in the North by Philip Pullman (Oxford, Great Britain) Younger Readers: The Third-Story Cat by Leslie Baker (Little, Brown, United States)

Older Readers: Behind the Secret Window: A Memoir of a Hidden Childhood by Nelly S. Toll (Dutton,

1989

United States) Younger Readers: Sweet Clara and the Freedom Quilt by Deborah Hopkinson, illustrated by James E. Ransome (Knopf, United States)

Older Readers: Probably Still Nick Swansen by Virgi¬ nia Euwer Wolff (Holt, United States) Younger Readers: Rechenka’s Eggs by Patricia Polacco (Philomel, United States)

1990

1995 Older Readers: Spite Fences by Trudy Krisher (Ban¬ tam, United States) Younger Readers: The Ledgerbook of Thomas Blue Eagle by Gay Matthaei and Jewel Grutman, illus¬ trated by Adam Cvijanovlc (Thomasson-Grant,

Older Readers: Children of the River by Linda Crew (Delacorte, United States) Younger Readers: No Star Nights by Anna Egan Smucker, illustrated by Steve Johnson (Knopf, United States)

United States) Informational Book: Stranded at Plimoth Plantation 1626 by Gary Bowen (HarperCollins, United States)

1991

1996

Older Readers: Under the Hawthorn Tree by Marita Conlon-McKenna (O’Brien Press, Ireland) Younger Readers: Is This a House for Hermit Crab? by Megan McDonald, illustrated by S. D. Schindler (Orchard, United States)

1992 Older Readers: Rescue Josh McGuire by Ben Mikaelsen (Hyperion, United States) Younger Readers: Ten Little Rabbits by Virginia Grossman, illustrated by Sylvia Long (Chronicle, United States)

1993 Older Readers: Letters from Rifka by Karen Hesse (Holt, United States) Younger Readers: Old Turtle by Douglas Wood, illustra¬ ted by Cheng-Khee Ghee (Pfeifer-Hamilton, United

Older Readers: The King’s Shadow by Elizabeth Adler (Farrar, United States) Younger Readers: More Than Anything Else by Marie Bradby, illustrated by Chris K. Soentpiet Informational Book: The Case of the Mummified Pigs and Other Mysteries in Nature by Susan E. Quinland (Boyds Mills, United States)

1997 Older Readers: Don’t You Dare Read This Mrs. Dunphrey by Margaret Peterson Haddix (Simon & Schuster, United States) Younger Readers: The Fabulous Flying Fandinis by Ingrid Slyder (Cobblehill, United States) Informational Book: Brooklyn Bridge by Elizabeth Mann (Mikaya Press, United States)

States)

Ezra Jack Keats (1919-1983) was a prolific illustrator of children’s picture books who won the Caldecott Medal in 1963 for The Snowy Day. The Ezra Jack Keats award is funded by the Ezra Jack Keats Foundation and is given to a promising writer who has had six or fewer children’s books published. The writer need not be the illustrator. The books must “reflect the tradition of Ezra Jack Keats,” whose books portrayed strong family rela¬ tionships and universal qualities of childhood; the books must also appeal to children nine years old or younger. The award is presented at two-year intervals and is administered by the Early Childhood Resources and Information Center of the New York Public Library.

1989 Jamaica’s Find by Juanita Havill, illustrated by Anne Sibley O’Brien (Houghton Mifflin)

1991 Tell Me a Story, Mama by Angela Johnson (Orchard)

1993 Tar Beach by Faith Ringgold (Crown)

1995 Taxi, Taxi by Carrie Best, illustrated by Dale Gottlieb (Little, Brown)

1987

1997

The Patchwork Quilt by Valerie Flournoy, illustrated

Calling the Doves/El canto de las palomas by Juan

by Jerry Pinkney (Dial)

522

APPENDIXES

Felipe Herrera (Children’s Book Press)

CORETTA SCOTT KING AWARD The Coretta Scott King Award is presented annually by the Coretta Scott King Task Force of the American Li¬ brary Association’s Social Responsibilities Round Table. It has been awarded to African American authors since 1970 and also to African American illustrators since 1974 for books that encourage understanding and ap¬ preciation of people of all cultures and their pursuit of the “American dream.” The award celebrates the life of Martin Luther King, Jr., and honors his widow, Coretta Scott King, for her strength and dedication in continu¬ ing the fight for racial equity and universal peace. One or more Honor Books may also be chosen each year.

1970

Illustrator Award: Ray Charles by Sharon Bell Mathis, illustrated by George Ford (Crowell)

1975 Author Award: The Legend of Africana by Dorothy Robinson (Johnson)

1976 Author Award: Duey’s Tale by Pearl Bailey (Harcourt) Honor Books Julius K. Nyerere: Teacher of Africa by Shirley Graham (Messner)

Paul Robeson by Eloise Greenfield (Crowell) Fast Sam, Cool Clyde and Stuff by Walter Dean Myers (Viking)

Author Award: Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr., Man of Peace by Lillie Patterson (Garrard)

Song of the Trees by Mildred Taylor (Dial)

1971

Author Award: The Story of Stevie Wonder by James

Author Award: Black Troubadour: Langston Hughes by Charlemae Rollins (Rand McNally)

Honor Books I Know Why the Caged Bird Sings by Maya Angelou (Random House)

Unbought and Unbossed by Shirley Chisholm (Houghton Mifflin)

I Am a Black Woman by Mari Evans (Morrow) Every Man Heart Lay Down by Lorenz Graham (Crowell)

The Voice of the Children by June Jordan and Terri Bush (Holt) Black Means by Gladys Groom and Bonnie Grossman (Hill & Wang)

Ebony Book of Black Achievement by Margaret W. Peters (Johnson)

Mary Jo’s Grandmother by Janice May Udry (Whitman)

1972 Author Award: 17 Black Artists by Elton C. Fax (Dodd)

1973 Author Award: I Never Had It Made: The Autobiogra¬ phy of Jackie Robinson by Alfred Duckett (Putnam)

1974 Author Award: Ray Charles by Sharon Bell Mathis (Crowell)

Honor Books A Hero Ain’t Nothin’ but a Sandwich by Alice Child¬ ress (Coward-McCann)

Don’t You Rememberf by Lucille Clifton (Dutton) Ms. Africa: Profiles of Modem African Women by Louise Crane (Lippincott)

Guest in the Promised Land by Kristin Hunter (Scribner’s) Mukasa by John Nagenda (Macmillan)

1977 Haskins (Lothrop)

Honor Books Everett Anderson’s Friend by Lucille Clifton (Holt) Roll of Thunder, Hear My Cry by Mildred D. Taylor (Dial)

Quiz Book on Black America by Clarence N. Blake and Donald F. Martin (Houghton Mifflin)

1978 Author Award: Africa Dreams by Eloise Greenfield (Crowell)

Honor Books The Days When the Animals Talked: Black Folk Tales and How They Came to Be by William J. Faulkner (Follett)

Marvin and Tige by Frankcina Glass (St. Martin’s) Mary McCleod Bethune by Eloise Greenfield (Crowell) Barbara Jordan by James Haskins (Dial) Coretta Scott King by Lillie Patterson (Garrard) Portia: The Life of Portia Washington Pittman, the Daughter of Booker T. Washington by Ruth Ann Stewart (Doubleday)

1979 Author Award: Escape to Freedom: A Play about Young Frederick Douglass by Ossie Davis (Viking) Honor Books Skates of Uncle Richard by Carol Fenner (Random House)

Justice and Her Brothers by Virginia Hamilton (Greenwillow)

Benjamin Banneker by Lillie Patterson (Abingdon) I Have a Sister, My Sister Is Deaf by Jeanne W. Peter¬ son (Harper)

Illustrator Award: Something on My Mind by Nikkie Grimes, illustrated by Tom Feelings (Dial)

APPENDIX A Children’s Book Awards

523

1980 Author Award: The Young Landlords by Walter Dean Myers (Viking)

1984 Author Award: Everett Anderson’s Goodbye by Lucille

Honor Books Movin’ Up by Berry Gordy (Harper)

Special Citation

Childtimes: A Three-Generation Memoir by Eloise Greenfield and Leslie Jones Little (Harper)

Andrew Young: Young Man with a Mission by James Haskins (Lothrop)

James Van Der Zee: The Picture Takin’ Man by James Haskins (Dodd)

Let the Lion Eat Straw by Ellease Southerland (Scribner’s) Illustrator Award: Cornrows by Camille Yarbrough, illustrated by Carole Byard (Coward-McCann)

Clifton (Holt)

The Words of Martin Luther King, Jr. compiled by Coretta Scott King (Newmarket) Honor Books

The Magical Adventures of Pretty Pearl by Virginia Hamilton (Harper) Lena Horne by James Haskins (Coward-McCann) Bright Shadow by Joyce Carol Thomas (Avon) Because We Are by Mildred Pitts Walter (Lothrop) Illustrator Award: My Manta Needs Me by Mildred Pitts Walter, illustrated by Pat Cummings (Lothrop)

1981 Author Award: This Life by Sidney Poitier (Knopf)

1985 Author Award: Motown and Didi by Walter Dean Myers (Viking)

Honor Books

Don’t Explain: A Song of Billie Holiday by Alexis De

Circle of Gold by Candy Dawson Boyd (Apple/

Veaux (Harper) Illustrator Award: Beat the Story Drum, Pum-Pum by Ashley Bryan (Atheneum) Honor Books

Grandmama’s Joy by Eloise Greenfield, illustrated by Carole Byard (Philomel)

Count on Your Fingers African Style by Claudia Zas¬ lavsky, illustrated by Jerry Pinkney (Crowell)

Scholastic)

A Little Love by Virginia Hamilton (Philomel) 1986 Author Award: The People Could Ely: American Black Folktales by Virginia Hamilton (Knopf) Honor Books

Junius Over Far by Virginia Hamilton (Harper) Trouble’s Child by Mildred Pitts Walter (Lothrop)

1982 Author Award: Let the Circle Be Unbroken by Mildred D. Taylor (Dial)

Illustrator Award: The Patchwork Quilt by Valerie Flournoy, illustrated by Jerry Pinkney (Dial)

Honor Books

The People Could Fly: American Black Folktales re¬

Rainbow Jordan by Alice Childress (Coward-McCann) Lou in the Limelight by Kristin Hunter (Scribner’s) Mary: An Autobiography by Mary E. Mebane (Viking)

Honor Book told by Virginia Hamilton, illustrated by Leo and Diane Dillon (Knopf) 1987

Illustrator Award: Mother Crocodile: An Uncle Ama¬ dou Tale from Senegal translated by Rosa Guy, illustrated by John Steptoe (Delacorte)

Author Award: Justin and the Best Biscuits in the World by Mildred Pitts Walter (Lothrop)

Honor Book

Lion and the Ostrich Chicks and Other African Folk Tales by Ashley Bryan (Atheneum) Which Way Freedom? by Joyce Hansen (Walker)

Daydreamers by Eloise Greenfield, illustrated by Tom Feelings (Dial) 1983 Author Award: Sweet Whispers, Brother Rush by Vir¬ ginia Hamilton (Philomel) Honor Book

This Strange New Feeling by Julius Lester (Dial) Illustrator Award: Black Child by Peter Magubane (Knopf)

Honor Books

Illustrator Award: Half a Moon and One Whole Star by Crescent Dragonwagon, illustrated by Jerry Pinkney (Macmillan) Honor Books

Lion and the Ostrich Chicks and Other African Folk Tales by Ashley Bryan (Atheneum) C.L.O.U.D.S. by Pat Cummings (Lothrop)

Honor Books

1988

All the Colors of the Race by Arnold Adoff, illustrated

Author Award: The Friendship by Mildred D. Taylor (Dial)

by John Steptoe (Lothrop)

Just Us Women by Jeannette Caines, illustrated by Pat Cummings (Harper)

524

APPENDIXES

Honor Books

An Enchanted Hair Tale by Alexis De Veaux (Harper)

The Tales of Uncle Remus: The Adventures of Brer Rabbit by Julius Lester (Dial) Illustrator Award: Mufaro’s Beautiful Daughters by John Steptoe

Honor Books What a Morning! The Christmas Story in Black Spiri¬ tuals selected by John Langstaff, illustrated by Ashley Bryan (Macmillan)

The Invisible Hunters: A Legend from the Miskito Indians of Nicaragua compiled by Harriet Rohmer et al., illustrated by Joe Sam (Children’s Book Press) 1989

Author Award: Fallen Angels by Walter Dean Myers (Scholastic)

Honor Books A Thief in the Village and Other Stories by James Berry (Orchard)

Anthony Burns: The Defeat and Triumph of a Fugitive Slave by Virginia Hamilton (Knopf) Illustrator Award: Mirandy and Brother Wind by Patricia C. McKissack, illustrated by Jerry Pinkney (Knopf)

Honor Books Under the Sunday Tree by Eloise Greenfield, illustrated by Amos Ferguson (Harper)

Storm in the Night by Mary Stolz, illustrated by Pat Cummings (Harper) 1990

Author Award: A Long Hard Journey: The Story of the Pullman Porter by Patricia C. McKissack and Fred¬ rick McKissack (Walker)

Honor Books Nathaniel Talking by Eloise Greenfield (Black Butterfly)

The Bells of Christmas by Virginia Hamilton (Harcourt)

Martin Luther King, Jr. & the Freedom Movement by Fillie Patterson (Facts on File)

Illustrator Award: Nathaniel Talking by Eloise Green¬ field, illustrated by Jan Spivey Gilchrist (Black Butterfly)

Honor Book The Talking Eggs by Robert D. San Souci, illustrated by Jerry Pinkney (Dial) 1991

Author Award: The Road to Memphis by Mildred D. Taylor (Dial)

Honor Books Black Dance in America by James Haskins (Crowell) When I Am Old with You by Angela Johnson (Orchard)

Illustrator Award: Aida by Feontyne Price, illustrated by Feo Dillon and Diane Dillon (Harcourt)

1992

Author Award: Now Is Your Time: The African American Struggle for Freedom by Walter Dean Myers (HarperCollins)

Honor Book Night on Neighborhood Street by Eloise Greenfield (Dial) Illustrator Award: Tar Beach by Faith Ringgold (Crown) Honor Books All Night, All Day! A Child’s First Book of African American Spirituals selected by Ashley Bryan (Atheneum)

Night on Neighborhood Street by Eloise Greenfield, illustrated by Jan Spivey Gilchrist (Dial) 1993

Author Award: The Dark-Thirty: Southern Tales of the Supernatural by Patricia C. McKissack (Knopf) Honor Books Mississippi Challenge by Mildred Pitts Walter (Bradbury)

Sojourner Truth: Ain’t I a Woman? by Patricia C. McKissack and Fredrick McKissack (Scholastic)

Somewhere in the Darkness by Walter Dean Myers (Scholastic)

Illustrator Award: The Origin of Life on Earth: An African Creation Myth retold by David A. Ander¬ son, illustrated by Kathleen Atkins Wilson (Sights)

Honor Books Little Eight John by Jan Wahl, illustrated by Wil Clay (Fodestar)

Sukey and the Mermaid by Robert D. San Souci, illus¬ trated by Brian Pinkney (Four Winds)

Working Cotton by Sherley Anne Williams, illustrated by Carole Byard (Harcourt) 1994

Author Award: Toning the Sweep by Angela Johnson (Orchard)

Honor Books Brown Honey in Broomwheat Tea by Joyce Carol Thomas (HarperCollins)

Malcolm X: By Any Means Necessary by Walter Dean Myers (Scholastic)

Illustrator Award: Soul Looks Back in Wonder: Collection of African American Poets edited by Phyllis Fogelman, illustrated by Tom Feelings (Dial)

Honor Books Brown Honey in Broomwheat Tea by Joyce Carol Thomas, illustrated by Floyd Cooper (HarperCollins)

Uncle Jed’s Barbershop by Margaret King Mitchell, illustrated by James Ransome (Simon & Schuster) 1995

Author Award: Christmas in the Big House, Christmas in the Quarters by Patricia C. and Fredrick L. Mc¬ Kissack (Scholastic)

APPENDIX A Children’s Book Awards

525

Honor Books

Black Diamond: The Story of the Negro Baseball Leagues by Patricia C. and Fredrick L. McKissack

Her Stories by Virginia Hamilton, illustrated by Leo

(Scholastic)

I Hadn’t Meant to Tell You This by Jacqueline Woodson (Delacorte)

The Captive by Joyce Hansen (Scholastic) Illustrator Award: The Creation by James Weldon John¬ son, illustrated by James Ransome (Holiday House) Honor Books

Meet Danitra Brown by Nikki Grimes, illustrated by Floyd Cooper (Lothrop) The Singing Man by Angela Shelf, illustrated by Terea Shaffer (Holiday House) 1996 Author Award: Her Stories by Virginia Hamilton, (Blue Sky Press) Honor Books

The Watsons Go to Birmingham—1963 by Christo¬ pher Paul Curtis (Delacorte)

Like Sisters on the Homefront by Rita Williams-Garcia (Lodestar)

From the Notebooks of Melanin Sun by Jacqueline Woodson (Blue Sky)

and Diane Dillon (Blue Sky)

The Faithful Friend by Robert D. San Souci, illustrated by Brian Pinkney (Simon &c Schuster) 1997 Author Award: Slam! by Walter Dean Myers (Scholastic) Honor Book

Rebels against Slavery: American Slave Revolts by Patricia C. McKissack and Fredrick McKissack (Scholastic) Illustrator Award: Minty: A%Story of Young Harriet Tubman by Alan Schroeder, illustrated by Jerry Pinkney (Dial) Honor Books

The Palm of My Heart: Poetry by African American Children by Davida Adedjouma, illustrated by Gregory Christie (Lee & Low)

Running the Road to ABC by Denize Lauture, illus¬ trated by Reynold Ruffins (Simon & Schuster)

Neeny Coming, Neeny Going by Karen English, illus¬ trated by Synthia Saint James (Bridgewater)

Illustrator Award: The Middle Passage: White Ships, Black Cargo by Tom Feelings (Dial)

NATIONAL COUNCIL OF TEACHERS OF ENGLISH (NCTE) AWARD FOR EXCELLENCE IN POETRY FOR CHILDREN This award was given annually from 1977 to 1982 and every three years after that to a living American poet in recognition of his or her entire body of work for chil¬ dren ages three through thirteen.

1981

Eve Merriam

1982

John Ciardi

1985

Lilian Moore • ■

1977

David McCord

1988

Arnold Adoff

1978

Aileen Fisher

1991

Valerie Worth

1979

Karla Kuskin

1994

Barbara Esbensen

1980

Myra Cohn Livingston

1997

Eloise Greenfield

JOHN NEWBERY MEDAL The John Newbery Medal has been awarded annually since 1922 under the supervision of the ALA’s Associa¬ tion for Library Service to Children. It is presented to the author of the work judged to be the most distin¬ guished contribution to literature for children published in the United States during the previous year. One or more Honor Books are also chosen. Winners must be residents or citizens of the United States.

526

APPENDIXES

1922

The Story of Mankind by Hendrik Willem van Loon (Liveright) Honor Books

Cedric the Forester by Bernard Marshall (Appleton) The Golden Fleece and the Heroes Who Lived before Achilles by Padraic Colum (Macmillan) The Great Quest by Charles Hawes (Little, Brown)

The Old Tobacco Shop by William Bowen (Macmillan) Windy Hill by Cornelia Meigs (Macmillan)

Tangle-Coated Horse and Other Tales by Ella Young (Longmans)

Vaino by Julia Davis Adams (Dutton) 1923

The Voyages of Doctor Dolittle by Hugh Lofting (Lippincott)

Honor Book No record 1924

The Dark Frigate by Charles Hawes (Atlantic/Little, Brown)

Honor Book No record

1931

The Cat Who Went to Heaven by Elizabeth Coatsworth (Macmillan)

Honor Books The Dark Star ofltza by Alida Malkus (Harcourt) Floating Island by Anne Parrish (Harper) Garram the Hunter by Herbert Best (Doubleday) Meggy Macintosh by Elizabeth Janet Gray (Doubleday) Mountains Are Free by Julia Davis Adams (Dutton) Ood-Le-Uk the Wanderer by Alice Lide and Margaret Johansen (Little, Brown)

1925

Tales from Silver Lands by Charles Finger (Doubleday)

Queer Person by Ralph Hubbard (Doubleday) Spice and the Devil’s Cake by Agnes Hewes (Knopf)

Honor Books Dream Coach by Anne Parrish (Macmillan) Nicholas by Anne Carroll Moore (Putnam)

Waterless Mountain by Laura Adams Armer (Longmans)

1926

Shen of the Sea by Arthur Bowie Chrisman (Dutton) Honor Book Voyagers by Padraic Colum (Macmillan) 1927

Smoky, the Cotvhorse by Will James (Scribner’s)

1932

Honor Books Boy of the South Seas by Eunice Tietjens (Coward) Calico Bush by Rachel Field (Macmillan) The Fairy Circus by Dorothy P. Lathrop (Macmillan) Jane’s Island by Marjorie Allee (Houghton Mifflin) Out of the Flames by Eloise Lownsbery (Longmans) Truce of the Wolf and Other Tales of Old Italy by Mary Gould Davis (Harcourt)

Honor Book No record 1928

Gayneck, the Story of a Pigeon by Dhan Gopal Mukerji (Dutton)

Honor Books Downright Dencey by Caroline Snedeker (Doubleday) The Wonder Smith and His Son by Ella Young (Longmans)

1933

Young Fu of the Upper Yangtze by Elizabeth Lewis (Winston)

Honor Books Children of the Soil by Nora Burglon (Doubleday) The Railroad to Freedom by Hildegarde Swift (Harcourt)

Swift Rivers by Cornelia Meigs (Little, Brown) 1934

1929

Invincible Louisa by Cornelia Meigs (Little, Brown)

The Trumpeter of Krakow by Eric P. Kelly (Macmillan)

Honor Books ABC Bunny by Wanda Gag (Coward) Apprentice of Florence by Anne Kyle (Houghton Mifflin) Big Tree ofBunlahy by Padraic Colum (Macmillan) The Forgotten Daughter by Caroline Snedeker

Honor Books The Boy Who Was by Grace Hallock (Dutton) Clearing Weather by Cornelia Meigs (Little, Brown) Millions of Cats by Wanda Gag (Coward) Pigtail of Ah Lee Ben Loo by John Bennett (Longmans) Runaway Papoose by Grace Moon (Doubleday) Tod of the Fens by Elinor Whitney (Macmillan) 1930

(Doubleday)

Glory of the Seas by Agnes Hewes (Knopf) New Land by Sarah Schmidt (McBride) Swords of Steel by Elsie Singmaster (Houghton Mifflin) Winged Girl ofKnossos by Erik Berry (Appleton)

Hitty, Her First Hundred Years by Rachel Field (Macmillan)

Honor Books Daughter of the Seine by Jeanette Eaton (Harper) Jumping-Off Place by Marian Hurd McNeely (Longmans)

Little Blacknose by Hildegarde Swift (Harcourt) Pran of Albania by Elizabeth Miller (Doubleday)

1935

Dobry by Monica Shannon (Viking) Honor Books Davy Crockett by Constance Rourke (Harcourt) Day on Skates by Hilda Van Stockum (Harper) Pageant of Chinese History by Elizabeth Seeger (Longmans)

APPENDIX A Children’s Book Awards

527

1936

1942

Caddie Woodlawn by Carol Ryrie Brink (Macmillan)

The Matchlock Gun by Walter D. Edmonds (Dodd)

Honor Books All Sail Set by Armstrong Sperry (Winston) The Good Master by Kate Seredy (Viking) Honk, the Moose by Phil Strong (Dodd) Young Walter Scott by Elizabeth Janet Gray (Viking)

Honor Books

Down Ryton Water by Eva Roe Gaggin (Viking) George Washington’s World by Genevieve Loster (Scribner’s)

Indian Captive: The Story of Mary Jemison by Lois Lenski (Lippincott)

Little Town on the Prairie by Laura Ingalls Wilder

1937

Roller Skates by Ruth Sawyer (Viking) Honor Books

Audubon by Constance Rourke (Harcourt) The Codfish Musket by Agnes Hewes (Doubleday) Golden Basket by Ludwig Bemelmans (Viking) Thebe Fairchild: Her Book by Lois Lenski (Stokes) Whistler’s Van by Idwal Jones (Viking) Winterbound by Margery Bianco (Viking)

(Harper) 1943

Adam of the Road by Elizabeth Janet Gray (Viking) Honor Books

Have You Seen Tom Thumb? by Mabel Leigh Hunt (Lippincott)

The Middle Moffat by Eleanor Estes (Harcourt) 1944

1938

The White Stag by Kate Seredy (Viking) Honor Books

Bright Island by Mabel Robinson (Random House) On the Banks of Plum Creek by Laura Ingalls Wilder (Harper) Pecos Bill by James Cloyd Bowman (Little, Brown) 1939

Thimble Summer by Elizabeth Enright (Rinehart) Honor Books

Hello the Boat! by Phyllis Crawford (Holt) Leader by Destiny: George Washington, Man and Patriot by Jeanette Eaton (Harcourt) Mr. Popper’s Penguins by Richard and Llorence Atwater (Little, Brown)

Johnny Tremain by Esther Forbes (Houghton Mifflin) Honor Books

Fog Magic by Julia Sauer (Viking) Mountain Bom by Elizabeth Yates (Coward) Rufus M. by Eleanor Estes (Harcourt) These Happy Golden Years by Laura Ingalls Wilder (Harper) 1945

Rabbit Hill by Robert Lawson (Viking) Honor Books

Abraham Lincoln’s World by Genevieve Foster (Scribner’s)

The Hundred Dresses by Eleanor Estes (Harcourt) Lone Journey: The Life of Roger Williams by Jeanette Eaton (Harcourt)

Nino by Valenti Angelo (Viking) Penn by Elizabeth Janet Gray (Viking)

The Silver Pencil by Alice Dalgliesh (Scribner’s)

1940

Strawberry Girl by Lois Lenski (Lippincott)

1946

Daniel Boone by James Daugherty (Viking)

Honor Books

Bhimsa, the Dancing Bear by Christine Weston

Boy with a Pack by Stephen W. Meader (Harcourt) By the Shores of Silver Lake by Laura Ingalls Wilder

Justin Morgan Had a Horse by Marguerite Henry

(Harper)

Runner of the Mountain Tops by Mabel Robinson (Random House)

(Scribner’s) (Rand McNally)

The Moved-Outers by Florence Crannell Means (Houghton Mifflin)

The Singing Tree by Kate Seredy (Viking)

New Found World by Katherine Shippen (Viking)

1941

1947

Call It Courage by Armstrong Sperry (Macmillan)

Miss Hickory by Carolyn Sherwin Bailey (Viking)

Honor Books

Blue Willow by Doris Gates (Viking) The Long Winter by Laura Ingalls Wilder (Harper) Nansen by Anna Gertrude Hall (Viking) Young Mac of Fort Vancouver by Mary Jane Carr

The Avion My Uncle Flew by Cyrus Fisher (Appleton) Big Tree by Mary and Conrad Buff (Viking) The Heavenly Tenants by William Maxwell (Harper) The Hidden Treasure of Glaston by Eleanore Jewett

(Crowell)

528

APPENDIXES

(Viking)

Wonderful Year by Nancy Barnes (Messner)

Minn of the Mississippi by Holling C. Holling (Houghton Mifflin)

1948

The Twenty-One Balloons by William Pene du Bois (Viking)

Honor Books The Cow-Tail Switch and Other West African Stories by Harold Courlander (Holt) Li Lun, Lad of Courage by Carolyn Treffinger (Abingdon) Misty of Chincoteague by Marguerite Henry (Rand McNally) Pancakes—Paris by Claire Huchet Bishop (Viking)

The Quaint and Curious Quest of Johnny Longfoot by Catherine Besterman (Bobbs) 1949

King of the Wind by Marguerite Henry (Rand McNally) Honor Books Daughter of the Mountains by Louise Rankin (Viking) My Father's Dragon by Ruth S. Gannett (Random House) Seabird by Holling C. Holling (Houghton Mifflin) Story of the Negro by Arna Bontemps (Knopf) 1950

A Door in the Wall by Marguerite de Angeli (Doubleday)

Honor Books The Blue Cat of Castle Town by Catherine Coblentz (Longmans)

George Washington by Genevieve Foster (Scribner’s) Kildee House by Rutherford Montgomery (Doubleday) Song of the Pines by Walter and Marion Havighurst (Winston)

Tree of Freedom by Rebecca Caudill (Viking) 1951

Amos Fortune, Free Man by Elizabeth Yates (Dutton) Honor Books Abraham Lincoln, Friend of the People by Clara Ingram Judson (Follett)

Better Known as Johnny Appleseed by Mabel Leigh Hunt (Lippincott)

Gandhi, Fighter without a Sword by Jeanette Eaton (Morrow)

The Story of Appleby Capple by Anne Parrish (Harper) 1952

1953

Secret of the Andes by Ann Nolan Clark (Viking) Honor Books The Bears of Hemlock Mountain by Alice Dalgliesh (Scribner’s)

Birthdays of Freedom, Vol. 1 by Genevieve Foster (Scribner’s)

Charlotte’s Web by E. B. White (Harper) Moccasin Trail by Eloise McGraw (Coward) Red Sails to Capri by Ann Weil (Viking) 1954 . . . And Now Miguel by Joseph Krumgold (Crowell)

Honor Books All Alone by Claire Huchet Bishop (Viking) Hurry Home Candy by Meindert Dejong (Harper) Magic Maize by Mary and Conrad Buff (Houghton Mifflin)

Shadrach by Meindert Dejong (Harper) Theodore Roosevelt, Fighting Patriot by Clara Ingram Judson (Follett) 1955

The Wheel on the School by Meindert Dejong (Harper) Honor Books Banner in the Sky by James Ullman (Lippincott) Courage of Sarah Noble by Alice Dalgliesh (Scribner’s) 1956

Carry On, Mr. Bowditch by Jean Lee Latham (Hough¬ ton Mifflin)

Honor Books The Golden Name Day by Jennie Lindquist (Harper) Men, Microscopes, and Living Things by Katherine Shippen (Viking)

The Secret River by Marjorie Kinnan Rawlings (Scribner’s) 1957

Miracles on Maple Hill by Virginia Sorensen (Harcourt) Honor Books Black Fox of Lome by Marguerite de Angeli (Doubleday) The Corn Grows Ripe by Dorothy Rhoads (Viking) The House of Sixty Fathers by Meindert Dejong (Harper)

Mr. Justice Holmes by Clara Ingram Judson (Follett) Old Yeller by Fred Gipson (Harper)

Ginger Pye by Eleanor Estes (Harcourt) Honor Books Americans before Columbus by Elizabeth Baity (Viking) The Apple and the Arrow by Mary and Conrad Buff (Houghton Mifflin)

The Defender by Nicholas Kalashnikoff (Scribner’s) The Light at Tern Rocks by Julia Sauer (Viking)

1958

Rifles for Watie by Harold Keith (Crowell) Honor Books Gone-Away Lake by Elizabeth Enright (Harcourt) The Great Wheel by Robert Lawson (Viking) The Horse Catcher by Mari Sandoz (Westminster)

APPENDIX A Children’s Book Awards

529

Tom Paine, Freedom’s Apostle by Leo Gurko (Crowell)

Honor Books

1959

The Animal Family by Randall Jarrell (Pantheon) The Black Cauldron by Lloyd Alexander (Holt) The Noonday Friends by Mary Stolz (Harper)

The Witch of Blackbird Pond by Elizabeth George Speare (Houghton Mifflin) Honor Books

1967

Along Came a Dog by Meindert Dejong (Harper) Chucaro: Wild Pony of the Pampa by Francis Kalnay

Up a Road Slowly by Irene Hunt (Follett)

(Harcourt)

The Family under the Bridge by Natalie Savage Carl¬ son (Harper)

The Perilous Road by William O. Steele (Harcourt)

Honor Books

The Jazz Man by Mary H. Weik (Atheneum) The King’s Fifth by Scott O’Dell (Houghton) Zlateh the Goat and Other Stories by Isaac Bashevis Singer (Harper)

1960

1968

Onion John by Joseph Krumgold (Crowell)

From the Mixed-Up Files of Mrs. Basil E. Frankweiler

Honor Books

America Is Bom by Gerald W. Johnson (Morrow) The Gammage Cup by Carol Kendall (Harcourt) My Side of the Mountain by Jean Craighead George (Dutton) 1961

Island of the Blue Dolphins by Scott O’Dell (Houghton Mifflin)

by E. L. Konigsburg (Atheneum) Honor Books

The Black Pearl by Scott O’Dell (Houghton Mifflin) The Egypt Game by Zilpha Keatley Snyder (Atheneum) The Fearsome Inn by Isaac Bashevis Singer (Scribner’s) Jennifer, Hecate, Macbeth, William McKinley, and Me, Elizabeth by E. L. Konigsburg (Atheneum) 1969

Honor Books

The High King by Lloyd Alexander (Holt)

America Moves Forward by Gerald W. Johnson

Honor Books

(Morrow)

The Cricket in Times Square by George Selden (Farrar) Old Ramon by Jack Schaefer (Houghton Mifflin)

To Be a Slave by Julius Lester (Dial) When Sheemiel Went to Warsaw and Other Stories by Isaac Bashevis Singer (Farrar)

1962

1970

The Bronze Bow by Elizabeth George Speare (Hough¬

Sounder by William H. Armstrong (Harper)

ton Mifflin) Honor Books

Belling the Tiger by Mary Stolz (Harper) Frontier Living by Edwin Tunis (World) The Golden Goblet by Eloise McGraw (Coward) 1963

A Wrinkle in Time by Madeleine L’Engle (Farrar) Honor Books

Honor Books

Journey Outside by Mary Q. Steele (Viking) The Many Ways of Seeing: An Introduction to the Pleasures of Art by Janet Gaylord Moore (World) Our Eddie by Sula'mith Ish-Kishor (Pantheon) 1971

Summer of the Swans by Betsy Byars (Viking) Honor Books

Men of Athens by Olivia Coolidge (Houghton Mifflin) Thistle and Thyme by Sorche Nic Leodhas (Holt)

Enchantress from the Stars by Sylvia Louise Engdahl

1964

Knee-Knock Rise by Natalie Babbitt (Farrar) Sing Down the Moon by Scott O’Dell (Houghton

It’s Like This, Cat by Emily Cheney Neville (Harper) Honor Books The Loner by Ester Wier (McKay) Rascal by Sterling North (Dutton)

(Atheneum)

Mifflin) 1972

Mrs. Frisby and the Rats of NIMH by Robert C. O’Brien (Atheneum)

1965

Shadow of a Bull by Maia Wojciechowska (Atheneum)

Honor Books

Annie and the Old One by Miska Miles (Atlantic/

Across Five Aprils by Irene Hunt (Follett)

Little, Brown)

The Headless Cupid by Zilpha Keatley Snyder 1966

(Atheneum)

I, Juan de Pareja by Elizabeth Borten de Trevino (Farrar)

530

APPENDIXES

Incident at Hawk’s Hill by Allan W. Eckert (Little, Brown)

The Planet of Junior Brown by Virginia Hamilton (Macmillan)

The Tombs ofAtuan by Ursula K. Le Guin (Atheneum)

Honor Book

The Road from Home: The Story of an Armenian Girl by David Kherdian (Greenwillow)

1973

1981

Julie of the Wolves by Jean Craighead George (Harper)

Jacob Have I Loved by Katherine Paterson (Crowell)

Honor Books

Frog and Toad Together by Arnold Lobel (Harper) The Upstairs Room by Johanna Reiss (Crowell) The Witches of Worm by Zilpha Keatley Snyder

The Fledgling by Jane Langton (Harper) A Ring of Endless Light by Madeleine L’Engle (Farrar)

(Atheneum) 1974

The Slave Dancer by Paula Fox (Bradbury) Honor Book

The Dark Is Rising by Susan Cooper (McElderry) 1975 M. C. Higgins, the Great by Virginia Hamilton (Macmillan)

1982 A Visit to William Blake’s Inn: Poems for Innocent and Experienced Travelers by Nancy Willard (Harcourt) Honor Books

Ramona Quimby, Age 8 by Beverly Cleary (Morrow) Upon the Head of the Goat: A Childhood in Hungary, 1939-1944 by Aranka Siegal (Farrar) 1983

Dicey’s Song by Cynthia Voigt (Atheneum)

Honor Books

Figgs and Phantoms by Ellen Raskin (Dutton) My Brother Sam Is Dead by James Lincoln Collier and

The Blue Sword by Robin McKinley (Greenwillow) Doctor De Soto by William Steig (Farrar) Graven Images by Paul Fleischman (Harper) Homesick: My Own Story by Jean Fritz (Putnam) Sweet Whispers, Brother Rush by Virginia Hamilton

Christopher Collier (Four Winds)

The Perilous Gard by Elizabeth Marie Pope (Hough¬ ton Mifflin)

Philip Hall Likes Me, I Reckon Maybe by Bette Greene

(Philomel)

(Dial) 1984 1976

The Grey King by Susan Cooper (McElderry)

Dear Mr. Henshaw by Beverly Cleary (Morrow) Honor Books

Honor Books

The Sign of the Beaver by Elizabeth George Speare

Dragonwings by Laurence Yep (Harper) The Hundred Penny Box by Sharon Bell Mathis (Viking)

(Houghton Mifflin) A Solitary Blue by Cynthia Voigt (Atheneum) Sugaring Time by Kathryn Lasky (Macmillan) The Wish Giver by Bill Brittain (Harper)

1977

Roll of Thunder, Hear My Cry by Mildred D. Taylor (Dial) Honor Books

Abel’s Island by William Steig (Farrar) A String in the Harp by Nancy Bond (McElderry) 1978

Bridge to Terabithia by Katherine Paterson (Crowell) Honor Books

1985

The Hero and the Crown by Robin McKinley (Greenwillow) Honor Books

Like Jake and Me by Mavis Jukes (Knopf) The Moves Make the Man by Bruce Brooks (Harper) One-Eyed Cat by Paula Fox (Bradbury)

Anpao: An American Indian Odyssey by Jamake

1986

Highwater (Lippincott) Ramona and Her Father by Beverly Cleary (Morrow)

Sarah, Plain and Tall by Patricia MacLachlan (Harper) Honor Books

1979

Commodore Perry in the Land of the Shogun by Rhoda

The Westing Game by Ellen Raskin (Dutton)

Blumberg (Lothrop) Dogsong by Gary Paulsen (Bradbury)

Honor Books

The Great Gilly Hopkins by Katherine Paterson (Crowell) 1980 A Gathering of Days: A New England Girl’s Journal, 1830-32 by Joan W. Bios (Scribner’s)

1987

The Whipping Boy by Sid Fleischman (Greenwillow) Honor Books

A Fine White Dust by Cynthia Rylant (Bradbury) On My Honor by Marion Dane Bauer (Clarion)

APPENDIX A Children’s Book Awards

531

Volcano: The Eruption and Healing of Mount St. Helens by Patricia Lauber (Bradbury)

Honor Books

1988

Somewhere in the Darkness by Walter Dean Myers

The Dark-Thirty: Southern Tales of the Supernatural by Patricia McKissack (Knopf)

Lincoln: A Photobiography by Russell Freedman (Clarion)

(Scholastic)

What Hearts by Bruce Brooks (HarperCollins)

Honor Books

After the Rain by Norma Fox Mazer (Morrow) Hatchet by Gary Paulsen (Bradbury) 1989

Joyful Noise: Poems for Two Voices by Paul Fleischman (Harper) Honor Books

In the Beginning: Creation Stories from Around the World by Virginia Hamilton (Harcourt) Scorpions by Walter Dean Myers (Harper)

1994

The Giver by Lois Lowry (Houghton Mifflin) Honor Books Crazy Lady! by Jane Leslie Conly (HarperCollins) Dragon’s Gate by Laurence Yep (HarperCollins) Eleanor Roosevelt: A Life of Discovery by Russell Freedman (Clarion) % 1995

Walk Two Moons by Sharon Creech (HarperCollins) Honor Books

1990

Number the Stars by Lois Lowry (Houghton Mifflin)

Catherine, Called Birdy by Karen Cushman (Clarion) The Ear, the Eye and the Arm by Nancy Farmer (Orchard/Richard Jackson)

Honor Books

Afternoon of the Elves by Janet Taylor Lisle (Orchard) Shabanu: Daughter of the Wind by Suzanne Fisher Staples (Knopf)

The Winter Room by Gary Paulsen (Orchard)

1996

The Midwife’s Apprentice by Karen Cushman (Clarion) Honor Books

1991

Maniac Magee by Jerry Spinelli (Little, Brown)

What Jamie Saw by Carolyn Coman (Front Street) The Watsons Go to Birmingham—1963 by Christopher Paul Curtis (Delacorte)

Honor Book

The True Confessions of Charlotte Doyle by Avi

Yolonda’s Genius by Carol Fenner (McElderry/ Simon & Schuster) The Great Fire by Jim Murphy (Scholastic)

(Orchard) 1992

Shiloh by Phyllis Reynolds Naylor (Atheneum)

1997

The View from Saturday by E. L. Konigsburg (Jean

Honor Books

Nothing but the Truth: A Documentary Novel by Avi

Karl/Atheneum) Honor Books

(Orchard)

The Wright Brothers: How They Invented the Airplane by Russell Freedman (Holiday House) 1993

Missing May by Cynthia Rylant (Orchard)

A Girl Named Disaster by Nancy Farmer (Richard Jackson/Orchard) Moorchild by Elois McGraw (McElderry) The Thief by Megan Whalen Turner (Greenwillow) Belle Prater’s Boy by Ruth White (Farrar)

ORBIS PICTUS AWARD FOR OUTSTANDING NONFICTION FOR CHILDREN The National Council of Teachers of English (NCTE) established the Orbis Pictus Award in 1990 to recognize outstanding nonfiction for children. The annual award is named for Orbis Pictus (The World in Pictures), a 1657 work by John Amos Comenius, believed to be the first book written expressly for children.

Honor Books

The Great American Gold Rush by Rhoda Blumberg (Bradbury)

The News about Dinosaurs by Patricia Lauber (Bradbury) 1991

1990

Franklin Delano Roosevelt by Russell Freedman

The Great Little Madison by Jean Fritz (Putnam)

532

APPENDIXES

(Clarion)

Honor Books

Arctic Memories by Normee Ekoomiak (Holt) Seeing Earth from Space by Patricia Lauber (Orchard)

Wildlife Rescue: The Work of Dr. Kathleen Ramsay by

1992

Flight: The Journey of Charles Lindbergh by Robert Burleigh and Mike Wimmer (Philomel)

Jennifer Owings Dewey (Boyds Mills)

Kids at Work: Lewis Hine and the Crusade against Child Labor by Russell Freedman (Clarion) Christmas in the Big House, Christmas in the Quarters by Patricia and Fredrick McKissack (Scholastic)

Honor Books

Now Is Your Time! The African American Struggle for Freedom by Walter Dean Myers (HarperCollins) Prairie Visions: The Life and Times of Solomon Butcher by Pam Conrad (HarperCollins) 1993

Children of the Dust Bowl: The True Story of the School ofWeedpatch Camp by Jerry Stanley (Crown)

1996

The Great Fire by Jim Murphy (Scholastic) Honor Books

Dolphin Man: Exploring the World of Dolphins by Faurence Pringle, photos by Randall S. Wells (Atheneum)

Rosie the Riveter: Women Working on the Home Front in World War II by Penny Colman (Crown)

Honor Books

Talking with Artists by Pat Cummings (Bradbury) Come Back, Salmon by Molly Cone (Sierra Club)

1997

Leonardo da Vinci by Diane Stanley (Morrow) Honor Books

1994

Across America on an Emigrant Train by Jim Murphy (Clarion)

Full Steam Ahead: The Race to Build a Transcontinen¬ tal Railroad by Rhoda Blumberg (National Geographic)

Honor Books

The Life and Death of Crazy Horse by Russell

To the Top of the World: Adventures with Arctic Wolves by Jim Brandenburg (Walker) Making Sense: Animal Perception and Communica¬ tion by Bruce Brooks (Farrar)

Freedman (Holiday House)

One World, Many Religions: The Ways We Worship by Mary Pope Osborne (Knopf)

1995

Safari Beneath the Sea: The Wonder World of the North Pacific Coast by Diane Swanson (Sierra Club)

LAURA INGALLS WILDER AWARD The Faura Ingalls Wilder Award is presented to an au¬ thor or an illustrator whose books are published in the United States and have made a substantial and lasting contribution to literature for children over a period of years. The award was first presented in 1954 and was given every five years from 1960 to 1980; since then, it has been given every three years.

1970

E. B. White

1975

Beverly Cleary

1980

Dr. Seuss (Theodor Seuss Geisel)

1983

Maurice B. Sendak

1986

Jean Fritz

1954

Faura Ingalls Wilder

1989

Elizabeth George Speare

1960

Clara Ingram Judson

1992

Marcia Brown

1965

Ruth Sawyer

1995

Virginia Hamilton

APPENDIX A Children’s Book Awards

533

Ap-pei^dU B»

Profession l organization American Library Association 50 E. Huron Street Chicago, IL 60611-2795 The Association of Library Service to Children (ALSC), the Office of Intellectual Freedom, and the Young Adult Library Services Association are also at this address. Children’s Book Council 568 Broadway New York, NY 10012 Order Center: 350 Scotland Road Orange, NJ 07050 Children’s Literature Association 22 Harvest Lake Battle Creek, MI 49017 Cooperative Children’s Book Center of the University of Wisconsin 600 North Park Street Madison, WI 53706 Orders: P.O. Box 5288 Madison, WI 53705

534

APPENDIXES

International Reading Association 800 Barksdale Road Box 8139 Newark, DE 19714-8139 National Council of Teachers of English 1111 Kenyon Road Urbana, IL 61801 The Assembly on Literature for Adolescents and the Children’s Literature Assembly are also at this address. USBBY (United States Board on Books for Youth) 434 West Downer Place Aurora, IL 60506 (IBBY is the International Board on Books for Young People.) Whole Language Umbrella P.O. Box 2029 Bloomington, IN 47402-2029

Appendix C-

PublIskers' Addresses

Abingdon Press Division of The United Methodist Publishing House 201 Eighth Avenue South Nashville, TN 37202 Addison-Wesley Publishing One Jacob Way Reading, MA 01867 Arcade & Bulfinch Imprint of Little, Brown & Co. Atheneum Imprint of Simon & Schuster

Candlewick Press 2067 Massachusetts Avenue Cambridge, MA 02140

Dorling Kindersley Publishing 95 Madison Avenue New York, NY 10016

Carolrhoda Books 241 First Avenue North Minneapolis, MN 55401

Doubleday Division of Bantam Doubleday Dell

Chelsea House Publishers Division of Main Line Book Co. 95 Madison Avenue New York, NY 10016

Dutton Children’s Books Imprint of Penguin USA Farrar, Straus & Giroux 19 Union Square West New York, NY 10003

Children’s Book Press 6400 Hollis Street, Suite 4 Emeryville, CA 94608

Franklin Watts Subsidiary of Grolier Inc.

Children’s Press Subsidiary of Grolier Inc.

Frederick Warne & Co. Imprint of Penguin USA

Bantam Books Division of Bantam Doubleday Dell

Chronicle Books 275 Fifth Street San Francisco, CA 94103

Bantam Doubleday Dell 1540 Broadway New York, NY 10036

Funk & Wagnalls Field Publications, Suite 44 One International Boulevard Mahwah, NJ 07495

Clarion Books Division of Houghton Mifflin

Avon Books Division of The Hearst Corp. 1350 Avenue of the Americas New York, NY 10019

Barron’s Educational Series 250 Wireless Boulevard Hauppauge, NY 11788 Beech Tree Books Division of William Morrow & Co. Bellerophon Books 36 Anacapa Street Santa Barbara, CA 93101

Cobblehill Books Imprint of Penguin USA Creative Arts Book Co. 833 Bancroft Way Berkeley, CA 94710 Creative Education Box 227 123 South Broad Street

Gareth Stevens River Center Building, Suite 201 1555 North River Center Drive Milwaukee, WI 53212 Golden Books Division of Western Publishing Green Tiger Press Subsidiary of WJT Enterprises 435 Carmel Street San Marcos, CA 92069

Mankato, MN 56001 Berkley Publishing Group Subsidiary of The Putnam Berkley Group The Blue Sky Press Imprint of Scholastic Books

Crown Publishers Imprint of Random House Delacorte Press 666 Fifth Avenue New York, NY 10013

Boyds Mills Press 815 Church Street Honesdale, PA 18431

Dell Publishing Division of Bantam Doubleday Dell

Browndeer Press Imprint of Harcourt Brace & Co.

Dial Books for Young Readers Imprint of Penguin USA

Greenwillow Books Division of William Morrow &C Co. Grolier Inc. Sherman Turnpike Danbury, CT 06816 Grosset & Dunlap Member of The Putnam Berkley Group Gulliver Books Imprint of Harcourt Brace & Co.

APPENDIX C Publishers’ Addresses

535

Margaret K. McElderry Books Imprint of Simon Sc Schuster

Harcourt Brace Sc Company 525 B Street, Suite 1900 San Diego, CA 92101

Random House 201 East 50th Street New York, NY 10022

HarperCollins 10 East 53rd Street New York, NY 10022

McGraw-Hill Book Co. Division of McGraw-Hill 1221 Avenue of the Americas New York, NY 10020

Henry Holt 115 West 18th Street New York, NY 10011

William Morrow Sc Co. 1350 Avenue of the Americas New York, NY 10019

Charles Scribner’s Imprint of Simon Sc Schuster

Hill Sc Wang Division of Farrar, Straus

Morrow Junior Books Division of William Morrow

Sc Co.

Box 4327 925 Sherman Avenue Hamden,'CN 06514

Mulberry Books Division of William Morrow

Sc Co.

Sc Giroux

Holiday House 425 Madison Avenue New York, NY 10017 Holt, Rinehart and Winston Subsidiary of Harcourt Brace

Sc Co.

Houghton Mifflin Company 222 Berkeley Street Boston, MA 02116 Hyperion Books for Children 114 Fifth Avenue New York, NY 10011 Alfred A. Knopf Subsidiary of Random House Fee Sc Fow Books 95 Madison Avenue New York, NY 10016 Lerner Publications 241 First Avenue North Minneapolis, MN 55401 Fibros Colibri Imprint of Simon

Sc Schuster

J. B. Lippincott Co. 227 East Washington Square Philadelphia, PA 19106 Fittle, Brown Sc Company 34 Beacon Street Boston, MA 02108 Fodestar Publishing Imprint of Penguin USA Fothrop, Lee Sc Shepard Division of William Morrow & Co. Macmillan Imprint of Simon

536

Sc Schuster

APPENDIXES

Scholastic 555 Broadway New York, NY 10012

The Shoe String Press

National Geographic Society 1145 17th Street N.W. Washington, DC 20036 North-South Books 1133 Broadway, Suite 1016 New York, NY 10010 Orchard Books Division of Grolier Inc. Oxford University Press 200 Madison Avenue New York, NY 10016 Parents Magazine Press Division of Gruner Sc Jahr USA, Publishing 685 Third Avenue New York, NY 10017 Penguin USA 375 Hudson Street New York, NY 10014 Philomel Books Member of The Putnam Berkley Group Platt Sc Munk Division of The Putnam Berkley Group Puffin Books Imprint of Penguin USA The Putnam Berkley Group 200 Madison Avenue New York, NY 10016 G. P. Putnam’s Sons Member of The Putnam Berkley Group

Sierra Club Books for Children Imprint of Little, Brown Sc Co. Simon Sc Schuster 1230 Avenue of the Americas New York, NY 10020 Tambourine Books Division of William Morrow

Sc Co.

Troll Communications/BridgeWater 100 Corporate Drive Mahwah, NJ 07430 Tupelo Books Division of William Morrow

Sc Co.

Charles E. Tuttle Co. 77 Central Street at McKinley Sq. Boston, MA 02109 Viking Imprint of Penguin USA Walker and Company 435 Hudson Street New York, NY 10014 Warner Books 1271 Avenue of the Americas New York, NY 10020 Western Publishing 1220 Mound Avenue Racine, WI 53404 Albert Whitman Sc Company 6340 Oakton Street Morton Grove, IL 60053 William Morrow Children’s Books Division of William Morrow Sc Co. Wordsong Imprint of Boyds Mills Press

Append l/. v> Boofe selection Aids

he school library/media center, district resource center, and community public library will have many aids to book selection. Some of the books listed below provide author biographies or literary criticism; others give suggestions for finding the best of new books, choosing the right book or books to meet individual children’s needs, and developing literature-based curriculum units.

BOOKS Adventuring with Books: A Booklist for Pre-K-Grade 6. 10th ed. Edited by Julie M. Jensen and Nancy L. Roser. Urbana, IL: NCTE, 1996. Provides sum¬ maries of nearly 1,800 books written between 1993 and 1996.

American Indian Reference Books for Children and Young Adults. By Barbara J. Kuipers. Englewood, CO: Libraries Unlimited, 1991. Includes detailed evaluation criteria.

American Writers for Children before 1900. Edited by Glenn E. Estes. Detroit: Gale Research, 1985. Each volume in this series contains a biography, with photographs, and literary criticism of each major American writer of the specified period.

American Writers for Children since 1960: Fiction. Edited by Glenn E. Estes. Detroit: Gale Research, 1986.

American Writers for Children since 1960: Poets, Illustrators, and Nonfiction Authors. Edited by Glenn E. Estes. Detroit: Gale Research, 1987.

The Antic Art: Enhancing Children’s Literary Experiences through Film and Video. Edited by Lucy Rollin. Fort Atkinson, WI: Highsmith, 1993. Essays on improving literary appreciation.

Best Books for Children: Preschool through Grade 6. 5th ed. By John T. Gillespie and Corinne J. Naden. New Providence, NJ: R.R. Bowker, 1994. Lists 15,500 titles recommended by at least two review¬ ers; arranged by subject, with extensive index.

The Best: High/Low Books for Reluctant Readers. By Marianne Laino Pilla. Englewood, CO: Libraries Unlimited, 1990. The “high” refers to interest, the “low” to difficulty of reading.

Best of the Bookfinder: A Guide to Children’s Litera¬ ture about the Interests and Concerns of Youth Aged 2-18. By Sharon Spredemann Dreyer. Circle Pines, MN: American Guidance Service, 1992. Fully annotated entries for over 600 titles about psycho¬ logical and sociological issues facing children.

The Bookfinder: A Guide to Children’s Literature about the Needs and Problems of Youth Aged 2-15. By Sharon Spredemann Dreyer. Circle Pines, MN: American Guidance Service, annual. Three volumes of fully annotated entries.

Books by African-American Authors and Illustrators for Children and Young Adults. By Helen E. Will¬ iams. Chicago: ALA, 1991. Books with an African American perspective published in the twentieth century.

Books That Heal: A Whole Language Approach. By Battling Dragons: Issues and Controversy in Chil¬ dren’s Literature. Edited by Susan Lehr. Portsmouth, NH: Heinemann, 1995. Essays on censorship, family

Carolyn Mohr, Dorothy Nixon, and Shirley Vickers. Illustrated by Linda East. Englewood, CO: Teacher Ideas, 1991. Bibliotherapy methods and bibliography.

values, and more.

Behind the Covers: Interviews with Authors and Illustrators of Books for Children and Young Adults. By James W. Roginski. Littleton, CO: Libraries Unlimited, 1985.

Books to Help Children Cope with Separation and Loss: An Annotated Bibliography. 4th ed. By Masha K. Rudman et al. New Providence, NJ: R.R. Bowker, 1994. Over 700 titles useful for bibliotherapy and counseling.

APPENDIX D Book Selection Aids

537

British Children’s Writers, 1800-1880. Edited by Meena Khorana. Detroit: Gale Research, 1996. Each volume in this series contains a biography, with photographs, and literary criticism of each major British writer of the specified period.

British Children’s Writers, 1880-1914. Edited by Laura M. Zaidman. Detroit: Gale Research, 1994.

British Children’s Writers, 1914-1960. Edited by

Children’s Literature: Criticism and the Fictional Child. By Karin Lesnik-Oberstein. New York: Oxford UP, 1994. A history of literary criticism of children’s literature and its relationship to criticism of adult literature.

Children’s Literature: A Guide to the Criticism. By Linnea Henderson. Boston: G. K. Hall, 1987. An annotated bibliography arranged by author or illus¬ trator and covering subjects, themes, and genres.

Donald Hettinga and Gary D. Schmidt. Detroit: Gale Research, 1996.

Children’s Literature: Theory, Research, and Teaching.

British Children’s Writers since 1960. First Series.

By Kay E. Vandergrift. Englewood, CO: Libraries Un¬ limited, 1990. Provides theoretical background and practical ideas on how to teach children’s literature.

Edited by Caroline C. Hunt. Detroit: Gale Research, 1996.

But Thafs Another Story: Famous Authors Introduce Popular Genres. Edited by Sandy Asher. New York: Walker, 1996. Stories that illustrate the characteris¬ tics of various genres.

Children Talking about Books. By Sarah Borders and Alice Phoebe Naylor. Phoenix, AZ: Oryx, 1993.

Children’s Authors and Illustrators: An Index to Bio¬ graphical Dictionaries. 5th ed. By Joyce Nakamura. Detroit: Gale Research, 1995.

Children’s Book Awards International: A Directory of Awards and Winners, from Inception through 1990. By Laura J. Smith. Jefferson, NC: McFarland, 1992.

Children’s Book Review Index. Detroit: Gale Research. Annual. Cites sources of reviews of children’s and young adult literature, reference books, and profes¬ sional resources.

Children’s Books: Awards and Prizes. Rev. ed. New York: Children’s Book Council, 1996. Information about awards from the United States, the United Kingdom, and other countries.

Children’s Books and Their Creators. Edited by Anita Silvey. Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1995. An illus¬ trated encyclopedia of twentieth-century works and authors.

Children’s Books in Print. New Providence, NJ: R.R. Bowker. Annual.

Children’s Books 1911-1986: Favorite Children’s Books from the Branch Collections of the New York Public Library. New York: Office of Children’s

Children’s Literature and Critical Theory: Reading and Writing for Understanding. By Jill P. May. New York: Oxford UP, 1995. Demonstrates the impor¬ tance of a knowledge of critical theory to under¬ standing and writing about children’s books.

Children’s Literature in an Integrated Curriculum: The Authentic Voice. Edited by Bette Bosma and Nancy DeVries. Newark, DE: International Reading Association, 1995. Case studies of interdisciplinary approaches to teaching.

Children’s Literature in Canada. By Elizabeth Waterston. New York: Twayne, 1992. Critical history of Canadian children’s books, arranged by genre.

Connecting Cultures: A Guide to Multicultural Literature for Children. By Rebecca L. Thomas. New Providence, NJ: R.R. Bowker, 1996. An exten¬ sive bibliography indexed by grade level, title, sub¬ ject, culture, and author.

Criticism, Theory, and Children’s Literature. By Peter Hunt. Cambridge, MA: Blackwell, 1991. Describes new ways of reading texts that help readers gain a deeper understanding of meaning.

Dealing with Censorship. Edited by James E. Davis. Urbana, IL: National Council of Teachers of Eng¬ lish, 1979. A still valuable discussion of censorship issues, with suggestions for how to respond to would-be censors.

E for Environment: An Annotated Bibliography of Children’s Books with Environmental Themes. By Patti K. Sinclair. New Providence, NJ: R.R. Bowker, 1992.

Services, New York Public Library, 1986.

Children’s Catalog. 17th ed. Bronx, NY: Wilson, 1996. Main volume plus four annual supplements. Over 6,000 titles described; includes critical annotations, grade levels, and subject headings.

538

APPENDIXES

The Elementary School Library Collection: A Guide to Books and Other Media. Phases 1-2-3. 20th ed. Edited by Lauren K. Lee. Williamsport, PA: Brodart, 1996. Designed to aid in development of school library collections. Includes over 12,000 print and

nonprint materials, with evaluative comments and annotations.

Every Teacher’s Thematic Booklist. By William J. Devers III and James Cipielewski. New York: Scholas¬ tic, 1993. More than 500 annotated descriptions of children’s books.

Exploring the United States through Literature. Edited by Kathy Howard Latrobe. Phoenix, AZ: Oryx, 1994. Citations include literature, media, and pro¬ fessional materials for K-8 curriculum planning, listed by region.

Fantasy Literature for Children and Young Adults: An Annotated Bibliography. 4th ed. By Ruth Nadelman Lynn. New Providence, NJ: R.R. Bowker, 1995. All books recommended by at least two review sources. Topics include witchcraft, time travel, alternate worlds, allegorical fantasy, and others.

From Dr. Mather to Dr. Seuss: 200 Years of American Books for Children. By Mary H. Lystad. Boston: G. K. Hall, 1980. A discussion of how changes in atti¬ tudes toward childhood are reflected in children’s books.

From Page to Screen: Children’s and Young Adult Books on Film and Video. By Joy Moss and George Wilson. Detroit: Gale Research, 1992. Evaluates 1,400 P-12 films for their adherence to the book and their quality.

Gender Positive! A Teachers’ and Librarians’ Guide to Nonstereotyped Children’s Literature. By Patricia L. Roberts et al. Jefferson, NC: McFarland, 1993. Lists over 200 titles in which gender roles are portrayed nonstereotypically. Activities for use are indicated.

and Sandra Wilde. Portsmouth, NH: Heinemann, 1995. Recommends titles and suggests activities.

Kaleidoscope: A Multicultural Booklist for Grades K-8. Edited by Rudine Sims Bishop. Urbana, IL: NCTE, 1994. Includes over 400 titles published during 19901992, arranged by genre and indexed by subject.

Language and Ideology in Children’s Fiction. By John Stephens. New York: Longman, 1992. An interdisci¬ plinary discussion of how language and its ideologi¬ cal bases affect reading for meaning.

Literature-Based Reading Activities. By Ruth Helen Yopp and Hallie Kay Yopp. Boston: Allyn & Bacon, 1992. A series of activities that can be used with a wide variety of literature selections.

Literature-Based Science: Children’s Books and Ac¬ tivities to Enrich the K-S Curriculum. Phoenix, AZ: Oryx, 1995. Activities and readings teachers can use to integrate science and literature.

Literature for Children: Contemporary Criticism. Edited by Peter Hunt. New York: Routledge, 1992. Elucidates the links between literary criticism and education, psychology, history, and scientific theory.

Literature for Children about Asians and Asian Americans: Analysis and Annotated Bibliography with Additional Readings for Adults. By Esther C. Jenkins and Mary C. Austin. Westport, CT: Greenwood, 1987.

The Literature of Delight: A Critical Guide to Hu¬ morous Books for Children. By Kimberly Olson Fakih. New Providence, NJ: R.R. Bowker, 1993. Includes books on a wide range of humorous topics.

Magazines for Children. Edited by Donald R. Stoll. High/Low Handbook: Encouraging Literacy in the 1990s. 3rd ed. By Ellen V. LiBretto. New Provi¬ dence, NJ: R.R. Bowker, 1990. Annotated entries for over 300 titles, dedicated to the eradication of illiteracy in the 1990s.

Glassboro, NJ: Educational Press Association of America. Newark, DE: International Reading Association, 1990.

Math through Children’s Literature: Making the NCTM Standards Come Alive. By Kathryn L. Braddon et

Infant Tongues: The Voices of the Child in Literature.

al. Englewood, CO: Libraries Unlimited, 1993.

Edited by Elizabeth Goodenough, Mark A. Beberle, and Naomi Sokoloff. Foreword by Robert Coles. Detroit: Wayne State University, 1994.

McElmeel Booknotes: Literature across the Curri¬ culum. Englewood, CO: Teacher Ideas, 1993.

Intellectual Freedom Manual. 4th ed. Chicago: Office

Information on how fiction and nonfiction works can foster learning across the curriculum.

of Intellectual Freedom, ALA, 1992.

International Companion Encyclopedia of Children’s Literature. Edited by Peter Hunt. New York: Rout-

Mirrors of American Culture: Children’s Fiction Series in the Twentieth Century. By Paul Dean. Metuchen, NJ: Scarecrow, 1991.

ledge, 1996.

It’s the Story That Counts: More Children’s Books for Mathematical Learning, K-6. By David J. Whitin

More Exciting, Funny, Scary, Short, Different, and Sad Books Kids Like about Animals, Science, Sports, Families, Songs, and Other Things. By Frances

APPENDIX D Book Selection Aids

539

Laverne Carroll and Mary Meacham. Chicago: ALA, 1992. Lists books for grades 2 through 5.

More Kids’ Favorite Books: A Compilation of Chil¬ dren’s Choices, 1992—1994. New York: Children’s Book Council/IRA, 1995. Annotated entries on three years’ worth of children’s favorites.

Music through Children’s Literature: Theme and Variations. Englewood, CO: Teacher Ideas, 1993.

Read Any Good Math Lately ? Children’s Books for Mathematical Learning. K-6. By David J. Whitin and Sandra Wilde. Portsmouth, NEE Heinemann, 1992. Lists titles and activities related to fractions, estimation, geometry, and the like.

Reading Rainbow Guide to Children’s Books: The 101 Best Titles. By Twila C. Liggett and Cynthia Mayer Benfield. Secaucus, NJ: Citadel, 1994. Lists the most popular titles from the PBS television program.

Brings together children’s musical knowledge and literature with musical qualities.

Newbery and Caldecott Medal and Honor Books in Other Media. By Paulette B. Sharkey and James W. Roginski. New York: Neal-Schuman, 1992. Formats include filmstrip, video, large print, audio, Braille,

Reading Response Logs: Inviting Students to Explore Novels, Short Stories, Plays, Poetry, and More. By Mary Kooy and Jan Wells. Portsmouth, NH: Heinemann, 1996. Suggest ways to incorporate interactive response-based approaches into the class¬ room.

and others.

Newbery and Caldecott Medalists and Honor Book Winners: Bibliographies and Resource Material through 1991. Compiled by Muriel W. Brown and Rita Schooch Foudray. Edited by Jim Roginski. Littleton, CO: Libraries Unlimited, 1992.

Our Family, Our Friends, Our World: An Annotated Guide to Significant Multicultural Books for Children and Teenagers. By Lyn Miller-Lachmann. New Providence, NJ: R.R. Bowker, 1992. Lists over 1,000 titles about ethnic groups in several countries and suggests selection criteria.

The Oxford Companion to Children’s Literature. By Humphrey Carpenter and Mari Prichard. New York: Oxford University Press, 1984. Contains nearly 2,000 entries, of which more than 900 are biographical sketches of authors, illustrators, print¬ ers, and publishers.

Pipers at the Gates of Dawn: The Wisdom of Chil¬ dren’s Literature. By Jonathan Cott. New York: Ran¬ dom House, 1983.

The Pleasures of Children’s Literature. 2nd ed. By Perry Nodelman. White Plains, NY: Longman, 1992. A guide to exploring children’s literature.

Popular Reading for Children III: A Collection of Booklist Columns. Edited by Sally Estes. Chicago: American Library Association, 1992. The books rec¬ ommended in these lists cover a wide range of top¬ ics; includes author and title index.

Portraying Persons with Disabilities: An Annotated Bibliography of Fiction for Children and Teen¬ agers. By Debra Robertson. New Providence, NJ: R.R. Bowker, 1992. Critical annotations of over 600 titles about health, physical impairments, emotional disturbances, and learning disabilities.

540

APPENDIXES

Recreating the Past: A Guide to American and World Historical Fiction for Children and Young Adults. By Lynda G. Adamson. Westport, CT: Greenwood, 1994. About 70 percent of the nearly 1,000 titles listed are about the United States and England.

The Right Book, The Right Time: Helping Children Cope. By Martha C. Grindler, Beverly D. Stratton, and Michael C. McKenna. Boston: Allyn & Bacon, 1997. This book provides a uniquely broad and usable approach to bibliotherapy. Its accompanying database disk, available in either Mac or IBM-com¬ patible format, suggests over 2,000 titles.

Rip-Roaring Reads for Reluctant Teen Readers. By Gale W. Sherman. Englewood, CO: Libraries Un¬ limited, 1993.

Science and Technology in Fact and Fiction: A Guide to Children’s Books. By DayAnn M. Kennedy et al. New Providence, NJ: R.R. Bowker, 1990. Gives crit¬ ical evaluations of recommended titles for pre-K to grade 6; includes subject index.

Sensitive Issues: An Annotated Guide to Children’s Literature K-6. By Timothy V. Rasinski and Cindy S. Gillespie. Annotated list of titles on divorce, sub¬ stance abuse, moving, discrimination, and other top¬ ics; includes teaching strategies. Phoenix, AZ: Oryx, 1992.

Sketching Stories, Stretching Minds: Responding Visually to Literature. By Phyllis Whitin. Foreword by Jerome C. Harste. Portsmouth, NH: Heinemann, 1996. Captures the power of young people’s visual responses to literature.

Something about the Author: Facts and Pictures about Contemporary Authors and Illustrators of Books for Young People. Detroit: Gale Research, 1971 to date, several volumes each year.

Special Collections in Children’s Literature: An International Directory. 3rd ed. Chicago: Asso¬ ciation for Library Service to Children, 1995. Holdings of 300 institutions in the United States whose collections have materials pertinent to the study of children’s and young adult literature.

Survival Themes in Fiction for Children and Young People. 2nd ed. By Binnie Tate Wilkin. Metuchen, NJ: Scarecrow, 1993. Commentary and description of 300 titles on personal and social pressures experi¬ enced by children.

Talking about Books: Creating Literate Communities. Edited by Kathy G. Short and Kathryn Mitchell Pierce. Portsmouth, NH: Heinemann, 1990. Prac¬ tical strategies for creating a literature-based, inte¬ grated-curriculum classroom.

Teachers’ Favorite Books for Kids. Teachers’ Choices, 1989-1993. Newark, DE: International Reading Association, 1994. A compilation of columns from The Reading Teacher that describe outstanding trade books for children K-8.

This Land Is Our Land: A Guide to Multicultural Literature for Children and Young Adults. By Althea K. Helbig and Agnes Regan Perkins. Westport, CT: Greenwood, 1994. Over 600 titles pub¬ lished since 1985 on African, Native American, Asian, and Hispanic cultures within the United States.

Touchstones: Reflections on the Best in Children’s Literature. 3 vols. Edited by Perry Nodelman. West Lafayette, IN: Children’s Literature Association, 1985, 1987, 1989. Distributed by Scarecrow Press, Metu¬ chen, NJ. Lengthy essays on titles selected by the CLA.

D. Hayden. Chicago: ALA, 1992. Activities and titles representing Arabic, Jewish, Persian, Asian, African, Hispanic, and Native American cultures. Some titles are in languages other than English.

War and Peace Literature for Children and Young Adults: A Resource Guide to Significant Issues. By Virginia A. Walter. Phoenix, AZ: Oryx, 1993. Titles for pre-K through grade 9 offer fiction and nonfic¬ tion examples of conflict resolution.

Webbing with Literature: Creating Story Maps with Children’s Books. 2nd ed. By Karen D’Angelo Brom¬ ley. Boston: Allyn & Bacon, 1996. Introduces web¬ bing and describes how to use it creatively.

What Do Children Read Next? A Reader’s Guide to Fiction for Children. Edited by Candy Colborn. Detroit: Gale Research, 1994. “If you’ve read this book, here’s a similar one” is the basis of this anno¬ tated list of 2,000 titles.

Wordless/Almost Wordless Picture Books: A Guide. By Virginia H. Richey and Katharyn E. Puckett. Engle¬ wood, CO: Libraries Unlimited, 1992. Plot, characters, format, and illustrations are described for each title.

Yesterday’s Authors of Books for Children: Facts and Pictures about Authors and Illustrators of Books for Young People, from Early Times to 1960. 2 vols. Detroit: Gale Research, 1977-1978.

Young Adult Literature and Nonprint Materials: Re¬ sources for Selection. By Millicent Lenz. Metuchen, NJ: Scarecrow, 1994. Comprehensive listing of sources useful for selecting books for young adults and answering reference questions.

The Young Reader’s Companion. By Gorton Carruth. Twentieth-Century Children’s Writers. 4th ed. Edited by Laura Standley. Chicago: St. James, 1995. Pro¬ vides biographical, bibliographical, and critical in¬ formation on more than 400 authors.

New Providence, NJ: R.R. Bowker, 1993. A onevolume encyclopedia of characters, plots, themes, and so forth in children’s books.

The Zena Sutherland Lectures, 1983-1992. Edited by Venture into Cultures: A Resource Book of Multi¬ cultural Materials and Programs. Edited by Carla

Betsy Hearne. New York: Clarion, 1993. Speeches by authors of children’s books on their craft.

PROFESSIONAL JOURNALS ALAN Review

Appraisal

Assembly on Literature for Adolescents National Council of Teachers of English 1111 Kenyon Road Urbana, IL 60611 Three issues per year. Offers articles and reviews of

Children’s Science Book Review Committee Department of Science Education Boston University School of Education 605 Commonwealth Avenue Boston, MA 02215

new books for middle and high school students.

Quarterly. Reviews of children’s science books.

APPENDIX D Book Selection Aids

541

Book Links: Connecting Books, Libraries and Classrooms

Dragon Lode

American Library Association

Association 12147 Wycliff Lane Austin, TX 78727 Three issues per year. Requires membership in Children’s Literature Section. Articles on all phases

50 East Huron Street Chicago, IL 60611 Six issues per year. Well-researched articles that con¬ tain thematic bibliographies on curriculum topics.

Children’s Literature Section, International Reading

of children’s literature, plus book reviews.

Bookbird: World of Children’s Books P.O. Box 3156 West Lafayette, IN 47906 Quarterly. Published by the International Board of Books for Young People (IBBY). Articles on authors and trends in book publishing from around the world. Reviews of books from many countries.

Horn Book Magazine

Booklist and Reference Books Bulletin

Journal of Children’s Literature

American Library Association

Children’s Literature Assembly of the National Council

50 East Huron Street Chicago, IL 60611 Twenty-two issues per year. A regular section is devoted to reviews of new children’s books.

of Teachers of English 1111 Kenyon Road Urbana, IL 61801 Two issues per year. Requires membership in Chil¬ dren’s Literature Assembly. Includes articles, litera¬

Bulletin of the Center for Children’s Books Center for Children’s Books University of Illinois at Chicago University of Illinois Press 1325 South Oak Street Champagne, IL 61820 Eleven issues per year. Dependable reviews of approximately 75 new children’s titles in each issue.

Canadian Children’s Literature Canadian Children’s Press/Canadian Children’s Literature Association Department of English University of Guelph Guelph, Ontario, NIG 2W Canada Quarterly. Book reviews and critical essays about literature written for Canadian children.

CBC Features The Children’s Book Council 350 Scotland Road Orange, NJ 07050 Two issues per year. A newsletter of primarily free and inexpensive display and bulletin board materials available from publishers. Author interviews included.

Children’s Literature in Education Human Sciences Press P.O. Box 735 Canal Street Station New York, NY 10013 Quarterly. Scholarly and practical articles for teach¬ ers, plus interviews with authors.

542

APPENDIXES

Horn Book Inc. 11 Beacon Street Suite 1000 Boston, MA 02108-3704 Six issues per year.

ture criticism, and new book reviews.

Journal of Youth Services in Libraries (JOYS) Association of Library Service to Children and Young Adult Services Division American Library Association 50 East Huron Street Chicago, IL 60611 Quarterly. Contains articles, reviews of professional materials, and speeches by authors of Newbery, Caldecott, and other award-winning books.

Language Arts National Council of Teachers of English Elementary Section ' ’ 1111 Kenyon Road Urbana, IL 60611 Eight issues per year. Articles and reviews of current children’s literature publications with occasional author profiles. One issue annually is devoted exclu¬ sively to literature.

The Lion and the Unicom Johns Hopkins University Press 2715 West Charles Street Baltimore, MD 21218-4319 Two issues per year. Each issue is on a theme related to children’s literature, with lengthy analyses of books and interviews with authors.

New Advocate Christopher-Gordon Publishers, Inc. 480 Washington Street Norwood, MA 02062

Quarterly. Articles and book reviews by teachers and scholars in education in the field of children’s literature. New York Times Book Review New York Times 229 West 43rd Street New York, NY 10036 Fifty-two issues per year. Reviews selected new chil¬ dren’s books in each issue. Two issues a year have extensive coverage of new publications. The Reading Teacher International Reading Association and International Council for the Improvement of Reading 800 Barksdale Road Box 8139 Newark, DE 19714-8139 Eight issues per year. Contains applications of research and teaching strategies for elementary school teachers, plus a column of reviews of chil¬ dren’s books.

School Library Journal P.O. Box 2606 Boulder, CO 80322-2606 Twelve issues per year. Articles plus reviews of a iarge number of new publications listed by grade and subject. Reviews are short and offer one re¬ viewer’s opinion. Teaching and Learning Literature with Children and Young Adults (TALL) Essmont Publishing P.O. Box 186 Brandon, VT 03733 Five issues per year. Suggests activities using books to integrate curriculum and literature studies in the classroom. Voice of Youth Advocates (VOYA) Scarecrow Press 4720 Boston Way Lanham, MD 20706 Six issues per year. Articles and extensive reviews of new books for middle and high school students.

APPENDIX D Book Selection Aids

543

AppeiA/Ctlx s children's, Magazines with S~J

LittranA Content

Boomerang

Cobblestone: The History Magazine for Young People

Listen and Learn Home Education, Inc. 13366 Pescadero Road

Cobblestone Publishing, Inc.

Box 261 La Honda, CA 94020 Twelve issues per year. An audiomagazine on cas¬ sette with an insert of games, articles on current events, children’s book reviews, and recommended reading.

Boys’ Life Boy Scouts of America 1325 Walnut Hill Lane P.O. Box 15079 Irving, TX 75015-2079 Twelve issues per year. Entertaining games, crafts, outdoor activities, and fiction.

Calliope: World History for Young People Cobblestone Publishing, Inc. 7 School Street Peterborough, NH 03458 Five issues per year. Full-length articles and stories with an emphasis on history and related topics.

Chickadee (The French edition is entitled Coulicou.) The Canadian Magazine for Young Children Young Naturalist Foundation 255 Great Arrow Avenue Buffalo, NY 14207-3082 Ten issues per year. A magazine with a science and nature emphasis that includes related fiction and poetry.

Children’s Digest Children’s Better Health Institute P.O. Box 7133 Red Oak, IA 51591 Eight issues per year. Contemporary fiction in all genres for pre-teens, with emphasis on health.

Children’s Playmate Children’s Better Health Institute P.O. Box 7133 Red Oak, IA 51591 Eight issues per year. Includes illustrated fiction and nonfiction that helps beginning readers learn to make healthy life choices.

544

APPENDIXES

7 School Street Peterborough, NH 03458 ' Ten issues per year. Well-researched articles with art¬ work, puzzles, and activities that stimulate creative ways to learn history.

Creative Kids Pru'frock Press P.O. Box 8813 Waco, TX 76714-8813 Four issues per year. A magazine of quality writing by children. Does not contain sexist or racist mater¬ ial or violent expressions.

Cricket: The Magazine for Children Carus Publishing P.O. Box 593 Mt. Morris, IL 61054-0593 Twelve issues per year. Encourages a love of reading by introducing literature and art from many countries.

Faces Cobblestone Publishing, Inc. 7 School Street Peterborough, NH 03458 Nine issues per year.-Theme-related issues that ex¬ plore human diversity and different lifestyles and customs worldwide.

Harambee Just Us Books, Inc. 301 Main Street Orange, NJ 07050 Six issues per year. Fosters understanding of African and African American culture and history.

Hopscotch: The Magazine for Young Girls Bluffton News Publishing and Printing Company P.O. Box 164 Bluffton, OH 45817-0164 Six issues per year. Celebrates childhood with imagi¬ native and inspiring activities and articles.

Jack and Jill Children’s Better Health Institute P.O. Box 10003 Des Moines, IA 50340

Eight issues per year. Illustrated stories, articles, poems, and comic strip features.

Plays: The Drama Magazine for Young People 120 Boylston Street Boston, MA 02116

Kid City

Seven issues per year. Royalty-free plays and pro¬ grams for children.

Children’s Television Workshop 200 Watt Street P.O. Box 2924 Boulder, CO 80322

Ranger Rick

Ten issues per year. Specifically designed to encourage reading and writing; includes fiction, poetry, articles.

Kids Copy Kids Copy, Inc. P.O. Box 42 Wyncote, PA 19095

National Wildlife Federation 8925 Feesburg Pike Vienna, VA 22184-0001 Twelve issues per year. All articles, stories, and poems are about nature.

Scienceland Scienceland, Inc. 501 Fifth Avenue Suite 2108 New York, NY 10017-6102

Ten issues per year. A children’s newspaper that encourages integrated classroom activities.

Ladybug: The Magazine for Young Children Cams Publishing P.O. Box 593 Mt. Morris, IL 61054-0593 Twelve issues per year. Read-aloud poetry, songs, and stories for preschoolers. Includes games.

Eight issues per year. A picture book format that integrates science and language activities.

Seedling Series Short Story International P.O. Box 405 Great Neck, NY 11022

Letterbug Research for Better Schools 444 North Third Street Philadelphia, PA 19123

Four issues per year. Short stories from all over the world for a wide range of readers.

Eight issues per year. Also available in boxed sets of 30 copies. A whole-language newsletter that high¬ lights various literary genres in each issue.

Skipping Stones: A Multicultural Children’s Quarterly

New Moon P.O. Box 3587 Duluth, MN 55803 Six issues per year. Thematic issues designed for girls to read and discuss with their parents.

Skipping Stones P.O. Box 3939 Eugene, OR 97403 Four issues per year. Designed as a forum for children to share multilingual and multicultural information and stories. Accepts children’s writing and pen pals.

Spark! Nineteenth Avenue The Humphrey Forum 301 19th Avenue South Minneapolis, MN 55455 Six issues per year. Encourages an interest in poli¬ tics, the arts, and community activities.

Odyssey Cobblestone Publishing, Inc. 7 School Street Peterborough, NH 03458 Ten issues per year. Quality science magazine that explores topics and professions in the sciences.

F & W Publications, Inc. P.O. Box 5028 Harlan, IA 51593-4528 Nine issues per year. Suggests creative, literary, and artistic activities that children can do at home.

Spider: The Magazine for Children Carus Publishing P.O. Box 593 Mt. Morris, IF 61054-0593 Twelve issues per year. Highlights fiction by wellknown authors.

Owl (The French edition is entitled Hibou.)

Stone Soup: A Magazine for Children

Young Naturalist Foundation 255 Great Arrow Avenue Buffalo, NY 14207 Ten issues per year. A Canadian magazine that pre¬ sents science topics to young children.

Children’s Art Foundation P.O. Box 83 Santa Cruz, CA 95063 Five issues per year. Stories, poems, book reviews, and art work, all by children.

APPENDIX E Children’s Magazines with Literary Content

545

CMildr&vi's. Literature

web sites

orld Wide Web resources in the following list are organized into three groups: web guides, which primarily catalog other materials available on the web and provide a convenient starting point from which to explore; on-line resources, which provide direct access to electronic texts and critical and pedagogic materials that can be downloaded to your computer; and writing by children, sites that offer children opportunities to publish their own writing electronically. Within each category, sites have been listed roughly according to the amount and usefulness of material they contain, beginning with the best/most useful site.

WEB GUIDES Children’s Literature Web Guide http://www.ucalgary.ca/~dkbrown/index.html Includes links to children’s publishers and book¬ sellers, conferences and book events, children’s writ¬ ing, children’s literature discussion groups, journals, book reviews, and resources for storytellers, parents, teachers, writers, and illustrators.

Kids’ Web http://www.npac.syr.edu/textbook/kidsweb/ A web guide specifically for children, with links to a variety of sites relating to literature, the arts, science, social studies, games, and sports, among others.

Young Adult Librarians’ Help/Home Page http://www.acpl.lib.in.us/young_adult_lib_ass /yaweb.html

Fairly large web guide focusing on areas of potential interest to young adult librarians; updated twice a month to eliminate “dead” links and add new ma¬ terials.

Teacher Resource Page http://grove.ufl.edu:80/~klesyk/ Small site with a user-friendly organization; particu¬ larly helpful for elementary teachers beginning to use World Wide Web resources in the classroom.

Story Resources on the Web http://www.cc.swarthmore.edu/~sjohnson/stories/ Specialized web guide providing links to on-line sto¬ ries, professional storytellers, and storytelling orga¬ nizations; useful for teachers using storytelling in the classroom or library.

ON-LINE RESOURCES Children’s Literature Gopher gopher://lib.nmsu.edu:70/ll/.subjects/Education/.childlit Access to information on authors, book awards, con¬ ferences and events, on-line texts and journals, other Internet resources, college course syllabi, and more.

Interesting collection of children’s literature re¬ sources, including background materials, critical ex¬ changes from electronic discussion lists, and a gate¬ way to the New York Public library’s list of childfriendly Internet sites (directly accessible at chttp:// www.users.interport.net/~fairrosa/nypl/index.html>).

Children’s Literature: A Guide to the Criticism http://www.unm.edu/~lhendr/ On-line version of Linnea Hendrickson’s invaluable reference work by the same title; offers an extensive annotated bibliography of criticism.

Fairossa Cyber Library: Children’s Literature http://www.users.interport.net/~fairrosa/

546

APPENDIXES

Kay Vandergrift’s Home Page http://www.scils.rutgers.edu/special/kay/kayhp2.html Offers extensive materials on connecting literature to learning across the curriculum and a collection of bibliographies and on-line resources related to the history of children’s literature.

Carol Hurst’s Children’s Literature Site

Tales of Wonder

http://www.crocker.com/~rebotis/ Compilation of articles and sections from Hurst’s books for teachers and librarians, including book reviews, suggestions for using books, and a variety of thematic lists of books and activities.

http://www.ece.ucdavis.edu/~darsie/tales.html Archive of folktales and fairytales from around the world, arranged according to the country or region of origin, along with print sources of tales.

ALAN Review Children’s Literature Sampler http://funnelweb.utcc.utk.edu/~estes/estes2.html Lists of critical reading thoughtfully organized into thematic groups, suggested curricular connections on various themes, and miscellaneous materials.

Children’s Literature Authors and Illustrators http://www.ucet.ufl.edu/~jbrown/chauth.html A highly specialized web site providing direct links to pages of information about contemporary and historic children’s authors.

Ask the Author http://ipl.sils.umich.edu/youth/AskAuthor/ Part of the Internet Public Library, offering biogra¬ phies and interviews with well-known children’s authors and illustrators.

Book Nook http://i-site.on.ca/isite/education/bk_report/booknook/ Compilation of book reviews written by children themselves; children can see what other children have said about a particular book, post their own reviews, or select titles from a list of books awaiting review.

Children’s Book Council http://www.cbcbooks.org/ Information about Children’s Book Week, selected articles from CBC publications, and links to a large number of children’s book publishers.

The Storytelling Home Page http://members.aol.com/storypage/ A list of electronic and other resources for story¬ telling and puppetry, including schedules of story¬ telling events around the country and on-line sources of stories to tell.

http://scholar.kib.vt.edu/ejournals/ALAN/alanreview.html Regularly updated electronic version of the quarter¬ ly journal of the Assembly on Literature for Adoles¬ cents, with full texts of scholarly articles and back issues.

Bulletin of the Center for Children’s Books http://edfu.lis.uiuc.edu/puboff/bccb/ On-line version of the CCB’s print newsletter, with samples of reviews and back issues and news about the CCB’s activities.

Children’s Literature Service Collection http://www.nlc-bnc.ca/services/eclse.htm Site maintained by the National Library of Canada, with an emphasis on Canadian works in the library’s research collection; also provides information on the Canadian Read Up on It program and various other materials produced by the library.

Reading Rainbow Home Page http://www.pbs.org:80/readingrainbow/rr.html Brief descriptions of the books featured during the PBS show’s current season, along with full publica¬ tion information and recommended activities to accompany the books.

Cinderella Project and Little Red Riding Hood Project http://www.usm.edu/usmhburg/lib_arts/english/ cinderella/cinderella.html http://www-dept.usm.edu/~engdept/lrrh/lrrhhome.htm Both provide direct access to on-line texts and repro¬ ductions of pages from various print versions of these two fairytales contained in the DeGrummond Collection at the University of Southern Mississippi.

WRITING BY CHILDREN KidPub http://www.en-garde.com/kidpub/ A place for children to publish stories on the World Wide Web and to read stories published by others, with an ongoing collaborative story to which children are invited to contribute. Be warned, however, that the sheer volume of stories can be overwhelming.

Kidopedia http://rdz.stjohns.edu/kidopedia/

An on-line encyclopedia written entirely by children from around the world, with instructions for post¬ ing entries and for creating local kidopedias.

Cyberkids’ Home http://www.woodwind.com:80/cyberkids/ A electronic magazine written by (though appar¬ ently not edited by) children; offers children oppor¬ tunities for creativity in music and art and a children’s writing contest.

APPENDIX F Children’s Literature Web Sites

547

Nawit/ntle (mxlex

A—Apple Pie, 172, 209 A, B, See, 209 A, My Name Is Alice, 178 A Gathering of Days: A New England Girl’s Journal, 1830-1832, 319 A Is for Africa, 119 Aane, Antti, 141, 169 Aardema, Verna, 92, 116, 163, 167, 195,213,442,519 Aardvarks, Disembark!, 209 ABC Bunny, 527 Abel’s Island, 351, 365, 531 Abigail Adams: Witness to a Revolution, 516 Abraham Lincoln, 392, 397, 516 Abraham Lincoln, Friend of the People, 529 Abraham Lincoln’s World, 528 Absolutely Normal Chaos, 275, 299 Absurd ABC, 173 Abuela, 124 Accident, The, 281, 303 Ace: The Very Important Pig, 341 Ackerman, Karen, 184, 213, 314, 330, 420, 442,472, 505, 520 Across America on an Emigrant Train, 384, 401, 533 Across Five Aprils, 322, 330, 530 Across the Stream, 216 Ada, Alma Flor, 31, 33, 36, 38, 42, 54, 55, 124, 143, 161, 167, 406 Adam of the Road, 528 Adams, Adrienne, 518 Adams, Harriet Stratemeyer, 2 69 Adams, Julia Davis, 527 Adamson, Lynda G., 540 Adler, C. S., 130 Adler, David A., 278, 301, 332, 393, 395, 396, 405,407 Adler, Elizabeth, 522 Adoff, Arnold, 90, 93, 116, 128, 132, 201,236, 251, 258, 524, 526 Adopted by the Eagles, 500 Adventures of Ali Baba Bernstein, The, 295 Adventures of High John the Conquerer, The, 508 Adventures of Huckleberry Finn, The, 15, 268 Adventures of Paddy Pork, The, 514 Adventures of Pinocchio, The, 13,339,365

548

Adventures of Spider, The, 196 Adventures of Tom Sawyer, The, 15, 268 Afanas’ev, Aleksandr, 156, 165, 445 Africa Dreams, 95, 117, 523 After the Dancing Days, 323, 324,332, 521 After the Goat Man, 453 After the Rain, 532 Afternoon of the Elves, 532 Against Borders, 109 Agard,John, 206, 208 Ageless Story, The, 516 Aida, 195, 221, 525 Ainsworth, Mary D. S., 20, 28 Air Mail to the Moon, 213 Ajeemah and His Son, 515 Akaba, Suekichi, 108, 512 Alan Mendelsohn, the Boy from Mars, 373 Alco*ck, Vivien, 372 Alcott, Louisa May, 13, 268 Aldana, Patricia, 168 Aldis, Dorothy, 243, 258, 395, 408 Aldo Applesauce, 283, 303 Aldo Peanut Butter, 283 Alex Is My Friend, 505 Alexander, Lloyd, 154, 213, 337, 340, 344, 345, 347, 370,374,515, 530 Alexander, Sally Hobart, 475 Alexander and the Terrible, Horrible, No Good, Very Bad Day, 77, 78, 445 Alexander and the Wind-Up Mouse, 218, 475, 507, 519 Alfie Gives a Hand, 217 Alfred Summer, The, 274, 299 Alger, Horatio, 268, 289, 292, 297 Alice in Rapture, Sort of, 289, 299 Alice in Wonderland, 347 Alice’s Adventures in Wonderland, 13, 171, 173, 234,338,343, 368 Alien Child, 358, 362, 373 Alien Secrets, 373 Aliens Ate My Homework, 373 Aliens for Breakfast, 10 Aliens for Lunch, 373 Aliki, 152, 164,213,384,385, 402,404, 442 Alison’s Zinnia, 209 All about Owls, 501 All about Where, 210 All Alone, 529 All Around the Town, 517 All but Alice, 289 All Falling Down, 517

Amethyst Ring, The, 321, 329 All in a Day, 107, 128 Ammon, Richard, 334, 408 All in the Morning Early, 518 Ammons, A. R., 243 All Night, All Day! A Child’s Arnos and Boris, 474, 507 First Book of African Amos Fortune, Free Man, 529 American Spirituals, 525 Amy’s Eyes, 366 All Set Sail, 528 Anansi and the Moss-Covered All Small: Poems by David Rock, 507 McCord, 249 Anansi and the Talking Melon, All the Colors of the Race, 93, ' 510 99, 117, 201,252, 258,524 Anansi Goes Fishing, 443 All the Small Poems, 254, 262 Anansi the Spider: A Tale from All Times, All Peoples: A World the Ashanti, 167, 418, 443, History of Slavery, 388 510,519 All Together, 258 Anastasia at This Address, 275, All Us Come Cross the Water, 289, 299 201 Anastasia Krupnik, 289, 299 Allard, Harry, 46, 56, 192, 213, Anatole, 518 273,297,418,442 Anatole and the Cat, 518 Allee, Marjorie, 527 Anatomy of Criticism, The, 8 Alligator Arrived with Apples: Ancient One, The, 348, 369 A Potluck Alphabet Feast, Ancient Ones: The World of 178, 209 the Old-Growth Douglas Fir, Alligator Pie, 261 402 Alligators All Around, 209 Ancona, George, 6, 113, 124, Allison, Beverly, 213 130, 187, 442 Almasi, Janice, 71, 79, 461, . . . And Now Miguel, 529 478 And So They Build, 443 Along Came a Dog, 530 And the Green Grass Grew All Alpha and the Dirty Baby, 288 Around: Folk Poetry from Alphabatics, 209, 520 Everyone, 231, 262 Alphabet City, 521 And Then What Happened, Always and Ago: Rhymes of Paul Revere?, 392, 405 the Never Was and Always And to Think That I Saw It on Is, 249 Mulberry Street, 180, 222 Always Room for One More, Andersen, Hans Christian, 13, 518 155, 338, 501, 502, 517 Always Wondering: Some Anderson, David A., 525 Favorite Poems of Aileen . Anderson, Joan, 402 Fisher, 250 Anderson, Lonzo, 489, 503 Am I Blue? Coming Out from Anderson, Richard C., 413, the Silence, 286, 299 419,448 Amazing Bone, The, 55, 188, Andra, 360 190,222, 351, 365, 507, 519 Andrew Young: Young Man Amazing Grace, 40, 55, 130, with a Mission, 524 217,416, 443,473 Andy and the Lion, 516 Amazing Potato, The, 389, 402 Amazon Basin, The, 382, 402 Angelo, Valenti, 528 Amber on the Mountain, 332, Angelou, Maya, 523 Angry Moon, 519 473, 505 Animal Alphabet, 177, 209 Ambrus, Victor G., 446 America Is Born, 530 Animal Crackers: A Delectable Collection of Pictures, America Moves Forward, 530 American ABC, An, 516 Poems, and Lullabies for the American Family Farm, The, Very Young, 206 402 Animal Family, The, 530 American Indian Myths and Animal Numbers, 210 Legends, 445 Animalia, 177, 209 American Tall Tales, 446, 508 Animals from Mother Goose, Americans before Columbus, 176, 207 529 Animals in the Field and America’s Ethan Allen, 517 Laboratory: Projects in Ames, Mildred, 356, 371 Animal Behavior, 389

Animals of the Bible, 516 Animals Who Have Won Our Hearts, 402, 492, 504 Anna Pavlova: Genius of the Dance, 394, 406 Anna to the Infinite Power,

356,371 Annabelle Swift, Kindergartner,

222,273, 298 Anna’s Secret Friend, 106 Anne Frank: Beyond the Diary,

395,407 Annie and the Old One, 530 Annie and the Wild Animals,

213 Annie’s Promise, 333

Anno, Mitsumasa, 107, 108, 128, 193, 194, 205, 207, 208,209,211,512,514,515 Anno’s Alphabet, 177, 178, 296, 208,514 Anno’s Britian, 193 Anno’s Counting House, 193, 209 Anno’s Faces, 175, 207 Anno’s Journey, 193, 211, 515 Anno’s U.S.A., 193, 194, 206 Anpao: An American Indian Odyssey, 531 Antartica: The Last Unspoiled Continent, 389, 403 Anthony Burns: The Defeat and Triumph of a Fugitive Slave, 97, 407, 515, 525 Antler, Bear, Canoe: A Northwoods Alphabet Year,

209 Any Me I Want to Be, 250

Anzul, Margaret, 462, 464, 478 Aoki, Elaine, 131 Ape in a Cape, 517 Appalachia: The Voices of Sleeping Birds, 290, 402, 515 Apple and the Arrow, The, 529

Applebee, Arthur, 17, 28, 65-66, 67, 79 Applemando’s Dreams, 221 Apprentice, The, 514 Apprentice of Florence, 527 April and the Dragon Lady,

298 April’s Kittens, 516 Apt. 3, 198

Archambault, John, 177, 209, 219,443 Archbold, Richard, 394, 406 Arctic Memories, 126, 533 Are You in the House Alone?,

154 Are You My Mother?, 20 Are You There God? It’s Me, Margaret, 34, 269, 287, 295

Areugo, Ariane, 121 Ariadne, Awake!, 164

Aries, Phillippe, 10, 28 Arion and the Dolphin, 489,

503 Arion and the Dolphins, 489,

503

Aristotle, 49

Away Is a Strange Place to Be,

Arizona Kid, The, 294, 299 Ark, The, 300 Arkadians, The, 370

360 Axelrod, Alan, 258 Aylesworth, Jim, 208, 209

Armer, Laura Adams, 516, 527 Armstrong, Jennifer, 330 Armstrong, William H., 331, 530 Arnold, Sandra, 168 Arnosky, Jim, 501 Arrick, Fran, 282, 303 Arrow to the Sun, 519 Arroz con leche: Popular Songs and Rhymes from Latin America, 124, 176, 206, 259 Art Lesson, The, 272, 295 Art of Teaching Writing, The,

484 Arthur, for the Very First Time,

289 Arthur, Malcolm, 520 Arthur’s Eyes, 213 Arthur’s Pet Business, 446 Arthur’s Prize Reader, 458 Artist and the Architect, The,

121 Artzybasheff, Boris, 516 Aruego, Jose, 121, 178 Asbjorsen, Peter Christian, 155 Aschenbrenner, Gerald, 492, 503 Asedjouma, Davida, 526 Ash Road, 506 Ashanti to Zulu: African Traditions, 178, 195, 209,

519 Asher, Sandy, 304, 358 Ashley, L. E, 56 Asimov, Isaac, 354, 358, 372, 374 Asimov, Janet, 358, 372 Ask Mr. Bear, 179, 212 Asleep, Asleep, 216 At the Back of the North Wind,

338 At the Crossroads, 276, 300

Atwater, Florence, 528 Atwater, Richard, 528 Atwell, Nancie, 484, 511 Au, Kathryn H., 113, 132 Audubon, 528 Auer, Martin, 371 Auks, Rocks, and the Odd Dinosaur: Inside Stories from the Smithsonian Museum of Natural History, 515 Aunt Flossie’s Hats (and Crab Cakes Later), 118, 332, 443 Aunt Harriet’s Underground Railroad in the Sky, 367 Aunt Maria, 350, 367 Aunt Morbelia and the Screaming Skull, 464

Austin, Mary C., 131, 539 Avi, 34, 53, 276, 278, 279, 286, 294, 300, 301,314, 318, 330, 341, 364, 515, 516, 532 Avion My Uncle Flew, The, 528

Barron, Neil, 374 Barron, T. A., 340, 348, 369, 370, 372 Bajrthes, Roland, 39, 56 Bartholomew and the Oobleck,

Baba Yaga and Vasilisa the Brave, 166 Babar the Elephant, 14

517 Bartone, Else, 521 Base, Graeme, 177, 209

Babbitt, Natalie, 31, 42, 43, 47, 50, 54,213,278,301,342, 347, 366, 462, 472, 478, 530 Babe: The Gallant Pig, 341, 365

Baseball in April and Other Stories, 53, 98, 125, 272,

Baboushka and the Three Kings, 518 Babushka Baba Yaga, 221 Babushka’s Mother Goose,

176, 207 Baby, 296 Baby Project, 296 Baby Says, 99, 120, 175, 208 Baby Sister for Francis, A, 217 Baby Uggs Are Hatching, 255 Baby Zoo, The, 211 Babysitters Club series, 247,

269,417 Babysitting Is a Dangerous Job,

279 Back Home, 119, 197, 211

Bader, Barbara, 224 Badger on the Barge, 521

Baer, Gene, 213 Bahti, Tom, 519 Bailey, Carolyn Sherwin, 528 Bailey, Pearl, 523 Baity, Elizabeth, 529 Baker, Augusta, 86 Baker, Jeannie, 211, 213 Baker, Keith, 213 Baker, Leslie, 522 Baker, Olaf, 520 Balancing Girl, The, 275 Ballad of Lucy Whipple, The,

319, 326, 330 Bambino the Clown, 517

Bang, Molly Garrett, 166, 210, 211, 213, 224, 515, 520 Banks, James A., 82, 131, 132 Banks, Lynne Reid, 341, 420 Banner in the Sky, 529 Banuelos, Raul, 238 Barbauld, Anna Laetitia, 267, 304 Bard of Avon: The Story of William Shakespeare, The,

407 Bare, Arnold E., 516 Barkis, 516 Barn, The, 318, 330 Barn Dance, 443 Barnes, Nancy, 529 Barnum, Jay Hyde, 517 Baron, Jill, 516 Barrera, Rosalinda B., 131 Barrett, Joyce Durham, 55 Barrett, Judi, 54, 78, 416, 442 Barrett, Mary Brigid, 130, 497, 505 Barrie, Sir James Matthew, 366

295,445 Baseball Saved Us, 122, 313,

314, 328, 333,474 Bash, Barbara, 402, 421, 442, 501 Baskin, Hosea, 519 Baskin, Leonard, 519 Baskin, Lisa, 519 Baskin, Tobias, 519 Batcheider, Uri Orlev, 106 Bathwater Gang, The, 291, 298 Battle, Jennifer, 71, 79, 419, 420, 448, 463, 465, 479 Battle for the Castle, The, 341, 366 Battle Horse, The, 513 Bauer, Carolyn, 417, 448 Bauer, Joan, 302 Bauer, Marion Dane, 286, 296, 299, 300, 303, 531 Baum, Frank L., 339, 368 Baumann, Hans, 513 Bayberry Bluff, 504 Bayer, Jane, 177, 209 Baylor, Byrd, 213, 226, 258, 519 Be a Friend to Trees, 384 Be Good to Eddie Lee, 130, 216,275 Be Seated: A Book about Chairs, 404

Beach, Richard, 61, 79 Beach Ball—Left, Right, 211 Beacons of Light: Lighthouses,

504 Bear Called Paddington, A,

364,442 Bear Party, 517 Bears of Hemlock Mountain, The, 529 Beast Master, The, 361, 372 Beat the Story-Drum, Pum, Pum, 94, 116, 167, 524 Beauties and Beasts, 446 Beauty, 161, 280, 302 Beauty and the Beast, 165

Beberle, Mark A., 539 Because We Are, 524 Bechard, Margaret, 373 Bee and the Dream, The, 122 Bee Tree, The, 221, 413, 444 Been to Yesterdays: Poems of Life, 255 Beethoven Lives Upstairs, 470,

471, 477 Beetles, Lightly Toasted, 289 Beezus and Ramona, 295

Begay, Shonto, 125 Beggar’s Ride, The, 273, 297

NAME/TITLE INDEX

549

Behind Barbed Wire: The Imprisonment of Japanese Americans during World War 11,515 Behind the Secret Window: A Memoir of a Hidden Childhood during World War Two, 395, 407, 522 Bein’ with You This Way, 128 Being a Twin, Having a Twin,

187 Belden, Wilanne Schneider, 368 Bell, Anthea, 513, 514 Bell, Clare, 521 Bellairs, John, 278, 301, 368 Belle Prater’s Boy, 532 Belling the Tiger, 530 Bellmaker, The, 350, 370 Bello, Yahaya, 131 Belloc, Hilaire, 241 Bells of Christmas, The, 525 Belting, Natalie, 518 Bemelmans, Ludwig, 173, 213, 231, 516, 517, 528 Ben & Me: A New and Aston¬ ishing Life of Benjamin Frank¬ lin as Written by His Good Mouse, Amos, 365, 392

Benary-Isbert, Margot, 300 Bender, Lionel, 504 Bender, Robert, 500 Beneath a Blue Umbrella, 255 Benedict, Susan, 485, 511 Beneduce, Ann Keay, 13 Benfield, Cynthia Mayer, 540 Benjamin Banneker, 524 Benjamin Franklin, 397 Bennet, Rodney, 241 Bennett, John, 527 Bennett, Rowena, 240 Bennett, William, 15, 28, 32 Ben’s Trumpet, 218, 520 Bentley, J. L., 457, 458, 478, 479 Beowulf, 231 Bernays, Anne, 35, 56 Bernstein, Joanne E., 394 Berries Goodman, 300 Berry, Erik, 527 Berry, James, 258, 515, 525 Best, Carrie, 522 Best, Herbert, 527 Best Bad Thing, The, 100 Best Beak in Boonaroo Bay, The, 220 Best Christmas Pageant Ever, The, 303, 444 Best Friends, 260 Best Town in the World, 213 Best Witches: Poems for Halloween, 262

Besterman, Catherine, 529 Bettelheim, Bruno, 151, 164, 169 Better Known as Johnny Appleseed, 529 Between Earth and Sky: Legends of Native American Sacred Places, 126

550

NAME/TITLE INDEX

Beverly Cleary, a Girl from Yamhill: A Memoir, 287

Bewick, Thomas, 173 Beyond the Divide, 130 BFG, The, 54 Bhimsa, the Dancing Bear, 528

Bianco, Margery, 528 Bibbs, Charles A., 356 Bierhorst, John, 163 Big Bad Bruce, 220 Big Snow, The, 517 Big Tree, 528 Big Tree of Bunlahy, 527 Biggest Bear, The, 223, 517 Bigmama’s, 115, 117

Bileck, Marvin, 518 Bill Peet: An Autobiography,

520 Billman, Carol, 304 Birch, Caroline, 40 Bingo Brown and the Language of Love, 287, 297 Bird Watch, 502

Birdseye, Tom, 213 Birdsong, 501 Birdy and the Ghosties, 369

Birnbaum, A., 517 Birth of the Firebringer, 370 Birthday Basket for Tia, A,

101,125, 444 Birthday Poems, 251 Birthday Presents, 295 Birthdays of Freedom, Vol. 1,

529 Bishop, Claire Huchet, 87, 132, 529 Bissett, D., 414, 448 Bjork, Christina, 105 Black and White, 219, 453, 454,477, 520 Black Beauty, 268 Black Cauldron, The, 347, 370, 530 Black Child, 524 Black Dance in America, 525 Black Diamond: The Story of the Negro Baseball Leagues,

400, 526 Black-Eyed Susan, 330 Black Falcon: A Tale from the Decameron, The, 502 Black Fox of Lome, 529 Black Horse, The, 490, 500,

503 Black Is Brown Is Tan, 90, 93,

128 Black Means, 523 Black on White, 175, 208 Black Pearl, 530 Black Snowman, The, 367 Black Stallion, The, 280, 302 Black Troubadour: Langston Hughes, 523 Blackberries in the Dark, 282 Blackberry Ink, 252

Blake, Clarence N., 523 Blake, William, 173, 233 Blecher, George, 513 Blecher, Lone Thygesen, 513

Blood, Peter, 261, 433 Bloodroot, 473 Bios, Joan W., 213, 310, 314, 319, 330, 334,472, 531 Blowfish Live in the Sea, 296 Blubber, 276, 287, 294, 300 Blue, Rose, 394 Blue Boy, The, 371 Blue Cat of Castle Town, The, 529 Blue Heron, 278

Blue, Rose, 394 Blue-Eyed Daisy, A, 290 Blue Sword, The, 370, 531 Blue Willow, 528 Blueberries for Sal, 174, 219,

517 Blumberg, Rhoda, 380, 401, 515,531,532, 533 Blume, Judy, 34, 269, 270, 275, 276, 281,286, 293, 294, 295, 296, 300, 302, 304, 416, 420, 442 Bly, Robert, 155, 169 Bo Rabbit Smart for True: Tall Tales from the Gullah, 166 Boat to Nowhere, 282 Boats on the River, 517 Bobbin Girl, The, 331 Bobbsey Twins, The, series, 269

Bober, Natalie S., 516 Bobie, J. Frank, 139 Bode, Barbara, 484, 511 Bodker, Cecil, 512, 513 Bomb, The, 312, 333 Bond, Michael, 364, 442 Bond, Nancy, 521, 531 Bontemps, Arna, 529 Book of Curteseye, A, 10 Book of Eagles, The, 501 Book of Greek Myths, 163, 164 Book of North American Owls, The, 501 Book of Nursery and Mother . Goose Rhymes, 518 Book of Rhythms, The, 260 Book of Three, The, 340, 347,

370

Bowman, James Cloyd, 528 Box and Cox, 214, 303 Box Car Children, The, 269, 270 Boy, 349 Boy and the Giants, The, 503 Boy of the South Seas, 527 Boy of the Three-Year Nap, The, 98, 123,510,515, 520 Boy Who Could Make Himself Disappear, The, 298 Boy Who Drew Cats and Other Tales of Lafcadio Hearn, The, 488, 503 Boy Who Held Back the Sea, The, 184,217,492, 504 \Boy Who Lived with the Bears and Other Iroquois Stories, The, 94, 126 Boy Who Lived with the Seals, The, 127, 502 Boy Who Reversed Himself, The, 357 Boy Who Swallowed Snakes, The, 123, 169 Boy Who Was, The, 527 Boy with a Pack, 528 Boy with the Off-White Hat, The, 302

Boyd, Candy Dawson, 281, 296, 300, 303, 524 Boyd, F. B., 457, 458, 478, 479 Boyer, Robert H., 337, 344, 374, 375 Boys at Work, 299 Boys from St. Petri, 514 Bracelet, The, 100, 123, 313, 333 Bradby, Marie, 522 Braddon, Kathryn L., 539 Brandenburg, Jim, 382, 400, 402,533 Branley, Franklyn M., 383 Brave, The, 301 Breadsticks and Blessing Places,

281, 303 Break with Charity: A Story about the Salem Witch Trials, A, 329

Book That Jack Wrote, 201 Booklist, 271

Breckler, Rosemary K., 121

Booth, B. D., 130 Booth, David, 432, 448 Borders, Sarah, 538 Borning Room, The, 322, 330 Borrowers Afield, The, 368 Borrowers Afloat, The, 368 Borrowers Aloft, The, 368 Borrowers Avenged, The, 368 Borrowers, The, 339, 343, 368 Bosma, Bette, 510, 538

520 Brentano, Clemens, 138

Bossy Gallito/El gallo de bodas, The, 143, 168 Bossyboots, 215

Boston, L. M., 369 Bowen, Betsy, 209 Bowen, Gary, 317, 329, 522 Bowen, William, 527 Bowie, Arthur, 527

Bremen Town Musicians, The,

Brer Tiger and the Big Wind,

509 Brett, Jan, 213 Brian’s Winter, 290, 302 Bridge, The, 298 Bridge to Terabithia, The, 36,

41, 281, 285, 289, 290, 303, 444, 531 Brierly, Louise, 488, 503 Briggs, Katherine, 48, 56, 155, 164,445 Briggs, Raymond, 515 Bright and Early Thursday Evening: A Tangled Tale, 187 Bright Island, 528 Bright Shadow, 524

Bringing the Rain to Kapiti Plain: A Nandi Tale, 167

Brink, Carol Ryrie, 330, 528 British Folktales, 164, 445 Brittain, Bill, 367, 531 Britton, James, 72, 79 Brocaded Slipper and Other Vietnamese Tales, The, 123

Broderick, Kathy, 319, 334 Brodsky, Beverly, 519 Bromley, Karen D., 469, 478, 510,542 Bronner, Simon, 147, 169 Bronze Bow, The, 321, 329, 530 Bronzeville Boys and Girls, 259 Brooke, William, 507 Brooklyn Bridge, 522 Brooks, Bruce, 50, 279, 295, 301,401,515, 531,532, 533 Brooks, Gwendolyn, 259 Brother Eagle, Sister Sky: A Message from Chief Seattle,

214, 278, 296, 298, 300, 301, 302, 312, 330, 456, 472, 475, 477, 505, 521 Bunyan, John, 8,12 Burch, Robert, 274, 297 Burgie, Irving, 127, 259 Burglon, Nora, 527 Burke, Carolyn, 451, 483, 511 Burke, Eileen M., 407 Burkert, Nancy Eckholm, 519 Burleigh, Robert, 214, 381, 401,533 Burnett, Frances Hodgson, 268 Burnford, Sheila Every, 302

Campbell, Rod, 2207 Campos, Anthony John, 168

Burning Questions of Bingo Brown, The, 271, 281, 303

Carey, Valerie Scho, 298

Burningham, John, 214, 514 Burns, Ken, 400 Burroughs, Edgar Rice, 354 Burton, Virginia Lee, 174, 203, 206,214, 477,516,517 Bush, Teri, 523 Buss, Fran Leeper, 112, 129

Brother in the Land, 372 Brother to the Wind, 100, 120

But I’ll Be Back Again: An Album, 262, 290

Brown, Craig, 213 Brown, Marc, 207, 213, 446 Brown, Marcia, 186, 194, 213, 517,518,520,533 Brown, Margaret Wise, 5, 76, 174, 214, 516, 518 Brown, Mary Barrett, 501 Brown, Muriel W., 540 Brown, Tricia, 130

Butler, Francelia, 229, 262 Butterscotch Dreams, 259

Brown Angels: An Album of Pictures and Verse, 97, 119,

187 Brown Bear, Brown Bear, What Do You See?, 6, 180, 212,

418,420, 422, 447 Brown Honey in Broomwheat Tea, 525, 526

Browne, Anthony, 110, 477 Browning, Robert, 234, 263 Bruchac, Joseph, 93-94, 126, 157, 163, 166, 259, 445 Bryan, Ashley, 94, 116, 167, 230,259,524, 525 Bryson, Bernarda, 518 BUB: Or the Very Best Thing,

213 Buchan, David, 154, 164 Bucks, Betsy L., 176, 206 Buff, Conrad, 516, 528, 529 Buff, Mary, 516, 529 Buffett, Jimmy, 489, 503 Buffett, Savannah Jane, 489, 503 Building: The Fight against Gravity, 515 Building Blocks, 344, 369 Bull Run, 322, 330

Bulla, Clyde, 505 Bully for You, Teddy Roosevelt,

405 Bunnicula: A Rabbit Tale of Mystery, 364, 443

Bunting, Eve, 54, 55, 75, 78, 112, 126, 129, 173, 185,

By the Shores of Silver Lake,

528 Byard, Carole, 73, 188, 521, 524, 525 Byars, Betsy, 130, 271, 272, 274, 280, 287, 296, 297, 299, 418, 442, 530 Caddie Woodlawn, 330, 528 Caduto, Michael, 94, 126 Cai, Mingshui, 84, 89, 131, 132 Caines, Jeannette, 116, 272, 295, 524 Cairney, Trevor H., 76, 79 Cajun Folktales, 446 Caldecott, Randolph, 172, 176, 205 Caleb and Kate, 55, 507 Caleb’s Friend, 502 Calico and Tin Horns, 312, 328, 330 Calico Bush, 527 Calico Captive, 321, 331 Calkins, Lucy, 484, 511 Call It Courage, 528 Call Me Charlie, 269 Call of Stories, The, 18 Calling on Dragons, 352, 367 Calling the Doves/El canto de las palomas, 522

Can’t Catch Me, I’m the Gingerbread Man, 281 Can’t You Sleep, Little Bear?,

223 Canterbury Tales, The, 165 Caps for Sale, 429, 447 Captain Whiz-Bang, 459, 465,

474 Captive, The, 320, 329, 526 Capturing Nature: The Writings and Art of John James Audubon, 394, 407 Caribbean Carnival: Songs of the West Indies, 127, 259

Carigiet, Alois, 512 Carle, Eric, 6, 175, 178, 180, 185, 187, 194, 207, 210, 211, 214, 477 Carlisle, Lenore, 485, 511 Carlstrom, Nancy White, 195, 214 Carmichael, Alexander, 48 Carpenter, Flumphrey, 540 Carr, Jan, 259 Carr, Mary Jane, 528 Carrick, Carol, 281, 303 Carrick, Donald, 52, 112 Carris, Joan, 464 Carroll, Frances Laverne, 540 Carroll, Lewis, 13, 171, 234, 338,368 Carruth, Gorton, 541 Carry On, Mr. Bowditch, 529 Carson, Natalie Savage, 530 Cart and Cwidder, 370 Case of the Mummified Pigs and Other Mysteries of Nature, The, 522 Casey at the Bat, 262

Cassidy, Sylvia, 275 Castle, 378, 380, 404, 519 Castle in the Attic, The, 69, 78, 341,366, 451,460, 476 Castle of Llyr, The, 347, 370 Cat and Mouse Who Shared a House, A, 513 Cat and Rat: The Legend of the Chinese Zodiac, 124, 203,

223 Cat Ate My Gymsuit, The, 297 Cat in the Hat, The, 180, 212 Cat Who Escaped from Steerage, The, 332 Cat Who Went to Heaven, The,

31, 54, 527

Calmenson, Stephanie, 146, 212 Calypso Alphabet, 208

Cathedral: The Story of Its Construction, 380, 404, 519 Catherine, Called Birdy, 53,

Cam Jansen and the Mystery of the Gold Coins, 278, 301

309, 314, 319, 326, 327, 328, 532 Cat’s Body, A, 385 Catwings, 366 Catwings Returns, 366 Caudill, Rebecca, 518, 529 Cauley, Lorinda Bryan, 206 Caxton, William, 11

Cameron, Ann, 53, 421, 442 Cameron, Eleanor, 368, 374, 514 Cameron, Scott, 471 Campbell, John W., 354 Campbell, Joseph, 148, 169

Cay, The, 476 Cazden, Courtney, 452, 478 Cedric the Forester, 526 Celebrating Familes, 129 Celebrating the Hero, 282, 303 Celery Stalks at Midnight, The,

364 Celine, 288, 296 Celtic Fairy Tales, 165

Cendrars, Blaise, 520 Cha, Dia, 402 Chair for My Mother, A, 56,

223,291,297,515,520 Chalk Box Kid, The, 505

Chall, J. S., 86, 132 Chambers, Aidan, 465, 479 Champions: Stories of Ten Remarkable Athletes, 407

Chan, Chin~Yi, 516 Chan, Plao, 516 Chance, Luck and Destiny, 514 Chang, Heidi, 508 Changeover, The, 368 Changes, 477 Changes, Changes, 179, 211 Chanticleer and the Fox, 518 Charlie and the Chocolate Factory, 343, 349, 368 Charlie Parker Played Be Bop,

119 Charlie Pippin, 296 Charlie’s World: A Book of Poems, 255

Charlip, Remy, 514 Chariot, Jean, 516, 518 Charlotte’s Web, 227, 339, 352, 363, 365, 341,420, 421, 445,465,476,529 Charmed Life, A, 350, 367 Chase, Richard, 139, 164, 509 Chato’s Kitchen, 98, 125, 422, 423,445 Chatton, Barbara, 333 Chaucer, Geoffrey, 165 Cheap Raw Material: How Our Youngest Workers Are Exploited and Abused, 402 Checking on the Moon, 297

Chee, Cheng-Khee, 522 Chen Ping and His Magic Axe,

507 Cherokee Summer, 126, 382,

402 Cherries and Cherry Pits, 291,

297 Cherry, Lynne, 214, 402, 477 Chester Cricket’s Pigeon Ride,

365 Chester’s Way, 217, 341, 364

Chetwin, Grace, 214, 303, 348, 370, 373 Chevrolet Saturdays, 296 Cheyenne Again, 126 Chicka Chicka Boom Boom,

177, 209, 422 Chicken Soup with Rice, 444 Chicken Sunday, 421, 444, 474 Child of the Owl, 282, 304,

509,514

NAME/TITLE INDEX

551

Child of the Sun, 168 Children of Green Knowe, The,

369 Children of Lir, The, 489, 500,

Chrysanthemum, 197, 217 Chucaro: Wild Pony of the Pampa, 530 Church Mice and the Moon,

220

502 Children of Long Ago, 119 Children of Promise: AfricanAmerican Literature and Art for Young People, 404 Children of the Dust, 356, 372 Children of the Dust Bowl: The True Story of the School at Weedpatch Camp, 381, 401,

533 Children of the River, 522 Children of the Soil, 527 Children of Yayoute: Folktales of Haiti, 166 Children’s Book of Virtues, The, 15

Church Mice in Action, 220 Church Mice Spread Their Wings, 220 Church Mouse, The, 220

Cianciolo, Patricia J., 224, 462, 479 Ciardi, John, 252-253, 259, 263,526 Cimru the Seal, 504 Cinderella, 165, 194, 220 Cinderella: An International Collection, 446 Cinderella, or the Little Glass Slipper, 518

Childress, Alice, 523, 524

Cipielewski, James, 539 Circle of Gold, 300, 524

Child’s Garden of Verses, A,

Circles, Triangles, and Squares,

234,257 Child’s Good Night Book, A,

Citizen of the Galaxy, 360,

364,371

516 Child’s New Plaything, Being a Spelling Book Intended to Make Learning to Read a Diversion, The, 13 Childtimes: A Three-Genera¬ tion Memoir, 524 Chimney Sweeps: Yesterday and Today, 378, 384, 386, 402 Chinese Mother Goose Rhymes/Ju tsu ko t’u, 176,

201,207 Chingis Kahn, 90, 121

Chinn, Karen, 121 Chisholm, Shirley, 523 Chita’s Christmas Tree, 118 Choi, Sook Nyul, 121, 312, 332,506 Chortles: New and Selected Wordplay Poems, 252, 261 Chrestomanci series, 367

Christelow, Eileen, 210 Christiansen, Candace, 312, 328, 330, 331 Christie, Gregory, 526 Christina Katerina and the Time She Quit the Family,

216 Christina’s Ghost, 369 Christmas Anna Angel, The,

517 Christmas in the Big House, Christmas in the Quarters,

401,418,443,454, 477, 526, 533 Christmas in the Big Woods,

331 Christopher, John, 359, 371 Christopher, Matt, 279, 301 Chronicles of Narnia series, 340 Chronicles of Prydain series, 340, 347 Chronicles of the Enchanted Forest series, 352, 367

552

210

NAME/TITLE INDEX

City of Gold and Lead, The,

359, 371 Clapp, Patricia, 329 Clark, Ann Nolan, 294, 298, 516,529 Class Clown, 274, 298 Class Pictures, 272 Class President, 297 Classic Poems to Read Aloud,

258 Clay, Marie M., 24, 28 Clay, Wil, 525 Clay Marble, The, 122, 310, 312, 332,475, 506 Clearing Weather, 527 Cleary, Beverly, 39, 54, 129, 271,280,287, 293,295, 303,364,395,442, 531,533 Cleaver, Bill, 271, 295 Cleaver, Vera, 271, 295 Cleopatra, 393, 406 Clifton, Lucille, 50, 51, 55, 117, 201,236,282, 303, 505, 523, 524 Cloned Lives, 362 Cloud Book, 215 C.L.O.U.D.S., 525 Cloudy with a Chance of Meatballs, 54, 78, 416, 442

Coatsworth, Elizabeth, 31, 54, 56, 527 Cobb, Vicki, 384, 404 Coblentz, Catherine, 529 Cochran-Smith, Marilyn, 65, 77, 79 co*ck-a-Doodle Doo, 516 co*ckroaches, 385 Codfish Musket, The, 528 Coeer, Eleanor, 121, 332, 473 Coffin on a Case, 278, 301 Cohen, Barbara, 279, 301 Cohen, Caron Lee, 126, 166, 507 Cohen, Miriam, 130

Colborn, Candy, 541 Cole, Brock, 54, 288, 296, 297 Cole, J. Y., 413, 448 Cole, Joanna, 52, 111, 129, 146, 181,212,215,259, 379,382,385,402, 404, 501 Cole, Norma, 473 Cole, Wilham, 259 Coles, Robert, 18, 28, 304 Collected Poems of Theodore Roethke, The, 262

Collier, Christopher, 311, 321, 329.330, 420, 442, 531 Collier, James Lincoln, 311, 321.329.330, 420, 442, 531 Collins, Patrick, 56, 511 Collodi, Carlo, 13, 339, 365 Colman, Penny, 401, 533 Color Dance, 177, 211 Color Farm, 175 Color Zoo, 175, 208, 520 Colum, Padraic, 526, 527 Columbus, 397 Columbus and the World Around Him, 406

Coman, Carolyn, 270, 296, 300, 532 Come a Tide, 219, 280, 302

Cooper, James Fenimore, 267 Cooper, Mary, 12 Cooper, Paul, 184 Cooper, Susan, 336, 345, 349, 370,374, 500, 502,514, 531 Cooperative Children’s Book Center, 131 Copeland, Jeffrey S., 262 Coretta Scott King, 523 Cormier, Robert, 270 Corn Grows Ripe, The, 529 Cornrows, 524 Cott, Jonathan, 540 Could Be Worse!, 222

Council on Interracial Books for Children, 87, 90, 132 'Count!, 178, 210 Count on Your Fingers African Style, 524 Count Your Way series, 386 Count Your Way through Italy,

210 Counting Wildflowers, 187,

211 Country Animals, 2089 Courage of Sarah Noble, 529 Court of the Stone Children, The, 368

289,298 Comenius, John Amos, 171, 172, 378, 532

Courlander, Harold, 163, 167, 445,529 Cousins, 296 Cousins, Lucy, 175, 176, 208 Coventry, Martha, 513 Coville, Bruce, 353, 367, 373, 416,442

Coming Home: From the Life of Langston Hughes, 116,

Cow-Tail Switch and Other West African Stories, The,

Come Away from the Water, Shirley, 214 Come Back, Salmon, 402, 533 Come Sing, Jimmie Jo, 267,

393, 406 Commodore Perry in the Land of Shogun, 380, 401, 515, 531 Companions of the Night, 353 Company’s Coming, 357, 373 Complete Book of Nonsense, The, 261 Complete Story of Three Blind Mice, The, 207 Con mi hermano/With My Brother, 125

Cone, Molly, 402, 533 Conley, Andrea, 504 Conlon-McKenna, Marita, 522 Conly, Jane Leslie, 274, 298, 532 Conrad, Pamela 215, 312, 316, 328, 330, 334, 342, 343, 366, 368, 405, 521, 533 Conrad’s War, 515 Constance: A Story of Early Plymouth, 329 Contender, The, 279, 301 Contes de ma Mere I’Ove (Tales of Mother Goose), 176 Contest, The, 519

Cook, Elizabeth, 374 Coolidge, Olivia, 530 Cooney, Barbara, 54, 176, 416, 442,473, 503,518, 520 Cooper, Floyd, 116, 393, 406, 421,526

529 Cowley, Joy, 124, 215 Cox, David, 215 Coyote: A Trickster Tale from the American Southwest, 166 Coyote Stories, 446

Craglia, Richard, 513 Crampton, Patricia, 513 Crane, Louise, 523 Crane, Walter, 172, 173 Crane Wife, The, 103, 123, 169, 223, 502 Crash, 279, 302 Crawford, Elizabeth D., 514 Crawford, Phyllis, 528 Crazy Lady!, 274, 298, 532 Creation, The, 260, 526 Creative Minds series, 393 Creech, Sharon, 41, 265, 275, 296, 299, 477, 532 Crest and the Hide, The, 167 Crew, Linda, 522 Crews, Donald, 117, 177, 178, 210, 218, 519, 520 Cricket in Times Square, The,

341,365,444, 530 Crocodile’s Tale: A Philippine Folk Story, A, 121

Cross, Gillian, 371 Cross Sections: Man-of-War, 378,404 Crossing, The, 506

Crow Boy, 518 Crown of Dalemark, The, 370 Crutches, 514 Cry of the Crow, The, 501 Crystal Drop, The, 372 Crystal Stair, The, 348, 370

Darton, F. J. Harvey, 13, 28 Dash and Dart, 516 Daugherty, James, 392, 516, 518, 528

Cullinan, Bernice, 249, 259, 407 Cummings, Pat, 224, 406, 515, 524, 525, 533 Cunningham, Ann Marie, 395, 406 Cunningham, Julia, 300 Curious George, 77, 78, 221 Curtis, Christopher Paul, 117, 270, 276, 300, 309, 314, 332, 523, 532 Cushman, Karen, 33, 53, 54, 56,270, 309,314,319, 326, 327, 328, 330, 532

Daughter of the Seine, 527

Cut from the Same Cloth: American Women of Myth, Legend, and Tall Tale, 508

Cuyler, Margery, 215, 446 Cvijanovic, Adam, 522 Czernecki, Stefan, 124 Daddy Is a Monster . . . Some¬ times, 99 Daddy’s Roommate, 111, 130,

272 Dahl, Roald, 40, 51, 54, 259, 342, 349, 366, 368, 420, 422 Dakota Dugout, 331 Dalgliesh, Alice, 518, 528, 529 Daly, Maureen, 269, 299 Daly, Niki, 473 Damned Strong Love: The True Story of Willi G. and Stephan K„ 514

Damon, William, 19, 28 Dance, Tanya, 216 Dance at Grandpa’s, 331 Dance with Me, 254, 259 Dancers in the Garden, 501 Dancing Carl, 271, 295 Dancing Granny, The, 94 Dancing Teepee, 262 Dancing with the Indians, 128 Dandelions, 330 Daniel Boone, 392, 528 Daniel’s Story, 22, 506 Danny Dunn and the AntiGravity Planet, 355 Danny the Champion of the World, 40, 54

Danziger, Paula, 270, 280, 283, 297, 303, 357, 373 Dark Frigate, The, 527 Dark Is Rising, The, 349, 370, 514,531 Dark Is Rising series, 349 Dark Moon, 370 Dark Star of Itza, The, 527 Dark-Thirty: Southern Tales of the Supernatural, The, 525,

532 Darkangel, The, 370, 453, 521 Darnell Rock Reporting, 295

Daughter of the Mountains,

529 D’Aulaire, Edgar Parin, 163, 164,392,396-397, 516 D’Aulaire, Ingri, 163, 164, 392, 396-397, 516 David and Jonathan, 291 Davidson, Rosemary, 382, 404 Davie, Helen K., 254 Davies, Andrew, 515 Davis, Daniel S., 515 Davis, James E., 538 Davis, Jenny, 275, 297, 299, 300 Davis, Lavina, 517 Davis, Mary Gould, 527 Davis, Ossie, 523 Davy Crockett, 527 Dawn Wind, 320, 329 Day, David, 500 Day Gogo Went to Vote: South Africa, The, 120 Day Jimmy’s Boa Ate the Wash, The, 220, 447 Day No Pigs Would Die, A,

302 Day of Ahmed’s Secret, The, 76, 78, 477 Day of the Dead: A MexicanAmerican Celebration, 382,

402 Day on Skates, 527 Day We Saw the Sun Come Up, The, 518 Daydreamers, 117, 524

Dayrell, Elphinstone, 519 Days When the Animals Talked: Black Folk Tales and How They Came to Be, The,

523 Day’s Work, A, 55, 112, 129,

472 de Angeli, Marguerite, 320, 328, 517, 518, 529 de Brunhoff, Jean, 14, 215, 339 de Brunvard, Jan, 426, 448 de Cervantes, Miguel, 8 de Cortes, Oralia Garza, 131 de Jenkins, Lyll Becerra, 282 de la Fontaine, Jean, 142 de la Mare, Walter, 239, 257, 263 de Paola, Tomie, 54, 55, 126, 168, 176, 181, 184,211, 215, 259,271,295,296, 442, 475, 507, 519 de Regniers, Beatrice Schenk, 55, 243,249, 259,518 de Trevino, Elizabeth Borten, 530 De Veaux, Alexis, 524, 525 Dealing with Dragons, 352, 353,367 Dean, Paul, 539

Dear Dear Dear Dear Dear

Benjamin Banneker, 119 Daddy, 188, 215 Garbage Man, 110, 114 Mr. Blueberry, 218 Mr. Henshaw, 54, 129,

271,280,288,295, 531 Dear Zoo, 207 Death of an Iron Horse, 95,

126 DeClements, Barthe, 273 Deen, Rosemary, 163, 169 Deep Down Under, 210 Deep-Sea Explorer: The Story of Robert Ballard, Discoverer of the Titanic, 394, 406 Deer in the Woods, The, 331 Defender, The, 529

Defoe, Daniel, 6, 13 Degen, Bruce, 111 Degens, T., 514, 521 Dejong, Meindert, 108, 279, 302, 512, 529, 530 Delacre, Lulu, 124, 176, 206, 159,415, 442 Delikon, The, 360, 371 Delpit, Lisa D., 113, 132 Demi, 121, 206, 259, 507, 508 Desert Is My Mother, The/El desierto es mi madre, 125 Desert Is Theirs, The, 519 Desert Voices, 258

Deuchar, Ian, 502 Devers, William J., 539 Devil’s Arithmetic, The, 340,

343,344, 364, 369, 476 Devil’s Children, The, 359, 373 Devil’s Donkey, The, 367 Devil’s Other Storybook, The,

348,366 Devil’s Storybook, The, 347,

366 DeVries, Nancy, 538 Dewey, Ariane, 178 Dewey, Jennifer Owings, 400, 402,533 Dexter, Catherine, 369 Dialogues with Children, 18 Dia’s Story Cloth: The Hmong People’s Journey of Freedom,

402 Diaz, David, 173, 185, 287, 521 Dicey’s Song, 291, 297, 474, 531 Dick Whittington and His Cat,

517 Dickinson, Emily, 227 Dickinson, Peter, 355, 359, 371, 373, 514 Dietz, Pegi, 282 Dillon, Diane, 178, 195, 478, 515,519,524, 525, 526 Dillon, Lee, 195, 478 Dillon, Leo, 178, 195, 478, 515,519, 524, 525, 526 Dinky Hocker Shoots Smack,

299 Dinner at Aunt Connie’s House, 367

Dinner Time, 175, 208 Dinosaur Dances, 262 Dinosaurs Are Different, 384

DiSalvo-Ryan, Dyanne, 391 Do Like Kyla, 118 Do You Want to Be My Friend?, 211

Dobrin, Arnold, 488, 503 Dobry, 527 Doctor De Soto, 222, 340, 341,

351,365,445, 507, 531 Dodge, Mary Mapes, 268 Dodgson, Charles Lutwidge, 338 Dog People: Native Dog Stories, 126, 166 Dogger, 217 Dogs and Dragons, Trees and Dreams, 250 Dogsbody, 350, 370 Dogsong, 279, 302, 531 Dollhouse Murders, The, 369 Doll’s House, The, 366 Dolphin Adventure: A True Story, 492, 504 Dolphin Man: Exploring the World of Dolphins, 533 Dolphin Treasure, 504 Don Quijote, 8

Donovan, John, 270 Don’t Explain: A Song of Billie Holiday, 524 Don’t Take Teddy, 513 Don’t You Dare Read This Mrs. Dumphrey, 522 Don’t You Remember?, 523 Doodle Soup, 259

Dooley, Norah, 128 Dooling, Mike, 26 Door in the Wall, A, 320, 328,

529 Doorbell Rang, The, 217 Dorp Dead, 300

Dorris, Michael, 126, 316, 329, 334,475 Dorros, Arthur, 124 Double Life of Pocohantas, The, 515 Down Ryton Water, 528 Downright Dencey, 527 Dr. Dredd’s Wagon of Won¬ ders, 367 Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr., Man of Peace, 523 Dragon Cauldron, 368 Dragon Kites and Dragonflies,

206 Dragon of the Lost Sea, 368 Dragon Steel, 368 Dragonfly’s Tale, The, 42, 55,

141,167 Dragons and Dreams, 367 Dragons Are Singing Tonight, The, 255 Dragon’s Gate, 101, 102, 123,

331, 532 Dragon’s Tale and Other Ani¬ mal Fables of the Chinese Zodiac, The, 121

NAME/TITLE INDEX

553

Dragonwagon, Crescent, 178, 209 Dragonwings, 101, 124, 319, 327, 332, 509, 521, 531 Dreadful Future of Blossom. Culp, The, 369 Dream Catcher, The, 360, 372 Dream Coach, 527 Dream Keeper and Other Poems, The, 235, 260 Dream Peddler, The, 12 Dream World, 166 Dreamcatcher, 127 Dreams and Wishes, 336

Dreyer, Sharon Spredemann, 537 Drowned Ammet, 370 Drummer Hoff, 186, 215, 519 Drylongso, 117, 454, 475 du Bois, William Pene, 517, 518, 529 Duckett, Alfred, 523 Duey’s Tale, 523 Duffy and the Devil, 519 Dugan, Barbara, 129 Dump Days, 291 Duncan, Lois, 278, 301, 353, 367 Dunn, Sonja, 259 Dunrea, Olivier, 210 Dupasquier, Philippe, 188, 215 Duplicate, The, 356 Duvoisin, Roger, 63, 78, 173, 215,431,447,517,518 Dyer, Jane, 176, 206 Each Orange Had Eight Slices: A Counting Book, 210 Eagle Kite, The, 282, 303 Eagle of the Ninth, 320, 329 Ear, the Eye and the Arm, The,

355, 356,363,371,453, 475, 532 Earth Songs, 251

Effie, 213

Egan-Robertson, Ann, 73, 79 Egg!, 445 Egg Thoughts and Other Frances Songs, 260 Egg to Chick, 380 Egg Tree, The, 517

Egielski, Richard, 342, 520 Egoff, Sheila A., 56, 340, 344, 374 Egypt Game, The, 530 Ehlert, Lois, 109, 168, 175, 178, 185,208,210,215, 418,442,520 Ehrlich, Amy, 212 Eibl-Eibesfeldt, Iraneus, 190, 224,374 Eichenberg, Fritz, 517 Ekoomiak, Normee, 126, 533 El Chino, 102, 122, 508 Elaine, Mary Lewis, and the Frogs, 508 Elbert’s Bad Word, 476 Eleanor Farjeon’s Poems for Children, 259 Eleanor Roosevelt: A Life of Discovery, 397, 400, 405,

515,532 Elijah’s Angel: A Story for Chanukah and Christmas,

128,421, 444, 477 Eliot, T. S., 235 Elkin, Benjamin, 518 Elleman, Barbara, 217, 305, 334, 343, 374 Ellis, Sarah, 296 Elsewhere, 371 Emberley, Barbara, 186, 215, 519 Emberley, Ed, 186, 519 Emberley, Rebecca, 124 Lemma’s Rug, 221 Emperor and the Kite, The, 21, 203,223, 519

Earth under Sky Bear’s Feet: Native American Poems of the Land, The, 259 Earthquakes, 403 Earthseed, 362 Eastern Sun, Western Moon: An Autobiographical Odyssey, 290

Emperor and the Nightingale, The, 123 Empty Pot, The, 55, 90, 121,

Eastman, P. D., 20

Enciso, Patricia, 71, 74, 79 Encounter, 127, 311, 329, 475

Eating the Alphabet: Fruit & Vegetables from A to Z, 178,

209 Eaton, Jeanette, 527, 528, 529 Ebony Book of Black Achievement, 523 Echoes for the Eye: Poems to Celebrate Patterns in Nature,

254, 259 Eckert, Allan W., 530 Edmiston, Brian, 432, 448 Edmonds, Walter D., 138, 528 Edward Lear Alphabet, An, 209 Eeds, Maryann, 69, 70, 71, 79, 80, 451,452, 453, 460, 461, 478, 479

554

NAME/TITLE INDEX

508 Enchanted Forest Chronicles

series, 367 Enchanted Hair Tale, An, 525 Enchantress from the Stars, 530

Encyclopedia Brown Finds the Clues, 301 Encyclopedia Brown series,

269,278 Endless Steppe, 506 Enemy at Green Knowe, An,

369 Engdahl, Sylvia Louise, 530 Engelbert the Elephant, 220 England, Claire, 304 English, Karen, 526 English Fairy Tales, 165 Enright, Elizabeth, 528, 529 Ensikat, Klaus, 513 Erdoes, Richard, 445

Ericsson, Jennifer A., 215 Erikson, Erik, 20-23, 28 Ernst, Lisa Campbell, 215, 340 Ernst, Shirley B., 478 Esbensen, Barbara Juster, 126, 254,259, 262, 501, 526 Escape to Freedom: A Play about Young Frederick Douglass, 523

Esterl, Arnica, 502 Estes, Eleanor, 269, 276, 300, 528, 529 Estes, Glenn E., 537 Estes, Sally, 540 Etra, Jonathan, 373 Ets, Marie Hall, 174, 203, 280, 302, 517, 518 Euwer, Virginia, 522 Eva, 355, 356, 371 Evans, Edmund, 172 Evans, Mari, 523

Farley, Walter, 280, 302 Farmer, Nancy, 355, 356, 363, 371, 453, 475, 532 Farmer Duck, 223 Farmer in the Sky, 360 Farmer Schulz’s Ducks, 299 Farrell, Edmund J., 72, 79, 460, 479 Farrell, Kate, 259 Farris, Pamela J., 464, 479 Farthest Shore, The, 370 Fast Sam, Cool Clyde, and Stuff, 97, 523 Fast-Slow, High-Low: A Book of Opposites, 211 Fat Men from Space, 357, 363,

' 373 Father Fox’s Pennyrhymes, 262 Father Like That, A, 292

Everitt, Betsy, 473 Evernden, Margery, 165

Faulkner, William J., 509, 523 Favorite Fairy Tales, 165 Fax, Elton C., 523 Fearsome Inn, The, 530 Feather for Lunch, 215 Feather Mountain, 517 Feathered Serpent, The, 321, 329 Feelings, Muriel, 109, 210, 514,519 Feelings, Tom, 117, 519, 524, 526 Felita, 125, 298

Every Man Heart Lay Down,

Fellowship of the Ring, The,

Even Break, An, 55 Ever Heard of an Aardwolf? A Miscellany of Uncommon Animals, 186, 220 Everett Anderson’s Friend, 523 Everett Anderson’s Goodbye, 55, 282,303,524 Everett Anderson’s Nine Month Long, 55

523 Every Time I Climb a Tree, 249 Everybody Cooks Rice, 128 Excalibur, 509 Eyes of the Dragon, 508 Eyewitness Books series, 383 Fables, 142, 219, 520 Fabulous Flying Fandinis, The, 522 Facts and Fictions of Minna Pratt, The, 271, 289, 295 • Fairy Circus, The, 527 Faithful Friend, The, 128, 186,

221, 521, 526 Fakih, Kimberly Olson, 539 Fallen Angels, 97, 525

Falwell, Cathryn, 175, 208 Families: A Celebration of Diversity, Commitment, and Love, 128, 129 Families: Poems Celebrating the African American Experience, 262 Family Pictures/Cuadros de familia, 74, 78, 115, 124 Family Story-Telling Handbook, 115 Family under the Bridge, The,

530 Fanshawe, Elizabeth, 130 Fantastic Reading: Stories and Activities for Grades 5-8, 358

Farest, Cynthia, 468, 479 Farewell to Manzanar, 506

Farjeon, Eleanor, 226, 259, 512

351, 371 Fenner, Carol, 270, 271, 277, 300,524, 532 Fenton, Edward, 513 Ferret in the Bedroom, Lizards in the Fridge, 280, 302

Field, Rachel, 516, 527 Fielding, Linda G., 413, 448 Fiesta U.S.A., 442 Fifth of March: A Story of the Boston Massacre, The, 330 Figgs and Phantoms, 531

Filisky, Michael, 505 Final Tide, The, 473 Finders Keepers, 517 Finding a Way: Living with Exceptional Brothers and Sisters, 130 Finding Buck McHenry, 302 Fine White Dust, A, 290, 300,

531 Finger, Charles, 527 Finishing Becca, 318, 330 Finn Family Moomintroll, 339 Fire Children: A West African Creation Tale, A, 119 Fire Engine Shapes, 211 Fire in the Forest: A Cycle of Growth and Renewal, 389,

403 Fire in the Wind, 275, 299 Firebird, 483, 501 First Americans, series, 127 First Four Years, The, 323, 331 First Song Ever Sung, The, 122,

220

First Strawberries: A Cherokee Story, The, 94, 126, 166

Fischer, Hans, 173 Fish, Helen Dean, 516 Fish Eyes: A Book You Can Count On, 178, 210 Fish for Supper, 519 Fish in the Air, 517

Fisher, Aileen, 250, 526 Fisher, Cyrus, 528 Fisher, Leonard Everett, 251, 394,406 Fisher, Margery, 379, 408 Fisherwoman, The, 488, 503 Fitzgerald, F. Scott, 35 Fitzhugh, Louise, 274, 296, 298, 475 Five Chinese Brothers, The, 90 Five Hundred Hats of Bartholomew Cubbins, The,

180,222 Five Little Monkeys, 517 Five Little Monkeys jumping on the Bed, 210 Fix-It, 220

Flack, Marjorie, 179, 212, 517 Flawed, Cathryn, 210 Fledgling, The, 531 Fleischman, Paul, 215, 260, 322,330, 454, 477, 531,532 Fleischman, Sid, 369, 442, 515, 532 Fleming, Denise, 178, 185, 203, 210,215,442, 477, 521 Fleming, Virginia, 130, 216 Flight: The journey of Charles Lindbergh, 214, 381, 401,

533 Flip Flop Girl, The, 129, 297 Floating Island, 527

Floca, Brian, 341, 516 Flood, James, 73, 79 Flossie and the Fox, 119, 158, 443,475 Flournoy, Valerie, 117, 522, 524 Fly: A Brief History of Flight Illustrated, 404 Fly Away Home, 129, 287,

296, 456 Fly High, Fly Low, 518 Flying Tortoise: An Igno Tale, The, 167 Fog Magic, 528

Fogelman, Phyllis, 526 Folks in the Valley: A Pennsylvania Dutch ABC, The, 209 Folksongs of North America, The, 140 Fool of the World and the Flying Ship, The, 221, 519 For the Life of Laetitia, 58, 78,

475 Forbes, Esther, 311, 322, 330, 528 Forcada, Alberto, 242 Ford, George, 523 Ford, Lauren, 516

Forest, Heather, 446 Forest Pool, The, 516 Forever, 269, 275, 287 Forgotten Daughter, The, 527 Fortune Tellers, 213, 515

Foster, Genevieve, 528, 529 Foudray, Rita Schooch, 540 Four and Twenty Blackbirds,

516 Four Dolls, 366 Four on the Shore, 212 Fourth Grade Rats, 291, 298 Fourth Question: A Chinese Tale, The, 508

Fox, Dan, 258, 269 Fox, Mem, 104, 106, 117, 190, 203, 212, 216, 447, 475 Fox, Paula, 10, 34, 108, 273, 282,288,295,296,300, 303,506,512, 515, 531 Fox and His Friends, 190, 212 Fox on the job, 181 Fox Went Out on a Chilly Night, The, 518

Fractor, Jann Sorrell, 415, 448 Frank, Rudolf, 513 Frankenstein, 354 Franklin Delano Roosevelt,

397, 405, 532 Frasconi, Antonio, 518 Fraser, Mary Ann, 401 Freak the Mighty, 131 Frederick, 19, 119,218,447, 519 Frederick and His Friends, 199 Fredericks, Anthony, 511 Free-Fall, 520 Freedman, Russell, 310, 377, 393, 397, 400, 405, 406, 408, 532, 533 Freedman, William, 515 Freedom’s Fruit, 118 Freeman, Evelyn B., 407 Freight Train, 177, 210, 519 French, Fiona, 500 French, V. W., 86, 132 Freud, Sigmund, 35, 51, 169 Frey, Charles, 315, 334 Friedberg, Joan Brest, 131 Friedrich, 513 Friendly Beasts, The, 259 Friends, The, 514 Friendship, The, 99, 120, 324, 332,476, 515, 525 Friis-Baastad, Babbis, 513 Fritz, Jean, 52,181,317,318, 334,391,392, 393, 398, 405,408,515,531,533 Frog and Toad Are Friends, 8, 181,212, 519 Frog and Toad Together, 180, 531 Frog Prince, Continued, The,

161,201 Frog Went A-Courtin’, 518 Frog’s Body, A, 385 From Hand to Mouth or, How We Invented Knives, Forks, Spoons, and Chopsticks and

the Table Manners to Go with Them, 386, 401 From the Earth to the Moon,

354 From the Mixed-Up Files of Mrs. Basil E. Frankweiler,

278, 288, 301, 443, 453, 475, 530 From the Notebooks of Melanin Sun, 111, 130, 272, 297, 523 Frontier Living, 380, 530 Frozen Land, 382, 402

Fry, Linda D., 417, 448, 455, 479 Frye, Northrop, 8, 28, 56, 337, 374 Fudge-a-Mania, 296 Full Steam Ahead: The Race to Build a Transcontinental Railroad, 401, 533 Funny Little Woman, The, 519 Furry, 218 Further Tales of Uncle Remus,

166 Gackenbach, Dick, 418, 442, 475 Gag, Wanda, 174, 192,216, 516, 527 Gaggin, Eva Roe, 528 Galdone, Paul, 165, 507, 510, 518 Gallaz, Christophe, 109, 333, 513 Gammage Cup, The, 530 Gammell, Stephen, 92, 184, 185,520 Gandhi, 394, 405 Gandhi, Fighter without a Sword, 529

Gannett, Ruth C., 517 Gannett, Ruth S., 529 Garbage Delight, 261 Garden of Abdul Gasazi, The,

192,202, 222, 515, 520 Garden of Broken Glass, 300 Garden of Happiness, The,

277, 301 Garfunkel, Trudy, 394, 406 Garland, Sherry, 473 Garns, Allen, 230 Garram the Hunter, 527

Garza, Carmen Lomas, 73, 74, 78, 88, 124 Gates, Doris, 528 Gates, Henry Louis, 89 Gathering of Days: A New England Girl’s journal, 330,

531 Gathering of Gargoyles, A, 370

Gauch, Patricia Lee, 216 Gayneck, the Story of a Pigeon,

527 Genie in the jar, The, 216 Gentlehands, 299

George, Jean Craighead, 277, 282, 300, 302, 303, 383, 400, 402,416,443,475, 492, 501, 504, 505, 530, 531

George, John Lothar, 302 George and Martha, 165, 219 George and Martha Back in Town, 219 George and Martha One Fine Day, 219 George and Martha Rise and Shine, 219 George and Martha ‘Round and ‘Round, 219 George Washington, 397, 529 George Washington’s World,

528 George’s Marvelous Medicine,

349 Georgia Music, 216, 296

Gergely, Tibor, 518 Gernsback, Hugo, 354, 363 Gerson, Mary-Joan, 167 Gerstein, Mordicai, 473, 500, 502 Get on Board: The Story of the Underground Railroad, 118,

387,401 Geter, Tyrone, 252 Getting Even, 298 Ghost Belonged to Me, The, 368 Ghost-Eye Tree, The, 219, 441,

443 Ghost Fox, The, 169, 369 Ghost of Thomas Kempe, The,

368 Ghost Story, A, 368 Ghosts I Have Been, 369

Gibbons, Gail, 52, 385-386, 401,402, 403, 404,488, 501, 504 Giblin, James Cross, 26, 52, 378, 383, 384, 386, 400, 402, 404, 408 Gift of Magic, The, 278, 301, 367 Giganti, Paul, Jr., 210 Gilbert, Sharon S., 176, 206 Gilchrist, Cherry, 165 Gilchrist, Jan Spivey, 525 Gillespie, Cindy S., 540 Gillespie, John T., 537 Gillespie and the Guards, 518 Gilliland, Judith Heide, 76, 78, 332,473, 477 Gillingham, Mark, 24 Gilson, Jamie, 281 Ginger Pye, 529 Ginsburg, Max, 45, 450 Ginsburg, Mirra, 216 Giovanni, Nikki, 117, 216, 236,255, 260 Gipson, Fred, 529 Girl Called Boy, A, 343, 344, 369 Girl from Yamhill: A Memoir, A, 395 Girl Named Disaster, A, 532 Girl Who Loved Caterpillars, The, 130, 184,220, 421,

444,474 Girl Who Loved Wild Horses, The, 95, 126, 216, 519

NAME/TITLE INDEX

555

Girl Who Married the Moon, The, 166 Girl Who Wore Snakes, The,

118 Giver, The, 36, 355, 356, 364,

372, 432, 441,443,453, 463, 473, 532 Glass, Frankcina, 523 Glazer, Susan Mandel, 407 Glass Slipper: Charles Perrault’s Tales of Times Past, The, 165 Glorious Angels: A Celebration of Children, 97, 187 Glorious Flight: Across the Channel with Louis Bleriot, The, 380, 406, 520 Glory Field, 97 Glory of the Seas, 527

Golenbock, Peter, 473 Gom on Windy Mountain, 348,

370 Gone-Away Lake, 529 Gonna Sing My Head Off, 230,

261,433 Gonzalez, Lucia M., 125, 143, 168 Gonzalez, Veronica, 417, 448, 455, 479 Good, the Bad, and the Goofy, The, 343, 369 Good Books, Good Times, 260 Good Luck Horse, 516 Good Master, The, 528 Good Morning, America, 262 Good Night, Gorilla, 208

Goodall, John S., 514

Glubok, Shirley, 514 Go In and Out the Window:

Goodby and Keep Cold, 300 Good-bye Pink Pig, 130

An Illustrated Songbook for Young People, 260 Go with the Poem, 261

Goffstein, M. B., 519 Goggles!, 218, 519 Going Home, 298

Goode, Diane, 520 Goodenough, Elizabeth, 539 Goodnight, Mister Tom, 521 Goodnight Moon, 174, 214 Goody Hall, 278, 301 Goose, 213 Gooseberry Park, 341, 365, 444 Goosebumps series, 269, 283, 343,417 Gordy, Berry, 524 Gormley, Beatrice, 373, 394, 406 Gottlieb, Dale, 522 Goudey, Alice E., 518 Grab Hands and Run, 48, 55, 112, 129, 273,297, 476

Going on a Whale Watch, 505 Going to My Ballet Class, 383,

Gracias, the Thanksgiving Turkey, 124, 215

Goatley, Virginia J., 451, 452, 457, 458, 478, 479 Goats, The, 54, 288, 297 Goble, Paul, 95,126, 163, 166, 216, 500, 510, 519 Godden, Rumer, 366 Gode, Alexander, 513 Gode, Alison, 513 Gods and Goddesses of Olympus, The, 152, 164

403 Going to Town, 331

Gold, C. S., 413, 448 Gold Cadillac, The, 99, 120, 324,333, 476 Gold Coin, The, 31, 36, 38, 42, 53, 54, 93, 161, 167 Goldberg, Whoopie, 204 Golden, Joanne, 69, 79 Golden Basket, 528 Golden Bear, 121 Golden Carp and Other Tales from Vietnam, The, 123 Golden Compass, The, 340, 371 Golden Fleece and the Heroes Who Lived before Achilles,

526 Golden Goblet, The, 530 Golden Hamsters, 380 Golden Name Day, The, 529 Golden Tales: Myths, Legends and Folktales from Latin America, 124 Golden Treasury of Poetry, The, 502 Goldilocks and the Three Bears, 165, 520 Golem, 521 Golem, The, 186, 223, 519 Golem and the Dragon Girl, The, 91, 128

556

NAME/TITLE INDEX

Graham, Al, 517 Graham, Lorenz, 523 Graham, Margaret Bloy, 517 Graham, Shirley, 523 Graham-Barber, Lynda, 399 Grahame, Kenneth, 48, 56, 265, 338, 341,364 Grand Escape, The, 444 Grandaddy and Janetta, 296 Grandaddy’s Place, 296 Grandfather Tales, 164 Grandfather’s Journey, 54, 98, 122, 184, 222, 477,516, 521 Grandma’s Joy, 524 Grandpa’s Face, 95, 117, 216 Granfa’ Grig Had a Pig and Other Rhymes, 514 Granny Will Your Dog Bite? and Other Mountain Rhymes, 230, 261 Graphic Alphabet, The, 521 Grasshopper Summer, 331 Graven Images, 531

Graves, Donald, 408 Gray, Elizabeth Janet, 527, 528 Gray, Libba Moore, 447, 454, 477 Great American Gold Rush, The, 401, 532 Great Ball Game: A Muskogee Story, The, 166

Great Fire, The, 377, 401, 532,

533 Great Gatsby, The, 35 Great Gilly Hopkins, The, 14,

54, 129, 272, 285, 289, 297, 531 Great Kapok Tree: A Tale of the Amazon Rain Forest, 214 Great Little Madison, The,

398,405,515, 532 Great Migration: An American Story, The, 401 Great Quest, The, 526 Great St. Lawrence Seaway, The, 386, 404 Great Wheel, The, 529 Great-Great-Granddaughter of Cucarachita Martina, The,

167 Green, Georgia, 76, 79 Green, Norma, 18 Green Book, The, 372 Green Eggs and Ham, 180, 212 Green Eyes, 517

Greenaway, Kate, 172, 176, 209 Greenburg, Jan, 382, 404 Greene, Bette, 275, 299, 531 Greenfield, Eloise, 95, 117, 175,201,216, 230, 260, 523,524, 525, 526 Greenlaw, M. Jean, 336, 337, 374 Greenwald, Sheila, 281 Greenwitch, 349, 370 Grey King, The, 349, 370, 531 Grey Lady and the Strawberry Snatchers, The, 211, 520 Greyling, 161, 481, 485, 486,

487,496,500, 503 Griego, Margot C., 176, 206 Grifalconi, Ann, 91, 477, 520 Griffin, Peni R., 373 Griffith, Helen V., 216, 296 Griffith, John, 315, 334 Grimes, Nikki, 117, 505, 524, 526 Grimm, Jacob, 32, 56, 138 Grimm, Wilhelm, 32, 56, 138 Grindler, Martha C., 540 Grindley, Sally, 416, 443 Gripe, Maria, 512 Groom, Gladys, 523 Grossman, Bonnie, 523 Grossman, Herbert, 131 Grossman, Suzanne H., 131 Grossman, Virginia, 132, 522 Grouchy Ladybug, The, 195, 214 Grover, Wayne, 492, 504 Growing Vegetable Soup, 215 Grutman, Jewel, 522 Guback, Georgia, 303 Guest in the Promised Land,

523 Guests, 126, 329, 475

Guevara, Susan, 423 Guillot, Rene, 512 Gulliver’s Adventures in Lilliput, 13

Gulliver’s Travels, 13 Gunning, Monica, 237, 260 Gurko, Leo, 530 Guth, Nancy, 510 Guy, Rosa, 524

Haddix, Margaret Peterson, 522 Hader, Berta, 516, 517 Hader, Elmer, 516, 517 Hahn, Mary Downing, 55, 332, 343,368 Haldane, Suzanne, 83, 113, 130, 383, 404 Hale, Sara Joseph, 206 Haley, Gail E., 12, 164, 167, 186, 206, 216, 501,502, ' 510,519 Haifa Moon and One Full Star,

524 Halkin, Hillel, 513, 514 Hall, C. R., 86, 132 Hall, Donald, 216, 233, 263, 318, 331, 520 Hall, Gertrude, 528 Hall, Lynn, 302, 515 Hallock, Grace, 527 Halmoni and the Picnic, 121 Hamanaka, Sheila, 121, 274 Hamilton, Martha, 447 Hamilton, Virginia, 22, 28, 39, 41, 54, 55, 85, 93, 95-97, 108, 117, 129, 132, 166, 278, 296, 298, 301, 353, 377, 400, 406, 446, 454, 475, 506, 507, 512, 514, 515,523,524,525,526, 531, 532, 533 Han, Suzanne Crowder, 122, 510 Hand Full of Stars, A, 275, 300,514 Handforth, Thomas, 516 Handful of Time, A, 344, 369 Handmade Alphabet, The, 178, 209 Hands-On Marvelous Ball Book, The, 404 Handtalk School, 113, 130 Hang Tough, Paul Mather, 113,

131,302 Hans Brinker, or the Silver Skates, 268 Hansel and Gretel, 151, 165,

191,219, 520 Hansel and Gretel: An International Collection, 446

Hansen, Joyce, 524, 526 Hansen-Smith, Bradford, 404 Hansy’s Mermaid, 502 Happiest Ending, The, 100 Happy Birthday, Grampie, 129 Happy Birthday, Martin Luther King, 119, 405 Happy Day, The, 517 Happy Funeral, The, 298 Happy Pair, A, 199 Hardy Boys series, 269 Harold and the Purple Crayon,

218

Harriet and the Promised Land,

118 Harriet the Spy, 274, 298, 453,

475 Harris, Joel Chandler, 139, 166, 510 Harris, Robie H., 403 Harris, Violet J., 87, 88, 131, 132,318,334 Harris and Me: A Summer Remembered, 290, 295

Harrison, Barbara, 404 Harrison, Michael, 260 Harry and the Terrible Whatzit,

418, 442,475 Harry and Tuck, 218 Harry’s Wrong Turn, 492, 504

Harshman, Marc, 473 Harste, Jerome C., 451, 478, 479, 483, 511 Harding, Peter, 514 Haskins, James (Jim), 118, 210, 386,395, 400,406,446, 523,524, 525 Hastings, Sarah, 510 Hastings, Selina, 400, 509, 510 Hatchet, 40, 41, 53, 277, 290, 301,444, 476, 506, 532 Hating Book, The, 274, 292, 299 Hattie and the Fox, 190, 212, 216, 447 Haugaard, Erik Christian, 514 Haugen, Tormod, 512 Haunting, The, 343, 368 Hausherr, Rosemarie, 129 Hautzig, Esther, 506 Have You Seen My Duckling?,

222,520 Have You Seen Tom Thumb?,

528 Havighurst, Marion, 529 Havighurst, Walter, 529 Haviland, Virginia, 507 Havill, Juanita, 85, 118, 505, 522 Hawes, Charles, 526, 527 Hawk, I’m Your Brother, 519 Hayden, Carla D., 541 Hays, Michael, 51 Hazel’s Amazing Mother, 21 Headless Cupid, The, 530 Headless Haunt, and Other African American Ghost Stories, 446

Heaney, Seamus, 240, 241, 260 Hearing Us Out: Voices from the Gay and Lesbian Com¬ munity, 10

Hearn, Lafcadio, 488, 503 Hearne, Betsy, 56, 446, 541 Heartlight, 348, 372 Heartsease, 359

Heinlein, Robert A., 354, 359, 360, 364, 371 Helbig, Althea K., 541 Helga’s Dowry: A Troll Love Story, 475

Heller, Ruth, 187 Llello, My Name Is Scrambled Eggs, 281 Hello the Boat!, 528 Helping Hands: How Monkeys Assist People Who Are Disabled, 113, 130

Henderson, Linnea, 258, 538 Henkes, Kevin, 195-196, 197, 217, 296, 301, 339, 341, 353,364,521 Henry, Marguerite, 280, 302, 528, 529 Henry and Mudge: The First Book of Their Adventures,

180, 212

Highwater, Jamake, 531

Honorable Prison, The, 282,

Hilde and Eli: Children of the Holocaust, 395, 407 Flildilid’s Night, 519

303 Hooks, William H., 21, 118, 164 Hoover, H. M., 371 Hoover, Mary Helen, 360 Hop on Pop, 180, 212 Hopis, The, 127 Hopkins, Lee Bennett, 176, 207, 211, 254, 260, 262, 263,334 Hopkinson, Deborah, 118, 330,522

Hill, Bonnie C., 478 Hill, Eric, 175, 203, 208 Hill, Kirkpatrick, 278, 301 Hillman, Elizabeth, 21 Himler, Ronald, 312, 315 Flimmelman, John, 491, 504 Hirano, Cathy, 514 Hiroshima, 333 Hiroshima No Pika, 109, 219, 313,333,513 Hirschi, Ron, 501

207 Hong, Lily Toy, 122 Honk, the Moose, 528

Hopscotch Around the World,

128,383, 404

Histoires ou Contes du Temps Passe, 156 History of Little Goody Two Shoes, The, 13

Horace, 364

Hepler, Susan I., 79, 484, 511 Her Seven Brothers, 166

Hite, Sid, 55, 441, 443

Horse Catcher, The, 529 Horse’s Body, A, 385

Her Stories: African American Folktales, Fairy Tales, and True Tales, 117, 166, 446,

523, 526 Here a Chick, There a Chick,

211 Hero Ain’t Nothin’ but a Sandwich, A, 523 Hero and the Crown, The, 340,

370, 531 Hero with a Thousand Faces, The, 148

Herrera, Juan Felipe, 522 Herrera, Velino, 516 Hershel and the Hanukkah Goblins, 520

Hesse, Karen, 55, 301, 318, 332, 357, 372, 473, 505, 522 Hest, Amy, 516 Hettinga, Donald, 538 Hewes, Agnes, 527, 528 Hey, AH, 223, 476, 520 Hey, Dummy, 299 Hey Diddle Diddle and Other Mother Goose Rhymes, 206 Hey Diddle Diddle Picture Book,176

Heyer, Carol, 509 Heyer, Marilee, 508 Hi, Cat!, 514 Hickman, Janet, 18, 28, 65-67, 68, 69, 79,418,448, 461, 479,484,511 Hidden Stories in Plants, 115

Heavenly Tenants, The, 528

Heide, Florence Parry, 76, 78, 332, 473, 477 Heidi, 268

Hidge, Merle, 78 Hiebert, Elfrieda H., 419, 448 High King, The, 347, 370, 530

272

Honey, I Love and Other Poems, 95, 117, 230, 260 Honeybee and the Robber, The,

Henry and Mudge and the Careful Cousin, 290, 300 Henry and Mudge series, 418 Henry Fisherman, 517

Hidden Treasure of Glaston, The, 528 Hide and Seek, 333 Hide and Seek Fog, 518 Hideout, The, 54

Heather Has Two Mommies,

High on a Hill: A Book of Chinese Riddles, 509 High Rise Glorious Skittle Skat Roarious Sky Pie Angel Food Cake, The, 445, 476 Higher on the Door, 272

Hitty, Her First Hundred Years, 527

Ho, Minfong, 122, 310, 332, 475, 506, 521 Hoang Anh: A VietnameseAmerican Boy, 122 Hoang Breaks the Lucky Teapot, 121

Hoban, Lillian, 458 Hoban, Russell, 217, 260 Hoban, Tana, 175, 177, 187, 208, 209,210 Hobbie, W. D., 473 Hobbit, The, 340, 351, 371 Hodge, Merle, 58, 475 Hodges, Margaret, 165, 217, 490, 503, 509, 518, 520 Hoestlandt, Jo, 514 Hoff, Syd, 212 Hoffman, James V., 419, 420, 448, 463, 464, 468, 479 Hoffman, Mary, 40, 55, 130, 217, 416, 443, 473 Hoffmann, E. T. A., 366 Hog-Eye, 19, 192, 220 Hoggle’s Christmas, 444 Hogrogian, Nonny, 217, 518, 519 Hoke, E. C., 392, 408 Holbrook, Stewart, 517 Hold Fast to Dreams, 196 Holdaway, Don, 180, 224 Hole in the Dike, The, 18 Holland, Kathleen E., 478 Holland, Norman, 152, 169 Holling, Holling C., 379, 516, 529 Holman, Felice, 22, 28, 273, 506 Homecoming, The, 39, 41, 55, 291, 447, 453, 476, 506 Homer Price, 269 Homesick: My Own Story, 531

Horning, Kathleen T., 131 Horse and His Boy, The, 350,

370

Hort, Lenny, 217, 492, 504 Horton Hatches the Egg, 222 Hosie’s Alphabet, 519 House at Pooh Corner, The,

351, 366 House for Hermit Crab, A, 214 House of Dies Drear, The, 39,

41,55, 84, 117,278, 301 House of Sixty Fathers, The, 529 House That Jack Built, The,

172,518 House with a Clock in Its Walls, The, 368 Houses and Homes, 128 Houses from the Sea, 518

Houston, Gloria, 54, 91, 127, 217, 332, 473 Houston, Jeanne Wakatuski, 506 How a Book Is Made, 385, 404 How Many Spots Does a Leopard Have?, 167 How Much Is a Million?, 85 How Music Came to the World: An Ancient Mexican Myth, 168 How Rabbit Tricked Otter and Other Cherokee Stories, 167 How Sweet the Sound: AfricanAmerican Songs for Children,

118 How the Manx Cat Lost Its Tail, 445 How Turtle’s Back Was Cracked, 127, 167

Howard, Elizabeth Fitzgerald, 118,332,443 Howe, Deborah, 364, 443 Howe, James, 364, 443 Howell, Troy, 350 Howker, Janni, 521

NAME/TITLE INDEX

557

Howliday Inn, 364

Hoyt-Goldsmith, Diane, 122, 126,382, 402 Hubbard, Ralph, 527 Hudson, Cheryl, 118 Hudson, Jan, 331 Hudson, Wade ,118, 260 Hughes, Dean, 281, 303 Hughes, Langston, 235, 238, 243, 256, 260 Hughes, Monica, 355, 356, 357, 360, 372 Hughes, Shirley, 217 Hughes, Ted, 240, 241,260 Humbug Mountain, 515 Hummingbird’s Gift, The, 124 Humphries, Stella, 513 Hundred Dresses, The, 276, 300,528 Hundred Penny Box, The, 119, 272, 275, 297, 531 Hundredth Dove and Other Tales, The, 502, 503

Hungerford, Rachel A., 478 Hunt, Caroline C., 538 Hunt, Irene, 322, 330, 530 Hunt, Jonathan, 381, 401 Hunt, Mabel Leigh, 528, 529 Hunt, Peter, 56, 304, 538, 539 Hunter, Kristin, 523, 524 Hunter, Mollie, 349, 374, 502 Hunting the White Cow, 478 Hurd, Thatcher, 515 Hurley, Richard J., 271 Hurlimann, Ruth, 513 Hurry Home Candy, 529 Hurwitz, Joanna, 125, 296, 297, 272, 274, 283, 295, 297, 298, 303 Hush! A Thai Lullaby, 521 Hutchins, Pat, 179, 211, 217, 443 Hutton, Warwick, 164, 515 Hyman, Trina Schart, 144, 165, 188,217,514,515, 520 Hymns of Prose for Children,

267

492,504 Ibis: A True Whale Story, 491,

504 Ice House, The, 314, 331 Iceman, 279, 301 If All the Seas Were One Sea,

519 If I Built a Village, 514 If I Ran the Zoo, 517 If I Were in Charge of the World and Other Worries, 262 If It Hadn’t Been for Yoon Jun,

122 If You Didn’t Have Me, 513 If You Give a Mouse a Cookie,

212 If You Made a Million, 384,

404 Iktomi and the Berries: A Plains Indian Story, 510 Iktomi and the Buzzard: A Plains Indian Story, 166 Iliad, The, 231 Illuminations, 381, 401 Immortals, The, 371 In-Between Days, The, 475 In for Winter, Out for Spring,

116,258 In-Line Skating: A Complete Guide for Beginners, 383,

405

I, Juan de Pareja, 530 I Am a Black Woman, 523 I Am an American: A True Story of Japanese Internment, 402 I Am Phoenix: Poems for Two Voices, 260 I Am Regina, 331 I Am the Darker Brother: An Anthology of Modern Poems by Negro Americans, 93 I Ching: The Book of Changes,

161 I Discover Columbus, 392 I Feel the Same Way, 253 I Go with My Family to Grandma’s, 314, 332 I Hadn’t Meant to Tell You This, 300, 526 I Have a Friend, 220

558

I Have a Sister, My Sister Is Deaf, 524 I Hear, 208 I Know a Lady, 298 I Know Why the Caged Bird Sings, 523 I Need a Lunch Box, 116 I Never Had It Made: The Autobiography of Jackie Robinson, 523 I Read Signs, 187, 210 I Saw Esau: The Schoolchild’s Pocket Book, 207 I Was a Teenage Professional Wrestler, 395, 400, 407 I Wonder If I’ll See a Whale,

NAME/TITLE INDEX

In My Family/En mi familia, 88 In My Mother’s House, 516 In My Own Words: Growing Up inside the Sanctuary of My Imagination, 407 In Search of the Grand Canyon, 401 In Summer Light, 515 In the Beginning: Creation Stories from Around the World, 97, 446, 532 In the Eyes of the Cat: Japanese Poetry for all Seasons, 259 In the Forest, 517 In the Land of Ur, the Discovery of Ancient Mesopotamia, 513 In the Night Kitchen, 14, 199,

222, 519 In the Rain with Baby Duck,

516

In the Small, Small Pond, 185,

215,521

Iverney, John, 207 Izzy, Willy-Nilly, 291

In the Tall, Tall Grass, 215,

442, 477 In the Year of the Boar and Jackie Robinson, 475, 508 Inch Boy, The, 168 Inch by Inch, 198, 219, 518 Incident at Hawk’s Hill, 530 Incredible Journey, The, 302 Indian Captive: The Story of Mary Jemison, 528 Indian Chiefs, 393, 405 Indian in the Cupboard, The,

341, 420 Ingpen, Robert, 109, 512 Ink-Keeper’s Apprentice, The,

98 Inkpen, Mick, 175, 208 Inner City Mother Goose, The,

261 Innocenti, Roberto, 109, 218, 333,513 Interstellar Pig, 357, 362, 373 Intruder, The, 514 Invincible Louisa, 392, 527 Invisible Hunters: A Legend from the Miskito Indians of Nicaragua, 525 Invisible Thread, The, 395, 407 Invitation to the Game, 355,

356, 372 Ira Says Goodbye, 295 Ira Sleeps Over, 223, 271, 295,

476 Irene and the Big, Fine Nickel,

120 Iron John, 165 Iroquois, The, 127 Iroquois Tales, 445 Is This a House for Hermit Crab?, 522

Isaacs, Anne, 143, 164, 173, 218 Isadora, Rachel, 110, 130, 218; 275, 300,483, 501,520 Ish-Kishor, Sulamith, 530 Ishii, Momoko, 103, 122, 168 Island, 280, 504 Island Boy, 503 Island of the Blue Dolphins,

22, 321, 331, 506, 530

Jack, the Seal and the Sea, 492,

503 Jack and the Bean Tree, 164 Jack Tales: Folk Tales from the Southern Appalachians, The,

139, 164, 509 Jackie Robinson: He Was the First, 395, 407

Jackson, Jesse Jasper, 269 Jackson, Richard W., 34 Jacob Have I Loved, 285, 289, 531 Jacobs, Francine, 401 Jacobs, Joseph, 139, 143, 154, 165 Jacobs, Murv, 94 Jacques, Brian, 340, 349-350, 368,370 Jacquith, Priscilla, 166 Jade and Iron: Latin American Tales from Two Cultures,

168 Jade Stone: A Chinese Folktale, The, 123, 169 Jamaica and Brianna, 505 Jamaica series, 85 Jamaica’s Find, 85, 118, 522 Jambo Means Hello: A Swahili Alphabet Book, 209, 514,

519 James, Simon, 218 James, Synthia Saint, 526 James, Will, 527 James and the Giant Peach,

368,420, 442 James Marshall’s Mother Goose, 207 James Van Der Zee: The Picture Takin’ Man, 524

Janeczko, Paul B., 262, 263 Jane’s Island, 527

Janisch, Heinz, 510 Jansson, Tove, 339, 512 Japanese Children’s Favorite Stories, 168 Jar of Dreams, A, 100, 123 Jar of Tiny Stars: Poems by NCTE Award-Winning Poets, 249, 259

Island on Bird Street, The, 312,

Jarrell, Randall, 530

324,333, 506, 513 Island Winter, 504

Jason and Marceline, 275, 291,

It Could Always Be Worse, 519 It Goes Eeeeeeeeeeeeel, 281 It Looked Like Spilt Milk, 179,

Jason’s Seven Magical Night Rides, 348, 370 Jazz: My Music, My People,

213 It Was a Dark and Stormy Night, 75, 78 It’s Like This, Cat, 295, 530 It’s Nothing to a Mountain,

441, 443 It’s Perfectly Normal: Changing Bodies, Growing Up, Sex, and Sexual Health, 404 Ivanhoe, 310

300

407 Jazz Man, The, 530

Jeffers, Susan, 89, 519 Jenkins, Esther C., 131, 539 Jenkins, Lyll Beccerra de, 303 Jenness, Aylette, 128, 129 Jennifer, Hecate, Macbeth, William McKinley, and Me, Elizabeth, 288, 298, 530 Jennifer Murdley’s Toad, 367

Jensen, Julie M., 447, 537 Jeremy Thatcher, Dragon Hatcher, 353, 367, 416, 442 Jeremy Visick, 369 Jesse Bear, 214

Jewett, Eleanore, 528 Jewish Americans: A History in Their Own Words, 388

Joyful Noise: Poems for Two Voices, 260, 454, 477, 532

Joyner, Jerry, 514 Juanita, 517 Judge, The, 519 Judith Resnick: Challenger Astronaut, 394

Judson, Clara Ingram, 529, 533

Jimenez, Juan Ramon, 8, 28

Judy Scuppernong, 272, 297

Jimmy, the Pickpocket of the Palace, 342, 367

Juel, Connie, 24, 28 Jukes, Mavis, 282, 296, 298, 531 Julie, 282, 303 Julie of the Wolves, 111, 300, 400, 475, 505, 531

Johansen, Margaret, 527 John Henry, 51, 166, 261, 508, 521 Johnny Appleseed, 164, 507 Johnny Tremain, 311, 322, 330,528 Johnson, Angela, 34, 118, 272, 296, 430, 443, 522, 525 Johnson, Crockett, 218 Johnson, Georgia, 131 Johnson, Gerald W., 530 Johnson, James Weldon, 260, 526 Johnson, Nancy L., 478 Johnson, Stephen T., 521 Johnson, Steve, 522 Johnson, Sylvia, 400, 402, 501 Johnston, Deborah, 477 Johnston, Norma, 395, 406 Johnston, Tony, 168, 218, 332, 473, 505, 510 JoJo’s Flying Stick, 119 Jolly Mon, The, 489, 490, 503 Jonah and the Great Fish, 515 Jonas, Ann, 177, 209, 211, 218 Jones, Diana Wynne, 350, 367, 370 Jones, Elizabeth Orton, 516 Jones, Gwyn, 165 Jones, Idwal, 528 Jones, Jessie Orton, 516 Jones, Mary Ann, 73, 79 Jones, Rebecca, 505 Jordan, Julie V., 417, 448, 455, 479 Jordan, June, 523 Jordan, Sandra, 382, 403 Jordi’s Star, 93, 124 Jorgensen, Gail, 218, 447 Joseph, Lynn, 127 Josie’s Troubles, 289 Joslin, Sesyle, 518 Journey, 55, 289, 297, 473 Journey, The, 121 Journey Cake, Ho!, 517 Journey Home, 99, 325, 333 Journey of Meng, The, 122 Journey of the Sparrows, 112, 129 Journey Outside, 530 Journey to Jo’burg: A South African Story, 105, 119, 309,

317, 333 Journey to Topaz: A Story of the Japanese-American Evacuation, 99, 123, 312,

325,333

Julius, the Baby of the World,

197, 217 Julius K. Nyerere: Teacher of Africa, 523 Jumanji, 192, 202, 222, 367,

453,476, 520 Jump! The Adventures of Brer Rabbit, 510 Jump Ship to Freedom, 322,

330 Jumping-Off Place, 527 June 29, 1999, 223

Jung, Carl, 141, 150, 169 Jungle Book, The, 338 Junior Thunder Lord, The, 169 Junius Over Far, 524 Just a Dream, 202, 222 Just a Little Ham, 464 Just Me, 518 Just One Friend, 299 Just Us Women, 116, 272, 295,

524 Juster, Norton, 342, 368 Justice and Her Brothers, 524 Justin and the Best Biscuits in the World, 100, 102, 120,

524 Justin Morgan Had a Horse, 528

Kahl, Virginia, 76 Kalashnikoff, Nicholas, 529 Kalevala, The, 137 Kallay, Dusan, 512 Kalnay, Francis, 530 Kaplan, Esther, 89, 132 Karl, Jean, 372 Kastner, Erich, 512, 513 Kasza, Keiko, 218 Kate Shelley: Bound for Legend, 400, 406 Katie’s Trunk, 315, 327, 330

Katz, Bobbi, 244 Kauffman, Gloria, 455, 459, 479 Kay, Marilyn, 56 Keats, Ezra Jack, 91, 185, 198, 218,514,518,519 Keehn, Sally M., 331 Keeler, Patricia A., 402 Keene, Carolyn, 269 Keep Ms. Sugarman in the Fourth Grade, 276, 301

Keeper, The, 289 Keeper of the Isis Light, The,

357, 360, 372 Keepers of Life: Discovering Plants through Native American Stories and Earth Activities for Children, 94 Keepers of the Animals: Native American Stories and Wild¬ life Activities for Children,

94, 126 Keepers of the Earth: Native American Stories and Envi¬ ronmental Activities for Chil¬ dren, 94, 126, 157 Keeping Quilt, The, 91, 101,

127, 477 Keiko, Kasza, 416, 443 Keith, Harold, 529 Keller, Holly, 218, 364 Kellogg, Steven, 55, 164, 218, 443,507 Kelly, Eric P., 527 Kelpie’s Pearls, The, 349 Kendall, Carol, 530 Kennedy, DayAnn M., 540 Kennedy, Dorothy, 232, 238, 241, 260 Kennedy, Richard, 303, 366 Kennedy, X. J., 232, 238, 241, 260 Kennedy, Brendan, 437, 448 Kepes, Juliet, 517 Kermode, Frank, 38, 56 Kerr, Judith, 333 Kerr, M. E., 270, 299 Kherdian, David, 395, 515, 531 Khorana, Meena, 538 Kibildis, Carol, 73, 79 Kidnapped, 234 Kids at Work: Lewis Hine and the Crusade against Child Labor, 405, 533

Kiefer, Barbara Z., 172, 224, 461,479 Kildee House, 529

Kimball, Laurel H., 176, 206 Kimmel, Eric A., 165, 443, 507, 510, 520 Kindersley, Dorling, 383 Kindness, A, 290, 300 King, Coretta Scott, 524 King and the Tortoise, The, 119 King Arthur and the Round Table, 509 King Arthur: The Sword in the Stone, 509 King Bidgood’s in the Bathtub,

223,445, 478, 520 King of the Playground, 475 King of the Wind, 529

King-Smith, Dick, 341, 364 Kingfisher Book of Children’s Poetry, The, 262

Kingman, Lee, 516 King’s Equal, The, 110, 130 King’s Fifth, The, 320, 329, 530 King’s Shadow, The, 522

Kinsey-Warnock, Natalie, 331 Kintaro’s Adventures and Other Japanese Children’s Stories,

168 Kipling, Rudyard, 235, 338 Kiss the Dust, 318, 333 Kitchen, Bert, 177, 209, 210, 443 Kitchen Knight: A Tale of King Arthur, The, 509

Klause, Annette, 373 Klausner, Janet, 393, 405 Klein, Norma, 270 Knee-Knock Rise, 530 Knight, Christopher, 387 Knight, Damon F., 374 Knights of the Kitchen Table,

343,369 Knock at a Star , 260 Knock at the Door: An Inter¬ national Collection, A, 446

Knutson, Barbara, 167, 510 Koala Lou, 216 Kobrin, Beverly, 408 Koch, Kenneth, 259 Koehn, Use, 515 Koertge, Ronald, 270, 294, 299 Roller, Jackie French, 329 Konigsburg, E. L., 278, 288, 298, 301, 443, 453, 475, 530, 532 Konner, Robert, 20, 28 Konrad, 513 Kooy, Mary, 540 Kraft, Betsy Harvey, 394, 405 Kraus, Robert, 218, 351 Krauss, Ruth, 517 Krementz, Jill, 380 Krikup, James, 513 Krisher, Trudy, 522 Kroll, Edite, 513 Kroll, Virginia, 447, 477, 505 Krull, Kathleen, 230, 261, 394, 406,407, 433, 443 Krumgold, Joseph, 529, 530 Kruse, Ginny Moore, 90, 131 Kriiss, James, 512 Kuipers, Barbara J., 537 Kuklin, Susan, 383, 404 Kullman, Harry, 513 Kunhardt, Dorothy, 175, 208 Kuskin, Karla, 250, 526 Kutiper, Karen, 246, 263 Kyle, Anne, 527

Labastida, Aurora, 518 Lacey, Elizabeth, 400 Lacy, Lynn, 224 Lacy, Virginia, 86 Lady with the Hat, The, 106,

514 Laff, Margaret, 76, 79 Lagerlof, Selma, 339, 374 Laird, Christa, 506 Laird, Elizabeth, 318, 333 Lake at the End of the World, The, 372

NAME/TITLE INDEX

559

Lambase, Barbara, 277 Lang, Andrew, 139 Langer, Judith A., 62, 64, 77, 79, 304, 453,479,499,511 Langstaff, John, 189, 212, 230, 261,518, 525 Langton, Jane, 531 Language of Goldfish, The,

275 Lankford, Mary D., 128, 383, 404 Lantern Bearers, The, 320, 329 Lapp, Diane, 73, 79 Larrick, Nancy, 86, 132, 207, 261,263 Lasky, Kathryn, 130, 380, 387, 394,402, 406,504, 515, 531 Last Battle, The, 351, 370 Last of the Mohicans, The, 268 Last Summer with Maizon, 54, 121 Last Tales of Uncle Remus, The, 142, 166 Later, Gator, 101, 124 Latest Model of the Space Ship under the Apple Tree, The,

355 Latham, Jean Lee, 529 Lathrop, Dorothy P., 516, 527 Latrobe, Kathy Howard, 539 Lauber, Patricia, 52, 378, 380, 384, 387, 400, 402, 408, 532,533 Laurin, Anne, 501 Lauture, Denize, 125, 526 Law of Gravity, The, 272, 296 Lawrence, Jacob, 118, 401 Lawrence, Louise, 356, 360, 372, 373 Lawson, John, 514 Lawson, Robert, 174, 339, 365, 392, 516, 528, 529 Le Guin, Ursula K., 366, 370, 374, 514, 531 Le Morte d’Arthur, 371 Leader by Destiny: George Washington, Man and Patriot, 528

Leaf, Margaret, 508 Leaf, Munro, 218, 516 Leagues Apart: The Men and Times of the Negro Baseball Leagues, 400

Legend of the Pointsetta, The,

168 Lehr, Susan, 18, 25, 28, 67, 79, 537 Leister, Bryan, 309 Lena Horne, 524 L’Engle, Madeleine, 355, 361, 364, 373, 473, 530, 531 Lenski, Lois, 528 Lent, Blair, 504, 518, 519 Lenz, Millicent, 541 Leo, Zack, and Emmie, 212 Leo the Late Bloomer, 218 Leodhas, Sorche Nic, 518, 530 Leonardo da Vinci, 533 Leopard, The, 513 Lessac, Frane, 237 Lesser, Rika, 520 1 Lesnik-Oberstein, Karin, 538 Lester, Julius, 91, 96, 118, 142, 166, 167, 198,230, 261, 508, 510, 516, 524, 525,530 Lester’s Dog, 55, 473, 505 Let the Celebrations BEGIN!,

313, 328, 333,474 Let the Circle Be Unbroken,

99, 324, 332, 524 Let the Lion Eat Straw, 524 Let’s Make Rabbits: A Fable,

199,219 Let’s Read-and-Find-Out Science, series, 383 Letter to Amy, 218 Letter to the World: The Life and Dances of Martha Graham, 394, 406 Letters from Rifka, 318, 332,

522 Levi-Strauss, Claude, 150, 169 Levin, Betty, 275, 299 Levine, Arthur A., 473 Levine, Ellen, 394, 406 Levinson, Riki, 122, 314, 332 Levitin, Sonia, 91, 128, 333 Levoy, Myron, 275 Levstik, Linda, 310, 334 Levy, Elizabeth, 276, 301 Lewin, Ted, 76, 128, 189, 395, 407 Lewis, C. S., 265, 340, 345, 350, 351,370, 465, 473 Lewis, Elizabeth, 527 Li Lun, Lad of Courage, 529

Leal, D., 379, 408 Lear, Edward, 209, 231, 232, 234, 261 Leaving, The, 515

Liang and the Magic Paintbrush, 101, 121, 507 Libby on Wednesday, 271, 274,

Ledgerbook of Thomas Blue Eagle, The, 522

Librarian Who Measured the Earth, The, 394, 406

Lee, Dennis, 231, 261 Lee, Dom, 314 Lee, Jeanne M., 122, 143, 168 Lee, Lauren K., 538 Lee, Marie G., 122 Leeson, Robert, 165 Legend of Africana, The, 523

LiBretto, Ellen V., 539 Lide, Alice, 527

Legend of the Bluebonnet, The,

Liggett, Twila C., 540

55, 126

560

NAME/TITLE INDEX

295

Life and Death of Crazy Horse, The, 533 Life and Surprising Adventures of Robinson Crusoe of York, Marine, 13 Light at Tern Rocks, The, 529

Light beyond the Forest: The Quest for the Holy Grail, The, 371 Light in the Attic, A, 255

Ligouri, Olga, 131 Like Jake and Me, 296, 531 Like Sisters on the Home Front,

270, 297, 523 Lilly’s Purple Plastic Purse,

198,217,364 Lily Cupboard, The, 333 Lincoln: A Photobiography,

377, 383, 397, 405, 532 Lindgren, Astrid, 108, 339, 342,366,443, 512, 513 Lindquist, Jennie, 529 Line-Up Book, The, 521 Linevski, A., 513 Linnea in Monet’s Garden, 105 Lion, 518 Lion, the Witch, and the Wardrobe, The, 265, 350,

370, 465, 473 Lion and the Ostrich Chicks and Other African Folk Tales, 94, 524, 525

Lionni, Leo, 19, 28, 185, 198-199,218, 447, 475, 507, 518, 519 Lippincott, Gary A., 416 Lipson, Eden Ross, 447 Lipsyte, Robert, 279, 299, 301 Lisle, Janet Taylor, 532 Listen for the Fig Tree, 299 Little, Jean, 83, 113, 130, 132 Little, Leslie Jones, 119, 524 Little Bear’s Visit, 518 Little Blacknose, 527 Little Blue and Little Yellow,

198,219 Little by Little: A Writer’s Education, 113 Little Dog Laughed, 207 Little Eight John, 525 Little Fear, A, 515 . . Little Fishes, The, 514 Little Fur Family, The, 5 Little House, The, 174, 206,

214, 477, 516 Little House Cookbook: Frontier Food from Laura Ingalls Wilder’s Classic Stories, The, 383, 405 Little House in the Big Woods,

311,315, 323,331 Little House on the Prarie, 314,

331 Little House series, 311, 331 Little Island, The, 517 Little Little, 299 Little Lord Fauntleroy, 268 Little Lost Lamb, 517 Little Love, A, 524 Little Man, The, 513 Little Mermaid, The, 13 Little Painter of Sabana Grande, The, 125 Little Plum, 509

Little Pretty Pocket Book, A,

13 Little Red Hen, The, 165 Little Red Riding Hood, 165,

217, 520 Little Town on the Prarie, 528 Little Women, 13, 268

Littlefield, Bill, 407 Littlejim, 332 Lively, Penelope, 350, 368, 373 Lives of Christopher Chant, The, 350, 367 Lives of the Artists: Master¬ pieces, Messes (and What the Neighbors Thought),

394,406 hives of the Musicians: Good Times, Bad Times (and What the Neighbors Thought),

393, 406 Lives of the Writers: Comedies, Tragedies (and What the Neighbors Thought), 394,

406 Living in Two Worlds, 128

Livingston, Myra Cohn, 236, 246-247, 248, 250, 261, 263,526 Liza Lou and the Yeller Belly Swamp, 443 Lizard Music, 342, 367

Llorente, Pilar M., 514 Lloyd, Megan, 254 Lobel, Anita, 209, 520 Lobel, Arnold, 142, 176, 178, 181,189,191,207,209, 212, 219, 519, 520, 531 Locke, John, 12 Locker, Thomas, 184, 314, 492 Lodge, Sally, 203, 224 Lofting, Hugh, 339, 527 Lomax, Alan, 140, 169 Lomax, John, 139 Lon Po Po: A Red Riding Hood Story from China, 107,

124,203,223,445,509, 515,520 London, Jonathan, 126 London Bridge Is Falling Down, 514 Lone Journey: The Life of Roger Williams, 528 Loner, The, 297, 530

Long, Jan Freeman, 122 Long, Sylvia, 132, 522 Long-Haired Girl: A Chinese Legend, The, 508 Long Hard Journey: The Story of the Pullman Porter, A, 525 Long Journey Home: Stories from Black History, 118 Long Road to Gettysburg, The,

401 Long Secret, The, 298 Long Winter, The, 323, 331,

528 Longshaw, Robin, 514 Lonnrot, Elias, 137, 169

Look! Look! Look!, 208 Loon’s Necklace, The, 501 Loop the Loop, 129

Lopez, Sylvia, 417, 448, 455, 479 Lord, Bette Bao, 475, 508 Lore and Language of School Children, The, 229 Lost Garden, The, 395, 407 Lost Sailor, The, 215 Lost Years of Merlin, The, 348,

370 Lotus Seed, The, 473 Lou in the Limelight, 524

Louie, Ai-Ling, 140, 219, 508 Louisa May: The World and Works of Louisa May Alcott,

395,406 Low, Joseph, 520 Lownsbery, Eloise, 527, Lowry, Lois, 91, 127, 275, 288, 289, 295, 296, 299, 314, 324, 333, 355, 356, 364, 372,443, 453,473, 515, 521,532 Loyal Cat, The, 122 Lucky Stone, The, 116 Luenn, Nancy, 40, 166, 475 Luka’s Quilt, 303 Lukens, Rebecca J., 43, 56, 227, 263 Luminous Pearl: A Chinese Folktale, A, 500, 508 Lunch, 185, 216

Lunn, Janet, 369 Luria, A. R., 284, 305 Luthi, Max, 169 Lyddie, 40, 130, 331, 474, 506 Lynch, Chris, 279, 301 Lynn, Ruth Nadelman, 336, 374, 539 Lyon, George Ella, 91, 219, 280, 302, 477 Lyons, Mary E., 395, 407 Lystad, Mary H., 539

Maddern, Eric, 119 Madeline, 213, 516 Madeline’s Rescue, 517 Mado, Michio, 513 Maggie and the Pirate, 218 Maggie’s Whopper, 475 Magic Boat, The, 121, 508 Magic Cooking Pot, The, 507 Magic Horse, The, 507 Magic Maize, 529 Magic of Mozart: Mozart, the Magic Flute, and the Salz¬ burg Marionettes, The, 382,

404 Magic Porridge Pot, The, 507 Magic School Bus at the Waterworks, The, 111, 385,

404 Magic School Bus inside the Earth, The, 385, 402 Magic School Bus inside the Human Body, The, 382, 404 Magic School Bus on the Ocean Floor, The, 215 Magic School Bus series, 111,

379, 385 Magic Spring, 122 Magical Adventures of Pretty Pearl, The, 524 Magical Tales from Many Lands, 446 Magician’s Apprentice, The,

367 Magician’s Challenge, The, 367 Magician’s Company, The, 367 Magician’s Nephew, The, 350,

370 Magicians of Caprona, The,

350, 367 Magorian Michelle, 521 Magubane, Peter, 524 Mahy, Margaret, 91, 122, 219, 343, 368, 373, 508 Maid of the North, The, 162 Ma’ii and Cousin Horned Toad,

125 M. C. Higgins the Great, 54,

97,298,514, 531 M. E. and Morton, 275 Macaulay, David, 219, 378, 380, 383, 404, 453, 454, 477, 515, 519, 520 MacCann, Donnarae, 131 Macdonald, Caroline, 372 MacDonald, George, 338 MacDonald, Golden, 517 MacDonald, Margaret Read, 141, 169,426, 446,448 MacDonald, Suse, 178, 209, 210,520 MacGill-Callahan, Sheila, 489, 500, 502 MacGregor, Ellen, 354 MacLachlan, Patricia, 49, 54, 55,271,289, 295, 296,310, 311,314, 323,328, 331, 443, 454, 473, 475, 477, 531 MacLeod, Andi, 249

Maisy’s Pop-Up Playhouse,

176,208 Maizon at Blue Hill, 82, 128,

267, 299 Make Lemonade, 298 Make Like a Tree and Leave,

280,303 Make Way for Ducklings, 20,

174,219, 269,443, 516 Making Sense: Animal Perception and Communication, 402, 533 Malcom X: By Any Means Necessary, 97, 119, 405, 525

Malcolmson, Anne, 517 Malkus, Alida, 527 Mallory, Kenneth, 504 Malory, Sir Thomas, 371 Mama Bear, 129 Mama Don’t Allow, 515 Man from the Other Side, The,

325, 333

Man Who Tricked a Ghost, The, 509 Mandela: From the Life of the South African Statesman,

406 Mandy, 130 Maniac Magee, 33, 41, 58, 62,

63, 64, 73, 74, 77, 78, 128, 266, 273, 275, 280, 291, 297, 450, 458, 466, 471, 476, 515, 532 Mann, Elizabeth, 522 Many Moons, 516 Many Thousand Gone: African Americans from Slavery to Freedom, 117, 377, 401 Many Ways of Seeing: An Introduction to the Pleasures of Art, The, 530

Marcellino, Fred, 91, 206, 520 March on Washington, The,

386,401 Marchesi, Stephen, 277 Margaret’s Moves, 274 Maria Mitchell: The Soul of an Astronomer, 394, 406 Mariah Keeps Cool, 120 Mariah Loves Rock, 100 Mariel of Redwall, 350, 370 Market!, 128

Markle, Sandra, 402 Markun, Patricia Maloney, 125 Marrin, Albert, 400 Marshall, Bernard, 526 Marshall, Edward, 181, 212, 357 Marshall, James, 46, 151, 165, 176, 181, 190, 191, 192, 219,418, 520 Marshmallow, 516 Martchenko, Michael, 60 Martha Blah, Blah, 365 Martha Calling, 365 Martha Speaks, 192, 220, 365 Martin, Bill, Jr., 6, 177, 179, 194, 209,212,219,418, 420, 422, 441, 443, 447 Martin, Charles, 504 Martin, Donald F., 523 Martin, Rafe, 127, 140, 163, 219,489, 502 Martin Luther King, Jr. & the Freedom Movement, 525 Martin Luther King, Jr., Man of Peace, 108 Martin the Warrior, 350, 370

Martinez, Alejandro Cruz, 125, 168 Martinez, Miriam G., 68, 79, 80, 415, 447, 448, 453, 457, 463,464,478, 479,484,511 Martin’s Mice, 365 Maruki, Toshi, 109, 219, 313, 333,513 Marvin and Tige, 523 Mary: An Autobiography, 524 Mary Had a Little Lamb, 206 Mary Jo’s Grandmother, 523

Mary McLeod Bethune, 95,

523 Mary Poppins, 339, 342, 366 Mary Poppins Comes Back,

366 Mary Poppins in Cherry Tree Lane, 366

Marzollo, Jean, 119, 405 Masai and I, 477

Mason, Jana, 24, 29 Mason, Walt, 226, 263 Master Puppeteer, The, 285,

329 Matas, Carol, 22, 29, 506 Matchlock Gun, The, 139, 528 Math Curse, 201 Mathew Michael’s Beastly Day,

477 Mathis, Sharon Bell, 108, 119, 272, 275, 276, 297, 299, 300, 523, 531 Matilda, 51, 366 Matthaei, Gay, 522 Matthew and the Sea Singer,

503 Matthew and Tilly, 505 Matthew Wheelock’s Wall, 474

Matthews, Gareth, 18, 29 Matthew’s Dream, 199 Mattimeo, 350, 370 Mattox, Cheryl Warren, 119 Maurice’s Room, 34, 288, 295 Mawrina, Tatjana, 512 Max, 110, 130 Max and Ruby’s First Greek Myth: Pandora’s Box, 164,

223 Max and Ruby’s Midas: Another Greek Myth, 190 Max Found Two Sticks, 119 Max’s Breakfast, 352, 365 Max’s Dragon Shirt, 365 Max’s First Word, 208

Maxwell, William, 528 May, Jill, 56, 538 May I Bring a Friend?, 55, 518 May I Visit?, 292

Mayer, Marianna, 165, 166, 500,503 Mayer, Mercer, 219, 443 Mayerson, Evelyn Wilde, 332 Mayfield Crossing, 128, 276, 301 Mayo, Gretchen Will, 510 Mayo, Margaret, 446 Mazemaker, 369 Mazer, Anne, 447, 474, 477 Mazer, Harry, 270, 506 Mazer, Norma Fox, 270, 532 McAdams, Diane, 417, 448, 455,479 McCall, Francis X., Jr., 402 McCarthy, Ralph, 503 McCarty, Teresa L., 90, 132 McCloskey, Robert, 20, 174, 219, 269, 280, 302,443, 516, 517, 518 McClure, Amy, 69, 80, 263

NAME/TITLE INDEX

561

McCord, David, 227, 239, 249, 261,526 McCormick, Christine, 24, 29 McCully, Emily Arnold, 179, 211,220, 331,474, 521 McDermott, Gerald, 166, 167, 168,418,443,483,501, 510, 519, 521 McDill, E. L., 82, 133 McDonald, Megan, 522 McElligot’s Pool, 517 McGee, Lea M., 71, 80, 458, 459, 460, 466, 479 McGinley, Phyllis, 517 McGlathery, James, 169 McGowen, Tom, 353, 367 McGraw, Eloise, 529, 530, 532 McKenna, Michael C., 540 McKinley, Robert, 531 McKinley, Robin, 161, 340, 370, 531 McKinnon, Lisa Somme, 513 McKissack, Fredrick, Jr., 400 McKissack, Fredrick L., 158, 401,418,443,454, 477, 515,525,526,533 McKissack, Patricia C., 119, 158,400, 401,418, 443, 454, 475, 477, 515, 520, 525, 526, 532, 533 McLerran, Alice, 220 McMahon, Susan I., 451, 452, 457, 458, 478, 479 McMillan, Bruce, 177, 187, 211,377, 402, 501,505 McNaughton, Colin, 443 McNeely, Marian Hurd, 527 McPhail, David, 220 McPherson, Stephanie Sammartino, 394, 405 McWilliams, Karen, 505 Meacham, Mary, 540 Meade, Holly, 521 Meader, Stephen W., 528 Mean Soup, 473 Means, Florence Crannell, 269, 528 Mebane, Mary E., 524 Meddaugh, Susan, 19, 192, 220, 339, 365 Medearis, Angela Shelf, 128, 175 Medieval Feast, 213 Medio pollito/Half Chicken,

143,167 Meet Christopher Columbus,

393 Meet Danitra Brown, 117, 505,

526 Meet the Austins, 361 Meet Thomas Jefferson, 393 Meggy Macintosh, 527

Mehan, Hugh, 452, 479 Mei Li, 516

Meigs, Cornelia, 392, 527 Meinbach, Anita Meyer, 511 Melcher, Daniel, 13 Melmed, Laura Krauss, 122, 220,488, 504

562

NAME/TITLE INDEX

Meltzer, Milton 52, 83, 132, 310,387-389, 402, 406, 408 Men of Athens, 530 Men, Microscopes, and Living Things, 529

Mendez, Phil, 367 Merlin and the Dragons, 371,

509 Merlin Effect, The, 348, 370 Mermaid Tales from Around the World, 502 Mermaid’s Cape, The, 500, 503 Mermaid’s Three Wisdoms, The, 503

Merriam, Eve, 227, 235, 236, 252, 261,263, 526 Merrill, Jean, 130, 184, 220, 421,444, 474 Mesghali, Farshid, 512 Metamorphoses, The, 152 Mexican Folktales, 168 Meyer, Carolyn, 331 Mice Twice, 520 Michael Foreman’s Mother Goose, 207 Middle Moffat, The, 528 Middle Passage: White Ships, Black Cargo, The, 117, 526 Midnight Flour Encores, 296 Midwife’s Apprentice, The, 33,

54,270,314,319, 320, 328, 532 Mighty Hunter, The, 516 Mighty Tree, 443 Mikaelsen, Ben, 522 Mike Fink: A Tall Tale, 164, 507 Mike Mulligan and His Steam Shovel, 174, 214

Miles, Miska, 530 Milhous, Katherine, 517 Milk Makers, The, 386, 402 Miller, Elizabeth, 527 Miller, Jay, 169 Miller, Mary Beth, 113, 130 Miller-Lachmann, Lyn, 131, 540 Million Fish . . . More or Less, A, 158,443 Millions of Cats, 174, 192,

216, 527 Mills, Claudia, 122 Milne, A. A., 235, 238, 256, 260, 339, 341, 351, 366, 435,444 Milnes, Gerald, 230, 261 Milton, Joyce, 505 Min-Yo and the Moon Dragon,

21 Minarik, Else Holmelund, 518 Mind-Hold, 368 Minn of the Mississippi, 529 Minsch, Robert N., 78 Minty: A Story of Young Harriet Tubman, 120, 221,

526 Miracles on Maple Hill, 529 Mirandy and Brother Wind,

158, 520, 525

Mirette on the High Wire, 220,

474, 521 Mischling, Second Degree: My Childhood in Nazi Germany,

515 Misoso: Once Upon a Time Tales from Africa, 167 Miss Hickory, 528 Miss Maggie, 290, 300 Miss Mary Mack and Other Children’s Street Rhymes,

146, 259 Miss Nelson Is Back, 273 Miss Nelson Is Missing!, 46,

192, 213, 273, 297, 442 Miss Pickerell series, 354 Miss Rumphius, 54, 416, 442,

473 Missing May, 41, 282, 290,

303, 515, 532 Mississippi Bridge, 99, 120,

324, 328, 332, 476 Mississippi Challenge, 100, 525 Misty of Chincoteague, 280,

302, 529 Mitchell, Margaree King, 444, 474, 526 Mitten, The, 213 Mizumura, Kazue, 514 Moccasin Trail, 529 Mochizuki, Ken, 122, 328, 333, 474 Moe, Jorgen, 155 Moebius, William, 189, 224 Moffats, The, 269 Mohr, Carolyn, 537 Mohr, Nicholasa, 125, 298, 407 Moja Means One: A Swahili Counting Book, 210 Mole’s Hill, 215

Mollel, Tololwa M., 119, 143, 167 Monceaux, Morgan, 407 Mongolia, 382, 402 . . Monjo, F. N., 392, 409 Monkey and the Crocodile: A Jataka Tale from India, The,

510 Monkey Island, 273, 288, 296,

506 Monro, Harold, 435, 448 Monster Den: or Look What Happened at My House, 253 Monster Garden, The, 372

Montgomery, Rutherford, 529 Montresor, Beni, 518 Moodie, Fiona, 503 Moon, Grace, 527 Moon Jumpers, The, 518 Moon Mother: A Native American Creation Tale, 167 Moon Rope: A Peruvian Folktale/Un lazo a la luna: Una leyenda Peruana, 168,

418, 442 Moorchild, 532

Moore, Anne Carroll, 527 Moore, Clement Clarke, 231

Moore, Eva, 259 Moore, Janet Gaylord, 530 Moore, Juel, 73, 79 Moore, Lilian, 253, 261, 263, 526 Mora, Pat 101, 125, 444 More, Hannah, 267 “More, More, More, ” Said the Baby: 3 Love Stories, 223,

271, 295, 520 More Best-Loved Stories Told at the National Storytelling Festival, 446 More Tales of Uncle Remus,

166 More Than Anything Else, 522

‘Morgan, Norah, 448 Morimoto, Junko, 122, 168 Morning Girl, 126, 316, 329 Morris, Ann, 128 Morris, Darrell, 24, 29 Morrow, Lesley Mandel, 414, 448 Morrow, Leslie, 69, 80 Morris Goes to School, 212 Mosel, Arlene, 444, 514, 519 Moseley, Keith, 75, 78 Moser, Barry, 49, 186, 404 Moser, Madeline, 220 Moss, Joy, 511, 539 Moss, Lloyd, 220, 521 Moss Gown, 21, 164 Mossflower, 350, 370 Most, Bernard, 220 Most Beautiful Place in the World, The, 53 Most Wonderful Doll in the World, The, 517 Mother Crocodile: An Uncle Amadou Tale from Senegal,

524 Mother for Choco, A, 218 Mother Goose, 207, 517 Mother Goose: The Old Nursery Rhymes, 176 Mother Goose and Nursery Rhymes, 518 Mother Goose or the Old Nursery Rhymes, 176 Mother Goose’s Melody, 176 Mother Jones: One Woman’s Fight for Labor, 394, 405 Motown and Didi: A Love Story, 97, 524 Mountain Bluebird, The, 501 Mountain Born, 528 Mountain Jack Tales, 164 Mountains Are Free, 527

Mourning Dove, 446 Mouse and the Motorcycle, The, 364 Mouse Butcher, The, 365 Mouse Count, 210 Mouse Paint, 177, 211 Mouse Rap, The, 54, 97 Mouse TV, 432, 447, 476 Moved Outers, The, 269, 528 Moves Make the Man, The, 50,

279, 301, 515, 531

Movin’ Up, 524 Mr. Griggs’ Work, 221 Mr. Gumpy’s Outing, 214, 514 Mr. Justice Holmes, 529 Mr. Lunch series, 187 Mr. Penny’s Race Horse, 518 Mr. Popper’s Penguins, 528 Mr. Putter and Tabby Pour the Tea, 212 Mr. Rabbit and the Lovely Present, 477, 518 Mr. T. W. Anthony Woo, 517 Mrs. Trisby and the Rats of NIMH, 373, 530 Mrs. Katz and Tush, 127, 505 Ms. Africa: Profiles of Modern African Women, 523 Much Bigger than Martin, 55 Mud Pony, The, 126, 166 Mufaro’s Beautiful Daughters: An African Tale, 99, 120,

167, 181, 182, 201, 500, 515,520,525 Mukasa, 523 Mukerji, Dhan Gopal, 527 Muller, Jorg, 513 Mullins, June B., 131 Mummies Made in Egypt, 385, 402

My Name Is Alice, 209 My Name Is Maria Isabel, 33,

55, 93 My Own Private Sky, 521 My Own Two Feet: A Memoir,

287 My Side of the Mountain, 302, 416, 442,475, 506,530 My Teacher Is an Alien, 373 My Turtle Died Today, 281 My Two Uncles, TIL My Very First Book of Colors,

210 My Very First Book of Shapes, 210 My Very First Mother Goose, 207 My Very Own Octopus, 220 Myers, Walter Dean, 54, 97, 187, 270, 276,293,295, 301,401,405, 523,524, 525,526, 532, 533 Mysteries of Harris Burdick, The, 192, 202, 211 Mysterious Tadpole, The, 443 Mysterious Tales of Japan, 489,

502 Mystery of Drear House, The,

Music from a Place Called Half Moon, 281, 303 Muwin and the Magic Hare,

510 My Barn, 213 My Black Me: A Beginning Book of Black Poetry, 116,

252,258 My Brother, My Sister, and I,

506 My Brother Sam Is Dead, 311,

321, 329, 420, 442, 531 My Dad, 473 My Doll, Keshia, 117 My Father’s Dragon, 529 My Fingers Are Always Bringing Me News, 261 My Grandson Lew, 282, 292,

303 My Great-Aunt Arizona, 54,

91, 127,217,473 My Hiroshima, 122 My House/Mi casa: A Book in Two Languages, 124 My Island Grandma, 504 My Mama Needs Me, 100, 120,

524 My Mother Is the Most Beautiful Woman in the World, 517

Nones, Eric Jon, 502

Never to Forget: The Jews of the Holocaust, 388 Nevernever, 371

Norby and the Oldest Dragon,

Neville, Emily Cheney, 295, 298, 300, 530 New Baby, 211 New Coat for Anna, A, 191 New England Primer, The, 13 New Found World, 528 New Kid on the Block, The, 255, 261 New Land, 527 New Read Aloud Handbook, The, 87 New Shoes for Silvia, 125 New Treasury of Children’s Poetry, A, 501 New World, 371

New York Public Library, 131 Newberry, Clare, 516, 517 Newbery, John, 13, 145, 171, 173, 176 Newman, Leslea, 272 News about Dinosaurs, The,

Mummy, the Will, and the Crypt, The, 278, 301

Munjo, F. N., 392 Munsch, Robert N., 69, 162 Murders in the Rue Morgue, 278 Murphy, Jim, 377, 384, 401, 532,533 Musgrove, Margaret, 178, 195, 209, 519 Music, Music for Everyone, 291

Nesbit, E., 270 Ness, Evaline, 55, 220, 476, 518,519 Nessa’s Fish, 40, 166, 475 Nettie Jo’s Friends, 158 Nettie’s Trip South, 330

387, 402, 532 Naden, Corinne J., 537 Nagenda, John, 523 Naidoo, Beverley, 105, 119, 309, 333 Nakamura, Joyce, 538 Namioka, Lensey, 122, 298, 508 Nancy Drew series, 269 Nansen, 528 Napoli, Donna Jo, 276, 342, 367 Napping House, The, 180, 213, 416,445, 454, 478 Napping House Wakes Up, The, 208

Nez Perce, The, 127

Nichol, Barbara, 471, 477 Nicholas, 527 Nichols, Grace, 206 Nicky and Alex, 208 Nicolas, 517 Nieto, Sonia, 82, 87, 131, 132 Night Noises, 216 Night on Neighborhood Street, 95,260,525 Night Owl and the Rooster: A Haitian Legend, 168 Nightingale, The, 501 Nights of the Pufflings, 501 Nighty-Nightmare, 364

Narahashi, Keikop, 220 Nash, Marcia, 464, 479 Nathaniel Talking, 95, 117, 260, 525 National Association for the Preservation and Perpetua¬ tion of Storytelling, 446 National Storytelling Association, 446 Natriello, G., 82, 133 Navajos, The, 127 Naylor, Alice Phoebe, 287, 305, 538 Naylor, Phyllis Reynolds, 5, 31, 45, 53, 272,283, 284, 289, 292, 294, 297, 299, 444, 451,453,475, 532

Nikola-Lisa, W., 128, 210 Nilsson, Ulf, 513 Nine Days to Christmas, 518

Neeny Coming, Neeny Going,

Nobody’s Family Is Going to Change, 298

526 Neighborhood Odes, 98, 125

Nelson, Theresa, 34, 273, 297 Nelson, Vaunda Micheaux, 128, 276, 301

Nine-in-One, Grr! Grr! A Folktale from the Hmong People of Laos, 123, 169 Nino, 528

Nixon, Dorothy, 537 No Hero for the Kaiser, 513 No Hickory No Dickory No Dock: Caribbean Nursery Rhymes, 206 No Milk!, 215 No Star Nights, 522 Noah’s Ark, 211, 519

Noble, Trinka Hakes, 220, 447, 502

Nodleman, Perry, 56, 224, 540, 541 Noe, Katherine L. Schlick, 478 Noll, Elizabeth, 88, 89, 133

Noonday Friends, The, 530 Norby and the Court Jester,

,-359, 372 Norby and the Invaders, 358,

372 372 North, Sterling, 530 Northern Lullaby, 195 Norton, Andre, 361, 372 Norton, Mary, 339, 343, 368 Norwegian Folk Tales, 155 Nostlinger, Christine, 512, 513 Not a Copper Penny in Me House, 260 Nothing at All, 516 Nothing but the Truth: A Documentary Novel, 276,

286, 294, 300, 532 Nothing Is Impossible: The Story of Beatrix Potter, 395 Nothing’s Fair in Fifth Grade,

273 Not-So-Jolly Roger, The, 343,

369 Novak, Matt, 431, 447, 476 Now Is Your Time! The African American Struggle for Freedom, 97, 401, 525, 533 Now We Are Six, 256 Number the Stars, 91, 127,

314,324,333, 532 Numblers, 178,210

Numeroff, Laura Joffe, 212 Nunes, Lygia Bojunga, 108, 512 Nutcracker, The, 366 Nuts to You!, 215 Nutshell Library, The, 175, 199,208,209 Nutty for President, 281, 303 Nye, Naomi Shihab, 127, 129, 238, 242, 244, 245, 261, 474 Oakes, Bill, 178, 210 Oakes, Vanya, 89 Oakley, Graham, 220 Ober, Hal, 168 O’Brien, Anne Sibley, 522 O’Brien, Robert C., 372, 373, 530 O’Dell, Scott, 22, 29, 108, 320, 321, 329, 331, 506, 512, 530 Odyssey, The, 138, 231 Of Swords and Sorcerers: The Adventures of King Arthur and His Knights, 165 Officer Buckle and Gloria, 192,

221,521 O’Flahavan, John F., 451, 455, 478 Ogbo: Sharing Life in an African Village, 402

Ogle, Donna, 327, 334 Oh, A Hunting We Will Go,

189,212 Okino and the Whales, 502 Old Dog, The, 292, 296

NAME/TITLE INDEX

563

Old Henry, 213,472 Old Man and His Door, The,

12 5 Old Meadow, The, 365 Old Mother Hubbard and Her Wonderful Dog, 207 Old Ramon, 530 Old Tale Carved Out of Stone, An, 513 Old Tobacco Shop, The, 527 Old Turtle, 522 Old Teller, 529

Olds, Elizabeth, 517 Olendorf, D., 350, 374, 396, 409 Oliver, Narelle, 220 Oliver’s Dishcloth Concert, 303 Olsen, lb Sprang, 512 Olson, David, 24, 29 Olympians: Great Gods and Goddesses of Ancient Greece, 164 On All Hallows’ Eve, 373 On Market Street, 178, 209,

520 On Mother’s Lap, 91, 127 On My Honor, 286, 303, 531 On the Banks of Plum Creek,

323,528 Once a Mouse, 186, 194, 213,

518 Once and Future King, The,

161

Orbis Sensualium Pictus (The Visual World in Pictures),

171, 172, 378, 532 Orgel, Doris, 164 Origin of Life on Earth: An African Creation Myth, The, 525 Original Mother Goose’s Melody, The, 146

Orlev, Uri, 312, 324, 325, 333, 506,513,514 Orphan Boy, The, 119, 143, 167 Orphan Train Rider: One Boy’s True Story, 402, 516

Orr, Katherine, 504 Ortiz, Alfonso, 445 Orvis, 360, 372 Osa’s Pride, 477 Osborne, Mary Pope, 402, 502, 508, 533 Osofsky, Audrey, 127 Otto from Otherwhere, 373 Oughton, Jerrie, 281, 303 Our Eddie, 530 Our Golda: The Story of Golda Meir, 396, 406 Our Granny, 445 Our Home Is the Sea, 122 Out in the Dark and Daylight,

250

Once on This Island, 331 One, Two, Buckle My Shoe, 207 One, Two, One Pair, 177, 211 1, 2, 3 to the Zoo, 178, 210 One at a Time, 249, 261 One Crow: A Counting Rhyme,

210 One-Eyed Cat, 10, 288, 300,

531 One Fat Summer, 299 One Fine Day, 217, 519 One Hole in the Road, 210 One in the Middle Is the Green Kangaroo, The, 287, 296 1 Is One, 518 One Monday Morning, 180,

213, 487 One Morning in Maine, 280,

302,517 One of Three, 118 One Wide River to Cross, 519 One World, Many Religions: The Ways We Worship, 402,

533 One Yellow Daffodil, 332 O’Neal, Zibby, 275, 515 O’Neill, Mary, 241, 258, 261 Ong, Walter, 169 Onion John, 530 Only Child, 372 Onyefulu, Ifeoma, 119, 402 Ood-Le-Uk the Wanderer, 527

Opie, Iona, 207, 229, 233, 263 Opie, Peter, 208, 229, 233, 263

564

Oppenheim, Shulamith Levy, 333

NAME/TITLE INDEX

Out of Nowhere, 478 Out of the Flames, 527 Outcast of Redwall, 350, 370 Outside, 361, 372 OUTside/INside Poems, 201 Outside Over There, 199, 515,

520 Outwitting the Devil: Jack Tales from Wise County, Virginia, 446 Over, Under, and Through and Other Spatial Concepts, 210 Over Sea, Under Stone, 349,

370 Ovid, 152 Owen, 198, 217, 521 Owens, Gail, 250 Owl at Home, 212 Owl Moon, 223, 445, 502, 520 Oxboy, The, 474 Ox-Cart Man, 216, 331, 520 Oxenbury, Helen, 175, 208, 418 Oxford Treasury of Children’s Poems, The, 260 Pablo Remembers: The Fiesta of the Day of the Dead, 6,

124

Painter, Pamela, 35, 56 Painting Faces, 383, 404 Palazzo, Tony, 517 Paley, Vivian, 65, 80, 432, 448 Pallas, A. M., 82, 133 Palm of My Heart: Poetry by African American Children, The, 526 Pancakes—Paris, 529 Pancakes for Breakfast, 211 Papa Gatto, 500 Paper Bag Princess, The, 60,

78, 162 Paper Crane, 515 Paperboy, The, 182, 183, 184,

189, 221,521 Pardo, Laura S., 457, 458, 478, 479 Park, Ruth, 369, 515 Parker,-Nancy Winslow, 189 Parker, Robert Andrew, 519 Parkhurst, Thomas, 12 Parks, Judy, 333 Parks, Rosa, 395, 407 Parnall, Peter, 519 Parrish, Anne, 527, 529 Parton, Dolly, 204 Paschka, Chris, 521 Pass It On: African-American Poetry for Children, 118,

260 Pat the Bunny, 175, 208 Patchwork Quilt, The, 117.

216,522, 524 Patent, Dorothy Hunshaw, 501 Paterson, Annie, 261, 433 Paterson, Katherine, 8, 14, 36, 40,41,54, 103, 110, 129, 130, 267, 270, 272, 281, 284-285, 289, 297, 29,8, 303,306,329,331,444, . , 474, 506, 515, 531 Paton, Jill, 350 Patterson, Lillie, 108, 523, 524, 525 Paul Bunyan, 164, 508 Paul Robeson, 523 Paulsen, Gary, 40, 53, 54, 55, 267, 271, 277, 279, 280, 290, 295,301,302, 444, 476, 506, 531, 532 Pavlov, Elena, 274 Paxton, Tom, 220 Peace and Bread: The Story of Jane Addams, 394, 405 Peaceable Kingdom: The Shaker Abecedarius, A, 209

Pearce, Philippa, 343, 369

Pacific Crossing, 98, 103, 128

Pacovska, Kveta Paddington Paddington Paddington Paddington

Paddington’s Lucky Day, 364 Paddle-to-the-Sea, 379, 516 Pageant of Chinese History, 527

at Large, 364 Helps Out, 364 Marches On, 364 on Screen, 364

Pearl Moscowitz’s Last Stand,

473 Pearl of the Soul of the World, The, 370

Pearson, Kit, 344, 369 Pearson, Susan, 129

Peck, Richard, 14, 270, 282, 303,368 Peck, Robert Newton, 275, 302 Peck, Sylvia, 502 Pecos Bill, 164, 508, 528 Pedro, the Angel of Olvera Street, 517

Peet, Bill, 76, 220, 520 Peirce, Meredith Ann, 521 Pelgrom, Els, 513 Pelham, David, 176, 208, 521 Pellowski, Anne, 115, 133 Penn, 528 People Could Fly: American Black Folktales, The, 97,

118, 166, 446, 507, 524 People from Mother Goose,

176 Peppe, the Lamplighter, 521

Perdue, Charles, 446 Perfect Crane, 501 Perilous Gard, The, 531 Perilous Road, The, 530 Perkins, Agnes Regan, 541 Perrault, Charles, 8, 29, 144, 145, 155, 156, 165, 173, 176, 220, 517, 518, 520 Persephone, 164 Person, Diane Goetz, 407 Peter and the Wolf, 400 Peter Pan, 338, 366 Peters, Margaret W., 523 Peter’s Chair, 198, 218 Petersham, Maud, 516, 517 Petersham, Miska, 516, 517 Peterson, Jeanne W., 524 Peterson, Ralph L., 69, 80. 460, 461,478,479 Petro’s War, 513 Petry, Ann Lane, 329 Petunia, 63, 78, 215, 431, 432, 447 Phantom Tollbooth, The, 342, 368 Phebe Fairchild: Her Book, 528 Phelps, Ethel J., 169, 446 Philbrick, Rodman, 131 Philip Hall Likes Me, I Reckon Maybe, 275, 299, 531

Phillip, Neil, 261 Philosophy and the Young Child, 18 Phoenix Rising, 301, 357, 372

Piaget, Jean, 16, 17, 18, 29 Picnic, 179, 211 Picture Book Biographies

series, 393 Picture of Adam, 275 Picture Puzzler, 415, 445

Pienkowski, Jan, 175, 208 Pierce, Kathryn Mitchell, 541 Pierce, Meredith Ann, 353, 370 Pierce, Tamora, 353, 370 Pierre Pigeon, 516 Piggy book, 110 Pigs Aplenty, Pigs Galore!, 220 Pigs Might Fly, 341, 365 Pigtail of Ah Lee Ben Loo, 527

Pilgrims of Plimoth, 515 Pilgrim’s Progress, 8, 12

Pilkey, Dav, 182, 183, 189, 221,521 Pilla, Marianne Laino, 537 Pinata Maker, Tbe/El Pihatero,

124 Pinballs, The, 272, 296 Pink and Say, 315, 327, 330,

420, 444, 474 Pink Paper Swans, 505

Pinkney, Andrea Davis, 119, 197 Pinkney, Brian, 186, 235, 487, 521, 525, 526 Pinkney, Gloria Jean, 197, 221 Pinkney, Jerry, 91, 140, 189, 196-197, 198, 516, 520, 521, 522, 524, 525, 526 Pinkwater, Daniel Manus, 342, 357, 363, 367, 373 Piping Down the Valleys Wild, 261 Pippi in the South Seas, 366 Pippi hongstocking, 339, 342,

Pope, Elizabeth Marie, 531

Quinn, Patrick J., 303

Popol Vuh, The, 138 Poppy, 341, 364, 516

Quiz Book on Black America,

Porter, Eleanor, 268 Porter, Neal, 521 Portia: The Life of Portia Washington Pittman, the Daughter of Booker T. Washington, 523 Possum Magic, 104, 106, 216

Postman, Neil, 284 Potter, Beatrix, 76, 172, 199, 221,338, 340, 353, 365 Poulsen, Gunnar, 513 Power of Three, 350 Prairie Songs, 312, 316, 328, 330, 521 Prairie Visions: The Life and Times of Solomon Butcher,

405, 533 Pran of Albania, 527 Prayer for a Child, 516

Pirates: Robbers on the High Seas, 504, 505 Pish, Posh, Said Hieronymus Bosch, 195, 454, 455,478

Prelutsky, Jack, 226, 227, 238, 244, 247, 248, 255, 261, 262, 448 Preston, Edna Mitchell, 519 Price, Gary, 22 Price, Leontyne, 195, 221, 525 Prichard, Mari, 540 Primrose Way, The, 329

Pitz, Henry C., 224

Prince and the Mermaid, The,

366, 443

Place My Words Are Looking For: What Poets Say About and Through Their Work, 260 Plain City, 129 Planet of junior Brown, The,

22, 97, 506, 531 Platero and I/Platero y yo, 8

Platt, Km, 269, 298, 299 Platt, Richard, 404 Play with Me, 280, 302, 518 Playing Beatie Bow, 369, 515 Plume, Ilse, 520 Pocketful of Cricket, A, 518 Poe, Edgar Allan, 278 Poem Stew, 259 Poema de mio Cid, 145, 231 Poetry from A to Z: A Guide for Young Writers, 260

Poitier, Sidney, 524 Polacco, Patricia, 91, 101, 127, 176, 187, 207, 221, 315, 330,413,420, 421,444, 474, 477, 505, 522 Polar Express, The, 202, 222, 474, 520 Politi, Leo, 501, 517 Polizzotti, Mark, 514 Poll, Bernard, 280, 306 Pollack, Penny, 166 Pollins, Charlemae, 523 Polly anna, 268

Polushkin, Maria, 513 Ponsot, Ann Marie, 163, 169 Pool of Fire, The, 359, 371 Pop Corn & Ma Goodness, 519

502 Prince Caspian, the Return to Narnia, 350, 370 Prince Ivan and the Firebird,

165 Prince Nautilus, 488, 489, 504 Prince of the Pond, 342, 367 Prince William, 504

Pringle, Laurence, 389, 403, 409 Probably Still Nick Swansen,

522 Propp, Vladimir, 147, 161, 169 Protecting Marie, 296 Provensen, Alice, 209, 380, 406, 474, 515, 520 Provensen, Martin, 209, 406, 520 Provensen, W., 515 Puckett, Katharyn E., 541 Puffins Are Back!, The, 501 Pulga, 513 Pullman, Philip, 340, 371, 522 Push-Pull, Empty-Full, A Book of Opposites, 211 Puss in Boots, 165, 173, 221,

510, 517, 520

523 R-T, Margaret, and the Rats of NIMH, 373 Rabbit Hill, 339, 365, 528 Rabbit Island, 513 Rabbit Makes a Monkey of Lion: A Swahili Tale, 93, 116 Rabbit’s Escape, The, 122, 510 Rabble Starkey, 296, 515

Rabe, Berneice, 274 Rachel, 130 Rachel Chance, 56, 332

Rackham, Arthur, 176 Radcliffe, Theresa, 504 Radwin, E., 86, 132 Ragged Dick, 268 Raging Robots and Unruly Uncles, 373 Railroad to Freedom, The, 527 Rain Drop Splash, 517 Rain Makes Applesauce, 518 Rain of Fire, 300 Rain Player, 223 Rainbow Jordan, 524 Rainbow People, The, 509 Ralph S. Mouse, 364 Ramona and Her Father, 39,

54.288.531 Ramona Quimby, Age 8, 54,

288.295.531 Ramona the Brave, 280, 303 Ramona the Pest, 442 Ramsay Scallop, The, 41, 316,

328,329 Rand, Gloria, 504 Random House Book of Mother Goose, 207 Random House Book of Poetry, The, 433, Random House Book of Poetry for Children, 255, 262

Rankin, Laura, 131, 178, 209 Rankin, Louise, 529 Ransome, Arthur, 221, 519 Ransome, James E., 522, 526 Raphael, Taffy E., 451, 452, 457, 458, 478, 479 Rappaport, Doreen, 122, 508 Raptor Rescue! An Eagle Flies Free, 400, 402, 501 Rapunzel: From the Brothers Grimm, 165 Rascal, 530

Raschka, Chris, 119, 221, 430, 447 Rasco and the Rats of NIMH,

Quackenbush, Robert, 253 Quaint and Curious Quest of Johnny Longfoot, The, 529 Quarreling Book, The, 274,

292, 296 Queenie Peavy, 274, 297 Queer Person, 527 Question of Trust, A, 286, 296

Quinland, Susan E., 522

373 Rasinski, Timothy V., 540 Raskin, Ellen, 278, 301, 514, 531 Rat and the Tiger, 218 Ratha’s Creature, 521 Rathmann, Peggy, 192, 208, 221, 521 Rattle Bag, The, 260

Raven: A Trickster Tale from the Pacific Northwest, 483,

501, 521 Rawlings, Marjorie Kinnan, 529 Ray, David, 486 Ray Charles, 108, 523 Ready . . . Set. . . Read!, 212 Real McCoy: The Life of an African-American Inventor, The, 120, 406 Real Thief, The, 19, 294 Reason for the Pelican, The,

253 Reasoner, Charles, 168 Rebels against Slavery: American Slave Revolts, 526 Rebels of the Heavenly Kingdom, 285 Rechenka’s Eggs, 522 Red-Crowned Crane, The, 501 Red Leaf, Yellow Leaf, 185,

215 Red Planet, 371 Red Racer, The, 187 Red Sails to Capri, 529 Red Thread, 124 Redwall, 350 Redwall series, 350

Reed, Philip, 518 Regards to the Man in the Moon, 218

Reimer, K. M., 87, 133 Reiss, Johanna, 531 Relatives Came, The, 34, 92, 115, 127,290, 520 Reluctantly Alice, 289 Remarkable Journey of Prince Jen, 370 Remembering the Good Times,

282,303 Reneaux, J. J., 446 Rescue Josh McGuire, 522 Rescue of the Stranded Whales,

504 Rescuers, The, 365 Reserved for Marc Anthony Crowder, 521 Return of the King, The, 351,

371 Reuter, Bjarne, 514 Revolting Rhymes, 259 Rey, H. A., 77, 78, 221 Rey, Margaret, 221 Reynard the Fox, 510 Reynolds, Jan, 381, 402 Rhee, Nami, 122 Rhoads, Dorothy, 529 Rhodes, Timothy, 124 Richey, Virginia H., 541 Richgels, Donald J., 310, 334 Richter, Hans Peter, 513 Riddle and the Rune, The, 348, 370 Riddle of the Rosetta Stone: Key to Ancient Egypt, The,

386,401 Rifles for Watie, 529

NAME/TITLE INDEX

565

Riha, Bohumil, 512 Rimonah of the Flashing Sword, 500

Rinaldi, Ann, 318, 329, 330 Ring of Endless Light, A, 361, 531 Ringgold, Faith, 108, 119, 367, 521,525 Rise Up Singing, 261, 433 Risk V Roses, 300 Ritter, Lawrence S., 400 River, The, 290 River at Green Knowe, The,

369 River Ran Wild, A, 402, 477 River Rats, 353 Road from Home: The Story of an Armenian Girl, The, 395,

515,531 Road to Memphis, The, 99,

525 Robbins, Ruth, 518 Roberts, Patricia L., 539 Roberts, Willa Davis, 279 Robertson, Debra, 131, 540 Robin Hood, 510 Robinson, Aminah Brenda Lynn, 421 Robinson, Barbara, 303, 444 Robinson, Dorothy, 523 Robinson, Mabel, 528 Robinson Crusoe, 8, 267 Robots: Your High-Tech World,

383,404 Rochman, Hazel, 109, 132, 133 Rocket Ship Galileo, 354, 360, 371 Rodanas, Kristina, 42, 55, 141, 167 Rodari, Gianni, 512 Roe, Eileen, 125 Roethke, Theodore, 241, 243, 262 Rogasky, Barbara, 165 Roger and the Fox, 517 Roginski, James, 537, 540 Rohmann, Eric, 521 Rohmer, Harriet, 168, 525 Rojankovsky, Feodor, 173, 176, 518 Roland and the Minstrel Pig, 55, 507 Roll of Thunder, Hear My Cry,

Roop, Connie, 394, 407 Roop, Peter, 394, 407 Rooster Crows, The, 517 Rooster Who Went to His Uncle’s Wedding, The, 93,

124, 167 Rooster’s Off to See the World,

214 Root, Kimberly Bulcken, 230 Root, Shelton, 270, 306 Root Cellar, The, 369 Rosa Parks: My Story, 95, 117, 395,407 Rose Blanche, 109, 218, 313, 333,513 Rose for Pinkerton, A, 218 Rose in My Garden, 219 Rosen, Michael J., 128, 221, 262, 330,418,421,444, 447, 477 Rosenberg, Maxine B., 128, 131,187 Rosenblatt, Louise M., 60, 61, 72, 80, 455, 460, 462, 479, 481,511 Roser, Nancy L., 68, 79, 80, 419,420, 447, 448,453, 457, 463, 464, 468, 478, 479,484,511,537 Rosie the Riveter, 401, 533 Rosie’s Walk, 443 Ross, Gayle, 127, 166, 167 Rossetti, Christina, 234, 240 Rostkowski, Margaret L, 323, 332,521 Rosy Cole: She Walks in Beauty, 281

Rothlein, Liz, 511 Rough-Face Girl, The, 140 Round Trip, 218

Rounds, Glen, 401 Rourke, Constance, 527, 528 Rover Boys series, 269 Roxaboxen, 220 Roy, Ronald, 490, 491, 504 Ruby in the Smoke, 522 Rudman, Masha Kabakow, 110, 132, 133,537 Rudnik, Maryka, 513 Rudnik, Raphael, 513 Ruffins, Reynold, 526 Rufus M., 348, 528 Rumplestiltskin, 165, 184, 224, 520

31,33, 35, 36,45, 46, 53, 86, 99, 120, 318, 324, 327, 328, 332, 447, 474, 523, 531 Roller Skates, 528 Rollin, Lucy, 537 Rollins, Charlamae, 86 Rollock, Barbara, 86, 133

Runaway Papoose, 527 Runaway Ralph, 364 Runner, The, 291, 302 Runner of the Mountain Tops,

Romeo and Juliet, Together (and Alive) at Last, 286 Rondo in C, 215 Ronia, the Robber’s Daughter,

Russian Fairy Tales, 445 Russian Folk Tales, 165

Running the Road to ABC,

125, 526

Russo, Marisabina, 505, 521 Ryan, Cheli Duran, 519 Ryan White: My Own Story,

513 Room Made of Windows, A,

514

566

528

NAME/TITLE INDEX

395, 407 Rychlicki, Zbigniew, 512

Ryder, Joanne, 501 Rylant, Cynthia, 34, 41, 56, 64, 78,91,92, 115, 127, 180, 212, 221, 262, 282, 290, 295, 300,303,332,341, 365,402,416,418,444, 474, 515, 520, 531, 532

Saxton, Juliana, 448 Say, Allen, 54, 97-98, 102, 122, 133, 184, 221,282, 444, 477, 508,515,516, 520, 521 Say It!, 291 Sayers, F. C., 379, 409 Scary Stories series, 184

Sachar, Louis, 273, 298, 404 Sachs, Marilyn, 272, Sacks, Margaret, 333, 418, 444

Scary Stories to Tell in the Dark, 185, 231,426, 446

Sadako and the Thousand Paper Cranes, 121, 332, 473

Sadler, Catherine, 508 Safari beneath the Sea: The Wonder World of the North Pacific Coast, 382, 403, 533 Sahara, 381, 402 Saint George and the Dragon,

165, 188,217, 520 Sakade, Florence, 168 Salamandastron, 350, 370 Salamander Room, The, 447, 477 ' Salas, Loretta, 131 Sale, Roger, 56 Sally Ann Thunder Ann Whirlwind Crockett, 507,

508 Salvadori, Mario, 515 Sam, Bangs & Moonshine, 55,

476, 220, 519 Sam, Joe, 525 Sam and the Lucky Money, 121 Sam and the Tigers, 91, 118 Sami and the Time of the Troubles, 314, 332, 473 Sammy the Seal, 212 Sam’s Sandwich, 176, 208 Samurai’s Daughter: A Japanese Legend, The, 21, 168, 503

San Jose, Christine, 165 San Souci, Robert D., 21, 128, 168,186, 221,400, 444, 476,487,500,502,503, • 508, 509, 520, 521, 525, 526 Sanborn, LaVonne, 417, 448 Sanchez, Trinidad, Jr., 237, 262 Sanchez-Silva, Jose Maria, 512 Sandburg, Carl, 240, 262 Sanderson, Ruth, 271, 500 Sandoz, Mari, 529 Sanfield, Steven, 508 Sarah, Plain and Tall, 54, 310, 311,314, 323, 328,443, 454, 475, 477, 531 Sarah Bishop, 506 Sargeant, Pamela, 358, 362, 373 Satchmo’s Blues, 120 Sattler, Helen Roney, 501 Saturday Sancocho, 125 Saturnalia, 322, 331 Sauer, Julia, 528, 529 Saul, Wendy, 460, 466, 467, 479 Sawyer, Ruth, 448, 517, 528, 533

Schaefer, Jack, 530 Schafer, Carole Lexa, 222 Schami, Rafik, 275, 300 Scheer, Julian, 518 Schindler, S. D., 522 Schlein, Miriam, 518 Schmidt, Annie M. G., 512 Schmidt, Gary D., 538 Schmidt, Sarah, 527 Schoenherr, John, 520 Scholes, Robert, 56 Schon, Isabel, 87, 132, 133 School for Pompey Walker, A,

330,418,444 Schotter, Richard, 430, 447 Schotter, Roni, 430, 447 Schreiber, George, 517 Schroeder, Alan, 120, 222, 500, 526 Schwartz, Alvin, 184, 185, 231, 262, 426, 446 Schwartz, Amy, 172, 222, 298 Schwartz, David M., 85, 133, 384, 404 Schwartz, Joseph H., 224 Science to the Rescue, 402 Scieszka, Jon, 75, 76, 78, 161, 200-201, 202, 340, 343, 369, 416, 444, 447, 453, 478, 521 Scooter, 274, 291, 298, 515 Scorpions, 97, 532 Scott, Ann Herbert, 91, 127 Scott, Judith A., 419, 448 Scott, Sally, 507 Scott, Sir Walter, 310 Scottish Tradition: A Collection of Scottish Folk Literature, The, 154, 164 Screen of Frogs, 121 Sculptor’s Eye: Looking at Con¬ temporary American Art,

382, 404 Sea of Gold and Other Tales, The, 503 Sea Tale, 502 Sea Turtles, 488, 504 Seabird, 529

Seabrooke, Barbara, 272, 297 Seal Child, 502 Seal Mother, The, 473, 500,

502 Seal Prince, The, 500, 502

Seale, Doris, 132 Search for Delicious, The, 347,

366 Searching for Dragons, 352,

367 Seashore Story, 519

Seasons and Someone, The, 447

Sebestyen, Ouida, 478, 521 Secret Birthday Message, The,

214 Secret City, 273 Secret Garden, 268 Secret Life of Cosmetics, The,

384, 404 Secret of Gumbo Grove, The,

278, 301 Secret of the Andes, 294, 298, 529 Secret River, The, 529 See You Tomorrow, Charles,

130 Seeger, Elizabeth, 527 Seeger, Ruth, 262 Seeing Earth from Space, 387,

402, 533 Selden, George, 341, 365, 444, 530 Selkie Girl, 500, 502 Selsam, Millicent, 380, 409 Seminoles, The 127 Send No Blessings, 289

Sendak, Maurice, 14, 21, 46, 56, 78, 108, 172, 175, 178, 189, 190, 199, 208,209, 222, 224, 353, 420, 444, 512, 515, 518, 519, 520, 533 Sehor Cat’s Romance and Other Favorite Stories from Latin America, 125 Sequoyah’s Gift: A Portrait of the Cherokee Leader, 393,

405 Seredy, Kate, 517, 528 Service, Pamela, 357, 373 Service, Robert, 231 Seth, Vikram, 489, 503 Seuss, Dr. (Theodor Seuss Geisel), 76, 180,212, 222, 517, 533 Seven Blind Mice, 203, 223, 515,521 Seven Candles for Kwanzaa,

119 Seven Chinese Brothers, 91,

122, 508 Seven Seven Seven Seven

Simeons, 516 Skinny Goats, The, 446 Songs of Merlin, The, 348 Strange & Ghostly Tales,

368 Seven Treasure Hunts, The,

418,442 Seventeen against the Dealer,

291 17 Black Artists, 523 17 Kings and the 42 Elephants,

219 Seventeenth Summer, 269, 299

Sewall, Marcia, 311, 515 Sewell, Anna, 268 Sewell, Helen, 518 Sex Education: A Novel, 275, 299

Seymour, Tres, 478

Shabanu: Daughter of the Wind, 532 Shadow, 194, 213, 520 Shadow Ball: The History of the Negro Leagues, 400 Shadow Boxer, 279, 301 Shadow in the North, 522 Shadow of a Bull, 530 Shadow of the Red Moon, 97 Shadow of the Wall, 506 Shadows of Night: The Hidden World of the Little Brown Bat, 402 Shadrach, 529

Shaffer, Terea, 526 Shake It to the One That You Love Best: Play Songs and Lullabies from Black Musical Traditions, 119 Shaker Lane, 474

Shannon, David, 140 Shannon, George, 209, 446 Shannon, Monica, 527 Shanty Boat, 42 Shape Space, 210 Shapes, Shapes, Shapes, 211 Shapiro, Lesley, 346, 374 Sharkey, Paulette B., 540 Sharks, 380, 389, 403, 505 Sharp, Margery, 365 Shaw, Charles G., 179, 213 She Come Bringing Me That Little Baby Girl, 117, 201,

216 Shea, Pegi Deitz, 123, 328, 333 Sheila Rae, the Brave, 198, 217, 341, 364 Shelf, Angela, 526 Shell Woman and the King: A Chinese Folktale, The, 509

Shelley, Mary Wollstonecraft, 354 Shelter from the Wind, 286 Shelton, Rick, 444 Shen of the Sea, 527 Shepard, E. H., 339 Sherman, Gale W., 540 Sherman, Josepha, 166 Shetterly, Susan Hand, 510 Shetterly, Wil, 371 Shhhl, 416, 443 Shiloh, 5, 31, 32-33, 35, 36, 37, 45, 46, 47, 53, 272, 275, 284, 285, 289, 294, 297, 444, 450, 451, 453, 463, 464, 472, 475, 532 Shiloh Season, 453, 475, Shimmershine Queens, The, 55, 78, 421,445

Shippen, Katherine, 528, 529 Shoes from Grandpa, 106 Shoot for the Hoop, 279, 301 Short, Kathy G., 451, 455, 459, 478, 479,483,511,541 Show-and-Tell War, The, 298 Shrek!, 64, 78

Shulevitz, Uri, 180, 213, 224, 478,519, 520

Shuttered Windows, 269 Shy Charles, 515 Side by Side: Poems to Read Together, 260 Sidewalk Story, 276, 300 Sideways Arithmetic from Wayside School, 404

Sidjakov, Nicholas, 518 Sieboid, J. Otto, 186 Siegal, Aranka, 515, 531 Sierra, Judith, 446 Sign of the Beaver, The, 321, 331,476 Sign of the Chrysanthemum, The, 329 Signs of Spring, 303

Siks, Geraldine, 431, 448 Sills, Leslie, 407 Silver Branch, The, 320, 329 Silver Chair, The, 350, 370 Silver on the Tree, 349, 370 Silver Pencil, The, 528 Silverstein, Shel, 227, 231, 243, 247, 250, 262 Silvey, Anita, 538 Simon, Carly, 204 Simon, Seymour, 52, 382, 389, 403, 409, 505 Simont, Marc, 517, 518 Sims, Rudine, 73, 80, 87, 132, 133 Sims Bishop, Rudine, 84, 85, 87, 89, 131, 132, 133, 539 Sinclair, Patti K,, 538 Sing a Song of Popcorn: Every Child’s Book of Poems, 249,

259 Sing a Song of Sixpence, 172 Sing Down the Moon, 321,

331,530 Sing in Praise: A Collection of Best Loved Hymns, 517 Sing Mother Goose, 517 Sing to the Stars, 130, 497, 505 Sing to the Sun, 116, 259

Singer, Isaac Bashevis, 530 Singer, Marilyn, 400 Singing America: Poems That Define a Nation, 261 Singing Man, The, 526 Singing Tree, The, 528

Singmaster, Elsie, 527 Sioux, The, 127 Sioux Spacemen, The, 361, 372 Sir Gawain and the Green Knight, 509 Sir Gawain and the Loathly Lady, 509

Sis, Peter, 405, 521 Sisters/Hermanas, 54, 267

Sisulu, Elinor Batezat, 120 Sitti’s Secrets, 127, 474 Six Crows, 199, 219 Sixth Grade Can Really Kill You, 273 Sixth Grade Sugar Babies, 302 Skates of Uncle Richard, 524 Skipper John’s Cook, 517

Skipping Around the World, 229 Skirt, The, 505

Skurzynski, Gloria, 383, 404 Skylark, 323, 331, 454, 477 Slake’s Limbo, 506 Slam!, 97, 526

Slapin, Beverly, 132 Slave Dancer, The, 531

Sleator, William, 356, 357, 362, 373, 519 Sleeping Beauty, The, 144 Sleeping Beauty in the Woods,

8 Sleeping Ugly, 162

Slepian, Jan, 274, 299, 300 Sloan, Cynthia L., 417, 448, 455,479 Slobodinka, Esphyr, 429, 447 Slobodkin, Louis, 355, 516 Slot Machine, 279, 302 Slote, Alfred, 113, 131, 302 Slyder, Ingrid, 522 Small Green Snake, 447, 454, 477 Small Poems Again, 254 Small Rain: Verses from the Bible, 516

Smalls-Hector, Irene, 120 Smith, Alison, 521 Smith, Doris Buchanan, 281, 303 Smith, Frank, 483, 484, 493, 511 Smith, Henrietta M., 108, 132 Smith, Janice Lee, 298 Smith, Lane, 76, 200-201, 202, 521 Smith, Laura J., 538 Smith, Sherwood, 371 Smoky, the Cowhorse, 527 Smoky Night, 129, 173, 185,

214, 287, 477, 521 Smucker, Anna Egan, 522 Snakes, 380 Snedeker, Caroline, 527 Sneve, Virginia Driving Hawk, 127, 262 Snow White and the Seven Dwarfs, 500, 516 Snow White in New York, 500 Snowballs, 185, 215 Snowbound, 506 Snowman, The, 515 Snowy Day, The, 198, 218, 518

Snyder, Dianne, 123, 510, 515, 520 Snyder, Zilpha Keatley, 271, 274,295, 530, 531 So, Meilo, 123 So Far from the Bamboo Grove, 123, 507 Soap! Soap! Don’t Forget the Soap!: An Appalachian Folktale, 213

Sobol, Donald, 278, 301 Sod Houses of the Great Plains,

401

NAME/TITLE INDEX

567

Soda Jerk, 290 Soentpiet, Chris K., 522 Sojourner Truth: Ain’t I a 'Woman?, 515, 525 Sokoloff, Naomi, 539 Solitary Blue, A, 291, 297, 531 Solomon the Rusty Nail, 507 Some of the Days of Everett Anderson, 116 Some of the Kinder Planets, 516 Someone Special Just Like You, 130 Something Has Been Here, 261 Something New Begins, 253 Something on My Mind, 524 Something Special for Me, 291 Somewhere in the Darkness, 97, 277, 301, 525, 532 Son of Summer Stars, The, 370 Song and Dance Man, 184, 185, 213, 520 Song of Robin Hood, 517 Song of the Pines, 529 Song of the Swallows, 501, 517 Song of the Trees, 99, 120, 324, 332, 474, 523 Songs from Mother Goose with the Traditional Melody for Each, 207 Songs of Innocence, 173, 233 Songs of the Wild West, 258 Sons from Afar, 291 Sophie, 117 S.O.R. Losers, 34, 279, 301 Sorenson, Henry, 488 Sorenson, Virginia, 529 Sorrow’s Kitchen: The Life and Folklore of Zora Neale Hurston, 395, 407 Soto, Gary, 53, 98, 103, 125, 128, 236, 272, 295, 299, 422,423,445, 505 Soul Looks Back in Wonder: Collection of African Amer¬ ican Poets, 117, 526 Sound of the Dragon’s Feet, The, 513 Sounder, 331, 530 Sounds of Language series, 422 Soup in Love, 275 Souriau, Etienne, 37, 56 Southall, Ivan, 506 Southerland, Ellease, 524 Space Cadet, 360 Space Case, 357 Space Ship under the Apple Tree, The, 355 Space Station Seventh Grade, 291 Spanish American Folktales, 446 Speare, Elizabeth George, 321, 327, 329, 331, 476, 530, 531,533 Spellcoats, The, 370 Sperry, Armstrong, 528 Spice and the Devil’s Cake, 527 Spiders, 386, 402

568

NAME/TITLE INDEX

Spier, Peter, 211, 514, 518, 519 Spin a Soft Black Song, 117, 255, 260 Spinelli, Jerry, 33, 41, 56, 58, 62, 64, 78, 128, 266, 275, 279, 283,291,293,297, 298, 300, 302, 466, 471, 476,515, 532 Spinky Sulks, 222 Spinner, Stephanie, 10, 373 Spirin, Gennady, 13 Spite Fences, 5 22 Sport, 296 Sports Illustrated for Kids series, 393 Spring Rider, The, 514 Spyri, Johanna, 268 Squashed, 302 Squiggle, The, 221 Squire, James R., 72, 79, 460, 479 Standley, Laura, 541 Stanley, Diane, 393, 406, 407, 459.474, 533 Stanley, Jerry, 381, 401, 533 Stanovich, Keith, 284, 306 Staples, Suzanne Fisher, 532 Star Fisher, The, 124, 509 Star Hatchling, 373 Star in the Pail, The, 249 Star Lord, 361, 373 Star Maiden: An Ojibway Tale, 126 Star of Fear, Star of Hope, 514 Starring Sally J. Freedman as Herself, 287 Starry Messenger, 406, 521 Starship Troopers, 360 Starstone, The, 348, 370 Staton, Jana, 483, 511 Steadfast Tin Soldier, The, 517 Steele, Mary Q., 530 Steele, William O., 530 Steig, William, 19, 55, 64, 78, 188, 191,222, 294, 340, 341.351.365.445.474, 507, 519, 531 Steiner, Stanley, 334 Stensland, A. L., 132 Stephens, John, 539 Stepping on the Cracks, 55, 332 Steptoe, John, 98-99, 120, 127, 133, 167, 175, 181,182, 192, 200, 201, 208, 222, 500, 515, 520, 524, 525 Step-Up Biographies series, 393 Sterling: The Rescue of a Baby Harbor Seal, 505 Stevens, Janet, 441, 445, 510, 521 Stevens, Wallace, 238 Stevenson, James, 222, 272 Stevenson, Robert L., 234, 257, 263 Stevermer, Caroline, 353 Stevie, 98, 120, 200, 222 Stewart, Ruth Ann, 523 Stewig, John Warren, 224

Stine, R. L., 343 Stinker from Space, 357, 364, 373 Stinker’s Return, 357, 373 Stinky Cheese Man and Other Fairly Stupid Tales, The, 75, 76, 78,162, 201,416, 444, 453, 478, 521 Stoll, Donald R., 539 Stolz, Mary, 525, 530 Stone, Helen, 517 Stone Lion, The, 500 Stone Soup: An Old Tale, 194, 517 Stonecutter, The, 168 Stonewall, 398, 405 Stonewords, 343 Stopping for a Spell: Three Fantasies, 350, 367 Stories Julian Tells, The, 421, 442 Storm Book, The, 517 Storm in the Night, 525 Story, A Story: An African Tale, A, 167, 186, 216, 510, 519 Story of a Dolphin, 504 Story of Appleby Capple, The, 529 Story of Babar, 215 Story of Doctor Dolittle, 339 Story of Ferdinand, 218 Story of Jumping Mouse: A Native American Legend, The, 99, 127, 192, 201, 222, 520 Story of Lightning and Thunder, The, 116 Story of Little Babaji, The, 91 Story of Little Black Sambo, The, 90 Story of Mankind, The, 379, 526 Story of Robin Hood, The, 165 Story of Stevie Wonder, The, 523 • ■ Story of the Negro, 529 Story of Three Whales, The, 491,505 Story of William Tell, The, 385 Story-Teller, The, 446, 505 Story Vine, The, 115 Storyteller’s Sourcebook: A Subject, Title, and MotifIndex to Folklore Collections for Children, 141 Stotsky, Sandra, 484, 511 Stoutenburg, Adrien, 446, 508 Stranded at Plimoth Plantation 1626, 317, 329, 522 Strange Attractors, 362 Strange Tomorrow, 372 Stranger, The, 476 Stranger at Green Knowe, A, 369 Stranger Came Ashore, A, 349, 487, 502 Stratemeyer, Edward, 269, 283 Stratton, Beverly D., 540 Strawberry Girl, 528

Strega Nona, 54, 184, 215, 442, 507, 519 Strickland, Dorothy, 262 Strickland, Michael, 262 Strieber, Whitley, 372 String in the Harp, A, 521, 531 Strong, Phil, 528 Stuart-Clark, Christopher, 260 Stuart Little, 352, 365 Stubbs, G. T., 56 Stull, Edith, 281 Stupids Step Out, The, 418, 442 Sudden Star, The, 362 Sudden Wild Magic, A, 350 Suddenly, 443 Sugaring Time, 380, 387, 402, 531 Sukey and the Mermaid, 128, 186, 221,487, 502, 525 Sukiennik, Adelaide Weir, 131 Sullivan, C. W., 374 Sullivan, Charles, 404 Sullivan, George, 383, 405 Summer Ice: Life along the Antarctic Peninsula, 377, 402 Summer of Fire: Yellowstone 1988, 402 Summer of the Swans, The, 130, 274, 287, 299, 530 Summer on Wheels, 299 Summer to Die, A, 288, 295, 521 Summer Wheels, 475, 505 Sun, Chyng Feng, 129 Sun Horse, Moon Horse, 320, 329 Sun Is a Golden Earring, The, 518 Sunburned Prayer, A, 55, 474 Sunday Outing, The, 197 Sundiata: Lion King of Mali, 121 Sungura and Leopard: A Swahili Trickster Tale, 510 Sunken Treasure, The, 386, 401, 504 Superfudge, 281 Surprises, 212 Surtsey: The Newest Place on Earth, 387, 402 Sutcliff, Rosemary, 320, 326, 329, 371,514 Sutton, Roger, 10 Svend Otto S., 108, 512 Swamp Angel, 143, 164, 173, 218,521 Swan Children, The, 500 Swan Sky, 186, 222 Swanson, Diane, 382, 403, 533 Sweet Clara and the Freedom Quilt, 118, 330, 522 Sweet Valley Kids series, 417 Sweet Whispers, Brother Rush, 97,515, 524, 531 Sweetest Fig, 202, 222 Sweet grass, 331 Swift, Hildegarde, 527

Swift, Jonathan, 13 Swift Rivers, 527 Swiftly Tilting Planet, A, 361,

Tar Beach, 108, 119, 521, 522,

525

Swimmy, 198, 219, 518

Taran Wanderer, 347, 370 Taro and the Sea Turtles: A Tale of Japan, 488, 503

Swinells, Robert, 372 Switzer, Ellen, 382, 404

Tarrago, Leticia, 242 Tastad, Shirley, 333

Sword and the Circle: King Ar¬ thur and the Knights of the Roundtable, The, 371 Swords of Steel, 527 Sylvester and the Magic Pebble,

Taste of Blackberries, 303 Taste of Salt: A Story of Modern Haiti, 34, 282, 304

373

55, 191,222, 351,365, 474, 507, 519 T-Bone, the Baby Sitter, 517 Tafuri, Nancy, 175, 222, 520 Tailypo!, 445 Tainos: The People Who Welcomed Columbus, The,

401 Take a Look: An Introduction to the Experience of Art,

382, 404 Taking Sides, 98, 125, 299

Talbert, Marc, 55, 474 Talbott, Hudson, 509 Tale of Aladdin and His Wonderful Lamp: A Story of the Arabian Nights, A, 507 Tale of Peter Rabbit, The, 199,

221, 338, 340, 365 Tale of the Mandarin Ducks,

515 Tale of the Rabbit and Coyote, The, 168, 510 Talent Is Not Enough, 343 Tales from Silver Lands, 527 Tales from the Bamboo Grove,

123 Tales from the Gold Mountain: Stories of the Chinese in the New World, 509 Tales from the Story Hat, 92 Tales of a Fourth Grade Nothing, 281, 287, 302, 416,

442 Tales of Oliver Pig, 212 Tales of the Seal People: Scottish Folk Tales, 154 Tales of Uncle Remus: The Adventures of Brer Rabbit,

166, 510, 525 Talking Eggs, The, 21, 444,

476, 500, 520, 525

Tate, Elnora, 278, 301 Tatterhood and Other Tales,

162,446 Taxel, Joel, 132, 311, 334 Taxi, Taxi, 522 Taylor, Mildred D., 31, 33, 45, 46, 53, 86, 99, 120, 312, 318, 324,327, 328, 332, 333, 447, 450, 453, 454, 474, 476, 515, 523, 524, 525, 531 Taylor, Theodore, 312, 333, 476 Teacup Full of Roses, 299 Teale, William H., 408, 415, 447, 448 Teammates, 473 Tehanu: The Last Book of Earthsea, 370

Tejima, Keizaburo, 186, 222 Telgen, D., 350, 374, 396, 409 Tell Me a Story, Mama, 118, 430,443, 522 Tell Me Everything, 300 Telling of the Tales: Five Stories, A, 507

Temple, Charles, 42, 44, 56, 239, 262,511 Temple, Frances, 34, 41, 42, 48, 55, 56, 112, 129, 166, 265, 273, 282, 297, 304, 316, 329, 334, 430, 447, 476,510 Ten, Nine, Eight, 210, 520 Ten Black Dots, 178, 210 Ten Little Rabbits, 90, 522 Ten Sly Piranhas: A Counting Story in Reverse (A Tale of Wickedness—and Worse!),

210 Tenniel, John, 173 Tennyson, Alfred, 240, 263 Tenth Good Thing about Barney, The, 281 Terrible Love Life of Dudley Cornflower, The, 269, 299

There Was a Place and Other Poems, 251, 261 There’s a Boy in the Girl’s Bathroom, 273, 298 There’s a Dragon About: A Winter’s Revel, 430, 447 There’s a Girl in My Hammerlock, 279, 302 There’s a Nightmare in My Closet, 219 These Happy Golden Years,

323, 331, 528 Thesman, Jean, 56, 297, 332 They Were Strong and Good,

516 Thief, The, 532 Thief in the Village and Other Stories, A, 525 Thief of Hearts, 282, 304

Thiele, Colin, 299 Thimble Summer, 528 Thimbles, 369 Think of a Beaver, 445 Think of Shadows, 253 Third-Story Cat, 522 Thirteen, 514 Thirteen Moons on Turtle’s Back: A Native American Year of Moons, 94,126 13th Floor: A Ghost Story, The,

369 This Delicious Day , 260 This Life, 524 This Place Has No Atmosphere, 357, 373 This Same Sky: A Collection of Poems from Around the World, 129, 261 This Strange New Feeling, 524 This Year’s Garden, 64, 78, 474 Thistle and Thyme, 530

Thomas, Joyce Carol, 282, 303, 524, 525, 526 Thomas Jefferson: A Picture Book Biography, 26

Thompson, John, 454 Thompson, Ruth Plumly, 339 Thompson, Stith, 141 Thoms, W. J., 140 Thomson, Peggy, 515 Thousand Pails of Water, A,

490,491,504 Three by the Sea, 181, 212 Three Jovial Huntsmen, 519 Three-Seated Space Ship, The,

Talking Like the Rain , 260 Talking Pot, A Danish Folktale, A, 507 Talking to Dragons, 352, 367 Talking to the Sun: An Illustrated Anthology of Poems for Young People, 259 Talking with Artists, 406, 515,

Terris, Daniel, 404 Terry, Ann, 246, 263 Testa, Fulvio, 400 Testa, Maria, 275

533 Tamar, Erika, 277, 301 Tamarin, Alfred, 514

446 Thayer, Ernest Lawrence, 231, 262 Themba, 333, 418, 444

Thunder Cake, 221 Thurber, James, 516

Theodore Roosevelt, Fighting Patriot, 529

Thy Friend, Obadiah, 519 Tidy Titch, 217

Tangle-Coated Horse and Other Tales, 527 Tanya’s Reunion, 117

Thank You Jackie Robinson,

279, 301 Thanksgiving Story, The, 518 That’s Good, That’s Bad, 215,

355 Three Wishes, 50, 51, 505 Through Moon and Stars and Night Skies, 123 Through the Looking Glass and What Alice Found There,

368 Thumbs Up, Rico, 275 Thump, Thump, Rat-a-Tat-Tat,

213

Tiegreen, Alan, 146 Tietjens, Eunice, 527 Tiger Soup: An Anansi Story from Jamaica, 166, 430, 447,

510 Tiger with Wings: The Great Horned Owl, 501 Tiger’s Whisker, and Other Tales from Asia and the Pacific, 445 Tikki Tikki Tembo, 444, 514 Time Flies, 521 Time of Wonder, 174, 220,

280,302,518 Time Traders, The, 361 Time Travel series, 361 Time Warp Trio, The, 201 Time Warp Trio series, 340 Timothy Turtle, 517 Tin Heart, The, 314, 330, 420,

442,472, 505 Tiny Seed, The, 214 Tituba of Salem Village, 329

Titus, Eve, 518 To the Top of the World: Adventures with Arctic Wolves, 382, 400, 402, 533 Toad Is the Uncle of Heaven,

122, 143, 168 Toad or Frog, Swamp or Bog,

399 Toads and Diamonds, 500 Tod of the Fens, 527 Today Is Monday, 214

Todorov, Tzvetan, 41, 56 Tolkien, J. R. R., 340, 345, 350, 351, 371 Toll, Nelly S., 395, 407, 522 Tom, 296 Tom Paine, Freedom’s Apostle,

530 Tom Swift series, 269 Tom Tit Tot, 518 Tombs of Atuan, The, 370, 531

Tomes, Margaret, 251 Tomie de Paola’s Book of Poems, 259 Tomie de Paola’s Mother Goose, 207

Tomlinson, Carl M., 310, 334 Tomorrow’s Alphabet, 209 Tom’s Midnight Garden, 343, 369 Tongue-Cut Sparrow, The, 103, 122,168 Tongues of Jade, 509 Tonight, By Sea, 129, 265, 266, 282,304 Toning the Sweep, 34, 272, 296,525 Tonweya and the Eagles: And Other Lakota Tales, 127 Too Many Tamales, 98, 125,

445 Tops and Bottoms, 441, 445,

510, 521 Topsy-Turvies: Pictures to Stretch the Imagination, 211

Torre, Bette, 500, 508

NAME/TITLE INDEX

569

Torres, Leyla, 125 Torrey, Marjorie, 517 Tortillitas para mama and Other Spanish Nursery Rhymes, 176, 206 Totem Pole, 382, 402 Toughboy and Sister, 278, 301

Towle, Faith, 507 Towle, Wendy, 120, 406 Townsend, Robert, 514 Toye, William, 501 Trailblazers, Achievers, and Sports Achievers series, 393 Train, 262 Train to Somewhere, 312, 330 Transport 7-41-R, 514, 521

Travers, Pamela L., 339, 342, 366 Traw, Rick, 345, 374 Treasure, The, 520 Treasure Island, 234 Treasure Mountain: Folktales from Southern China, 508 Treasure of Greene Knowe, The, 369 Tree Is Nice, A, 518 Tree Is Older Than You: Bilinguial Poems, The, 242,

261 Tree of Cranes, 98, 123, 184,

222, 444 Tree of Freedom, 529 Tree of Life: The World of the African Baobab, 421, 442

Treffinger, Carolyn, 529 Trelease, Jim, 87, 133, 448 Tresselt, Alvin, 517, 518 Tricky Coyote: Native Ameri¬ can Trickster Tales, The,

510 Tripp, Wallace, 514 Tristan and Iseult, 514 Trnka, Jirf, 512 Trouble’s Child, 524 Truce of the Wolf and Other Tales of Old Italy, 527 Truck, 520 True Confessions of Charlotte Doyle, The, 53, 286, 314,

330, 515, 532 True Story of the 3 Little Pigs!, The, 161, 201, 447 True Tales from America’s Past,

446 Truesdell, Susan, 231 Trumpet of the Swan, The, 352,

365,502 Trumpeter of Krakow, The, 527 Truth about Santa Claus, The,

386 Tsugele’s Broom, 298 Tub Grandfather, The, 341,

366 Tub People, The, 342, 366 Tuck Everlasting, 31, 39,

42-43, 47-48, 49, 50-51, 53, 54, 342, 347, 366, 453, 472

570

NAME/TITLE INDEX

Tucker’s Countryside, 365 Tudor, Tasha, 176, 207, 517, 518 Tuesday, 179, 211, 521 Tunnel Vision, 282, 303 Tunnell, Michael O., 310, 312, 334,345, 374, 408 Turenne de Pres, Francois, 166 Turkey Girl: A Zuni Cinderella Story, A, 166

Turkle, Brinton, 519 Turnbull, Colin, 40, 56 Turner, Ann, 123, 315, 330, 331,334 Turner, Megan Whalen, 532 Turning Place, The, 372 Turtle Knows Your Name, 167 Tut, Tut, 343, 369 Twain, Mark, 15, 48, 268 Twenty Tellable Tales: Audience Participation Folktales for the Beginning Story-Teller,

446 Twenty Thousand Leagues Under the Sea, 337, 354, 371 25-cent Miracle, The, 35 Twenty-One Balloons, The,

529 26 Letters and 99 Cents, 177, 211 Twilight Struggle: The Life of John Fitzgerald Kennedy, The, 405 Two Bad Ants, 77, 78, 190,

223,445 Two Foolish Cats, The, 168 Two of Everything, 122 Two Reds, The, 517 2095, 343, 369 Two Towers, The, 351, 371

Tymn, Marshall B., 337, 344, 374, 375 Types of the Folktale, The, 141 Ty’s One-Man Band, 100, 120 Uchida, Yoshiko, 99-100, 123, 168, 312, 325, 333, 395, 407, 487, 503 Udry, Janice May, 518, 523 Ugly Duckling, The, 13 Ullman, James, 529 Umbrella, 518 Unbought and Unbossed, 523 Uncle James, 473 Uncle Jed’s Barbershop, 444, 474, 526 Uncle Nacho’s Hat/El sombrero de Tio Nacho, 168 Unconditional Surrender: U. S. Grant and the Civil War, 404 Under the Hawthorne Tree, 522 Under the Sunday Tree, 525 Unfriendly Book, The, 292

Ungerer, Tomi, 173 Uninvited Ghosts and Other Stories, 373 Unleaving, 514 Unraveling Fibers, 402

Untermeyer, Louis, 502 Up a Road Slowly, 530 Up and Down on the MerryGo-Round, 219 Upon the Head of the Goat: A Childhood in Hungary, 1939-1944, 515, 531 Upside-Downers: More Pictures to Stretch the Imagination, 193 Upstairs Room, The, 531 Urashima and the Kingdom Beneath the Sea, 488, 503 Urban Roosts: Where Birds Nest in the City, 401, 442,

501 Uses of Enchantment, The,

151,164 Usret, Malcom, 287 Vaino, 527 Valentine Poems, 261

Van Allsburg, Chris, 77, 78, 178,'190, 192, 202, 209, 211,222, 353, 367, 421, 445, 453, 468, 474, 476, 490, 504, 515, 520 van der Rol, Rund, 395, 407 van Dijk, Lutz, 514 Van Etten, Teresa Pijoan de, 446 Van Gogh Cafe, The, 444 Van Iterson, S. R. , 513 Van Leeuwen, Jean, 212 van Loon, Hendrik Willem, 379, 526 Van Stockum, Hilda, 527 Vandergrift, Kay E., 538 Vasilisia the Wise, 166 Vejigante/Masquerader, 415, 442 Velde, Vivian Vande, 353 Velveteen Rabbit, The, 366 Vennema, Peter, 393, 406, 407 Verhoeven, Rian, 395, 407 • Verne, Jules, 337, 354, 371 Very Best of Friends, The, 474 Very Busy Spider, The, 175, 176, 195,477 Very Hungry Caterpillar, The,

175.194.214 Very Important Pig, The, 364 Very Lonely Firefly, The, 176,

214 Very Quiet Cricket, The, 175,

195.214 Very Special House, A, 517 Very Young Dancer, A, 380

Vickers, Shirley, 537 View from Saturday, 288, 532 View from the Cherry Tree, 279 Village by the Sea, 515 Village of Round and Square Houses, The, 520

Viorst, Judith, 77, 78, 262, 272, 281,445 Visions: Stories about Women Artists, 407

Visit to Amy-Claire, A, 122 Visit to William Blake’s Inn: Poems for Innocent and Experienced Travelers, 515,

520,531 Voeller, Edward, 501 Voice of the Children, The, 523 Voigt, Cynthia, 39, 41, 55, 291, 297, 302, 344, 369, 447, 453, 474, 476, 506, 531 Volcano: The Eruption and Healing of Mount St. Helens,

378,380,387, 400, 402, 532 Von Franz, Marie Louise, 169 von Savigny, Karl, 138 Vos, Ida, 333 Voyage of the Dawn Treader, The, 350, 370 Voyage of the Frog, The, 55 Voyagers, 527 Voyages of Doctor Dolittle, The, 527 Voyaging to Cathay: Americans in the China Trade, 514 Vulpes, the Red Fox, 302

Vuong, Lynette Dyer, 123 Vygotsky, Lev, 17, 29 Waber, Bernard, 223, 271, 295 Waddell, Martin, 223 Wagon, The, 218 Wahl, Jan, 445, 525 Wait Till Helen Comes, 343, 368 Waldman, Neil, 38, 279 Walk Two Moons, 41, 265, 296, 477, 532 Walker, Barbara M., 383, 405 Wall, The, 473 Wallace, Bill, 280, 302 Wallace, Karen, 445 Wally’s Stories: Conversations in the Kindergarten, 65

Walmsley, Sean, 511 Walsh, Daniel, 24, 29 Walsh, Ellen Stoll, 177, 210, 211 Walsh, Jill Paton, 369, 372, 503,514 Walter, Mildred Pitts, 100, 120, 524, 525 Walter, Virginia A., 541 Wang, Rosalind, 508 Wanted: UFO, 373 War Comes to Willy Freeman,

322, 330 Ward, Geoffrey C., 400 Ward, Lynd, 223,517 Warlock at the Wheel, 367 Warner, Bertrude, 269 Warren, Andrea, 402, 516 Warrior Scarlet, 320, 329 Warriors ofTaan, The, 361, 373 Wartski, Maureen Crane, 282 Wasp Is Not a Bee, A, 400 Watanabe, Sheigo, 208 Waterless Mountain, 527 Waterston, Elizabeth, 538

Watkins, Yoko Kawashima, 123, 506 Watson, Clyde, 262 'Watsons Go to Birmingham— 1963, The, 117,270,275,

300, 309, 314, 332, 523, 532 Watts, Isaac, 12 Wave, The, 490, 503, 518 Wave in Her Pocket: Stories from Trinidad, 127 Waverly, 310 Way Things Work, The, 383,

404,515 Way to Start a Day, The, 519 We Are All in the Dumps with Jack and Guy, 200 Weathermonger,The, 359 Weaver’s Gift, The, 387, 515 Weaving of the Dream: A Chinese Folktale, A, 508 Wednesday Surprise, The, 76,

78, 112, 129, 214, 300, 473 Wee Gillis, 516 Weekend with Wendell, A, 198, 217 Weik, Mary H., 530 Weil, Ann, 529 Weird Parents, 445 Weisgard, Leonard, 517 Weisman, Joan, 505 Weiss, Mitch, 447 Well: David’s Story, The, 99, 324, 332, 450, 454 Weller, Frances Ward, 474, 492, 504 Wells, Deborah, 70, 71, 79, 451, 452, 453, 479 Wells, H. G., 354 Wells, Jan, 540 Wells, Randall S., 533 Wells, Rosemary, 21, 164, 175, 176, 190,208, 223, 339, 351,365, 515 Welsh Legends and Folktales,

165 Wenzel, Evelyn L., 379, 409 We’re Going on a Bear Hunt,

221,418, 447 Westing Game, The, 278, 301,

514,531 Weston, Christine, 528 Weston, Lynda, 69, 80 Westray, Kathleen, 415, 445 Wetterer, Margaret, 500, 503 Whalen, Philip, 244 Whales, the Gentle Giants, 505 What a Morning! The Christmas Story in Black Spirituals, 94, 230, 261, 525 What Do You Say, Dear?, 518 What Hearts, 296, 532 What Jamie Saw, 270, 296, 532 What You Know First, 49 What’s in Fox’s Sack?, 165 What’s the Difference, 400 Wheel on the Chimney, 518 Wheel on the School, The, 279,

302, 529

Wheeler, Opal, 517 Wheels on the Bus, The, 175,

208 Whelan, Gloria, 331 When Bluebell Sang, 215 When Clay Sings, 519 When Hitler Stole Pink Rabbit,

333 When I Am Old With You,

118, 525 When I Was Young in the Mountains, 221, 290, 332,

416,444, 520 When Plague Strikes: The Black Death Smallpox, AIDS, 402 When She Hollers, 291, 297 When the Nightingale Sings,

282,303 When the Road Ends, 297 When the Tripods Came, 359,

371 When the Water Closes over My Head, 276 When We Were Young, 256 When Will the World Be Mine?,

518 When Willard Met Babe Ruth,

318, 331 Where, Oh Where, Is Kipper’s Bear?, 175, 208 Where Do You Think You’re Going, Christopher Colum¬ bus?, 398, 405 Where Once There Was a Wood, 216 Where the Broken Heart Still Beats, 331 Where the Buffaloes Begin, 520 Where the Flame Trees Bloom,

406 Where the Forest Meets the Sea,

213 Where the Lilies Bloom, 295 Where the Sidewalk Ends, 231,

255,262 Where the Wild Things Are, 21,

46, 72, 78, 189, 190, 192, 193, 199, 222, 420, 444,518 Where’s Chimp, 275 Where’s My Daddy?, 208 Where’s Spot?, 175, 208 Which Way Freedom?, 524 Whipping Boy, The, 442, 531 Whispering Cloth: A Refugee’s Story, A, 123, 282,313, 328, 333 Whistler’s Van, 528 White, E. B., 227, 263, 339, 341,352, 363, 365, 420, 421, 445, 476, 502, 529, 533 White, Mary Michaels, 259 White, Ruth, 532 White, Ryan, 395, 407 White, Sandra, 505 White, T. H., 161, 169 White Dynamite and Curly Kidd, 447 White Mountains, The, 359, 371

White White White White

on Black, 175 Snow, Bright Snow, 517 Stag, The, 528 Wave, A Chinese Tale,

203, 223 Whitin, David J., 408, 539, 540 Whitin, Phyllis, 540 Whitney, Elinor, 527 Whittell, Giles, 491, 505 Who Came Down That Road?,

477 Who Is the Beast?, 213 Who Shrank My Grandmother’s House? Poems of Discovery, 254 Who Was That Masked Man Anyway?, 286 Who’s in Rabbit’s House? A Masai Tale, 93, 116, 213 Whooping Crane: A Comeback Story, The, 501 Why Am I So Brown}, 262 Why Don’t You Get a Horse, Sam Adams?, 393, 405 Why Mosquitoes Buzz in People’s Ears, 92, 116, 167,

195, 426, 442, 519 Why the Chicken Crossed the Road, 219 Why the Crab Has No Head,

167 Why the Sky Is Far Away: A Nigerian Folktale, 167 Why the Sun and the Moon Live in the Sky, 519 Widow’s Broom, The, 421,

445, 476 Wiencek, Joyce, 451, 455, 478, 479 Wier, Ester, 297, 530 Wiese, Kurt, 517 Wiesner, David, 179, 211, 223, 520,521 Wild, Wild Cookbook: A Guide for Young Wild-Food Fora¬ gers, The, 383 Wild and Wooly Mammoths,

442 Wild Birthday Cake, The, 517 Wild Cat, 302 Wild Children, The, 22, 313,

328,333,445,474, 506 Wild Jack, 371 Wild Magic, 370 Wildcat under Glass, 513 Wilde, Sandra, 408, 539, 540 Wilder, Laura Ingalls, 270, 311, 314,315,323, 331, 528, 533 Wilderness Cat, 331 Wildlife Rescue: The Work of Dr. Kathleen Ramsey, 400,

402,533 Wildsmith, Brian, 176 Wiley and the Hairy Man, 166 Wilford Gordon McDonald Partridge, 216, 475

Wilkin, Binnie Tate, 541 Wilkinson, Ian A. G., 419, 448

Will, 517 Will You Sign Here, John Han¬ co*ck?, 398, 405

Willard, Nancy, 195, 445, 454, 455, 476, 478, 515, 520, 531 Willhoite, Michael, 111, 130, 272 Williams, Garth, 352 Williams, Gwyn, 240 Williams, Helen E., 538 Williams, Jay, 355 Williams, Margery, 366 Williams, Sherley Anne, 53, 56, 72, 73, 79, 120, 188, 223, 445,521, 525 Williams, Vera B., 56, 223, 271,274, 291,295, 297, 298, 515, 520 Williams, William Carlos, 48 William’s Doll, 130, 224, 292, 296 Williams-Garcia, Rita, 270, 297, 523 Williamson, Duncan, 154 Will’s Mammoth, 219 Willy’s Not the Hugging Kind, 55 Wilma Unlimited: How Wilma Rudolph Became the World’s Fastest Woman, 407, 443

Wilson, Barbara Ker, 509 Wilson, George, 539 Wilson, Kathleen Atkins, 525 Wilson, Patricia, 246, 263 Wilson, Paul T., 413, 448 Wimmer, Mike, 533 Wind Blew, The, 217 Wind in the Door, A, 361, 373 Wind in the Willows, The, 48, 265, 338, 341, 364 Window, 211 Windy Hill, 527 Winged Girls ofKnossos, 527 Wings along the Waterway, 501 Wings of Merlin, The, 348

Winner, Ellen, 152, 169 Winnicott, D. W., 21, 29 Winnie-the-Pooh, 339, 341, 351, 366,444 Winter Camp, 278 Winter Days in the Big Woods,

331 Winter Room, The, 290, 532 Winter When Time Was Frozen, The, 513 Winterbound, 528

Wintercorn, Carol, 287, 305 Winterdance, 290 Winthrop, Elizabeth, 78, 341, 366, 451, 576 Wise, William, 210, 502 Wise Old Woman, The, 168 Wiseman, Bernard, 212 Wiseman, David, 369 Wish Giver: Three Tales of Coventry, The, 367, 531 Wishbones: A Folktale from China, 509

NAME/TITLE INDEX

571

Wisniewski, David, 121, 186, 223,521

Woodward, Hildegard, 517 Words by Heart, 521

Witch of Blackbird Pond, The,

Words of Martin Luther King, ]r., The, 524 Words of Stone, 301 Words Under the Words, 261 Words with Wrinkled Knees,

321,326, 329,476,530 Witch Week, 350, 367 Witches, The, 349 Witches’ Children: A Story of Salem, 329 Witches of Worm, The, 531 Wizard of Earthsea, A, 370,

514 Wojciechowska, Maia, 530 Wolf, Alan, 263, 434, 448 Wolf of Shadows, 372 Wolff, Virginia Euwer, 298 Wolf’s Chicken Stew, The, 218, 416,443 Wolf’s Favor, 400 Wolkstein, Diane, 221 Wolves, 382, 403 Woman Who Outshone the Sun/La Mujer que brillaba aun mas que el sol, 125, 168 Wonder Smith and His Son, The, 527 Wonder Tales from Around the World, 446 Wonderful Adventures of Nils,

339 Wonderful Alexander and the Catwings, 366 Wonderful Wizard of Oz, The,

339, 368 Wonderful Year, 529

Wood, A. J., 445 Wood, Audrey, 173, 180, 187, 208, 213, 223,416,445, 454, 476, 478, 520 Wood, Don, 173, 180, 187, 416,445, 520 Wood, Douglas, 522 Woodman, Deborah A., 451, 452, 457, 458, 478, 479 Woodruff, Marjorie, 415, 448 Woodson, Jacqueline, 54, 82, 111, 121, 128, 130, 267, 272, 297, 299, 300, 523, 526 Woodsong, 290, 302

572

NAME/TITLE INDEX

259 Working Cotton, 54, 72, 73,

78, 120, 188, 229, 445, 521, 525 Worst Best School Year Ever, The, 303

Worth, Valerie, 232, 253-254, 262, 526 Wreck of the Zephyr, The, 476, 490, 504 Wrede, Patricia, 352, 353, 367 Wren to the Rescue, 371 Wren’s Quest, 371 Wren’s War, 371 Wretched Stone, The, 474 Wright, Betty Ren, 369 Wright, Blanche Fisher, 176 Wright Brothers, How They Invented the Airplane, The,

397, 406, 532 Wrightson, Patricia, 109, 512, 515 Wrinkle in Time, A, 355, 361, 364,373, 473, 530 Wyndham, Robert, 176, 203, 207 Wynne-Jones, Tim, 516 Xiong, Blia, 123, 169 Yacowitz, Caryn, 123, 169 Yagawa, Sumiko, 103, 123, 169,223, 502 Yang, Yo, 282 Yang the Third and Her Impossible Family, 508 Yang the Youngest and His Terrible Ear, 298, 508

Yarbrough, Camille, 55, 78, 445, 524 Yashima, Taro, 518, 519

Yates, Elizabeth, 528, 529 Year Mom Won the Pennant, The, 279, 301 Year of Impossible Goodbyes,

121,312, 332, 506 Year of the Perfect Christmas Tree, The, 217

Yee, Paul, 509

Young Guinevere, 509 Young Landlords, The, 97, 524 Young Marc of Fort Vancouver,

528 Young Merlin, 509 Young Walter Scott, 528 Your Mother Was a Neanderthal, 343, 369

Yeh-Shen: A Cinderella Story from China, 140, 203, 219,

Yumoto, Kazuni, 514

508 Yellow Robe, Rosebud, 127 Yep, Laurence, 75, 89,100-101, 102, 123, 169, 282, 304, 319, 327, 331, 332, 333, 353, 368,369,395,407, 509,514, 521,531,532 Yo! Yes?, 221, 430, 447, 521 Yokota, Junko, 131, 132 Yolen, Jane, 21, 127, 161, 162, 203, 223, 262, 311, 329, 340, 343, 352, 353, 364, 369,371, 374, 445,475, 476, 481, 485, 486, 500, 502, 503, 509,519, 520 Yolonda’s Genius, 27'0, 271, 111, 300, 532 Yonie Wondernose, 517 Yopp, Hallie Kay, 539 Yopp, Ruth Helen, 539 Yorinks, Arthur, 223, 357, 373, 476,520

Z for Zachariah, 372 Z Was Zapped, The, 178, 209 Zaerr, Linda Marie, 334 Zahorski, Kenneth J., 337, 344, 374, 375 Zaidman, Laura M., 538 ^arnowski, Myra, 379, 396, 408, 409 Zaslavsky, Claudia, 524 Zeely, 118 Zei, Alki, 513 Zeke Pippin, 507 Zelinsky, Paul O., 108, 140, 165, 173, 175, 184, 224, 520,521 Zelvin, Diana, 318 Zemach, Harve, 519 Zemach, Margaret, 519 Zemach, Margot, 519 Ziefert, Harriet, 191, 224, 492, 504 Zim, Herbert, 380 Zin! Zin! Zin! A Violin, 220, 521 Zindel, Paul, 270 Zinnia and Dot, 215 Zion, Gene, 110, 133, 517

You Be Good and I’ll Be Night: Jump-on-the-Bed Poems, 252 You Can Write Chinese, 517 You Read to Me, I’ll Read to You, 253, 259 You Want Women to Vote, Lizzie Stanton?, 391, 405 You’ll Soon Grow into Them, Titch, 111

Young, Ed, 107, 124, 140, 167, 176,202, 203, 223,445, 515,519,520,521 ' Young, Ella, 527 Young, Ruth, 121 Young Fu of the Upper Yangtze, 521

Zlateh the Goat and Other Stories, 530

Zolotow, Charlotte, 130, 224, 274, 282,292,296,298, 299,303, 477,517,518 Zomo the Rabbit: A Trickster Tale from West Africa, 510 Zooful of Animals, 259

Zwerger, Lisbeth, 109, 512

subject ii/vdex Accommodation, 15 Accuracy in biography, 398-399 in informational books, 379, 390 Action, rising, 38 Activists, biographies of, 394 Activity, craft, and how-to books, 383, 404-405 Adolescents problems of, 23 in realistic fiction, 269, 270-271 Adult literature, 113 Aesthetic judgments, 59 Aesthetic reading, 61 African Americans folklore of, 157-159 literature portraying, 86, 87, 91, 93, 94, 95-97, 98-99, 100, 116-121, 166 as readers, 86, 90 stereotyped images of, 90 African culture folklore of, 160, 167 literature portraying, 92-93, 94, 116-121 Alliteration, 240 Alphabet books, 177-178, 208-209 American folk heroes and heroines, litera¬ ture unit on, 507-508 American Revolution, historical fiction about, 321-322, 329-330 Animals, personified, in fantasy, 340-341, 364-365 Animism, 160 Antagonist, 37 Appalachian Americans folklore of, 159 literature portraying, 91-92 Apprenticeship tales, 144 Archetype, 148 Art, computer-generated, 187 Art projects, as response to literature, 69 Artistic license, 89 Artists, biographies of, 394-395, 406-407. See also Illustrators Arts, informational books on, 382-383, 404 Asian Americans, 86, 87, 91, 121-124. See also Chinese Americans; Japanese Americans Asian folklore, 160-161, 168-169 Assimilation, 15 Assonance, 49, 240 Attitudes, social, reading for, 59, 60 Authenticity in biography, 398-399 cultural, 87, 88, 89 and cultural details, accuracy of, 102-103 in historical fiction, 325-327 in informational books, 379, 390 Authors. See also Poets biographies of, 394-395, 406-407

craft of, 31, 453-545, 460-461, 490, 492 of multicultural literature, 92-102 perspective of (insider versus outsider), 88-90 social responsibility of, 83 visits to schools by, 440 Autobiographies, 395 Autonomy versus shame (Erikson’s second stage of personality development), 21 Awards, 512-533. See also names of spe¬ cific awards

for biographies, 399 for fantasy, 363 for informational books, 399 for international literature, 107-109 for multicultural literature, 107-109 for picture books, 205 for science fiction, 363 Background, in illustrations, 190-191 Ballads, 145 Bards, 153 Beginning readers, books for, 418. See also Easy readers; Picture storybooks; Predictable books Being in and moving through, 63-64 Being in and stepping out, 64 Being out and stepping in , 62-63 Bettelheim’s theory, on traditional litera¬ ture, 151 Big books, 180 Biographies of activists, 394 of artists and authors, 394-395, 406-407 awards for, 399 benefits of, 391-392 characterization in, 398 collective, 393-394 criteria for selecting, 398-399 definition of, 391-392 evolution of, 392-393 of explorers, 394, 406 fictionalization of, 392 versus historical fiction, 315, 391 major authors of, 396-398 partial, 393 theory of, 395-396 of U.S. historical figures, 405-M06 of U.S. political leaders, 405 of world leaders, 406 Birds, literature unit on, 482-483, 501-502 Blacks. See African Americans Board books, 175 Book clubs. See also Literature units definition of, 450, 451 factors affecting, 453 and group size, 455-457 journal use in, 462-464 and language charts, 468

response strategies for, 462-472 role of teacher in, 458-461 roles of children in, 459-A60 selecting books for use in, 453-455 sessions, length and frequency of, 457-458 and story webs, 469-471 teacher’s use of questions in, 460, 464-467 Book Links, 499 Book selection aids, 537-543 Bookbird, 26 Booklist, 26, 271, 499 Borders, 188-189 Boston Globe-Horn Book Award, 96, 514-516 British Isles, traditional literature of, 153-154, 164-165 Bulletin of the Center for Children’s Books, The, 10

Caldecott Medal, 96, 107, 109, 152, 197, 205, 516-521 Campbell’s hero cycle, 148-150 Censorship, 14-15 and fantasy literature, 346 and realistic fiction, 269, 270, 294 Chants, 146 Chapbooks, 12 Characterization, 35-37, 54. See also Characters in biography, 398 through illustrations, 189-190 Characters. See also Characterization in folktales, 37 in historical fiction, 318-319, 326-327 identifying with, 45 outlandish, in fantasy, 342, 366 questions about, 43-44 types of, 37 Childhood, historical views of, 11-15 Children egocentrism of, 16, 19, 20 intellectual development of, 15-18 magazines for, 544-545 moral development of, 18-20 personality development of, 20-23 reading interests of, at different grade levels, 417 responses to literature of, 67. See also Reader response roles of, in book clubs, 459-460 sentimentalism toward, 268 as storytellers, 427, 428 and writing of poetry, 436-439 Children’s literature. See also specific genres appropriate issues in, 456 benefits of, 6-7 and children’s intellectual development, 17-18 and children’s moral development, 19-20

SUBJECT INDEX

573

Children’s literature (continued) and children’s personality development, 20,21,22,23 definition of, 7-8 evaluating, 7, 10, 34 genres of, 25-26 qualities of, 8-11 resources for, 26-27 social issues in, 269, 270, 271, 272-273, 276. See also Realistic fiction web sites about, 546-547 Children’s magazines, 545-546 Chinese Americans literature portraying, 90, 100-101 literature unit on, 508-509 as readers, 75, 90 Cinquain, 438 Civil War, historical fiction about, 322, 330 Classroom library characteristics of, 414-416 multicultural books in, 419 “nonliterary” works in, 417 stocking of, 416-419, 441, 442-445 Climax, 38 Cloth books, 175 Collage, 185 Collective biographies, 393-394 Color, in illustrations, 182, 191-192 Communication, visual, 187-191 Complication, in plot, 38 Composition, in artwork, 182 Comprehension, reading, 24-25, 58-59, 66, 461 Computer-generated art, 187 Concept books, 177, 210-211 Concrete operational period, 16, 66 Conflict, 38 in historical fiction, 327 Consonance, 49, 240 Constructivist theory, 74 Content, reading for, 58-59, 61 Contour, dramatic, 293 Controlled vocabulary, 180 Conversations, grand, 71, 452 Coretta Scott King Award, 86, 107, 108, 197, 205, 523-526 Council for Interracial Books for Chddren, 86, 87 Counting books, 178-179, 20S-210 Counting-out rhymes, 229 Craft books, 383, 404-405 Creative dramatics, 430-432 Cultural authenticity, 87, 88, 89 Cultural details, accuracy of, 102-103 Cultural groups. See also names of specific groups

identification of, 91-92 informational books about, 381-382, 402 literature portraying, 127-129 multidimensional portrayal of, 102 Cultural markers, 115 Cultural perspective on reader response, 71-74 Culturally generic, neutral, and specific books, 85-86 Cultures, parallel, 84 Cumulative tales, 143-144

574

SUBJECT INDEX

Curriculum literary discussion in, 454-455 and multicultural books, 104 Cut paper, as artistic medium, 185-186 DEAR time, 439-440 Death, realistic fiction on, 281-282, 303 Denouement, 38 Developmental perspective on reader response, 65-67 Dialogue journals, 464 Diamante, 438-439 Disbelief, suspension of, 345-347 Discussion groups. See also Book clubs with older elementary students, 70-71 open-ended questions in, 464-466 peer-led versus teacher-led, 71 teacher roles in, 71 with younger elementary students, 71 Diversity, 111-112. See also Multiple per¬ spectives in literature units, 497 in realistic fiction, 269-271 . in United States, 82-84 Drama. See also Creative dramatics; Readers theater; Story theater as response to literature, 69 improvisational, 432-433 Dramatic contour, 293 Dramatizing stories, 429, 446M47. See also Creative dramatics; Readers theater; Story theater Drawing, pencil, 184-185 Dying, realistic fiction on, 281-282, 303 Dystopian societies, in science fiction, 356, 371-372 Early childhood books, 174-179 Easy readers, 180-181, 212 Efferent reading, 61 Egocentrism, of children, 16, 19, 20 English folklore, 154-155, 164-165 Environmental catastrophes, in science fic¬ tion, 356-357, 372 Envisionment building, 62 Epics, 145 Episodes, 39 Erikson’s theory of personality develop¬ ment, 20-23 Ethnic groups in United States, books about, 84. See also names of specific groups

European Americans, literature portraying, 92 Exceptionalities, literature portraying, 112-113, 130-131 Experiential perspective on reader response, 62-65 Explicit themes, 42 Explorers, biographies of, 394, 406 Expository writing, 384 Extraordinary worlds, in fantasy, 342-343, 368 Ezra Jack Keats New Writers Award, 522 Fables, 141-142, 426 Fairytales, 144. See also Folktales; Traditional literature setting in, 32

Families, realistic fiction on, 272-273, 296-297 Family history, 315-316, 327-328 Fantasy appropriateness of, for children, 346 awards for, 363 criteria for selecting, 353-354 definition of, 336-337 distinguished from science fiction, 337-338 evolution of,- 338-340 extraordinary worlds in, 342-343, 368 high, 337, 344-345, 370-371 low, 337, 340-344 magical powers in, 342, 366-368 major authors of, 347-353 outlandish characters in, 342, 366 personified animals in, 340-341, 364-365 personified toys in, 341-342, 365-366 versus realistic fiction, 294 supernatural elements in, 343-344, 368-369 theory of, 345-347 time slips in, 343-344, 369 Fictionalization of biography, 392 of informational books, 379 of memoirs, 314-315 First-person point of view, 46-47 Flashbacks, 39 Folklore, 140-141. See also Folktales; Traditional literature African, 160, 167 African American, 157-159 Appalachian, 159 Asian, 160-161, 168-169 English, 154-155 Hispanic, 159 Irish, 153-154 Latin American, 159-160, 167-168 Native American, 156-157 original sources of, 162-163 ' Russian, 156 Scandinavian, 155 Scottish, 154 similarities of, across cultures, 161 Welsh, 154 Folksongs, 145 as poetry, 230 Folktales, 138. See also Folklore; Traditional literature characters in, 37 collections of, 139-140, 141 contrasts in, 150 French, 156, 165 German, 155, 165 North American, 156-157 plot in, 38-39,41, 147-148 Russian, 156, 165-166 setting in, 32, 52 stereotyping in, 144 for storytelling, 426 types of, 142-145 Form, in poetry, 243-244 Formal operations period, 16, 17 Free response journals, 462-463 Free verse, 232-233 French folktales, 156, 165

Freud’s theory, 35, 50-51, 151 Friendship, literature unit on, 497, 505 Frontier, western, historical fiction about, 322-323, 330-331 Gender equity, literature portraying, 109-111 Gender issues double standard in early realistic fiction, 268 literature portraying, 129-130 Gender roles in books published in the past, 114 criteria for evaluating, 110 literature portraying, 109-111 Genres, 25-26. See also specific genres in book clubs, 454 in collections of books, 104 and cultural groups, 115 in literature units, 482-483, 497-498 German folktales, 155, 165 Gouache, 184 Grand conversations, 71, 452. See also Book clubs; Literary discussion Graphics, in informational books, 384 Greek myths, 152-153, 164 Grimms’ fairytales, 138-139, 155 Griots, 160 Growing up, realistic fiction on, 271-272, 295-296 Guides, web, 546 Guilt, in Erikson’s third stage of personal¬ ity development, 21 Haiku, 232 Hans Christian Andersen Award, 107, 108-109, 512-513 Hero cycle (of Campbell), 148-150 Hero tales, 144, 148-149, 163 High fantasy, 337, 344-345, 370-371 Hispanic folklore, 159 Historical fiction about the American Revolution, 321-322, 329-330 about ancient times through the medieval period, 319-320, 328-329 versus biography, 315, 391 characters in, 318-319, 326-327 about the Civil War and slavery, 322, 330 conflict in, 327 definition of, 309 about the early twentieth century, 323-324, 331-332 evolution of, 310-314 family history as, 315-316, 327-328 fictionalized memoirs as, 314-315 historical authenticity of, 325-327 historical perspective in, 311-312 versus informational books and text¬ books, 310 about the New World, 320-321, 329 picture books as, 314 plot in, 317-318 research for, 316 setting in, 317, 325 style in, 311 subject matter of, 312-313 theme in, 319

value of, 309-310 about the Western frontier, 322-323, 330-331 about World War II and after, 324-325, 332-333 History, family, 315-316, 327-328 History, informational books on, 380-381, 401-402 hom*osexuality, literature portraying, 111 Horn Book Magazine, The, 10, 26, 34, 163 Flornbooks, 12 How-to books, 383, 404-405 Humor, in realistic fiction, 280-281, 302-303 Identification, of reader with characters, 45 Identity versus role confusion (Erikson’s fifth stage of personality development), 23 Illustrations. See also Picture books in early picture books, 172-173 in multicultural literature, 101-102 Illustrators and artistic license, 89 defining, of American picture books, 173-174 media used by, 184-187 of multicultural literature, 92-101 of picture books, 193-203 visual communication and, 188-192 Imagery, 42^-3 Images, 48-49 in poetry, 241-243, 245 Implicit themes, 42 Implied reader, 44-46, 53, 293-294 Imprints, 8 Improvisational drama, 432-433 Independent reading, 496 Industry versus inferiority (Erikson’s fourth stage of personality development), 21-23 Informational books accuracy and authenticity in, 379, 390 activity, craft, and how-to books, 383, 404-405 on the arts, 382-383, 404 awards for, 399 benefits of, 377-378 classroom uses for, 377 criteria for selecting, 390-391 definition of, 377-378 evolution of, 378-380 fictionalization of, 379 graphics in, 384 and historical fiction, 310, 318 on history, 380-381, 401-402 on how things work, 383, 404 literary features of, 51-52 major authors of, 385-389 on nature, 382, 402-403 on other cultures, 381-382, 402 photo essay format in, 380 series books, 383-384 as support for literary discussion, 454-455 text structures in, 378 in thematic units, 482

theory of, 384-385, 388 as vehicles for promoting understanding of other cultures, 83 Informational storybook, 379 Initiation stories, 40-41 Initiative versus guilt (Erikson’s third stage of personality development), 21 Insider perspective, 88-90, 96, 101-102. See also Outsider perspective Insight, in poetry, 244-245, 246 Intellectual development, of children, 15-18 International literature, 84 awards for, 107-109 definition of, 104-105 evaluating quality of, 105-107 translation of, 106-107 International Reading Association Children’s Book Award, 521-522 Internet sites. See Web sites Interpersonal relations, realistic fiction on, 274, 298-299 Interpretive community, 450-451. See also Book clubs Intertextuality, 76 Irish folklore, 153-154 Japanese Americans, 97-98, 99-100 Jewish Americans, 91 John Newbery Medal. See Newbery Medal Journals classroom use of, 462-464, 484, 496 dialogue, 464 free response, 462-463 literary, 464 professional, 26, 541-543 prompted response, 463 Journey, as plot form, 41 Jump-rope rhymes, 229 Jung’s theory, 141, 150, 151 King Arthur, literature unit on, 509 Labor stories, 159 Language authentic use of, 103 sounds of, 49-50 Language Arts, 26 Language arts, in literature units, 483^184 Language charts, 468 Latin Americans folklore of, 159-160, 167-168 literature portraying, 86, 87, 90, 91, 93, 124-125 stereotyped images of, 90 Laura Ingalls Wilder Award, 533 Layout, 188-189 Learning, Vygotsky’s theory of, 17. See also Intellectual development Legends, 138, 143 classic, 152-153 for storytelling, 426 Levi-Strauss’s structured opposites, 150-151 Librarians and censorship, 14 compilation of book collections by, 103-104 professional journals for, 541-543 selection of realistic fiction by, 293

SUBJECT INDEX

575

Library. See Classroom library Life-to-text transaction, 65 Lift-the-flap books, 175 Light, as element of design, 183 Limericks, 232 Line, as element of design, 182 Literacy lifelong, 498-499 multicultural, 158 Literary craft elements of, 31, 453-454, 460-461, 490,492 examples of, 477-478 Literary discussion. See also Book clubs; Literature units related to curriculum, 454-455 role of teacher in, 458-461 Literary features, of informational books, 51-52 Literary journals, 464 Literary learning and literature units, 498-499 teacher support for, 460-461 Literary meaning making, 58-60, 65, 67. See also Reader response Literary response. See also Reader response cumulative nature of, 483, 493 dynamics of, 25 and intellectual development, 17-18 Literary voice, 50-51 Literature of fact. See Informational books Literature unit(s). See also Book clubs; Literary discussion on birds, 482-483 on Chinese Americans, 508-509 and comparative analysis, 487 comparison of fiction and nonfiction in, 491-492 comparison of traditional and modern tales in, 488-490 content of, 485-487 contrasted to thematic unit, 482 definition of, 481-482 distinguishing features of, 482-484 diversity in, 497 explorations of author’s craft in, 490, 492 focus for, 494 on friendship, 497, 505 genres in, 482-483, 497-498 independent reading in, 496 on King Arthur, 509 literacy and literary learning and, 498-499 on magical objects, 507 realistic fiction in, 490-491 response journals in, 496 role of teacher in, 488 selecting books for, 494-495 as shared-text experience, 495-496 student research in, 493-494 on survival, 505-507 synthesis in, 493, 496-497 themes in, 487-488, 492-493 on William Steig, 507 Low fantasy, 337, 340-344 Lyrics (expressive poems), 230 Magazines, for children, 544-545 Magical objects, literature unit on, 507

576

SUBJECT INDEX

Magical powers, in fantasy, 342, 366-368 Margaret A. Edwards Award, 97 Media, for illustrations, 184-187 Medieval period, historical fiction about, 319-320, 328-329 Memoirs, and historical fiction, 314-315 Mental challenges, realistic fiction on, 274- 275, 299 Mental schemes, 15 Metaphor, 49, 242, 437 Mexican Americans literature portraying, 98 as readers, 88 Mildred Batchelder Award, 107, 109, 513-514 Mistrust (in Erikson’s first stage of person¬ ality development), 21 Mixed media, 187 Moral development, of children, 18-20 Moral dilemmas, realistic fiction on, 275- 276, 300 Moral stance, of reader, 45-46 Morphology, Propp’s, 147-148 Mother Goose rhymes, 145-146, 176-177, 206-207, 228 Motif, 141 Motives, children’s assessment of, 19 Multicultural education, 82 Multicultural literacy, 158 Multicultural literature awards for, 107-109 in the classroom library, 419 criteria for evaluating and selecting, 101-104 and cultural authenticity, 87, 88, 89 definition of, 84 ensuring balance in collections of, 103-104 evolution of, 86-87 and identification of cultural groups, 91- 92 major authors and illustrators of, 92- 101, 282, 303-304 and stereotyping, 90-91 types of, 85-86 value of, 84-85 Multiple perspectives role of literature in influencing, 83-84 role of schools in presenting, 83 role of teachers in presenting, 113-114 Mysteries, 39 plot in, 41 as realistic fiction, 278-279, 301 Myths, 138, 141 classic, 152-152 for storytelling, 426 Narrative poems, 231 National Council of Teachers of English (NCTE) Award for Excellence in Poetry for Children, 249, 526 Native Americans, 87 folklore of, 156-157 literature portraying, 86, 87, 89, 90, 91, 93- 94, 95, 125-127, 166-167 stereotyped images of, 90 traditional stories of, 139 Nature informational books on, 382, 402^-03

realistic fiction on, 279-280, 302 New Advocate, The, 26, 34

New Realism, 270, 393 New World, historical fiction about, 320-321, 329 Newbery Medal, 13, 34, 96, 107, 109, 526-532 Nonsense verse, 231-232 North American folktales, 156-157, 164 Numbskull tales, 145 Nursery rhymes, 176, 206-207 contrasted to poetry, 227 as form of poetry, 228-229 Oil painting, 184 On-line resQurces, 546-547 Onomatopoeia, 241 Open-ended questions, 464-466 Opposites, structured, 150-151 Orbis Pictus Award for Outstanding Nonfiction for Children, 532-533 Outlandish characters, in fantasy, 342, 366 Outsider perspective, 87, 88-90. See also Insider perspective Page turns, 189 Painting, 184 Pantheon, 152 Paper crafts, as artistic media, 185-186 Papermaking, 185 Parallel cultures, 84 Partial biographies, 393 Patois, 157 Peer-led discussions, 71 Pencil drawing, as artistic medium, 184-185 Personal stories, 72 Personality development, of children, 20-23 Personification, 49, 242 of animals, 340-341, 364-365 of toys, 341-342, 365-366 Perspective(s) of author, 87, 88-90, 96, 101-102 in illustrations, 190 multiple, 83-84, 113-114 Photographs, as illustrations, 187, 380 Physical challenges, realistic fiction on, 274-275, 299 Piaget’s developmental theory, 15-17, 18-19 Picture books audience for, 204, 205 awards for, 205 categories of, 174-181 and changes in printing technology, 172-173 definition of, 171 design elements of, 182-184 evaluating quality in, 203-205 evolution of, 171-174 historical fiction in, 314 illustrators of, 193-203 on King Arthur, literature unit using, 509 media used in, 184-187 picture/text relationships in, 192-193 for readers theater, 430 selection criteria for, 205

theory of. See Visual communication Picture storybooks, 171,181,182, 213-224 Picture/text relationships, 192-193 Pidgin, 157 Plot, 9, 38-42, 54-55, 453, 475^177 and character development, 37 episodes in, 39 in folktales, 38-39, 41, 147-148 in historical fiction, 317-318 recurring, 40-41 structure of, 52 Pluralism, 82. See also Diversity Poetry. See also names of specific poetic forms categories of, 227-233 children’s preferences in, 246-248 children’s writing of, 436-439 choral reading of, 248, 257-258, 434-436 contemporary, 235-238 contrasted to verse and rhyme, 227, 246 criteria for choosing, 245-248 definition of, 226-227 encouraging responses to, 434 evolution of, 233-235 folksongs as, 230 form in, 243-244 images in, 241-243, 245 incorporating into school day, 433-434 insight in, 244-245, 246 literary features of, 52 sounds in, 238-241, 245 as traditional literature, 145 Poets, 249-257 Point of view, 46^17 Pop-up books, 175 Pourquoi tales, 143 Predictable books, 179-180, 212-213 Preoperational period, 16, 18, 66 Prior knowledge, 483 Professional journals, 26, 541-543 Professional organizations, addresses of, 534 Prompted response journals, 463 Propp’s morphology, 147-148 Protagonist, 37 Proverb, 141 Psychoanalytic dynamics, of traditional lit¬ erature, 151-152 Publishers, addresses of, 535-536 Randolph Caldecott Medal. See Caldecott Medal Read-alouds. See Reading aloud Reader response in book clubs, 462-472 and comprehension, 461 cultural perspective on, 71-74 developmental perspective on, 65-67 experiential perspective on, 62-65 and language charts, 468 and personal stories, 72 psychoanalytic dynamic of, 152 social perspective on, 68-71 and story webs, 469-471 textual perspective on, 74-77 theory of, 60 Reader(s) filling in the gaps by, 46

implied, 44-46, 53, 293-294 role of, in aesthetic reading, 61 stances of, while reading, 62-65 Readers theater, 429^430 Reading for aesthetic judgments, 59, 61 against the grain, 43-44 components of skills for, 24-25 for content, 58-59, 61 as a continuum, 61 efferent, 61 for social attitudes, 59, 60 by textual structures, 59 theory of, 23-25 as a transaction, 59, 60 Reading aloud, 418 benefits of, 20 and book club sessions, 457 preparing for, 421^423 research on, 419-420 scheduling, 420-421 selecting books for, 421, 442-445 techniques for, 423^424 Reading comprehension, 24-25, 58-59, 66,461 Reading Teacher, The, 416 Realistic fiction adolescents in, 269, 270-271 characters in, 37 on death and dying, 281-282, 303 definition of, 265-266 disagreements about, 270, 271 diversity in, 269-271 evaluating, 292-293 evolution of, 267-271 on families, 272-273, 296-297 versus fantasy, 294 humor in, 280-281, 302-303 on interpersonal relations, 274, 298-299 in literature unit on the sea, 490-491 major authors of, 286-292 on mental and physical challenges, 274-275, 299 on moral dilemmas, 275-276, 300 with multicultural and international themes, 282 mysteries in, 278-279, 301 on nature, 279-280, 302 on romance and sexuality, 275, 299-300 on school and society, 273-274, 297-298 on self-discovery and growing up, 271-272, 295-296 setting in, 32-33 on sports, 279, 301-302 on survival, 276-278, 300-301 theory of, 283-285 value of, 266-267 Recurring plots, 40-41 Religious stories, 141 Repetition, as factor in encouraging responses to literature, 68-69, 77 Research for historical fiction, 316 on reading aloud, 419-420 by students, 493-494 Resolution, 38 Response-based discussion, role of teacher in modeling, 458-459 Response journals, 462-463, 496

Response to literature, 25. See also Book clubs; Journals; Reader response theory and children’s intellectual development, 17-18 and children’s moral development, 19-20 Rhyme(s), 239-240, 245. See also Mother Goose rhymes; Nursery rhymes counting-out, 229 jump-rope, 229 Rhythm, in poetry, 238-239, 245 Riddles, 146-147 Rising action, 38 Role confusion (in Erikson’s fifth stage of personality development), 23 Roman myths, 152-153, 164 Romance, realistic fiction on, 275, 299-300 Runes, 161 Russian folktales, 156, 165-166 Scaffolding, 71 Scandinavian folktales, 155 Schemes, mental, 15 School, realistic fiction on, 273-274, 297-298 School Library Journal, 26, 34, 163 Science fantasy, 337-338, 357, 372-373. See also Fantasy; Science fiction Science fiction awards for, 363 criteria for selecting, 362-363 definition of, 337 distinguished from fantasy, 337-338 about environmental catastrophes, 356-357, 372 evolution of, 354-355 major authors of, 358-362 scientific principles as basis for, 355-356, 371 themes in, 355 theory of, 357-358 about utopian and dystopian societies, 356,371-372 Scientific principles, as basis for science fic¬ tion, 355-356, 371 Scottish folklore, 154 Scratchboard, 186 Sea, literature unit on, 502-505 Selection aids, 538-541 Self-discovery, realistic fiction on, 271-272, 295-296 Sensorimotor period, 16 Series books, 269, 283 biographies as, 393 in the classroom library, 417 informational books as, 383-384 Setting, 31-35, 53 in folktales, 32, 52 in historical fiction, 317, 325 as literary feature, 33-35 Sexuality, realistic fiction on, 275, 299-300 Shame versus autonomy (Erikson’s second stage of personality development), 21 Shape, as element of design, 183-184 Shared-text experience, 485 Sight vocabulary, 24 Simile, 49, 242 Skipping rhymes, 146

SUBJECT INDEX

577

Slavery, historical fiction about, 322, 330 Social issues, 114-115, 129-130, 269, 270, 271, 272-273, 276 realistic fiction on, 273-274, 297-298 Social perspective on reader response, 68-71 Sounds, in poetry, 238-239, 245 Space fantasy, 357. See also Fantasy; Science fiction Sports, realistic fiction on, 279, 301-302 Stage theories of child development, 15-18,20-23 Stances, of readers, 62-65 Steig, William, literature unit on, 507 Stepping out and objectifying the (reading) experience, 64-65 Stereotyping, 90-91 of cultural groups, 102 of gender roles, 144 of people with exceptionalities, 112 in traditional literature, 144, 162 Stories dramatizing of, 429-433 religious, 141 learning, for storytelling, 426-428 types, for storytelling, 425-426 Story line. See Plot Story theater, 429 Story webs, 469-471 Storytellers, children as, 427, 428 Storytelling, 139, 424, 445-446 benefits of, 425 folktales for, 426 learning stories for, 426-428 and story types, 425-426 Style, 47-51. See also Writing style Supernatural elements, in fantasy, 343-344, 368-369 Survival literature unit on, 505-507 realistic fiction on, 276-278, 300-301 Survival stories, 22, 23 Suspension of disbelief, 345-347 Tale type, 141 Tall tales, 143, 159, 426 Teachers and adult reading, 113-114 and author visits to schools, 440 and censorship, 14 compilation of book collections by, 103-104 demonstration of commitment to read¬ ing by, 439-440 and evaluation of international litera¬ ture, 105-106 professional journals for, 541-543

578

SUBJECT INDEX

and professional literature, 114 role of, in book club discussions, 458-461 role of, in creative dramatics, 431-432 role of, in encouraging responses to reading, 67, 68 role of, in improvisational drama, 433 role of, in literature units, 488 role of, in presenting multiple perspec¬ tives, 113-114, 419 role of, in shaping children’s reading choices, 417 selection of realistic fiction by, 293 Text structures, in informational books,

378

Text-to-life transaction, 65, 77 Textbooks, versus historical fiction, 310 Textual perspective on reader response, 74-77 Textual structures, reading by, 59 Texture, as element of design, 184 Thematic unit, contrasted to literature unit, 482 Theme(s), 42-44, 55-56, 453, 472-475 explicit, 42 in historical fiction, 319 implicit, 42 linking of books by, 498-499 in literature unit on the sea, 487-488, 492-493 multicultural and international, in realis¬ tic fiction, 282 in science fiction, 355 Third-person (omniscient) point of view, 47 Time slips, in fantasy literature, 343-344, 369 Time variations, 39 Totemic tradition, 157 Toy books, 175-176, 207-208 Toys, personified, in fantasy, 341-342 Traditional literature. See also specific types of stories from the British Isles, 153-154 categories of, 141-147 criteria for selecting, 162-163 definition of, 137 derivatives of, 161-162 evolution of, 137-141 French, 156 German, 155 psychoanalytic dynamics of, 151-152 qualities of, 138 Scandinavian, 155 theory of, 147-152 Transaction, reading as, 59, 60 life-to-text, 65 perspectives on, 61-77 text-to-life, 65, 77

Transitional objects, books as, 21 Translation, of international books, 106-107 Trickster tales, 143, 157, 163, 509-510 Trust versus mistrust (Erikson’s first stage of personality development), 21 Underground Railroad, 84, 157 United States diversity in, 82-84 historical figures, biographies of, 405-406 political leaders, biographies of, 405 Utopian societies, in science fiction, 356, 371-372 •%

Verse. See also Poetry free, 232-233 nonsense, 231-232 Vinyl books, 175 Visual communication backgrounds in, 190-191 characterization in, 189-190 color in, 191-192 elements of, 187-188 layout in, 188-189 perspective in, 190 Vocabulary controlled, 180 sight, 24 Voice, literary, 50-51 Vygotsky’s learning theory, 17 Watercolor painting, as artistic medium, 184 Web sites on children’s literature, 546-547 Webs, story, 469-471 Welsh folklore, 154 Western frontier, historical fiction about, 322-323, 330-331 Wood block printing, 172-173 Woodcut illustrations, 186 Word choice, 48 Wordless books, 171, 179, 205-206,

211-212 World leaders, biographies of, 406 World War II, historical fiction about, 324-325, 332-333 Writers. See Authors Writing. See also Journals expository, 384 as response to literature, 69 web sites on, 547 Writing style in biography, 399 in historical fiction, 311 in informational books, 391

Grtd Its Photo Credits Page 6: Brian Smith. Page 10: The Horn Book, Inc. Page 12 (top): North Wind Pictures. Page 12 (bottom): North Wind Pictures. Page 13 (top): North Wind Pictures. Page 23: Stephen Marks. Page 34: Nancy Jackson. Page 37: Jim Pickerell. Page 48: Brian Smith. Page 52: Will Hart. Page 61: Will Fallen Page 63: Stephen Marks. Page 69: Will Fallen Page 71: Will Fallen Page 75: Courtesy of Joanne Ryder. Page 96: Milan Sabatini. Page 158: Courtesy of Patricia C. McKissack. Page 196: Alan S. Orling. Page 200: David Godlis. Page 246: Marilyn Sanders. Page 284: John Paterson. Page 326: Fred Mertz. Page 353: Jason Stemple. Page 388: Catherine Norer. Page 415: Will Fallen Page 420: Will Fallen Page 422: Sigrid Estrada. Page 424: Jim Pickerell. Page 430: Stephen Marks. Page 456: Courtesy of Clarion Books. Page 462: Will Fallen Page 469: Will Hart. Page 481: Will Hart. Page 482: Will Fallen Page 484: Will Hart. Page 494: Will Fallen Page 498: Stuart*Rodgers*Reilly Photography. Text Credits Pages 5, 32, 33, 35, 36, 46: Reprinted with the permission of Atheneum Books for Young Readers, an imprint of Simon & Schuster Children’s Publishing Division, from Shiloh by Phyllis Reynolds Naylor. Copyright © 1991 Phyllis Reynolds Naylor. Page 5: From Little Fur Family by Margaret Wise Brown. Copyright 1946 by HarperCollins Publishers. Reprinted by per¬ mission. Page 6: From Brown Bear, Brown Bear, What Do You See? by Bill Martin, Jr. © 1967, 1983 by Holt, Rinehart & Winston. Reprinted by permission of Henry Holt & Co., Inc. Page 32: From The Complete Grimms’ Fairy Tales by Jakob and Wilhelm Grimm, trans. by James Stern. Copyright © 1944 by Pantheon Books, Inc. Copyright renewed 1972 by Random House, Inc. Reprinted by permission of Pantheon Books, a divi¬ sion of Random House, Inc. Pages 42, 43, 47, 49, 50-51: Excerpts from Tuck Everlasting by Natalie Babbitt. Copyright © 1975 by Natalie Babbitt. Reprinted by permission of Farrar, Straus &c Giroux, Inc. Page 48: From Grab Hands and Run by Frances Temple. Copyright © 1993 by Frances Nolting Temple. Reprinted by permission of Orchard Books, New York. Pages 49-50: From What You Know First by Patricia MacLachlan. Copyright © 1995 by Patricia MacLachlan. Reprinted by permis¬ sion of HarperCollins Publishers. Page 50: From The Moves Make the Man by Bruce Brooks. Copyright © 1984 by Bruce Brooks. Reprinted by permission of HarperCollins Publishers. Page 50: Excerpt from Three Wishes by Lucille Clifton. Copyright © 1974 by Lucille Clifton. Used by permission of Delacorte Press, a division of Bantam Doubleday Dell Publishing Group, Inc. Page 137: Reprinted by permission of the publisher from The Kalevala: or. Poems of the Kaleva District compiled by Elias Lonnrot, translated by Francis Peabody Magoun, Jr., Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, Copyright © 1963 by the President and Fellows of Harvard College. Pages 180-181: Reprinted with the permission of Simon & Schuster Books for Young Readers, an imprint of Simon & Schuster Children’s Publishing Division, from Henry and Mudge: The First Book by Cynthia Rylant. Text copyright © 1987 Cynthia Rylant. Page 189: Reprinted with the permission of Margaret K. McElderry Books, an imprint of Simon & Schuster Children’s Publishing Division, from Oh, A-Hunting We Will Go by John Langstaff. Text copyright © 1974 John Langstaff. Page 226: “Poetry” in Poems for Children by Eleanor Farjeon. Copyright © 1951 by Eleanor Farjeon. Reprinted by permission of Harold Ober Associates. Page 226: “Desert Tortoise” is reprinted with the per¬

mission of Atheneum Books for Young Readers, an imprint of Simon & Schuster Children’s Publishing Division, from Desert Voices by Byrd Baylor. Text copyright © 1981 Byrd Baylor. Page 226: “Football” from Walt Mason, His Book by Walt Mason, copyright 1916 by Barse & Hopkins. Page 230: From Honey, I Love by Eloise Greenfield. Text copyright © 1978 by Eloise Greenfield. Reprinted by permission of HarperCollins Publishers. Page 231: “Alligator Pie” by Dennis Lee from Alligator Pie © 1974. Reprinted by permission of Westwood Creative Artists Ltd. Pages 231-232: “Chester” from Where the Sidewalk Ends by Shel Silverstein. Copyright © 1974 by Evil Eye Music, Inc. Reprinted by permission of HarperCollins Publishers. Pages 232-233: “Dog” from All the Small Poems and Fourteen More by Valerie Worth. Copyright © 1994 by Valerie Worth. Reprinted by permission of Farrar, Straus 8t Giroux, Inc. Page 235: “Mother to Son” from Collected Poems by Langston Hughes. Copyright © 1994 by the Estate of Langston Hughes. Reprinted by permission of Alfred A. Knopf, Inc. Page 236: “Dance poem” from Spin a Soft Black Song by Nikki Giovanni. Copyright © 1971, 1985 by Nikki Giovanni. Reprinted by permission of Farrar, Straus & Giroux, Inc. Page 236: “Sing a Song of Subways” is reprinted with the permission of Simon & Schuster Books for Young Readers from The Inner City Mother Goose by Eve Merriam. Text copyright © 1989 Eve Merriam. Pages 236-237: “Listen Children” copyright © 1987 by Lucille Clifton. Reprinted from Good Woman: Poems and a Memoir 1969-1980 by Lucille Clifton, with the permission of BOA Editions, Ltd., 260 East Ave., Rochester, NY 14604. Page 237: “Why Am I So Brown?” from Why Am I So Brown by Trinidad Sanchez Jr., copyright 1991. Reprinted by permission of MARCH/Abrazo Press, Chicago, Illinois USA. Pages 237-238: “The Corner Shop” from Not a Copper Penny in Me House by Monica Gunning, illustrated by Frane Lessac. Copyright © 1993. Published by Wordsong/Boyds Mills Press, Inc. Reprinted with permission. Page 238: “Aqua y tierra”/”Water and Earth” by Raul Banuelos translated by Yvette Grutter and Joan Darby Norris in The Tree Is Older Than You Are by Naomi Shihab Nye. Reprinted by per¬ mission. Pages 238-239: From Opus Posthumous by Wallace Stevens. Copyright © 1957 by Elsie Stevens and Holly Stevens. Reprinted by permission of Alfred A. Knopf, Inc. Page 239: “The Pickety Fence” from One at a Time by David McCord. Copyright 1952 by David McCord. By permission of Little, Brown and Company. Page 239: “The Horseman” in The Complete Poems of Walter de la Mare, 1970. Reprinted by permission of The Literary Trustees of Walter de la Mare, and The Society of Authors as their representative. Pages 239-240: From Train by Charles Temple. Text copyright © 1996 by Charles Temple. Reprinted by permission of Houghton Mifflin Company. All rights reserved. Page 240: “There once was a witch . . .” by Rowena Bennett reprinted by permission of the estate of Rowena Bennett. Page 240: “Dinogad’s Petticoat” from Presenting Welsh Poetry translated by Gwyn Williams. Reprinted by permission of Daisy Williams. Page 240: “Splinter” from Good Morning, America, copyright 1928 and renewed 1956 by Carl Sandburg, reprinted by permission of Harcourt Brace & Company. Page 241: “Tarantella” from Complete Verse by Hilaire Belloc. Reprinted by permission of the Peters Fraser & Dunlop Group Ltd. Page 241: “The Child on Top of a Green House,” copyright 1946 by Editorial Publications, Inc., from The Collected Poems of Theodore Roethke by Theodore Roethke. Used by permission of Doubleday, a division of Bantam Doubleday Dell Publishing Group, Inc. Pages 241-242: “My Fingers” from Fingers Are

579

Always Bringing Me News by Mary O’Neill. Copyright © 1969 by Mary O’Neill. Reprinted by permission of Marian Reiner. Page 242: “Ombligo”/”Belly Button” by Alberto Forcada, trans¬ lated by Judith Infante. Translation copyright 1995 by Judith Infante. Reprinted by permission. Page 243: “Mirrorment,” from The Really Short Poems of A. R. Ammons by A. R. Ammons. Copyright © 1990 by A. R. Ammons. Reprinted by permission of W.W. Norton & Company, Inc. Page 243: “When I Was Lost” by Dorothy Aldis reprinted by permission of G.P. Putnam’s Sons from All Together, copyright 1925-1928, 1934, 1939, 1952, copyright renewed 1953-1956, 1962, 1967 by Dorothy Aldis. Page 243: “April Rain Song” from Collected Poems by Langston Hughes. Copyright © 1994 by the Estate of Langston Hughes. Reprinted by permission of Alfred A. Knopf, Inc. Page 243: “Valentine” from Where the Sidewalk Ends by Shel Silverstein. Copyright © 1974 by Evil Eye Music, Inc. Reprinted by permis¬ sion of HarperCollins Publishers. Page 244: “Spring Is,” copy¬ right © 1979 by Bobbi Katz. Renewed 1996 by Bobbi Katz. Reprinted by permission of the author. Page 244: “Early Spring” by Philip Whalen from On Bear’s Head © 1969 by Philip Whalen. Reprinted by permission. Pages 244-245: “Famous” by Naomi Shihab Nye. Reprinted by permission of the author. Page 248: From The Random House Book of Poetry for Children by Jack Prelutsky. Copyright © 1983 by Jack Prelutsky. Reprinted by permission of Random House, Inc. Page 248: Excerpted from “Poetry and the Self” by Myra Cohn Livingston, which appeared in Fanfare: The Christoph er-G or don Children’s Literature Annual, 1992, p. 9. Copyright © 1992 Myra Cohn Livingston. Reprinted by permission of Marian Reiner. Pages 249-250: “I Want You To Meet...” from One at a Time by David McCord. Copyright © 1961, 1962 by David McCord. By permission of Little, Brown and Company. Page 250: “Noises” from Always Wondering by Aiieen Fisher. Reprinted by permission of Aileen Fisher. Page 250: “I Have A Friend” from Near The Window Tree by Karla Kuskin. Copyright © 1975 by Karla Kuskin. Reprinted by permission of the author. Page 251: “Circles” is reprinted with the permission of Margaret K. McElderry Books, an imprint of Simon & Schuster Children’s Publishing Division, from There Was a Place and Other Poems by Myra Cohn Livingston. Copyright © 1988 Myra Cohn Livingston. Page 251: “His Girlfriend” is reprinted with the permission of Margaret K. McElderry Books, an imprint of Simon & Schuster Children’s Publishing Division, from There Was a Place and Other Poems by Myra Cohn Livingston. Copyright © 1988 Myra Cohn Livingston. Pages 251-252: “My Mouth” from Eats by Arnold Adoff. Copy¬ right © 1979 by Arnold Adoff. By permission of Lothrop, Lee & Shepard Books, a division of William Morrow & Company, Inc. Page 252: “Windshield Wiper” from Out Loud by Eve Merriam. Copyright © 1973 Eve Merriam. Reprinted by permission of Marian Reiner. Page 252: “The Happy Family” by John Ciardi. Reprinted with permission from the Ciardi Family Publishing Trust. Page 252: “What Did You Learn at the Zoo?” from You Read to Me, I’ll Read to You by John Ciardi. Copyright © 1962 by John Ciardi. Reprinted by permission of HarperCollins

580

CREDITS

Publishers. Page 253: From I Thought I Heard the City by Lilian Moore. Copyright © 1969 Lilian Moore. Reprinted by permis¬ sion of Marian Reiner for the author. Pages 253-254: “Safety pin” from All the Small Poems and Fourteen More by Valerie Worth. Copyright © 1994 by Valerie Worth. Reprinted by per¬ mission of Farrar, Straus & Giroux, Inc. Page 254: “Snake” from Who Shrank My Grandmother’s House? Poems of Discovery by Barbara Juster Esbensen. Copyright © 1992 by Barbara Juster Esbensen. Reprinted by permission of HarperCollins Publishers. Page 254: “This Tooth” by Lee Bennett Hopkins. Copyright © 1970 by Lee Bennett Hopkins. First appeared in Me! Published by Seabury Press. Reprinted by permission of Curtis Brown, Ltd. Page 255: “No Girls Allowed” in Rolling Harvey Down the Hill by Jack Prelutsky. Copyright © 1980 by Jack Prelutsky. By per¬ mission of Greenwillow Books, a division of William Morrow & Company, Inc. Pages 255-256: “Winter Poem” from My House by Nikki Giovanni. Copyright © 1972 by Nikki Giovanni. Bypermission of William Morrow & Company, Inc. Page 256: “Dream Deferred” from The Panther and the Lash by Langston Hughes. Copyright © 1951 by Langston Hughes. Reprinted by permission of Alfred A. Knopf, Inc. Page 256: From “Buckingham Palace” by A. A. Milne, from When We Were Very Young by A. A. Milne. Illustrations by E. H. Shepard. Copyright 1924 by E.P. Dutton, renewed 1952 by A. A. Milne. Used by permission of Dutton Children’s Books, a division of Penguin Books USA Inc. Page 257: “Some One” in The Complete Poems of Walter de la Mare, 1970. Reprinted by permission of The Literary Trustees of Walter de la Mare, and The Society of Authors as their represen¬ tative. Page 315: Excerpt from “On Writing Katie’s Trunk” by Ann Turner is reproduced with permission of the American Library Association, from Book Links, May 1993, copyright © 1993. Page 336: Excerpt from “Escaping into Ourselves” is reprinted with the permission of Margaret K. McElderry Books, an imprint of Simon & Schuster Children’s Publishing Division, from Dreams and Wishes by Susan Cooper. Copyright © 1996 by Susan Cooper. Page 435: “Happiness” by A. A. Milne, from When We Were Very Young by A. A. Milne. Illustrations by E. H. Shepard. Copyright 1924 by E.P. Dutton, renewed 1952 by A. A. Milne. Used by permission of Dutton Children’s Books, a division of Penguin Books USA Inc. Pages 435-436: “Overheard in a Salt Marsh” from Collected Poems by Harold Monro. Reprinted by permission of Gerald Duckworth & Co., Ltd. Page 481: Lines from Greyling by Jane'Yolen, text copyright © 1968, 1991 by Jane Yolen, reprinted by permission of Philomel Books. Pages 485-494: Some portions of this material were adapted from “Literature in the Elementary Classroom: Making Connections and Generating Meaning” by Joy F. Moss, in Stories and Readers: New Perspectives on Literature in the Elementary Classroom, edited by Charles Temple and Patrick Collins, ChristopherGordon Publishers, Inc., 1992. Page 489: Excerpt from “Storyteller’s Note” in The Jolly Mon, copyright © 1988 by Jimmy Buffett and Savannah Jane Buffett, reprinted by permis¬ sion of Harcourt Brace & Company.

STUDENT EDITION ORDER NUMBER ISBN 0-205-16995-3

08/21/2018 14:45-3

Visit us in Cyberspace! Internet: www.abacon.com America Online: keyword: College Online 9 780205 264391

9780205264391

111

ISBN D-E!D5-2tiM3T

Children's Books in Children's Hands: An Introduction to Their Literature 0205169953, 9780205264391 - EBIN.PUB (2024)